Jhpolice Police Manual Vol 3 English

TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME III
No of Appendix Brief Description Pages
1 Police Acts 1-14
2 Powers delegated to Inspector General and Deputy Inspector General 15-18
3 Special Report Case 28-30
4 Alteration of boundaries of Police-Station and creation of new Police 28-30
Station
5 Duties of Police in connection with famine and flood 31-33
6 Instructions for writing descriptive rolls 34-36
7 Crime Maps 37-40
8 Rules for Patrolling 41-54
9 Rules for Control of Traffic 55-62
10 Rules for payment on the pail of Government of the expenses of 63
complainants and witnesses attending criminal courts
11 Note regarding the nature of evidence required in cases under Section 110, 64-66
Criminal Procedure Code
11A Instructions concerning accidents to steam vessels and country boats 67-68
12 Rules and instructions with regard to gang cases 69-76
13 Some salient points from Chapter VIII of the Consular Manual of Ministry- 77-78
of External Affairs regarding procedure to be followed in obtaining the
arrest of an offender who has escaped to 'Foreign Countries
14 Rules for dealing with military offenders 79-83
15 Instructions for making an index of names in Hindi 84-88
16 List of districts of Nepal and Bhutan bordering India and Jails situated 89
nearest to them.
17 Classification of crime for entry in Police-Station Crime Directory 90-94
Part- II and Modus Operandi Index
18 list of active criminals, their Modus Operandi with area of operation 95-96
19 Instructions concerning Co-operation with Nepalese Police 97-99
20 Form of District Magistrate's order appointing special police officers 100
21 Criminal Intelligence Bureau 101-104
22 Photographic Bureau 105-108
23 Instructions for taking tracings and casts of Foot-prints 109-113
24 Hints on detecting counterfeit coins 114-118
25 Police Laboratory 119-123
26 Treatment of suspected Infernal machines 124-134
27 Identity Cards 135
28 List of Finger-Print Bureaux of India and addresses of officers-in-charge of 136-137
them
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-3 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME III
29 Based on the rules of the Accident Manual issued by Railway Board 138-149
30 Magistrates to whom cases of accident and those under Railway Act are to be 150-158
reported
31 Railway Warrants 159-162
31-A Rules regarding the issue of bus warrants 163-165
32 Cost of guard for escort of prisoners required to give evidence in cases 166-167
33 Statement of armed police for every district 168-169
34 Instructions regarding the formation of the mobilized contingents 170
35 Curriculum for education classes 171
36 Musketry Course including Rifle shooting course and Revolver course 172-178
37 Principles of Police Conduct 179
38 Rules for direct recruitment of Sub-Inspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors 180-181
38-A Procedure for direct recruitment of Assistant Public Prosecutor Grade III 182
known also as Assistant District Prosecutor.
39 Forms used in Police Radio 183
40 Reservations for Scheduled Tribes/Scheduled Castes 184-186
41 List of authorities who can make appointments and give promotions to 187-188
different ranks in the Police Department.
42 Rules for the recruitment, training, examination and posting of Steno Sub- 189-192
Inspector, Steno Assistant Sub-Inspector and Typist Assistant Sub-Inspector
of Police
43 Submission of Petitions to the Governor and State Government 193-195
44 Scale of pay and allowances of Superior Police officer and other officers 196-197
including B.S.P.
44-A Pay and allowances of Subordinate police. Ministerial Officers and other 198-205
employees.
45 List of Police officers and other employees entitled to rent free quarters or 206
house-rent allowance in lieu thereof.
46 Deleted 207
47 Supplementary Rules for the grant of conveyance allowance 208
48 Questions for checking Pension and gratuity rolls 209-213
49 Rules for proceedings for departmental punishment 214-216
50 Defect Register 217-218
51 Rules regarding the appointment of probationers in the ministerial 219
establishment in the offices of the Superintendents of Police.
52 Rules for examination of ministerial officers in accounts 220
53 Rules for the transmission of matter of or insertion in the Police and Criminal 221-223
Intelligence Gazettes.
54 Abbreviated Telegraphic and police radio addresses 224-226
55 List of Acts to be kept by the police 227-228
56 List of Accounts Rules, regulations, etc., which concern the Police 229-231
Department

TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME III
57 Preparation of travelling allowance bills 232-234
58 Scale of permanent advance 235
59 General Police Fund Accounts Rules 236-239
60 Annual Departmental Police Report 240-241
61 Statements and Returns 242-243
62 List of registers and files to be kept in different offices and orders for disposal 244-256
of them.
63 Rules for the preservation and destruction of files in Superintendent offices 257-263
64 List of returns, statements, reports, etc., submitted by the Inspector General to 264-273
Government and other officers and by other police officers to the Inspector
General or their superiors.
65 Uniform 274-293
66 Ordnance stores for use in District Police 294-296
67 Rules regarding Police Medals 297-298
68 Departmental Stores 299
69 General rules and directions for work by contractors 300
70 Discipline and appeal rules for the members of ministerial staff and other 301-302
ranks such as section officers, etc.
71 Rules for regulating the method of recruitment to Bihar Police Service 303-307
72 Selection Boards, their compositions and functions 308-309
튐
73 Procedure to be followed when a Government servant is summoned by a 310-311
court to produce official documents for the purpose of giving evidence
74 Rules for the defence of police officers in civil suits and criminal 312-314
prosecutions.
75 Deleted 315
76 Hints for Inspection 316-327
77 Inspection of place of occurrence 328-332
78 Packing and despatch of Exhibits 333-346
79 Investigation 347-367
80 List of furniture’s 368-369
81 Missing Persons Bureau 370-371
82 Juvenile Aid Bureau 372-375
83 Dog Squad 376-377
84 List of competent authority to pass orders for punishment and suspension to 378
appointed officers /employees
85 Training of Ministerial Officers 379
86 Crime records to be kept at P.S., S.P. office, C.I.B. and to be forwarded to 380-388
C.B.I.
87 Provident Fund Account 389-390
88 Training Course for qualifying as drivers 391-392
89 Police relief and welfare fund 393-396
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME III
90 Police Club 397-398
91 Shree Krishna Arakshi Bal Vidyalaya 399-401
92 Rules for the recruitment and promotion of police radio personnel 402
93 Training Programme 403-414
94 Blank 4215
95 International C'rime Police Organisation 416
96 Yard stick for sanction of vehicles 417
97 Aircraft Nationality Marks 418-419
98 Message Writing 420-421
99 Forensic Science Laboratory, Bihar, Patna—Recruitment rules for stall' 422-430
100 Associations 431-432
101 Duties of the Police under Special Acts 433-457
102 Miscellaneous forms 458
गृह (आरी ) िवभाग

____________________
अिधसूचना
Ǡ‫و‬
27 फरवरी 1979
एस० ओ० 432, िदनांक 9 माच% 1979- पिु लस अिधिनयम, 1861 (सं० 5, 1861) क. धारा 7 एवं 12 /ारा 0द1
शि3य4 का 0योग करते ह8ए िबहार के रा:यपाल िबहार एवं उड़ीसा पुिलस ह=तक, 1930 को रदद् करते ह8ए
िबहार आरी ह=तक, 1978 को अिधसच ू ना जारी होने क. ितिथ से लागू करते है |
(6 / आ० ह० 102 / 79 )
िबहार के रा:यपाल के आदेश से,
0Eयुष िसGहा,
सरकार के िवशेष सिचव |
[49 (ए) एIस गजट]

APPENDIX 1
POLICE ACTS
(Acts 5 of 1861, 3 of 1888, 22 of 1922, 64 of 1949, 33 of 1966.)
(1) THE POLICE ACT (5, 1861).
CONTENTS
PREAMBLE
SECTIONS
1. Interpretation-clause.
2. Constitution of the force.
3. Superintendence in the State Government.
4. Inspector-General of Police, etc.
5. Powers of Inspector-General.
Exercise of powers.
6. [Repealed.]
7. Appointment, dismissal, etc, of inferior officers.
8. Certificates to police-officers.
Surrender of certificate.
9. Police-officers not to resign without leave or two months' notice.
10. Police-officers not to engage in other employment
11. [Repealed]
12. Power of Inspector-General to make rules
13. Additional police-officers employed at cost of individuals.
14. Appointment of additional force in the neighborhood of railway and other works.
15. Quartering of additional police in disturbed or dangerous districts.
15-A. Awarding compensation to sufferers from misconduct of inhabitants or persons interested in
land.
16. Recovery of moneys payable under Sections 13, 14, 15 and I 5-A. and disposal of
same when recovered.
17. Special police-officers.
18. Powers of special police-officers.
19. Refusal to serve as special police-officers.
20. Authority to be exercised by police-officers.
21. Village police-officers.
Police-chaukidars in the Presidency of Fort William.
22. Police-officers always on duty and many be employed in any part of district.
23. Duties of police-officers.
24. Police-officers may lay information, etc.
25. Police-officers to take charge of unclaimed property, and be subject to Magistrates'
orders as to disposal.
26. Magistrate may detain property and issue proclamation.
27. Confiscation of property if no claimant appears.
28. Persons refusing to deliver up certificate, etc... on ceasing to be police-officers.
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 1

Sections
29. Penalties for neglect of duty, etc.

30. Regulation of public assemblies and processions, and licensing of same.
Music in the streets.
30-A. Powers with regard to assemblies and processions violating conditions of license.
31. Police to keep order in public roads, etc.
32. Penalty for disobeying orders issued under last three sections, etc.
33. Saving of control of Magistrate of district.
34. Punishment for certain offences on roads, etc.
Power of police-officers.
Slaughtering cattle, furious riding, etc.
Cruelty to animals.
Obstructing passengers.
Exposing goods for sale.
Throwing din into streets.
Being found drunk or riotous.
Indecent exposure of person.
Neglect to protect dangerous places.
35. Jurisdiction.
36. Power to prosecute under other law not affected.
Proviso.
37. Recovery of penalties and fines imposed by Magistrates.
41. [Repealed]
42. Limitation of actions.
Tender of amends.
Proviso.
43. Plea that act was done under warrant.
Proviso.
44. Police-officers to keep diary.
45. State Government may prescribe form of returns.
46. Scope of Act.
47. Authority, of District Superintendent of Police over village police.
FORM.
..
[Authorized Hindi Translation of the Police Act has been published in "India Gazette"
(Extraordinary), Part 2. Sub-Part 1(a) dated 10th October 1972]
[THE POLICE ACT, 1861]
(5 OF 1861)2
[22nd March, 1861]
An Act for the Regulation of Police

Preamble. - Whereas it is expedient to re-organise the police and to make it a more efficient instrument
for the prevention and detention of crime: It is enacted as follows:
1. Interpretation-clause.—The following words and expressions in this Act shall have the meaning
assigned to them, unless there be something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, that is to
say-
The words "Magistrate of the district" shall mean the chief officer charged with the executive
administration of a district and exercising the powers of a Magistrate, by whatever designation the chief officer
charged with such executive administration is styled:
the word "'Magistrate" shall include all persons wit hin the general police-district, exercising all or any of the
powers of a Magistrate :
the word "police" shall include all persons who shall he enrolled under this Act :
1. Short title given by Act 14 of 1897, Section 2 and Sch.
2. This Act has been applied lo—
the Santhal Parganas by the Santhal Parganas Settlement Regulation, 1872(3 of 1872), Section 3 as amended
by Regulation 3 of 1899, Section 3;
It has been declared, by notification under Section 3(a) of the Scheduled Districts Act, 1874 (14 of 1874), to be
in force in me following Scheduled Districts, namely: -
the District of Hazaribagh, Lohardaga (now the Ranchi District, see Calcutta Gazette 1899, Pt. I, p. 44) and
Manbhum and Pargana Dhalbhum and the Kolhan in the District of Singhbhum, see Gazette of India, 1881,
Pt. I, p. 504, and the Porahat Estate in the Singhbhum District, see Gazette of India, 1897, Pt. I, p. 1059.
It has been extended to the New Provinces and Merged States by the Merged States (Laws) Act, 1949 (59 of
1949).
As to the creation of special police-districts embracing pans of two or more Provinces and the extension to every
part thereof the powers and jurisdiction of members of a police force belonging to any part of the States, see
the Police Act, 1888 (3 of 1888).
As to special enactments supplementing this Act, see Act 25 of 1946.

the words "general police-district" shall embrace any' presidency. :[State] or place, or any part of any
presidency, 2[State] or place, in which this Act shall be ordered to take effect :
3
[the words "District Superintendent" and "'District Superintendent of Police" shall include any Assistant
District Superintendent or other person appointed by general or special order of the 4[5[State] Government] to
perform all or any of the duties of a District Superintendent of Police under this Act in any district:]
the word "property" shall include any moveable property, money or valuable security. :
6* * * * * * * * * * * *
the word "person" shall include a company or corporation :
the word "month" shall mean a calendar month :
7
the word "cattle" shall, besides horned cattle, include elephants, camels, horses, asses, mules, sheep,
goats and swine.
8
[References to the subordinate ranks of a police force shall be construed as references to members of
that force below the rank of Deputy Superintendent.]
[2. Constitution of the force.—The entire police-establishment under a 4[5[State] Government] shall, for
9
the purposes of this Act. be deemed to be one police-force, and shall be formally enrolled: and shall consist of
such number of officers and men. and shall be constituted in such manner, 10* * * as shall from time to time be
ordered by the 4[5[State] Government]11* * *.
12
[Subject to the provisions of this Act the pay and all other conditions of service of members of the
subordinate ranks of any police-force shall be such as may be determined by the 4[5[State] Government.]
3. Superintendence in the State Government.—The superintendence of the police throughout a

general police-district shall vest in and.11* * * shall be exercised by the 4[5[State] Government] to which such
district is subordinate; and except as authorized under the provisions of this Act, no person, officer or Court shall
be empowered by the 4[5[State] Government] to 13 * * * supersede or control any police functionary.
__________________
1. Under Section 2 of the Police Act. I8SS (3 of 1888). the Central Government may, notwithstanding this
provision, create a special police-district, consisting of parts of two or more States.
2. Subs, by the A.O. 1050. for "Province".
3. Ins. by Act 8 of 1895, Section 1.
4. Subs. by the A.O. 1937, for "L.G".
5. Subs, by the A.O. 1950, for "Provincial".
6. The clauses relating to "Number" and "Gender" rep. by Act 10 of 1914, Section 3 and Sch. II.
7. Cf. definition of "cattle" in Section 3 of Act 1 of 1871.
8. Ins. by the A.O. 1937.
9. Section 2. so far as it is related to the Provinces under the administration of the Lieutenant-Governor of
Bengal, rep. by the Bengal Police Act, 1869 (Ben. 7 of 1869).
10. The words "and the members of such force shall receive such pay" omitted by the A.O. 1937.
11. The words "subject in the case of officers of the Indian Police of and above the rank of Assistant
Superintendent to the control of the Governor-General of India in Council" omitted ibid.
12. Ins. ibid.
13. The word "appoint" omitted, ibid.

4. Inspector-General of Police, etc.—1The administration of the police throughout a general Police-
district shall be vested in an officer to be styled the Inspector-General of Police, and in such Deputy
Inspectors-General and Assistant Inspectors-General as to the 2[3[State] Government] shall seem fit
The administration of the police throughout the local jurisdiction of the Magistrate of the district shall,
under the general control and direction of such Magistrate, be vested in a District Superintendent and such
Assistant District Superintendents as the 2[3[State] Government] shall consider necessary.
4
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
5. Powers of Inspector-General—Exercise of powers.— I he Inspector-General of Police shall have
the full powers of a Magistrate throughout the general police-district: but shall exercise those powers subject
to such limitation as may from time to time he imposed by the 2[3[State] Government].
6. [Magisterial powers of police-officers.] Rep. by the Code of Criminal Procedure 1882 [Act 10 of 1882),
Section 2and She.1.
7. Appointment, dismissal, etc., of inferior officers.—5[6[Subject to the provisions of Article 311 of
the Constitution, and to such rules] as the 2[3[State] Government] ma) from time to rime make under this Act.
The Inspector-General. Deputy Inspectors-General. Assistant Inspectors-General and District Superintendents
of Police may at anytime dismiss, suspend or reduce an) police-officer of the subordinate ranks] whom they
shall think remiss or negligent in the discharge of his duty, or unfit for the same.7[or may award any one or
more of the following punishments to any police-officer 8[of the subordinate ranks] who shall discharge his
duty in a careless or negligent manner, or who by any act of his own shall render himself unlit for the discharge
thereof, namely :—
(a) fine to any amount not exceeding one month's pay;
(b) confinement to quarters for a term not exceeding fifteen days, with or without punishment-
drill, extra guard, fatigue or other duty;
(c) deprivation of good-conduct pay;
(d) removal from any office of distinction or special emolument].
8. Certificates to police-officers. — Every police-officer. 9[appointed to the police-force other than
an officer mentioned in Section 4] shall receive on his appointment a certificate in the form annexed to this
Act. under the seal of the Inspector-General or such other officer as the Inspector-General shall appoint, by
virtue of which the person holding such certificate shall be vested with the powers, functions and privileges
of a police-officer.
_______________
1. In the town and suburbs of Calcutta, the administration of the Police vests in the Commissioner of Police,
see Section 3 of the Calcutta Police Act, 1866 (Hen. 4 of 1866).
2. Subs, by the A.O. 1937, for "L.G".
3. Subs, by the A.O. 1950, for-Provincial".
4. The sentence the Inspector-General and other Officers above mentioned shall from time to time be
appointed by the Local Government and may be removed by the same authority" omitted by the A.O. 1937.
5. Subs, by the A.O. 1937, for certain original words.
6. Subs, by the A.O. 1950, for "subject to such rules".
7. Subs, by Act 8 of 1895, Section 2, for certain original words.
8. Ins. by the A O. 1937.
9. Subs, ibid. for "so appointed".

Surrender of certificate---.1[Such certificate shall cease to have effect whenever the person named in it ceases for
any reason to be a police-officer, and. on his ceasing to be such an officer, shall be forthwith surrendered by him to any
officer empowered to receive the same.
A police-officer shall not by reason of being suspended from office cease to be a police-officer. During the term of
such suspension the powers, functions and privileges vested in him as a police-officer shall be in abeyance, but he shall
continue subject to the same responsibilities, discipline and penalties and to the same authorities, as if he had not been
suspended.]
9. Police-officers not to resign without leave or two months' notice.—No police-officer shall be at liberty to
withdraw himself from the duties of his office unless expressly allowed to do so by the District Superintendent or
by some other officer authorized to grant such permission, or, without the leave of the District Superintendent, to
resign his office unless he shall have given to his superior officer notice in writing, for a period of not less than two
months, of his intention to resign.
10. Police-officers not to engage in other employment.—No police-officer shall engage in any employment or
office whatever other than his duties under this Act, unless expressly permitted to do so in writing by the Inspector-
General.
11. [Police superannuation fund] Rep. by the Repealing Ac, 1874 (16 of 1874), Section I and Sch.. Pi. I.
12. Power of Inspector-General to make rules.-—The Inspector-General of Policy may, from time to time, subject
to the approval of the '['[State] Government], frame such orders and rules as he shall deem expedient relative to the
organisation, classification and distribution of the police-force, the places at which the members of the force shall
reside, and the particular services to he performed by them; their inspection, the description of arms, accoutrements
and other necessaries to be furnished to them: the collecting and communicating by them of intelligence and
information, and all such other orders and rules relative to the police-force as the Inspector-General shall, from time
to time, deem expedient for preventing abuse or neglect of duty, and for rendering such force efficient in the
discharge of its duties.
13. Additional police-officers employed at cost of individuals.—It shall be lawful for the Inspector-General of
Police, or any Deputy Inspector-General, or Assistant Inspector-General, or for the District Superintendent, subject to
the general direction of the Magistrate of the district, on the application of any person showing the necessity thereof,
to depute any additional number of police-officers to keep the peace at any place within the general police-district
and for such time as shall be deemed proper. Such force shall be exclusively under the orders of the District
Superintendent, and shall be at the charge of the person making the application:
Provided that it shall be lawful for the person on whose application such deputation shall have been made, on giving
one month’s notice in writing to the Inspector-General, Deputy Inspector-General, or Assistant Inspector-General, or
to the District Superintendent, to require that the police-officer so deputed shall be withdrawn; and such person shall
be relieved from the charge of such additional force from the expiration of such notice.
1.Subs, by Act 8 of 1895, Section 3, for the original second paragraph.
2.Subs, by the A.O. 1937, "L.G,".
3.Subs, by the A.O. 1950, for "Provincial".

14. Appointment of additional force in the neighborhood of railway and other works. — Whenever
any railway, canal or other public work, or any manufactory or commercial concern, shall be carried on. or
be in operation in any part of the country, and it shall appear to the Inspector-General that the employment of
an additional police-force in such place is rendered necessary by the behavior or reasonable apprehension of
the behavior of the persons employed upon such work, manufactory or concern, ii shall be lawful for the
Inspector-General, with the consent of the 1[2[State| Government], to depute such additional force to such
place, and to employ the same so long as such necessity shall continue, and to make orders, from time to time,
upon the person having the control or custody of the funds used in carrying on such work, manufactory or
concern, for the payment of the extra force so rendered necessary, and such person shall thereupon cause
payment to be made accordingly.
3
[15. Quartering of additional police in disturbed or dangerous districts.—(1) It shall be lawful for
1 2
the [ [State] Government], by proclamation to be notified in the Official Gazette, and in such other manner
as the 1[2[State] Government! shall direct, to declare that any area subject to its authority has been found to
be in a disturbed or dangerous stale, or that, from the conduct of the inhabitants of such area or of any class
or section of them, it is expedient to increase the number of police.
(2)It shall [hereupon he lawful for the Inspector-General of Police, or Other officer authorised by the |'|
State] Government] in this behalf, with the sanction of the 1[2[State] Government], to employ any police-force
in addition to the ordinary fixed complement to be quartered in the area specified in such proclamation as
aforesaid.
(3)Subject to the provisions of sub-section (5) of this section, the cost of such additional police-force shall
be borne by the inhabitants of such area described in偐the ‫ ׳‬proclamation
(4)The Magistrate of the district, after such enquiry as he may deem necessary, shall apportion such
cost among the inhabitants who are. as aforesaid, liable to bear the same and who shall not have been
exempted under the next succeeding sub-section. Such apportionment shall he made according to the
Magistrate's judgment of the respective means within such area of such inhabitants.
(5)It shall be lawful for the 1[2[State] Government], by order, to exempt any persons or class or section
of such inhabitants from liability to hear any portion of such cost.
(6)Every proclamation issued under sub-section (I) of this section shall state the period for which it is
to remain in force, hut it may be withdrawn at any time or continued from time to time for a further period
or periods as the 1[2[State] Government] may in each ease think fit to direct.
Explanation, -for the purposes of this section, "inhabitants" shall include persons who themselves or by
their agents or servants occupy or hold land or other immoveable property within such area, and landlords
who themselves or by their agents or servants collect rents direct from raiyats or occupiers in such area,
notwithstanding that they do not actually reside therein.]
___________________________________________
1.Subs. by the A.O. 1037, for "L.G".
2.Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for "Provincial".
3.Subs. by Act 8 of 1895, Section 4, for the original section.

[15-A. Awarding compensation to sufferers from misconduct of inhabitants or persons interested in
land.—11) If, in any area in regard to which any proclamation notified under the last preceding section is in
force, death or grievous hurt or loss of, or damage to. properly has been caused by or has ensued from the
misconduct of the inhabitants of such area or any class or section of them it shall be lawful for any person,
being an inhabitant of such area, who claims to have suffered injury from such misconduct, to make, within
one month from the date of the injury or such shorter period as may be prescribed, an application for
compensation to the Magistrate of the district or of the sub-division, of a district within which such area is
situated.
(2) It shall (hereupon be lawful for the Magistrate of the district, with the sanction of the 2[3[State]
government|. after such enquiry as he ma) deem necessary, and whether any additional police-force has or has
not been quartered in such area under the last preceding section, to---
(a) declare the persons to whom injury has been caused by or has ensued from such misconduct:
(b) lix the amount of compensation to he paid to such persons and the manner in which it is to be
distributed among them: and
(c) assess the proportion in which the same shall he paid by the inhabitants of such area other than
the applicant who shall not have been exempted from liability to pay under the next succeeding
subsection :
Provided that the Magistrate shall not make an) declaration or assessment under this sub-section
unless he is of opinion that such injury as aforesaid had arisen from a riot or unlawful assembly
w i t h i n such area, and that the person who suffered the injury was himself lice from blame in
respect of the occurrences which led to such injury.
(3) It shall he lawful for the 2[3|State| Government], by order, to exempt an) persons or class or section of
such inhabitants from liability to pay any portion of such compensation.
(4)Every declaration or assessment made or order passed 蟰‫״‬ by the Magistrate of the district under sub-section
(2) shall be subject to revision by the Commissioner of the Division or the 2[3[State] Government], hut save
as aforesaid shall he final.
(5)No civil suit shall be maintainable in respect of an) injury for which compensation has been awarded
under this section.
(6)Explanation In this section the word "'inhabitants' shall have the same meaning as in the last preceding
section.)
4
[16. Recovery of moneys payable under Sections 13, 14, IS and ISA, and disposal of same when recov-
ered.—(1) All moneys payable under Sections 13. 14. 15 and 15-A shall be recoverable by the Magistrate of the
district in the manner provided by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. 1973 (2 of 1974)
for the recover) of fines or by suit in any competent Court.
* * * *
(3) All moneys paid or recovered under Section 15-A shall be paid by the Magistrate of the district to the
persons to whom and in the proportions in which the same are payable under that section.]
1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1895. Section 5.
2. Subs, by the A.O. 1937. for "L.G".
3. Subs by the A.O. 19.50. for "Provincial".
4. Subs, by Act 8 of 1895 Section (,. for the original section.
5. Sec now the Code of Criminal Procedure. 1973 (2 of 1974).
6. Sub-section (2) omitted by the A.O. 1937.

17.Special police-officers.—When it shall appear that any unlawful assembly, or riot or disturbance
of the peace has taken place, or may be reasonably apprehended, and that the police-force ordinarily employed
for preserving the peace is not sufficient for its preservation and for the protection of the inhabitants and the
security of property in the place where such unlawful assembly or riot or disturbance of the peace has occurred,
or is apprehended, it shall he lawful for any police-officer not below the rank of Inspector to apply to the
nearest Magistrate to appoint so many of the residents of the neighborhood as such police-officer may require
to act as special police-officers for such time and within such limits as he shall deem necessary, and the
Magistrate to whom such application is made shall, unless he sees cause to the contrary, comply with the
application.
18. Powers of special police-officers.—Every special police-officer so appointed shall have the same
powers, privileges and protection, and shall be liable to perform the same duties and shall be amenable to the
same penalties, and be subordinate to the same authorities, as the ordinary officers of police.
19. Refusal to serve as special police-officers.—If any person being appointed a special police-
officer as aforesaid shall, without sufficient excuse, neglect or refuse to serve as such, or to obey such lawful
order or direction as ma\ be given to him for the performance of his duties, he shall be liable, upon conviction
before a Magistrate, to a line not exceeding fifty rupees for every such neglect, refusal or disobedience.
20. Authority to he exercised by police officers.—Police-officers enrolled under this Act shall not
exercise an) authority, except the authority provided for a police-officer under this Act and any Act which
shall hereafter be passed for regulating criminal procedure.
21. Village police-officers.—nothing in this Act shall affect any hereditary or other village police-
officer, unless such officer shall be enrolled as a police-officer under this Act. When so enrolled, such officer
shall be bound by the provisions of the last preceding section. No hereditary or other village police-officer
shall be enrolled without his consent and the consent of those who have the right of nomination.
Police-chaukidars in the Presidency of Fort William. --- If any police-officer appointed under 'Act XX
of 1856 (to make better provision for the appointment and maintenance of Police-chaukidars in Cities,
Towns, Stations. Suburbs, and Bazars in the Presidency 㯠 of Fort William in Bengal) is employed out of the
district for which he shall have been appointed under that Act, he shall not be paid out of the rates levied under
the said Act for that district.
22. Police-officers always on duty and may be employed in any part of district.—Every police-
officer shall, for all purposes in this Act contained, be considered to be always on duty, and may at am
time be employed, as a police-officer in any part of the general police-district.
23. Duties of police-officers.—It shall he the duty of even, police-officer promptly to obey and execute
all orders and warrants lawfully issued to him by any competent authority; to collect and communicate
intelligence affecting the public peace; to prevent the commission of offences and public nuisances; to detect
and bring offenders to justice and to apprehend all persons whom he is legally authorized to apprehend, and
for whose apprehension sufficient ground exists; and it shall be lawful for ever)' police-officer for any of the
purposes mentioned in this section, without a warrant, to enter and inspect any drinking-shop. Gaming-house
or other place of resort of loose and disorderly characters.
______________________________
1. The Bengal Chaukidari Act. 1856.
24. Police-officers may lay information, etc.—It shall be lawful for any police officer to lay any
information before a Magistrate, and to apply for a summon, warrant, search-warrant or such other legal process
as may by law issue against any person committing an offence.1* * *

25. Police-officers to take charge of unclaimed property, and be subject to Magistrate's orders as
to disposal.—It shall be the duty of every police-officer to take charge of all unclaimed property, and to
furnish an inventory thereof to the Magistrate of the district.
The police-officers shall be guided as to the disposal of such property by such orders an they shall
receive from the Magistrate of the district.
26. Magistrate may detain property and issue proclamation.—(1) The Magistrate of the district
may detain the property and issue a proclamation, specifying the articles of which it consists, and requiring
any person who has any claim thereto to appear and establish his right to the same within six months from
the date of such proclamation.
*[2[(2) The provisions of Section 459 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 (2 of 1974), shall be
applicable to property referred to in this section.]
'|27. Confiscation of property if no claimant appears.—(1)If no person shall within the period allowed
claim such property, or the proceeds thereof, if sold, it may. if not already sold under sub-section (2) of the
last preceding section, be sold under the orders of the Magistrate of the district.
(2) The sale-proceeds of property sold under the preceding sub-section and the proceeds of property
sold under Section 26 to which no claim has been established shall be J[at the disposal of the '[State]
Government].]
28.Persons refusing to deliver up certificate, etc., on ceasing to be police-officers.—Every person,
having ceased to be an enrolled police-officer under this Act, who shall not forthwith deliver up his certificate,
and the clothing, accoutrements, appointments and other necessaries which shall have been supplied to him
for the execution of his duty, shall be liable, on conviction before a Magistrate, to a penalty not exceeding
two hundred rupees, or to imprisonment, with or without hard labor, for a period not exceeding six months,
or to both.
29.Penalties for neglect of duly, etc.—Every police-officer who shall be guilty of any violation of duty
or wilful breach or neglect of any rule or regulation or lawful order made by competent authority, or who
shall' withdraw from the duties of his office without permission, or without having given previous notice for
"the period of two months, ''[or who, being absent on�� leave, shall fail, without reasonable cause, to report
himself for duty on the expiration of such leave], or who shall engage without it authority in any employment
other than his police-duly, or who shall be guilty of cowardice, or who shall offer any unwarrantable personal
violence to any person in his custody, shall he liable, on conviction before a Magistrate, to a penalty not
exceeding three months' pay, or to imprisonment, with or without hard labour, for a period not exceeding
three months, or to both.
'[30. Regulation of public assemblies and processions and licensing of same.—(1) The District
Superintendent or Assistant District Superintendent of Police may. as occasion requires, direct the conduct
of all assemblies and processions on the public roads, or in the public streets or thoroughfares, and prescribe
the routes by which, and the times at which, such processions may pass.
__________________________
1. The words "and to prosecute such person up to final judgment" omitted by Act 10 of 1882. Section 2 and Sch. 1.
2. Ins. by Act 8 of 1895, Section 7.
3. Subs, by Section 8, ibid, for the original section.
4. Subs, by the A.O. 1937, for "at the disposal of Government".
5. Subs, by the A.O. 1950, for "Provincial".
6. Ins. by Act 8 of 1895. Section 9.
7. Subs, by Section 10, ibid, for the original section.
8. Subs, by Act 2 of 1974.

(2) He may also, on being satisfied that it is intended b) any persons or class of persons to convene or
collect an assembly in an) such road, street or thoroughfare. or to form a procession which would, in the
judgment of the Magistrate of the district or of the subdivision of a district, if uncontrolled, be likely to
cause a breach of the peace, require by general or special notice that the persons convening or collecting
such assembly or directing or promoting such procession shall apply for a license.
(3) On such application being made he may issue a license specifying the names of the licensees and
defining the conditions on which alone such assembly or such procession is to be permitted to take place
and otherwise giving effect to this section : Provided that no fee shall be charged on the application for or
grant of any such license
(4) Music in the streets, lie may also regulate the extent to which music ma) be used in the streets on
the occasion of festivals and ceremonies.]
|30-A. Powers with regard to assemblies and processions violating condition of license.—(1) Any
Magistrate or District Superintendent of Police or Assistant District Superintendent of Police or Inspector
of Police or any Police-Officer in charge of a station may stop any procession which violates the conditions
of a license granted under the last foregoing section, and may order it or any assembly which violate: any
such conditions as aforesaid to disperse.
(2) Any procession or assembly which neglects or refuses to obey any order given under the last
preceding sub-section shall be deemed to be an unlawful assembly.]
31.Police to keep order in public, roads, etc.—It shall be the duty of the police to keep order on the
public roads and in the public streets, thoroughfares, ghats and landing-places, and at all other places of
public resort, and to prevent obstructions on the occasions of assemblies and processions on the public roads
and in the public streets, or in the neighborhood of places of worship, during the time of public worship, and
in any case when any road, street, thoroughfare, ghat or landing-place may be thronged or may be liable to
be obstructed.
32.Penalty for disobeying orders issued under last three sections, etc.—Livery person opposing or
not obeying the orders issued under the last '[three] preceding sections, or violating the conditions of any
license granted b) the District Superintendent or Assistant
�� District Superintendent of Police for the use of
music, or for the conduct of assemblies and procession, shall be liable, on conviction before a Magistrate,
to a fine not exceeding two hundred rupees.
33.Saving of control of Magistrate of district.—Nothing in the last '[four] preceding sections shall be
deemed to interfere with the general control of the Magistrate of the district over the matters referred to
therein.
34.Punishment for certain offences on roads, etc.—Power of police-officers—Any person who. on
an) road or in any '[open place or] street or thoroughfare within the limits of any" local area to which this
section shall be specially extended by the s||State] Government], commits any of the following offences, to
the obstruction, inconvenience, annoyance, risk, danger or damage of the '[presidents or passengers] shall,
on conviction before a Magistrate, be liable to a fine not exceeding fifty rupees, or to imprisonment 8[with
or without hard lobour] not
_____________________________
1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1815. Section II.

2. Subs, by Section 12. ibid, for "two".
3. Subs. by Section 12. ibid, for "three".
4 Ins. by Section 13. ibid.
5 Subs, by the A.O. 1937. For " L.G".
6. Subs. b> the A.< I 1950, for "Provincial"
7. Subs, by Act 8 of 1895. Section 13, for "residents and passengers".
8. Ins. by Act I of 1903, Section 3 and Sch. II.
9. "Town" substituted by "local area" b\ Bihar Amendment Act 34 of 1954.
P.M.-III—2

exceeding eight days; and it shall be lawful for any police-officer to take into custody, without a warrant,
any person who within his view commits any of such offences, namely :—
First. - Slaughtering cattle, furious riding, etc. Any person w ho slaughters any cattle or cleans any
carcass, any person who rides or drives any cattle recklessly or furiously, or trains or breaks any horse or
other cattle:
Second Cruelty to animals. -Any person u ho wantonly or cruelly heats, abuses or tortures any
animal:
Third. Obstructing passengers Any person who keeps any cattle or conveyance of any kind standing
longer than is required for loading or unloading or for taking up or setting down passengers, or who leaves
any conveyance in such a manner as lo cause inconvenience or danger to the public:
Fourth. - Exposing goods for sale. -Any person who exposes any goods for sale:
Fifth Throwing dirt into street Any person who throw s or lays down any dirt filth, rubbish or any
stones or building materials, or who constructs any cowshed, stable or the like, or who causes any offensive
matter to run from any house, factory, dung-heap or the like .
Sixth. Being found drunk or riotous Any person who is found drunk or riotous or who is incapable of
taking care of himself:
Seventh. - Indecent exposure of person. Any person who wilfully and indecently exposes his person,
or any offensive deformity or disease, or commits nuisance by easing himself, or by bathing or washing in
any tank or reservoir not being a place set apart for that purpose.
Eighth.—Neglect to protect dangerous places Any person who neglects to fence in or duly to protect
any well, tank or other dangerous place or structure.
35.Jurisdiction.—'* * * Any charge against a police-officer
縷υ above the rank of a constable under this
Act shall be enquired into and determined only by an officer exercising the powers of a Magistrate.
36.Power to prosecute under other law not affected.—Nothing contained in this Act shall be construed
to prevent any person from being prosecuted under any other Regulation or Act for any offence made
punishable by this Act. or from being liable under any other Regulation or Act for any other or higher penalty
or punishment than is provided for such offence by this Act :
Provided that no person shall be punished twice for the same offence.
'|37. Recovery of Penalties and fines imposed by Magistrates.—The provisions of Sections 64 to 70,
both inclusive, of the Indian Penal Code (45 of I860) and of Sections 421 to 425. both inclusive, of the
'Code of Criminal Procedure 197? (2 of 1974). with respect to lines, shall apply to penalties and lines
imposed under this Ant on conviction before a Magistrate :
Provided that, notwithstanding anything contained in Section 65 of the first-mentioned Code, any person
sentenced to fine under Section 34 of this Act may be imprisoned in default of payment of such fine for any
period not exceeding eight days.
__________________________
1. Certain words omitted by Act 10 of l882. Section 2 and Sch. I

2. i.e. by a Magistrate of the first class, see Section 3(2) of the Code of Criminal Procedure. 1895 (5 of 1898).
3. Subs, by Act 8 of 1895, Section 14, for the original Sections. 37 to 40.
4. See now the Code of Criminal Procedure. 1973 (Act 2 of 1974).

41. [Rewards to police and informers payable to General Police Fund.] Rep. by the A.O. 1937.
'42. Limitation of actions.—(All actions and prosecutions against any person, which may be lawfully
brought for anything clone or intended to be done under the provisions of this Act, or under the general
police-powers herein given shall he commenced within three months oiler the act complained of shall
have been committed and not otherwise): and notice in writing of such action and of the cause thereof shall
be given to the defendant or to the District Superintendent or an. Assistant District Superintendent of the
District in which the act was committed, one month at least before the commencement of the action.
Tender of amends.—No plaintiff shall recover in an) such action if tender of sufficient amends shall
have been made before such action brought, or if a sufficient sum of money shall have been paid into Court
alter such action brought, by or on behalf of the defendant, and though a decree shall he given for the
plaintiff in any such action, such plaintiff shall not have costs against the defendant, unless the Judge
before whom the trial is held shall certify his approbation of the action:
Provided always that no action shall in any case lie where such officers shall have been prosecuted
criminally for the same act.
43. Plea that act was done under warrant.—When any action or prosecution shall be brought or
any proceedings held against any police-officer for any act done by him in such capacity, it shall be lawful
for him to plead that such act was done by him under the authority of a warrant issued by a Magistrate.
Such plea shall be proved by the production of the warrant directing the act and purporting to be signed
by such Magistrate and the defendant shall thereupon be entitled to a decree in his favour, notwithstanding
any defect of jurisdiction in such Magistrate. No proof of the signature of such Magistrate shall be
necessary, unless the Court shall see reason to doubt its being genuine:
Provided always that any remedy which the party may have against the authority issuing such warrant
shall not be affected by a nyt hi ng contained in this section.
44. Police-officers to keep diary.—It shall be the�� dut y of every officer in charge of a police-station
to keep a general diary in such form as shall, from time to lime, be prescribed by the | '[State] Government]
and to record therein all complaints and charges preferred, the names of all persons arrested, the names of
the complainants, the offences charged against them, the weapons or property that shall have been taken
from their possession or other wise, and the names of the witnesses who shall have been examined.
The Magistrate of the district shall be at liberty to call for and inspect such diary.
45. State Government may prescribe form of returns. — The 2|3| Slate | Government] may direct
the submission of such returns by the Inspector-General and other police-officers as to such -2[3[State]
Government] shall seem proper, and may prescribe the form in which such returns shall be made.
1
|46. Scope of Act.—(I) This Act shall not by its own operation take effect in any Presidency. 5 [State]
or place. Hut the "|State] Government] by an order to be published in the '[Official Gazette], may extend
the whole
1. So much of Section AZ (the portion primed in italics) .is relates to the limitation of suits was rep by the Indian
Limitation Act 1871 (9ol 1871), Section 2 and Sch. I.
2. Subs by the A.O. 1937 for ‘’L.G.".
3. Subs. b> the A.O. 1950. for 'Provincial"'.
4. Subs, by Act 8 of 1895. Section 15. for the original section.
5. Subs by the A.O. 1950. for "province".
6. Subs. by the A.O. 1937. for "GG in C".
7. Subs, by the A.O 1937. for "Gazette of India"

or any part of this Act to any presidency. '[State] or place, and the whole or such portion of this Act as
shall be specified in such order shall thereupon take effect in such presidency. '[State] or place.
(2) When the whole or any part of this Act shall have been so extended, the 2[3[State] Government]
may, from time to lime, by notification in the Official Gazette, make rules consistent with this Act—
(a) to regulate the procedure lo he followed by Magistrates and police-officers in the discharge of
any duty imposed upon them by or under this Act:
(b) to prescribe the time, manner and conditions within and under which claims for compensation
under Section; 15-A; are to be made, the particulars to he stated in such claims, the manner in
which the same are to be verified, and the proceedings (including local enquiries, if necessary
which are to be taken consequent thereon: and.
(c) generally, for giving effect to the provisions of this Act.
(3) All rules made under this Act ma) from time to time be amended, added to or cancelled by the 2|
3
[State] Government].
47. Authority of District Superintendent of Police ever village police.—It shall he lawful for the
2 3
[ [State] | Government| in carrying this Act into effect in any part of the territories subject lo such 2| 3[State]
Government] to declare that any authority which now is or may be exercised by the Magistrate of the district
over any village-watchman or other village police-officer for the purposes of police shall be exercised,
subject to the general control of the Magistrate of the district, by the District Superintendent of Police.
FORM
(See Section 8)
A. B. has been appointed a member of (he police-force
캰υ under Act 5 of 1 861. and is vested with I he
powers, functions and privileges of a police-officer.
** ** **
(2) The Police Act (3 of 1888).
[See Clause 43 of Appx. 101)
(3) The Police (Incitement to Disaffection) Act (22 of 1922).
(See Clause 22 of Appx. 101)
(4) The Police Act (64 of 1949).
(See Clause 44 of Appx. 101)
(5) The Police Force (Restriction of Rights) Act (33 of 1966)
(See Clause 57 of Appx, 101)
______________________________________
!. Subs by the A.O. 1050. for "province".

2. Subs, by the A.O. 1937. For "L.G."
3. Subs by the A.O. 1950. For “Provincial”.
..
APPENDIX 2
POWERS DELEGATED TO INSPECTOR GENERAL AND DEPUTY INSPECTOR GENERAL.
PART- I . (RULE 8)
The following powers are exercised by the Inspector-General under statutory rules or by virtue of powers
delegated to him by the Government:—
1.To sanction charges for camp equipment and horses under Supplementary Rule 81 for members of
Indian Police Service and Rule 75 of Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules. 1951 [See P.M. Rule 756).
2.To sanction under S.R. 79 and B.T.A. Rule 75. Actual expenses of maintaining a camp in case of an
officer who is compelled by a sudden emergency to leave his camp.
3.To permit a ministerial officer to remain in service ordinarily between the ages of 58 and 60 years
(P.M. Rule 811) and B.S. Code Rule 73(b) after obtaining prior approval of Government before the date of
superannuation.
4.To sanction extra expenditure under Rule 98 of B.S. ('ode in case of suspension or dismissal of an officer
(P.M. Rule 841).
5.To sanction payments of arrear Pensions under Bihar Treasury Code Rule 387 to section officers,
ministerial officers, assistant Sub-Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and inspectors {See also Rule 210 of Bihar
Pension Rules).
6.To sanction permanent advance up to the amount advised by the Accountant-General as appropriate
subject to a maximum of Rs. 500 (Bihar Financial Rules 112).
7.To control expenditure on purchase of equipment and tents and to arrange for its supply up to Rs. 5.000
in one Financial Year (Bihar Financial Rules. Vol. II, Appendix 5 item 48).
8.To sanction under Rule 96 of Bihar Financial Rules alteration in the date of birth of a non-Gazetted
Officer if it is a clerical error and done within ten years of the date of appointment [P.M. Rule 1041(b)].
9.To relax age limit under Rule 54 of Bihar Service Code.
10.To sanction pensions of Section officers, ministerial officers, assistant Sub-Inspectors. Sub-
Inspectors and inspectors of Police under Bihar Pension Rule 201.
11.To sanction the renting of ordinary office accommodation up to Rs. 1.000 a month when the
accommodation is in a separate building and one half of the total rent subject to a maximum of Rs 480 a month
when the accommodation is in a building partly used as a private residence {See Bihar Financial Rules. Vol. II.
appendix 5. item 33).
12.To accept medical certificates of incapacity, for further service from the date given by. (a)C.S. and
S.E.M.O. for those noted in clause 1(1 provided the pay does not exceed Rs, 500 and (b)a medical hoard if it
exceeds that amount {See Bihar Pension Rules 122 and 123).
13.To accept application for pension from dales subsequent to the date of application for pension in certain
circumstances as given in Rule 73(0 of Bihar Service Code (.See P.M. Rule S18also).
14.To sanction the payment of rent on lands and buildings leased by Government up to Rs. 240 a year in
one case subject to item 33 of Appendix 5 of Bihar financial Rules. Vol. II.
15.lo write oil', under Rule 63 of Bihar Financial Rules. Vol. I irrecoverable value of stores or public money
not exceeding Rs. 500 in respect of loss falling on State revenues. In respect of advances made from the
Central revenues, it is sanctioned up to a limit of Rs. 100.
16.Upon such conditions as it may be lit to impose, to sanction condonation of deficiencies in qualifying
service up to three months under Bihar Pension Rule 106.
17.To control expenditure on indent for stationery to be obtained from Government Stationery Stores and
Publication. Gulzarbagh and to countersign the indents sent by Superintendents of Police (Bihar Financial
Rules. Vol. II Appendix 5, item 41).
18.To sanction petty local purchase of stationery and rubber stamps up to a limit given in the Bihar Stationery
Manual in one case (Rule 955). See item 41. Appendix 5 of Bihar Financial Rules, Vol. II.

19. To grant, according to Appendix 4 of Bihar T.A. Rules, daily allowance up to 30 days at full rates and at
half its rates for sixty days after granting exemption from the operation of the limit given in B.T.A. Rule 67.
Note. The exemption of the Inspector-General himself requires the sanction of Government.
20.To grant leave to any Gazetted Officers for periods not exceeding six weeks provided the transfer of another
officer is not necessitated thereby [Vide item No. 17(7) of Appendix 1 of Bihar Service Code] and to permit that
official to prefix and suffix holidays and Sundays to the leave.
21.To transfer Assistant Superintendent of Police in anticipation of Government orders and Deputy Superin-
tendents (other than officers officiating or about to officiate as Superintendents) vide Annexure to Appendix 1 of
Bihar Service Code.
22.To transmit indents for stores to Director. General Stores and Disposals and Defence Department, etc. either
direct or through Ministry of Home Affairs.
23. To grant travelling allowance to non-gazetted subordinates, substantive or temporary, for the journey to join
a first post in Government service, the rale admissible being that of the class to which the post joined belongs
calculated as for a journey on tour (Bihar T.A. Rule 100 read vv ith item No. 12 of Appendix I thereof. See Supple-
mentary Rules 105-Aand 112).
24. To sanction such temporary posts the maximum salary of which does not exceed the salary of Sub-
Inspector with restriction that the post will not be of a rank higher than of S.I.
Note.—(i) This power shall not be exercised in respect of the office o\' Inspector General and range offices, (ii) The
person appointed to the above post shall draw in addition to the pay. allowances admissible for the equivalent grade,
(iii) Such posts shall be sanctioned for a maximum period of six months alter which these will be terminated
automatically In special circumstances, for reasons to be recorded in writing, the I.G may extend the same for a
further period of six months under intimation to Government, (iv) The number of posts sanctioned by Inspector
General under this power shall not at any time exceed one percent of the sanctioned posts of that grade as is
mentioned in Memo. No. 6/P-Misc.-4012/73-H.P./ 12842. dated the 23rd October. I979*
25.To vary the details ol the appointment of any temporary establishment employed under the Inspector: General
for any period, subject to certain conditions (Bihar Treasury Code. Part II. item 25). .See Rule 990(b) also.
26.To pass final orders subject to appeal to Government as provided in Rule 853.
27.To direct accounts officers, under Rule 143 of Bihar Treasury
쩀 Code to investigate claims to arrears of recurring
expenditure (such as pay or allowances or to increments) or non-recurring expenditure which have been allowed to
remain in abeyance for the amount and period as given in Finance Department memo No. A3-1093/ 75—11395-F
dated 3rd September. 1976.
N.B. This-power may be exercised by the Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendents in the case of officers
appointed by them.
28.To correspond directly with foreign countries regarding criminal cases actually under in\estimation or any matter
connected with Police Intelligence Before such direct communication is made the Inspectors General should,
whenever possible, communicate first with the Director. C.B.I./Intelligence Bureau. M.H.A. Government of India, who
may be in a position to supply the information desired (.See Appendix 95).
29.To sanction the supply of typewriting machines from the Stationery Department, subject to the submission of
re-appropriation statement to the Accountant-General showing how the cost of the machine is to be met (Bihar
financial Rules, Vol. II. item No. 49 of Appendix 5).
30.To strengthen or withdraw police in or from a district for special or emergent duty and to make alterations in
the strength of district forces, provided that (a) the total number of each class sanctioned for the State is not exceeded
and (b) a statement showing all such changes sanctioned during the year is submitted to Government on 1st April
each year -[Delegation of financial Powers (Establishment) item 25]. .See Rule 981 also.
31.To pass orders on proposals for buying or selling movable or immovable property by an officer of and below
the rank of Inspector (Sec Rule 706).
32.To appoint under Bihar Service Code Rule 103 read with item No. 11 of Appendix I. one officer to hold
substantively to a post as a temporary measure, or to officiate in two or more independent appointments at one time
____________________
* See Appendix 64. (f) Half yearly, item 6 also.

and to regulate the allowances of such an officer within prescribed limits.
N. B.—This power may be exercised in respect of appointments which it is within Inspector-General’s power to
make.
33. (a) To accord administrative approval to estimates for Police buildings and to pass the excess in the
standard rent of over 10 per cent of the average emoluments for officers subordinate to him subject to the proviso
that the total cost of the project docs not exceed Rs. 50,000 and the buildings conform to type plans duly
approved
b\ Government (.See Bihar financial Rule 202).
(b)To accord administrative approval in respect of estimates under minor projects up to a total cost of Rs.
10.000 [See Police Manual Rules 1138(a) and 1139(a)].
(c)To accord administrative approval for additions and alterations in existing water supply, sanitary and
electrical installations up to the limits specified below:—
Building Water supply and Electric
Sanitary installation installation
Rs. Rs.
Non-residential .... .... 5.000 1.000
Residential .... .... 2.500 500
See P.W.D. Code Vol. I. Rules 298 and
34. To sanction the payment of fees up to Rs. Id to an expert Veterinary Doctor who is not a Government
Savant if lie is utilized for examining and certifying to the soundness of ponies preparatory to purchase by the
Police Department.
35.To sanction the purchase of clothing and liveries for assistant Sub-Inspectors. Havildars and Constables,
the expenditure shall be debited to the head "255-Police. Materials and Supplies" (Clothing).
36.To sanction cost for purchase of medicines other than medical equipments noted in Rule 956 for one
Police Hospital in one Financial Year up to Rs. 5.000�� under the head "255-Police—Welfare of Police
employees Hospital expenses'", vide Government of Bihar. Home (Police) Department memo No. 5/A1-
1025/73, dated 4lh May, 1974.
To place inspectors in charge of the current duties of the offices of the Superintendents of Police provided
that such appointments are made only for a period not exceeding one month in each case between the departure
of one officer and the arrival of his successor.
37.To fill up an appointment substantively under Rule 69 Bihar Service Code in a vacancy caused by the
transfer of an inspector to duty for a period exceeding three years provided the arrangement thus made will be
reversed on the return of the inspector in question.
38.To grant an honorarium up to a maximum limit of Rs. 250 in each case or to sanction the acceptance of an
honorarium or fee up to Rs. 500 from an outside source (Sec Bihar Service Code Rule 140 and Appendix 1. item
15).
40.To give sanction for purchase of cycle up to Rs. 375,
41.To sanction purchase of clocks for offices under the control of the Inspector-General at a cost not exceed-
ing Rs. 200 in each case (See Delegation of Financial Powers. Table V).
42.To give sanction under Bihar Travelling Allowance rules. Appendix 1 to armed Police to go to any part of
India for carrying on duties.
43.To sanction the demolition and sale of departmental buildings according to Rule 1166.
44.To decide for the purposes of recovery of the occupier's share of Municipal Taxes whether a Government
servant who is provided with a free quarter and whose emoluments exceed Rs. 150 per month is required to
reside in such quarters, solely for the better performance of his duties and is thus exempt from payment of
Municipal Tax which is then to be paid by the Police Department (See Bihar Financial Rule. Vol. II Appendix
5, item 45).

45.To sanction for the preliminary stages of their defense an advance up to Rs. 500 to police officers involved
in criminal prosecutions or civil suits in connection with the discharge of official functions, whenever the orders
of Government cannot be obtained in time (Appendix 74).
46.To withhold, if necessary, any memorial addressed to the local Government, the Governor or any higher
authority by a police officer of or below the rank of Inspector or Reserve Inspector, on any of the following
subjects, namely :—
(1) Postings.
(2) Withholding of increments on die ground of inefficiency, (as distinguished from the infliction of this
penalty for a definite offence).
(3) Promotion of other officers in preference to the memorialist.
(4) Stoppage at an efficiency bar.
(5) Refusal of leave.
47. To sanction refundable advances to Gazetted Officers from the sums standing to their credit in the General
Provident Fund provided that the advance does not exceed three months' pay or is not wanted wi t hi n twelve
months of the final repayment of all previous advances vide Rule 15 of Bihar GP.F. Rules.
48.To send subordinate officers for training am where in India and to sanction its cost under item 8(8) of
Appendix 1 of B.T.A. rule provided it is declared as duty under Rule 14 of Bihar Service Code.
49.To sanction reimbursement of cost of medicine for staff up to Rs. 500 vide Government of Bihar Health
Department memo No. 1M1 -101 /70~883( 1 )l 1. Dated 10th March 1971.
50. To sanction up to Rs. 5.000 for maintenance and purchase of spares for one Motor Vehicle in one financial
year. PART II
(RULE 9)
The following powers are exercised by the Deputy Inspector-General under Statutory rules or by virtue of
powers delegated to them by Government :—
쩀
1.To sanction purchase of medicines up to Rs. 3,000 for a Police Hospital.
N.B.— Sec Appendix I. part I. clause 36 for Government order.
2.To sanction advances to non-Gazetted officers from the sums standing to their credit in the General Provi-
dent fund in cases in which the advances exceed three months" pay or are sought within twelve months of the final
repayment of all previous advances together wi t h interest thereon.
3.To make temporal v changes not exceeding one year in duration in the district staff within the range (.Sec
Rule 777).
4.To award punishments other than dismissal or removal to Reserve Inspectors and Inspectors [Rule 825(f)],
See P.M. Appendix 84 also.
5.To control expenditure on stationery obtained on indent from the Government Stationery Office, Gulzarbagh.
6.To appoint Sub-Inspectors for the post of Inspectors for a period not exceeding the limit given in Rule 725
from the approved list of Inspector-General in any case.
7.To authorise under Bihar Travelling Allowance Rule 76 (ii) and its item 8 of Appendix 1 an officer to
proceed on duty to any part of India.
8.To appoint ministerial officers for district offices (P.M. Rule 862).
9.To transfer officers of and below the rank of inspectors from one district to another within the range and by
agreement with the Deputy Inspector-General concerned to a district in another range (P.M. Rule 775).
10. To grant earned leave to Reserve Inspectors, Inspectors (unarmed) and Reserve Sub-Inspectors (P.M. Rule
786).
Note.—These lists are not complete but its collection has been made for the sake of convenience. Other
powers of Inspector-General/Dy. Inspector-General have been stated in the relevant Chapters of Police
Manual.
. .
APPENDIX 3
SPECIAL REPORT CASE
(RULES 49 AND 1010)
1. The Superintendent shall send to the Range Deputy Inspector-General at the earliest possible moment, a
cop) of each report in every case.
2. He shall also send one copy direct to the District Magistrate, Deputy Inspector-General. Criminal Investi-
gation Intelligence Departments in those cases in which reports are due to them but in such cases in which reports
are due to Government, one extra copy may he sent to CI.D. I.D. so that this may be forwarded to them.
The district Magistrate may forward his copy to Commissioner in suitable cases.
3. Special reports regarding cases falling under items 13 to 21 shall be sent in confidential covers addressed
by name to the officers concerned.
4. Where information is lo be sent by wireless/telegrams, etc. investigating Officers should also send such
informations likewise lo Superintendent to facilitate this in addition to first Information Report sent prompt as
per Rule 148(c).
5. Special report cases in this Appendix have been쩀divided in tv\o categories —A and B. The Superintendent
shall get case diaries direct in ‘A' category from Investigating Officers and through Circle Inspector in ‘B' category.
Similarly, a Subdivisional Police Officer, if posted, shall get case diaries direct in, "B" category from Investi-
gating Officers and through Circle Inspector in 'A' category ad per Rule 164(g). For extension of time in investiga-
tion of cases and for keeping an accused in Court custody see Rules 173(c) and 223(c).
N.B. — investigation by C.I.D., see Rules 424 and 431.
6. After disposal of cases of this Appendix in Court, final memos shall be sent direct to Superintendent as
per Rule 316 [See Rules 181(d) and 216 also].
..

APPENDIX
SPECIAL
(RULES 49)
Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy Inspector-General.

_________________________________________________
Serial Description of crime. Category
No. A or B. Criminal Investigation Intelligence
Department. Department.
1 2 2 3 4 5
1. Dacoity.
(a) Armed in which property above a A All reports … …
certain value is stolen.
(b) With murder, armed or unarmed A Ditto … …
(c) In a bank A Ditto … …
(d) In a train A Ditto … …
In special!) important cases under 1(d) and … …
2(c) and (d) below m a running train or a
train held up between stations, the Police
Officer, receiving the information shall
send immediate telegraphic intimation
direct to Chief Secretary and D.I.G, C.I.D.
(e) Any other type B All reports … …
2. Robbery.—
(a) Highway robbery A
(b) (i) Mail robberv—other than those B
in (b)(ii).
(ii) Railway train mail robbery A
(c) Robbery in passenger train A All Reports … …
(unarmed)
(d) Robbers in passenger train (armed). A
(e) Bank robbery A
3. Theft
(a) Mail B
(b) Copper wire above a fixed value B First and Last Report
… …
(c) Firearms B
If foreign gang is suspected,
(d) Car and other types of motor vehicles B all reports to D.I.G. C.I.D
(e) (i) Idols of historical and religious B
importance, If interstate
(ii) Ancient temples gang then in … …
(iii) Monuments A category All Reports
(iv) Idols

3—contd.
REPORT CASE.
AND 1010)
Further reports chic from Deputy

Commissioner through District Inspectors-General, (ID,'ID. Any other report due from or to
Magistrate. to Government. any other department.
6 7 8
All reports To Chief Secretary From C.I.D. to Central Bureau of

Investigation in serials. 1(c) and
1(d).
All reports in case of serial 1(d) All reports in case of serial 1(d)
All reports in cases of serials 2(M( To Chief Secretary in case of From C.I.D. to C.B.I, in serials
u I. 2(c). 2(d) and 2(e)
serials 2(b)(ii).(c).(d)and(e). 2(b)(ii),(e).(d)and(e).
쩀
First report, only if a firearm of a

police Officer is stolen which was Theft of mail from train/air, idols
sued from Government stores. ……. …… (cultural property ) and Antiques
(torn C.I.D. to C.B.I.
First report only Final report to curator, museum

First report only
or department of Archaeology

APPENDIX
SPECIAL
(RULES 49
Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy Inspector-

General.
Serial Description of crime. Category _________________________________________________
No. A or B. Criminal Investigation Intelligence
Department. Department.
1 2 2 3 4 5
4. Very important offences against property B All reports only in cases of big river … …
including serious cases of road. Bandh, Canal, canal cutting.
telegraph, telephone or electric cable cutting
5. Cases of counterfeiting coins. Stamps or notes, B All reports … …
uttering or being in possession of counterfeit coins,
stamps or notes when directly connected with
professional coining and an) discover) of forged
currency or promissory notes and payment into
Bank or treasury of an) large percentage of false
coins
B All reports … …
6. Cases in which professional
Swindlers are concerned.
7. Professional drugging B All Reports. The station officer to … …
inform S.P by quickest means [ see Rule
8. Murder --- A 148 (c ) ] … … …
(i) Unknown
(ii) Known B …
8-A (i) Murder or A All reports. The Police Officer receiving
information shall send immediate
(ii) Attempted murder on any A telegraphic intimation of crimes direct … …
passenger train to Chief Secretary and D.I.G.
(ii) Murder of foreigners A C.I.D.

9-A Cases of murder for professional gain in
which the perpetrators are unknown appear A All Reports … …
strangers to be to the locality where the crime
was committed.
9-B Murder cases in which there is express
motive for other gains and parties are known B … … … …
10. Gang cases under Section 400 and 401,
I.P.C. and cases under Sections 109 and 110. A All Reports and copy of judgment. … …
Cr.P.C. in connection with organized gangs
11. Poisioning, whether ending fatally or not
when object is to obtain victim's property B … … … …
12. Any serious offence committed by pro-
fessional criminals from outside the State A All Reports
13. Theftor loss of fire-arms and ammunition Telegram and all reports
capable of being used for Military purposes A … … ( by Name)
and important thefts of explosives as directed
Special Branch Manual Rule 26.

3 contd.
REPORT CASE.
AND 1010)
Commissioner through District Further reports due from Deputy Any other report due front or to any
Magistrate Inspectors General, C.l.D./ I.D. other department.
to Government.
6 7 8
… … … … … …
… … … … Cases of counterfeiting Front C'.I.D.

to C.B.I.
… … … … From C.I.D. to C.B.I.
… … … … Reports from C.I.D. to C.H.I, if it

occurs in Railway trains.
… … … … … …
쩀
… … … … … …
… … First report in ease of (i) and (iii) C.I.D. to C.B.I, in (i) and (iii).
All Reports
All Reports
All Reports All Reports
… … … … … …
… … … … … …
All Reports (by Name) Action is to be taken as laid down in C.I.D. to C.B.I, in case of
Rules 26, 65 and 66 of the Special fire-arms
Branch Manual.

APPENDIX
SPECIAL
(RULES 49
Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy Inspector-

General.
________________________________________________
_
Serial Description of crime. Category Criminal Investigation Intelligence
No. A or B Department. Department.
1 2 3 4 5
14 Riots and other offences due to A All reports (by
religious or political causes name)
15 Assaults by Indians on foreigners or B All reports only (by name)
vice versa or any serious case in
which foreigners are concerned
16 Industrial Strikes (Important only ) B All reports (by name) and
telegraphic intimation of the
apprehension or commence-
ment of a strike.
17 Cases under:—
Explosive Substances Act. VI of 1908 (1)A All reports (by name).
(ii) Important cases under Indian (ii)B (ii)first report only In important
Explosives Act, 1884. Arms Act 1959. (by name) cases, information h)
quickest means to
D.I.G.C.I.D
18 All cases under Chapter VI, 131. 132, A first report only All reports (by name).
134. I P.( Sections 153-A. 295 and
295-A, I.P.C. and Section 108,
Cr.P.C. and offence under Section 3
of the Police Incitement to Disaffection 鹐χ
Act. Il>:: (Act XXII of 1922).
19 All cases under Press and B All reports (H\ name) in
Registration of Hooks Act XXV of cases of Criminal I.aw
1867. and the Criminal Law Amendment Act.
Amendment \ci XIV of 1908
20 Important discoveries of Arms. B All reports (by name)
Ammunition and explosives under
suspicious circumstances
21 Any case having or believed to have a B telegram and
political aspect of being connected at all reports (by name).
any way vv ith political agitations or w
ith persons known to be suspected to
be political agitators or
revolutionaries.
22 Cases of alleged ill-treatment or A All reports and telegrams
torture against the police which are ease of death only.
likely to give rise to public comment or
discontent or excitement or are in
themselves sufficiently serious to
merit the * notice of Government.
* In reporting the withdrawal or failure of cases lull reasons which led to the ease being dropped or the
Police being exonerated should be given

3-contd.
REPORT CASE
And 1010)
Commissioner through District Further reports due from Deputy Any other report due from or to an)
Magistrate. Inspectors-General, C.I.D /I.D other department.
To Government
6 7 8
Early and lull report to Chief

Secretary. Action ii to be taken as
All reports (by name)
laid down in Rule 26 of the ……….
Special Branch manual.
First Reports only(by name) All reports (by name)
(i) In important eases information

by quickest means to Chief
(i) First Reports only (by name) (i) All reports (by name) Secretary/Director, Intelligence
Bureau (by name)
All reports (by name)
All reports except in eases under

Section 295/295-A. I.P.C. to
Director. I.B. (by name).
All reports in cases of Criminal i

All reports (by name) in cases of aw Amendment Act to Director.
Criminal law Amendment Act. Intelligence Bureau (by name).
C.I.D to C.B.I in case of arms
To Director IB (by Name)
First Reports only First Reports only ……….

APPENDIX
SPECIA1
(RULES 49
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy

Inspector-General).
Serial Description of crime. Category Criminal Investigation Intelligence

No. A or B Department. Department.
1 2 3 4 5
23 Cases (except torture) in which any serious A All reports
offence is alleged against Sub-Inspectors or police
officers of higher rank (including cases of
unfavorable comments failing under Rule 33).
24 Escape from Police custody B All reports
25 Defalcation or loss of any public money, stamps, B First report only in "B" cases.
opium (i) belonging to or in the custody of the but if it is All reports of "A" cases and
police department above a certain amount or (ii) over a in other cases in which
in the custody of railway, excluding cases men- certain interstate gang is concerned.
tioned under exceptions 1 and 3 to Rule 29 of amount
CAC. Vol. I.
26 Spurious book cases although non-1 IR A
27 (i) Kidnapping of girls by members of another B first report only Kidnapping by members of
religion, or (ii) Professional kidnapping. another religion.
(ii) Professional kidnapping.
28 All cases in which allegation of bribery or A
corruption against Police Officers above
the rank of A.S.I, come to the notice of S.P
29 Cases against class I and II Government B first report only
servants.
30 (i) Motoi accident cases registered under B first report only
Section 279, I.P.C. in which Government servants
or foreigners are invoked or which arc likely to
give rise to public comments.
(ii) If death occurs by Police Vehicle or A first report only
motor cycle of police office
31 Atrocities against Harijans and Adibasis B
32 Any case not provided for above in which
immediate information shall he given to I.G. in
which special assistance is urgently required.
33 7 essential Commodities Act cases B All reports
34 Theft of Railway warrants B
35 Serious accidents A Telegram and all reports
36 Obstruction cases (Not serious) B All reports
37 Train wrecking and attempted train obstructions. A All reports The Police Officer
receiving the information will
send immediate telegraphic
intimation direct to C S. and
D.I.G.. C.I.D.

3-contd.
REPORT CASE
And 1010)
Commissioner through District Further reports due from Deputy Any other report due from or to
Magistrate. Inspectors-General. (I.I).1.1) any other department
to Government
First report only First report only ……………
All reports if value exceeds Final report to the department

certain amount concerned
Kidnapping for begging and for

First report in (i) only First report in (i) only
ransom from C.I.D. to C.B.I.
Final report to concerned

If accused is a class I officer,
depart-mental superior officer
First report only first report is to be sent to the
who is senior to him.
Government
First reports All reports to Chief Secretary ……………
First reports All reports to Chief Secretary ……………
..

APPENDIX 4
ALTERATION OF BOUNDARIES OF POLICE-STATION AND CREATION OF NEW
POLICE-STATIONS
(RULE 73).
1. According to Section 2(s) of Criminal Procedure Code proposals for setting up a New Police-Station or for
redistribution of villages located in two or more Police-Stations shall be sent from the office of Superintendent
through the District Magistrate and Range Deputy Inspector-General to the Inspector-General. The Deputy Inspector-
General will, before forwarding the proposal to Inspector-General, obtain the recommendation of Divisional
Commissioner. The Deputy Inspector-General and Commissioner can do this informally. In order to save time, the
preliminary proposals should be accompanied with (1) crime figures justifying change, (2) rough Sketch Maps. (3)
population figures. (4) number of B. Cs. residing in the area, etc. As soon as approval of Government is obtained, the
New Police-Station may be set up formally or transfer of villages from one P.-S. area to another may be given effect
but registration of F.I.R. etc. concerning the new area will continue to be done at the parent P.-S. till a formal
Government notification giving effect to changes is done.
2. (a) In case a New Police-Station is to be created, the draft notification in Form A given below will follow specifying
in para 1 the areas to be included in the New Police-Station. and other Police-Stations affected thereby. In para 2 of
that form, the description of those prior notifications wi ll be given which should be cancelled or changed in
consequence of the change.
(b) When there is a proposal only for the change in the boundary of two or more Police-Stations, the draft notification
of this proposal should be sent in Form B specifying in para 1. the description and names of villages transferred from
one Police-Station to another Police-Station. In para 2 of the form, the description of earlier notifications will be given
which should be cancelled or changed in consequence of the transfer. At the same time, a corrected list of the villages
of the Police-Station affected will also be given. In both cases, a I 'liana Map prepared by the Bihar Survey Office,
Gulzarbagh, Patna on the basis of standard sheets with the new and old boundaries of the Police-Stations and the
villages transferred clearly shown on it, in different colours shall be submitted.
3. The area to be contained in the Police-Station should generally be shown by giving a list of villages. These lists
which are eventually sent from the office of Inspector-General alter obtaining from Superintendents of Police for
including in the notification should be verified first of all at district level in the office of the District Magistrate in
order to ensure that the revenue number, etc. is correct and that any particular Panchayat is not being divided into two
Police-Stations. This verification shall he got done from the office of the Additional Collector and Panchayat Officer
by the District Magistrate.
4. When a district has been surveyed and settled, authoritative thana maps and thana lists of villages are available,
and the thana numbers of the villages and the thana name should he entered. If settlement thana maps and lists are
not available, the Revenue I liana and the name of the Anchal of the village should be given. If settlement thana lists
are not available, it will generally be advisable to give the boundaries of the area to be included in the Police-Station
and to omit the list of villages since in the absence of properly compiled jurisdiction lists, lists of the villages are liable
to be incomplete and to contain mistakes, and when mistakes are discovered they have to be corrected by fresh
notifications. It may also be desirable in some cases to define the area by its boundaries even when properly compiled
jurisdiction lists are available for example, where the boundaries are rivers which are liable to shift their courses.
5. Creation of or change in boundaries of a Police-Station should he done rarely and may arise out of following:—
(a) When Police-Stations are to be regrouped on Anchal Basis.

(b) When new colonics spring up for example in Railway limits which are to be transferred to district
Police due to increase in population crime, etc. vide Rule 459(a).
(c) When due to alteration in revenue thana boundary, e.g., transfer of villages, or a Police-Station,
or part of a Police-Station from one revenue thana circle to another, and vice versa proposals emanate
from the District Magistrate after consultation with the Superintendents which should show the names
of villages to be transferred and then serial numbers in the jurisdiction lists, and also the copies of the
Mujmilli maps of thanas affected as per Rules 739—741 of the Bihar Survey and Settlement Manual.
6. After the proposed changes have been approved by Government and a notification published in the
Bihar Gazette, the Director of Land Records shall make corrections in the jurisdiction lists and in the maps
of Police-Stations kept in Survey Office. Only corrected maps of Police-Stations should be sent from survey
office every year as per-Note 2 of Appendix 55.
7. Even Police-Station should preserve the sketch maps in which its areas are given with a list of villages
falling within the area of Police-Stations in which revenue thana numbers should also he noted. The list
should be hung up in the form of a Takhti vide Rule 76.
In the office of Superintendent of Police concerned, the above noted sketch maps, lists and notifications of
all police-stations situated in a district should be available.
FORM A
In exercise of the power conferred on him by clause (s) of Section 2 of the Code of Criminal Procedure,
1973 (2of 1974) and alter modifying partially the previous orders concerning the set up
of……………………police-stations, the Governor of Bihar declares that……………. in the district
of…… shall be a police-station and the villages given below shall he included in that P.-S. area.
List of villages in ........... ……… Police-Station in the

District of. ................... .
Serial number. Name of villages. Revenue Thana No. Revenue Thana or

Anchal.
1 2 3 4
2. So much of the notification No ............................ dated ................ (published at page………………..

part……………of the Bihar Gazette of.......................... ) as relates to the area included within the said police-
station and to the boundaries of that area is hereby cancelled/amended.

FORM B
In exercise of the power conferred on him by clause ( s i of Section 2 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure. 1973 (2 of 1974) and after modifying partially the previous orders concerning the setup
of…………………………. police-station, the Governor of Bihar declares that the villages specified in
column 2 of the following table, which have hitherto been included in the……………………………. police-
station, in subdivision…………………………. , in the district of……………………………….shall
henceforth be included in the…………………………. police-station in the same subdivision and district
namely :—
Serial number. Name of villages. Revenue Thana No. Revenue Thana or

Anchal.
1 2 3 4
2. So much of the notification No .............................................., dated ......(published at page .... …………

Part…………., of the Bihar Gazelle of. ........................................), as relates to the area included within the
said police-station and the boundaries of that area, is hereby cancelled/amended.
..

APPENDIX 5
DUTIES OF POLICE IN CONNECTIONS WITH FAMINE AND FLOOD
Extracts from the Bihar Famine-Flood Relief Code, 1964
(RULE 98 &1382)
* * * *
(7) (a) Periodical reports to be sent by Anchal Adhikaris.- In each district the Anchal Adhikari or unless
such an officer is appointed, the revenue circle officer shall. on every Monday from the first June to the
end of October, submit a report on the following matters: -
I. The amount of the rainfall there:
II. The character of the weather:
III. The progress of agricultural operations:
IV. The condition of the standing crops:
V. The outturn of the crops at the time of harvest. (This wi l l be estimated in annas. General
crop will be called 12 annas);
VI. The stock of grain and how much can be obtained, as far as these can be ascertained;
VII. The retail prices of cheapest rice and wheat in respect of all districts of State and of
maize in respect of all districts of Patna Division, Monghyr, Bhagalpur, Sahars,
Purnea, the Santhal Parganas, Hazaribagh, Palamau, and Singhbhum*;
VIII. The general condition of the people particularly the existence of scarcity, if any. or
distress;
IX. The health of the people
X. Availability of fodder and water and outbreak of diseases among the cattle’s and their
deaths;
(b) This report will be sent in prescribed Form 4:
(c) This report should reach the sub divisional officer by Tuesday.
The Sub divisional Officer, while sending his report to District Magistrate as stated in paragraphs 3 and
4 on pages 1 and 2 of Bihar Famine and Flood Relief Code, will add these points therein.
(8) (a) In districts where Anchal Adhikaris arc not posted, and if the District Magistrate demands, the
Superintendent of Police will require the officers-in-charge of police-stations; to submit a report in Form 4
on every Monday from 1st June to the end of October in respect of the matters stated in preceding
paragraph.
(b) The Superintendent of Police shall send the original reports of Police Officers to District
Magistrate at once, latest by next Wednesday, and he will, in the following circumstances, add his
own remarks (with it):—
(i ) Whenever there is unusual rise in prices;

(ii) Whenever there is excess or less rainfall;
(iii) Whenever there is fear of famine on account of any other cause:
(iv) When the District Magistrate has issued any special order to this effect.
* * * *
*Manbhum deleted.

(23) Reports submitted by Superintendent of Police. At this stage also, the Superintendent of
Police shall submit periodical reports (fortnightly every month on 1st and 16th unless otherwise
ordered) to the District Magistrate on the following matters, for the area under his charge:—
(1) Any increase in crime attributable to a general rise in prices or scarcity of food.
(2) Any wandering of needy or starving persons.
(3) Any emigration from, or immigration into, the area.
(4) Any unusual increase of mortality.
(5) Any cases of starvation or severe want.
(6) Any decline in the above symptoms of scarcity.
* * * * *
(41) Duty of Superintendent of Police at this stage.--At this stage too, the Superintendent of
Police should consider whether it is necessary to organize a system of patrols, for the lanes and
bye-ways of towns and villages, in order to conduct starving wanderers to the nearest relief work,
poor-house, police-station, or outpost, and to make arrangements to provide such wanderers with
food in transit. For this purpose, officers in charge of police-stations shall be provided with funds.
Note.— (I) When such a person is brought to a police-station by a police employee then for that
person, two respectable persons of the locality, where such a person is found, shall be asked to
give a documentary proof of the fact that the starving person was taken to police-station as
provided for evidence relating to distribution of relief in Rule 125.
(2) The thana officer should send in 'Form 14" a statement of expenditure of the fund allotted to
him under Section 41 to Superintendent of Police.
* * * * *
Extract from Appendix 'E ''Of “Bihar Famine Flood Relief Code
(31) Last rites.—If the deceased has no such friends who can perform last rites according to the
custom of his religion, then necessary arrangements shall be made for removal and disposal of dead
body. The ordinary expenses of burning or burying a dead body should be paid (See Rule 211)

FORM 14
(See Para 125)
Register of casual relief given by Relief Officers, Circle Officers, village Mukhiya. Police-
officers and others.
Village . Circle . Thana
Name and
residence (if Particulars of Amount of relief given. Provision made
ascertainable) Person given Of person
Date. relief. relieved.
of person
Cash (a) Kind (b) Remarks.
Rs. Paise Kilo- Oram
gram
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Note.—For the purpose of enabling the Circle Officer to enter the number of persons relieved in the
weekly return (Form 9) multiply the number of persons in receipt of relief by the number of days
in the week under report for which they have received allowances. Similarly, the cost, for the
purposes of the return in Form 9, will be the number of persons in receipt of relief, multiplied by the
number of the days of the week under report for which they have received allowances, multiplied
by the amount of their daily allowance.
• •

APPENDIX 6
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WRITING DESCRIPTIVE ROLLS.
(RULE 114)
1. The primary object of a descriptive roll is to record in a concise form the facial and general appearance
and physical and other peculiarities of an individual in such a manner that a person who had never seen that individual
might be able to pick him out from among others.
2. It is clearly necessary to exercise care in recording descriptions. Merely to jot down a few common
points which may apply equally well to hundreds of other persons is not only of no use, but a distinct hindrance to police
work. Officers must in the first instance look for unusual or marked peculiarities. If the face or general appearance do not
provide any, it is more than probable that there will be something in a man's speech, gait, disposition, etc. that will be
sufficiently marked to help in his identification. Failing any outstanding feature or peculiarity it is always possible to
put together a useful portrait of the more prominent parts of the face and body that will not apply to a large number of
persons. Such a description as "tall, dark, medium build, age 40 is obviously useless for purposes of identification.
3. It is difficult to lay down any definite directions as to how much or how little is to be recorded.
That depends entirely on the subject. If, for instance, a man has a "hare lip" it is clearly unnecessary to go into detail
about the rest of his appearance. His age, height, build and one or two other points would be sufficient. The "hare lip" is
what would be looked for and if two persons with this peculiarity were found, it is not likely that there would be any difficulty
in deciding, from the one or two other points recorded which the wanted man was.
4. The guiding principle is to give the age,潀 height, build and a brief description of the face and general
appearance, noting any peculiarities, and then to describe any outstanding traits such as of his gait, speech, disposition, dress, etc. that
attracts attention. Special marks and peculiarities are the points that are of the greatest help and importance. If
none are found then the general description can be more detailed.
5. The various points of which particulars should be recorded are given below and these cover the field
of all ordinary requirements and detail the main variations to be looked for. It is not intended that something must be
written under each item. A descriptive roll going into so much detail would be far too cumbrous. Something should be
recorded under all the items of "General appearance" and under one or more of each of the other headings more attention
being given to the face than to other parts of the body, while special marks, gait, speech, disposition, dress are all important
enough to demand attention.
6. In recording descriptions it is very important to look at the individual both full face and in profile, to
watch him walking, and talking and to examine his body for special marks. When recording descriptions of unknown
persons from complainants or witnesses who had seen them at close quarters, it will often repay officers to question them on
the various items of the list. Merely to ask a complainant to describe an accused is not likely to produce anything useful,
whereas if his memory is jogged by a few pertinent questions he may remember something valuable that would otherwise
go unrecorded.

FORM OF DESCRIPTIVE ROLL
1. Name, aliases and parentage/ husband's
name. ……..
2. Caste ……..
3. Occupation ……..
4. Native Place ……..
5. Present residence
Description (Delete what is not applicable, underline very distinctive point)
Age (Year of birth)
Height Feet Inches.

Thin, Stout, Erect, Stooping. Medium,
Built …….. Strong. Fat.
…….. Fair, Wheat. Brown. Black. Sallow.

Complexion
Round, Square. Smiling. Scowling.
Face …….. Wrinkled. Fleshy. Sunken cheeks
Hair …….. Colour. Bald. Cut. Curly, Straight

Thick, Thin. Arched. Straight. Meeting.
Eyebrow s …….. Bushv.
High. Low, Upright. Slipping. Bulging,
Forehead …….. Broad. Narrow. Wrinkle.
䆐 large. Small. Wide-set. Close-set. Blind
…….. eye(s). Squint eye, Cat's eye, Contract .
Eyes
Blinking.
…….. Black. Brown. Blue. Green

Colour of Iris
Sight …….. Long. Short, Wears glasses.
…….. Large. Small. Hooked. Snub. Straight,
Nose
Thick.
…….. Close. Shut. Shows teeth. I
Mouth
…….. Thick. Thin. Protruding. I [are lips. Long
Lips or short upper
…….. Small. Large. Protruding, False-Gold,
Studded or covered with gold. Missing in
Teeth
front. Discolored. Irregularly.
……..
Gold Teeth. Gold points.
False Teeth
…….. Long. Short, Stub. Pointed. Fingers
Fingers deformed.
Chin …….. Receding, Protruding. Square. Ball. Pointed,
Long, Short. Double. Dimpled.
Jaw …….. Square. Narrow.
Bread …….. Colour. Long. Style.

Marks on face.
……..
Murks on back
……..
Marks on forearms
……..
Marks on hands
……..
…….. Large. Small. Protruding. Lobes, Pierced.

Ear
Set low, Set high.
…….. Colour. Long. Clipped, fumed up.
Moustaches
Dropping,
Marks on chest or stomach ……..
Marks on feet
……..
Peculiarities of manner ……..

…….. Upright. Slovenly, Walks fast or slowly.
Appearance
Talks Fast. Slow, Loud, Soft/Harsh voice.
Dress ……..
……..
Deformity, if any. 崐
Literacy
……..
Speech ……..
……..
Habits, Drinks. Drugs. Prostitutes.
Accomplishments
Gambling, Smoking, etc
……..
Other particulars

APPENDIX 7
CRIME MAPS.
(RULES 67, 131 AND 879).
1.The object of a crime map is to enable a police-officer to see at a glance the local incidence of a particular form
of crime and their number. I he crime index and the crime graphs, statistical charts prescribed by Rules 879 and 880
enable the Superintendent or Inspector to follow the progress of crime generally but do not enable him to ascertain the
particular localities which are contributing or have contributed to a marked deviation from the normal.
2.A crime map can he opened for any particular class of crime or for a particular area that may have become a
special problem. As a rule, however, by the use of different easily distinguishable symbols and in the ease of the district
maps kept by Superintendents (see below I b\ the use of coloured Hags or by making entries in different coloured inks,
one map will usually suffice for the purpose of showing .ill those forms of crime, the incidence of which it is ordinarily
necessary to know, viz., dacoity, robbery, burglary, house theft and cattle theft.
3.The normal condition of a district is that the incidence of these crimes is not sufficiently localised lo attract attention
over considerable portions of a jurisdiction; but in certain areas, varying from time to time, it is sufficient!)
concentrated to mark out such areas as criminal localities and these criminal localities go to form the crime problem of
the district for the time being. It is important lo watch them in order lo apply preventive measures before the local
incidence develops into a serious outbreak, as neglect in the earlier stages of such developments is a common n man)
troublesome epidemics. Moreover the best prevention is that which begins earliest and is applied before criminals
become habitual. or have had time to form organized gangs.
4. Every Superintendent is supplied annually in December䆐 by the Survey Office, Gulzarbagh. Patna. with three copies
of skeleton maps of every police-station in his district. One sheet is for his own use. one for his circle inspectors and the
third set is lor station-officers. Maps which arc of revenue thana jurisdictions comprising more than one police-station
should be carefully divided into the police-station jurisdictions. Extra copies required for a sub-divisional police officer,
if any, or for any special purpose ma) he obtained on indent. For town areas separate maps should be opened, local maps
prepared b) municipal authorities or other local bodies being purchased for the purpose. All maps which are obtained
shall be treated as confidential and kept safely. Their destruction shall be done by Superintendent in his presence.
5. Only line eases shall he marked on crime maps and the entries shall be made as soon as the final report or charge-sheet
has been submitted or where there is a delay of more than one week in their submission, as soon as the Police arc satisfied
that the case is a true one. When a case entered on a map is subsequent!) Declared false, it can be neatly scored through.
I he fact that a case has been entered on the crime map shall be noted on the station copy of the first Information Report
by station officers and b) other officers in their crime Indices.
6. In order that maps may be correctly entered up it is vet) important that the distances and directions of the scene of
occurrence from the police-station should be very carefully recorded in the First Information Report. Failure to do so
results in inaccurate maps. (Officers who are careless in this respect should be taken to task.
7. The exact position of a case should be marked by a dot and the symbol of that particular crime is to be placed over it.
For this purpose, metal tin plates wit h the required aperture shall be supplied which shall be placed firmly to the map and
the exposed aperture of the map shall be marked with coloured pencil or ink. The number and month of the case will
then be shown on the symbol neatly in black ink, e.g..a burglary by sendh cutting shall

have 3/4 to indicate case No. 3 of month of April. With regard to such crime which are to be in black ink. the
number and month of the cases will be shown neatly to one side. Cases in which conviction has been obtained
should be subsequently encircled.
There are two sets of symbols on the tin plates, one set being rather larger than the other On Police Station and
Other maps iii which there is not a great deal of crime, the larger symbols should he used while for maps of more
criminal areas, the smaller symbol should he used throughout for any map.
I he following symbols will be adopted for all crime maps:—
11) Burglary by sendh cutting < Red Circle)
(2) Burglary by entrance door or window (Red Square)
(31 Burglary by another methods (Red Triangle)
(4)House theft (Blue Square)
(5)Cattle theft (Blue Circle)
(6)Dacoity (Blackstar in ink) 䆐
(7)Robbery (Black circle in ink)
The residence of all active criminals under surveillance should be marked with a red upright cross + with the
number against each—thus + 7.
The incidence of dacoities should be plotted in the manner prescribed below on the crime maps maintained at
the different Police posts. Dacoity shall be indicated by a four-pointed star. In the cases of an armed dacoity. dots
should be marked in the four angles of the star. The dacoities occurring during the first quarter of the year shall be
marked in black, those occurring during the second quarter shall be marked in brown, and the dacoities occurring
in the third and fourth quarters of the year shall be marked in green and red colours respectively. The four dots in
the corners to be plotted in respect of armed dacoities should also be in the corresponding colours.

8.The boundaries of Chnukiduri unions should be marked with red or other distinctive colour and in town maps the
outpost boundaries and the positions of outpost should be clearly shown.
9.No officer can afford to be ignorant of the position as regards crime in jurisdictions bordering his own. In addition to the
cases occurring in his own jurisdiction, cases occurring in a bordering jurisdiction within 5 miles of the border shall therefore
also be entered. These entries shall be made just outside the boundary without going into too much detail as to the exact
position of each case. In order that up-to-date information may be received every Station officer shall inform officers of
bordering jurisdictions of cases occurring within 5 miles of their borders, as soon as they occur and these shall be
immediately marked on the map. In order to check the situation station officers shall issue enquiry slips in January. April.
Jul) and September to bordering officers requesting them lo supply them with a list of border cases during the previous
quarter.
10. In addition to his set of stations maps, the Superintendent should maintain a crime map of the whole district on a
scale of not less than 8 miles to an inch (4 miles to the inch is the most useful size), upon which the position and boundaries
of every police-station shall be clearly shown In this map the Superintendent shall mark in any of the ways noted in para
7 the incidence of all or any of the forms of crime noted in that para which are sufficient!) rife lo make it necessary for him
to have up-to-date information regarding them. In this map it is ordinarily unnecessary to give details as to the case number
or even the mouth of occurrence, as it is only intended lo show at a glance which are the crime centres. If further information
is at an) time required regarding an) particular centre it is easy to refer to the individual station maps. I he District Crime
Map shall be kept in the Superintendent's own office room, being either hung on the wall or kept pinned to a table.
11. It will rest with Superintendents, when they observe crime prevailing above the normal in any neighbourhood, to
take steps to check it, and at this stage the most important point is to start with an open mind There are grounds for believing
䆐
that much of the professional crime that occurs is committed by criminals who have not been convicted before. It may.
Therefore, be both premature and superficial to assume that old convicts are responsible. It is unwise either to adopt such
an assumption, or upon the strength of it to order enquiries to be instituted with a view to seeing whether bad livelihood
proceedings can he instituted forthwith against such persons. The class of bad livelihood proceeding which results from such
an order is apt to turn upon the evidence of witnesses who declare a man to be a criminal because he has been in jail. Starting
always with an open mind the steps for the Superintendent to take or cause to be taken, not necessarily in the order in which
they are here stated. should be to look up the criminal history of the locality and see what clues are afforded by materials
on record at the police-station, especially in the Crime Directory: to scrutinize investigation work by going through case
diaries with the officers concerned, and by testing on the spot to see if there have been faults or omissions in the conduct
of the work, or clues which have been overlooked, and whether suspicions recorded against individuals have been based
upon reasonable grounds : to see if surveillance and picketing has been of a practical character, whether there has been
any effective surveillance of gangs as directed in Rule 380, and what attempt has been made to make the most use of
Chaukidars and to check their work : to examine co-operation with other police-stations, or with the railway police : to seek
information from criminals in jail: and invariably to makes a searching local enquiry directed to the verification of these
details, as well as to-ascertaining whether crime has been full) reported, and whether local residents can give an) clue as to
the criminals responsible. It will then be for decision whether surveillance should be improved or extended, or patrols
established, or proceedings instituted or cases prosecuted, or other measures taken or whether further observation is needed.
No short cut is lo be expected in dealing with professional crime, which affords a problem demanding systematic work and
the patient elimination of error. I he-importance, of full reporting is once more emphasized; not only is information the
necessary basis of action, but

nothing stamps incapacity so plainly as the discovery of a formed gang of local criminals, whose activities have
been previously unknown, or overlooked.
12.With the returns of crime the Superintendent shall submit brief notes on the crime centres marked down, stating
the nature of the crime, the length of lime for which ii has been prevalent and the attention that has been paid to it.
The notes for the district should not exceed three or four pages in length. Localities may be grouped under one note
where similar conditions apply.
13.These orders apply with such modifications as may be necessary to Superintendents or Deputy/Assistant
Superintendents in charge of certain areas and Inspectors of Railway Police.
In the case of their crime maps, the following details should be shown: police-station, length of line, year, scale
of the map (which should be such that each police-station jurisdiction may be shown on a sheet not exceeding 30 inches
in length), railway stations, level crossings and bridges, gang huts, district, sub divisional and police-station
boundaries touching the line, as well as other important features subject rigidly to the same restriction of not
overloading the map. The occurrence to be noted and symbols to be used should be the same as of District Police but
for special types of Railway crime, the symbols given in P. M. Form No. 75 para 5(b) shall be used.
Maps taken from the railway guide book should be sent wit h the quarterly returns with notes on the lines of those
prescribed for districts.
. .

APPENDIX 8
RULLSIOR PATROLLING
(RULE 138)
A. TOWN PATROL
I. Mr. W. Swain's System
(a) The town patrol staff shall be separate from the investigating Staff, and snail not be employed on investigation
or other work.
(b) In town station or outposts where there is only one havildar, one selected constable shall be appointed lance
havildar for the performance of havildar's duties, so that there may be practically two havildars For each
station or outpost.
(c) One-tenth of the force of each outpost shall be reserved for vacancies, sickness, etc. Two-thirds of the
remainder shall be deputed for patrol duty each night, the remaining one-third being utilized for day
duty.
(d) Town patrol duties shall, when practicable, be so arranged that each havildar and constable ma) get one
night out of every three off duty, and that ever) constable may have at least six hours rest between day duty
and night duty.
(e) Night duty shall be limited to six hours, while day duty shall be limited to three. The table showing the
incidence of day and night duty is appended.
(f) The number of day posts shall be fixed with due regard to the number of men available. Sentries over a
police-station shall be furnished b) the police-station staff and not b) the town police staff.
(g) Even town police-station or outpost area shall be divided into heats. In fixing the size of the beats due
regard shall be given to accessibility, population 䆐and incidence of crime. The total number of beats shall not
exceed four-ninths of the total number of town police constables.
(h) In each beat, suitable sites shall be selected and hooks driven into a wall on which beat constables going on
rounds shall hang the discs referred to below. It may be useful to paint the discs black on one side and red on
its reverse. Thus, for hanging the dise with black side or with red side, two different places should be selected.
The officer-in-charge of a police-station shall decide on e\ cry night as to which discs shall be hung up and
accordingly direct all Town Havildars just before the constables are to be marched to their beats. Sometimes,
a clever combination of black and red discs on the same night for example black discs with one hole and/or
with three holes with an intervening red disc with two holes may be ordered to be hung up to increase the
element of surprise.
However, there shall not be more than eight such hooks in one beat either for black or red disc
N.B. — Instead of hanging discs, another method can be to keep note books hanging at suitable place where
constables/ round officers should give their signatures.
(i) There shall be one fixed post for every two adjoining beats, a point on the common border of two or more
beats and at road crossings being chosen, if possible, for the fixed post.
(j) If variations in the incidence of crime require special attention to be given to a particular beat, it can be
arranged in one of the following ways:—
(i) by moving a neighbouring fixed post into the dangerous beat: this gives an extra man on fixed post duty
always in the beat, while the two patrols attached to the fixed post have a little further to walk to their
respective beats;

(ii) by amalgamating two fixed posts and placing them in or on the borders of the dangerous beat: of the
six men at the post five patrol: this gives an extra patrol in the dangerous beat, the only inconvenience being
as in (i) above.
( i i i ) by temporarily abolishing one beat, adding its area to two adjoining beats and moving a fixed post
so as to give at) extra patrol in the dangerous area:
(iv) by temporarily, abolishing two beats, adding their area to two adjoining beats and moving the
fixed post into the dangerous beat, thus giving an extra man on fixed post duty and two extra patrols in the
dangerous beat.
(k) Three constables shall be assigned to each pair of beats every, night, viz., one for the fixed post and two for
patrol duly.
(l) Heal constables shall be marched to their fixed posts at 10 p.m. by the havildar or lance havildar. Each party
of three shall be given not more than 16 small t i n discs with one circular hole punched in each. 16 with 2 holes,
and 16 with 3 holes.
Each party of three shall be detailed as follows:—

11 P.M. to 1 A.M. No. 1 shall stand fast at the fixed post keeping in his possession the discs with 2 and 3 holes.
Nos. 2 and 3 shall go round their beats separately and hang their one hole discs on the hooks. They shall return
to the fixed post at 1 A.M. I A.M. to 3 A.M. No. 2 shall stand fast at the fixed post, retaining in his
possession the three-hole discs and
Nos. I and 3 shall go round, hang up the two-hole discs and return to the fixed post at 3 P.M.
3 A.M. to 5 A.M.—No. 3 shall stand fast at the fixed post and Nos. 1 and 2 shall go round, hang up the three-hole
discs and return to the fixed post at 5 A.M.
All three shall then return together to the station or outpost.
(m) When dangerous criminals are likely to be encountered,
䆐 the two constables may he ordered lo patrol
together, in w hi c h case they shall carry one set of not more than eight discs.
(n) Failure on the part of patrolling constables lo return lo their fixed posts within a reasonable lime of the
appointed hours shall be held to he inexcusable unless they can show that they were in pursuit of offenders or
attending lo some oilier important duty.
(o) The constable al the fixed post shall on no account leave his post, except in actual pursuit of an offender, or
an alarm of the fire or other important duty.
(p) The havildar and lance-havildars on night duty shall be responsible that their man proceed on duty punctually. I
hey shall visit every fixed post once in the night and al least one of them twice. 1 hey shall visit the hooks in at least
two beats nightly and sec that the beat constables have actually gone round and hung up the discs and shall
themselves hang on the hooks they visit, the discs with one square hole punched in them. They shall arrange to
collect and bring to the police-station or town outpost every morning all the discs hung up on the previous r:ght by
themselves and their men.
(q) In addition to supervision by tow n havildars patrols should he checked by round officers who should not
endeavour to do too much in one night. They shall be careful to vary the time of Starting the check, sometimes before
and sometimes after midnight.
They shall go to a fixed post at or about the time when the round constable are due to return, they shall see that
the constable on duly at the fixed post is alert and has in his possession the necessary discs, that is to say. between
II P.M. and I A.M. the two and three-hole discs and between 1 A.M. and 3 A.M. the three-hole discs.

They shall await the return of the round constables and see that they have not in their possession discs the) ought to
have hung on the hooks.
They shall sec not only that they are not unreasonably late in returning but that they do not return unreasonably early In
this connection it must be remembered that the constables have no watches and have to guess the time.
They shall then go out with next pair of constables and sec that the requisite discs have actually been hung on
the hooks.
(r) In the morning town havildars. round officers and patrol Sub-Inspectors, where there is any. shall submit round
reports to the officer-in-charge of the police-station, showing what beats they visited and any incident worthy of note,
such as constables found asleep or negligent, constables improperly in possession of discs, or without discs, and am
other important facts relating to round work, crime or bad characters which may have come to notice.
The police-station Sub-Inspector shall take on them such action as is necessary and shall forward their reports without
delay to the Inspector for any action required of him.
(s) A Superintendent, or his Assistant or Deputy at headquarters, shall detail all officers for round duty in turns,
namely. Assistant and Deputy Superintendents. Inspectors. Court and reserve officers, and he shall see that the circle
inspector his assistant sub-inspector, the police-station Sub-Inspectors and writer Havildars Constables do a fair share
of night work: it would not be unreasonable to require an inspector to do two nights a month, a Sub-Inspector four
nights, and a writer Havildar five nights a month on surveillance or patrol duty.
(t) A map of the town drawn to scale shall be kept with all beats, streets and lanes clearly marked on it.
..

Duty table for Mr. Swain’s system
1 Havildar and 6 or 7 constables. 2 Beats
1 Fixed post by night.
1 Patrol or fixed post by day

Afternoon 1P.M. to 10 P.M.
Morning 4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
Night 10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
10 P.M. to 4P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
Constables
& so on
1 √ x √ X √ X √ X √ X √ X √ X x √ x
2 √ x √ x √ x √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
崐
3 √ x x √ X √ X √ X √ X √ X √ X √ X
4 x √ x √ X √ x √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
5 x √ x √ x √ √ x √ x √ x √ x √ x √
6 Lance Havildar.
7 and reserve for leave and sickness.
Each constable gets 2 nights in bed out of five, and in five days does I8 hours' night and I8 hours day duty Average 7% hours duty
in 24 hours.

1 Havildar and 9 or 10 constables. 2 Beats

Afternoon 1P.M. to 10
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
Constables
& so on
P.M.
1 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X X √ X
2 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X X √ X
3 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
4 √ X X √ X √ X䆐 √ X √ X X √ X
5 √ X X √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
6 √ X X √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
7 X √ X √ X X √ X X √ X X X √
8 X √ X √ X X √ X X √ X √ X √
9 Lance Havildar.
10 and reserve for leave and sickness, orderly, etc.
Each constable gets 2 nights in bed out of five, and in five days does I8 hours' night and I8 hours day duty Average 7% hours duty
in 24 hours.

1 or 2 Havildars

10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
Constables
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
2 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
3 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
4 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
5 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
쩀
6 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
7 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
8 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
9 √ X X √ X X X X √ X √
10 X √ √ √ X X X X √ X √
11 X √ √ √ X X X X √ X √
12 X √ X √ X X X X √ X √
13 X √ X √ X X X X X √ X
14 Lance Havildar.

and 14 or 15 constables. 6 Beats
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
√ X √ X √ X X √ X √
√ X √ X √ X X √ X √
√ X √ X √ X X √ X X
X √ X √ X √ X √ X X
X √ X √ X √ X √ X X
X √ X √ X √ X √ X X
X √ X √ X 潀 √ X √ X X
X √ X X √ X √ X √ X
X √ X X √ X √ X √ X
X √ X X √ X √ X √ X
X √ X X √ X √ X √ X
X √ X X √ X X √ X √
√ X √ X √ X X √ X √

1 or 2 Havildars and

10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
Constables
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 X √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
2 X √ X √ X X √ X X √ X
3 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
4 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
5 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
6 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
漀
7 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
8 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
9 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
10 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
11 √ X X √ X X √ X √ X √
12 X √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
13 X √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
14 Lance Havildar.
Each constable gets four nights in bed out of 13, and in 13 days does 54 hours' night

and 14 or 15 constables. 6 Beats
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
& so on
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
X √ X X √ X X √ X
√ X √ X √ X X √ X
√ X √ X √ X X √ X
√ X √ X √ X X √ X
√ X √ X √ X X √ X
X √ X √ X √ X √ X
X √ X √ X √ X √ X
潀
X √ X √ X √ X √ X
X √ X √ X √ X √ X
X √ X X √ X √ X √
X √ X X √ X √ X √
X √ X X √ X √ X √
X √ X X √ X √ X √
and 36 hours’ day duty. Average 6 12/13 hours duty in 24 hours.

1 or 2 Havildars and 19 or 20 constables. 6 Beats
Night 10 P.M. to 4
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4 A.M.
10 P.M. to 4P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
1P.M. to 10 P.M.
Afternoon 1P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
4 A.M. to 1 P.M.
Morning 4 A.M.
Constables
to 10 P.M.
to 1 P.M.
& so on
A.M.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
2 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
3 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
4 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
5 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
6 √ X √ X √ X √ X X √ X
7 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
8 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
9 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
10 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
11 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
12 √ X X √ X √ X √ X √ X
13 X √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
14 X √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
15 X √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
16 X √ X √ X X √ X √ X √
17 X √ X X X X √ X √ X √
18 X √ X X X X √ X √ X √
19 Lance Havildar.

Each constable gets one night in bed out of 3 and in three days does 12 hours' night and 9 hours' day duty. Average 7
hours' duty in 24.

II. CLOCKWISE OR ANTI-CLOCKWISE PATROLLING
Constables may be deputed singly at important places in a beat. One constable shall be posted extra who will relieve a
certain constable at one such place and take up his position there. The relieved constable shall then move to the next post and
relieve the constable there and so on. This type of patrolling may be either clockwise or counter clockwise and one constable is
always on the move.
I I I . BLOCKING
In the system of patrolling noted in AII above in which the exit from or entrance to a beat is sealed by posting a constable,
a section of constables under a Havildar is deputed at each of these places who gradually converges towards a predetermined
central place in the Beat, checking and combing different lanes and bye-lanes and questioning suspicious persons. See Rule
377-A (b).
IV. MOBILE PATROL FROM CONTROL ROOM
See RULE 1225(b)
B. PATROLS OTHER THAN TOWN PATROLS
The rules are divided into three parts, namely:—
I. Genera] rules for patrols.
II. Special rules for gang patrols.
III. Special rules for hat patrols.
The rules are not framed to cover town patrols, but the principles of responsibility and supervision apply equally to
these. All town patrols like the above patrols must be placed in charge of a specified officer, namely, the town inspector, or. if
there be no town inspector, the circle inspector. The officers usually
潀 employed to go round should be placed at the disposal of
the officer-in-charge, but not so as to relieve him in any way of his general responsibility for the working of the patrols. This
responsibility must be enforced through personal diaries, inspections and surprise visits in the same way as for all other patrols,
and an examination of the actual working of the town patrols must form part of every inspection of the sadar police-station.
It must be borne in mind that patrols upon well considered lines, suited to the circumstances of the case, and closely
supervised have proved their value time after lime in the prevention of crime, On the other hand, the casual posting of constables
to look after bad characters in the mufassil, Without anyone to look after the constables themselves, has shown an equally
constant liability to abuse and inefficiency. Constable should not be so employed save in the case of specially selected known
men, and in quite exceptional justifying conditions.
The thana officers while attending block development meetings as per Rule 1276 shall see the co-operation of Gram
Panchayat in patrolling of villages by constables, chaukidars, Dafadars assisted by Village Volunteer Force. Such constables
shall obtain the signatures of Panchayat Officials and/or respectable persons in the village in their command certificates which
may be compared with their specimen signatures, kept at police-stations. The constables shall also report if Half Union wise, batch
patrol of chaukidars and Dafadar is being done according to advance Patrolling chart.
Deputy Inspectors-General should satisfy themselves at their inspections that the rules are observed.
I. GENERAL RULES FOR PATROLS.
The following conditions must be observed in the employment of all road, border and similar patrols :—
(a) Period of employment.—The patrols must be appointed for some definite period not exceeding one year, which
must not be extended or renewed beyond that limit without the sanction of the Inspector-General and obtained
through the Range Deputy Inspector-General.

(b) Duties of the patrol.—The duties of the patrol must be clearly and specifically laid down in district orders.
(c) Control and supervision.-Control and supervision are essential requisites of all patrols. Every patrol must,
therefore, be in some specified officer or officers" charge, whether officers in the police-stations concerned, or
officers specially deputed for the purpose. When an officer is specially deputed for the purpose, he should not
ordinarily be below the rank of Sub-Inspector. One who is young, active and keen should be selected and a
probationer should do well. If a Sub-Inspector cannot be made available, or the patrol is not sufficiently large
to justify his employment an intelligent havildar may be selected who is looking forward to promotion.
(d) Some personal responsibility for supervision must be laid down. This should ordinarily, rest with the circle
Inspector, who must be required to examine the actual working of the patrol on the spot at frequent intervals.
Its working must also be examined at the time of inspection by all inspecting officers, and surprise visits
should be paid periodically by the Superintendent and his Gazetted staff. The Inspector's own responsibility
must be enforced through his personal diaries as well as through inspections.
(e) Employment of armed constables. Armed constables should not be employed as patrols singly or in parties of
less than six men without the special sanction of the Inspector-General. For example in a crime centre, a
section consisting of 1 Havildar. 1 Naik and 1 Lance Naik and 9 constables may conveniently be split up in
three sections of 1—3 of which two sections should go out for effective patrols in different directions under
an assistant Sub-Inspector and one section should be kept as reserve after patrolling on two consecutive nights.
In order to keep their movement’s secret, gummed slips for each date should be given by circle inspectors
which on being opened just before going on patrol should give the names of villages which are to be patrolled
on that night. The remaining slips should not be opened before the due dates.
Very light pistols should also be given to such armed patrols. When prior information about any plan to
commit dacoity is received, each member of the攐patrol party should be briefed beforehand as to how they shall
intercept the dacoits. A close study of the ground should be made to manoeuvre movements of force with
jungle Boots so that there is no noise. The smoking of a biri or a cigarette in a dark night may give out the
location of police party and must not be resorted to. In the alternative the house owner who is to be attacked
should be secretly taken in confidence and police party should be in ambush at a suitable place.
(f) Diaries.—Mufassil diaries must be prescribed for all officers specially deputed to have charge of patrols. Of
these diaries one copy should go to the police station, and one copy to the circle inspector direct.
(g) Checks.—some simple system of check must be prescribed for patrols dispatched on a definite beat, such as
an exchange of tickets, or entries in station diaries or certificates from panchayats or respectable residents of the
arrival and departure of patrols from one station, post or village to another.
(h) Employment of constables.—Constables must not be sent on roving commissions nor upon any duty without a
command certificate or written order defining the same.
(i) Reliefs.—If constables are specially deputed to furnish a patrol, they must be changed at intervals not exceeding
three months to prevent their becoming stale.
(j) Accommodation and pay- When officers or men are specially deputed for patrol duty care must be taken to see
that proper accommodation is provided, and arrangements made for the punctual remittance of their pay.

II. SPECIAL RULES FOR GANG PATROLS.
(a) Object of gang patrols. —A gang patrol must not be regarded as a permanent institution; its justification is that it
takes over temporarily the duties of patrols, enquiry with a view to placing under surveillance, and surveillance
itself which the police in scattered police-stations cannot equally well combine to carry out. It is a special
concentration of force for a temporary purpose, and after it has been a year at work its function should ordinarily
have been performed that is to say. the Superintendent should be in a position to know which members of the
gang need continued surveillance and which are comparatively harmless, having prevented all from relapsing
into crime meanwhile. The gang should then be made over to the normal police-station staff for either gang or
ordinary surveillance.
(b) Force.—The force should be proportioned to the size of the gang. As patrol parties must ordinarily be
accompanied by the officer-in-charge {See below) and may be reinforced within their villages by the chaukidars
concerned, only so many constables need be employed as will suffice to make the patrol respected, as well as
to provide for casualties and miscellaneous duties.
(c) Patrolling.—The officer-in-charge must himself go on rounds with the patrol. He must have no definite programme
which can be anticipated by the members of the gang under surveillance, but should take his party out at irregular
but frequent intervals, so as to visit each member of the gang on an average once a week, and the leaders more
often. He must proceed at different hours of the day and night hut must make as many night rounds as may be
practicable. He should sometimes return on his tracks to ascertain if a gang member found at home has left after
the patrol party has passed. He should constantly change his route and the order in which he visits the member of
the gang. Incidentally he must make it his business to ascertain in each village whether chaukidars are alert and
go on rounds. In order to test this effectually he should give no warning that he is coming, and should go first to
the chaukidar ‘s house.
浀
(d) When a gang member is found absent, the officer-in-charge should leave a constable or chaukidar at his house
to ascertain his movements upon his return for subsequent verification.
(e) Registers and records.—the following registers and records should ordinarily be prescribed for the officer-in-
charge.
(i) Mufassil diaries, of which one copy should be forwarded daily to the police-station concerned and one
to the circle inspector.
(ii) Enquiry note sheets for all members of the gang entered in the register.
(iii) An attendance register for all members of the gang whether under surveillance or not.
(iv) Enquiry slips.
(f) Different gangs under patrol. —It follows from the rule that such patrols should be under an officer of the rank of
Sub-Inspector, whenever practicable, that the number employed at any one time in a district must be limited. A
patrol force once constituted need not, however, be exclusively employed upon one gang. It may divide its time
between two or three gangs needing special surveillance, spending a month or two with each. In the interval, when
the special patrol is absent, the duty of surveillance will rest with the police-station concerned.
(g) General rules applicable.—The general rules regarding the period of employment, orders defining the duties
of patrols, control and supervision, employment of constables, reliefs and accommodation and pay [rules (a) to
(d) (h) to (j). Part I of B] apply also to gang patrols, and must be strictly observed.

(h) Gangs in different jurisdictions.—When the members of a gang reside in more than one circle or district, the patrol
should be placed definitely, under one inspector for purposes of supervision but should be inspected by all the
Superintendents concerned.
(i) Gang supervision may be combined when necessary with road or border patrolling.
III —SPECIAL RULES FOR HAT PATROLS
(a) Ckaukidars. —Robbery on dealers and others attending hats is usually attempted .between the hours of sunset and two
hours after as they return home. Accordingly, on all roads ordinarily traversed by such persons on their way home from
hats, chaukidars should be posted, about half a mile apart, at selected posts, from sundown to two hours after sundown.
Flags should be placed at each spot where a chaukidar is posted, should there be no sufficient number of chaukidars in
the village through which the road passes to post at each flag, the services of the chaukidars of the nearest villages must
be requisitioned for the purpose. Chaukidars wi ll , of course, occupy those posts only on the hat days.
(b) On hearing a cry for help the chaukidars must immediately run up and make every effort to arrest one or more of the
offenders.
(c) Dafadars.-On hat day. the neighbouring dalfadars should be required to assemble in plain clothes at the hats, keeping
a sharp look-out for bad characters in the crowd, and also in liquor and toddy shops. They will also see that the chaukidars
are at their respective posts in good time.
(d) Control and supervision. Officers-in-charge of police-stations must pay surprise visits and must frequently depute
their staff to see that dafadars and chaukidars carry out their instructions. The officer-in-charge should be held
responsible for any slackness in the execution of hat patrol orders in his jurisdiction, and the inspector in his circle.
(e) It should be clearly and repeatedly impressed upon dafadars and chaukidars that neglect of duty in respect of hat patrols
甀
w i l l be considered a serious offence for which suitable punishments will be inflicted, such as tine of Re 1 for the first
offence, a tine of a month's pay for the second, dismissal for the third. On the other hand, any dafadar or chaukidar who
succeeds in arresting a dacoit or robber, or in inflicting such wound upon him as to be the means of his identification
should be most liberallv rewarded.
(0 Hal patrol register.—At police-stations where hat patrols are prescribed, a hat patrol register should be maintained
showing :—
(i) The hats requiring patrols.
(ii) The roads traversed by dealers and others attending each hat.
(iii) The flag-posts on each of the roads.
(iv) The names of dafadars to be required to attend each hat.
(v) The names and residences of cloth and other dealers of importance, with the names of the hats they respectively
frequent and the distances of their home from such hats.
N.B.— The rules contained in Parts II and II I of B are suggestions adaptable to the varying circumstances of local conditions rather
than hard and fast rules.
• •

APPENDIX 9
PART 1—RULES FOR CONTROL OF TRAFFIC.
(RULES 141 AND 1294)
1. Police on duty at traffic points are to regulate the flow of vehicles, assist pedestrians and generally to carry out such
duties as are necessary to prevent danger, facilitate progress of transport and to enforce the provisions of the law.
2. Traffic duty constables must be thoroughly cognisant of the provision of the Motor Vehicles Act and Rules, Municipal
byelaws. Section 34 of the Police Act, and all Local Orders and Rules relating to public, thoroughfares and places.
3. With a view to assisting and directing the public as far as possible, they must make themselves acquainted with all
roads, layout of the town and all public places, such as railway stations, post and, telegraph offices, law Courts, hotels,
inspection bungalows and the residences of the principal residents of the station.
4. They must, under no circumstances whatever, allow themselves to be provoked into losing control of their temper, and
shall not enter into argument with persons whom they are obliged, in the course of their duty, to hold up for offending the law
or rules made thereunder (see clause 2). They should be made to realise that to the road users, a traffic police man becomes a
representative of Government, particularly to the foreign visitors who are specially entitled to be treated with the utmost
Courtesy and politeness.
5. The\ shall carry out their duty without discrimination of the person or the class of vehicle concerned. Slow-moving
vehicles such as bullock carts must, however, give way to faster traffic and be required to keep close to the side of the road to
allow faster vehicles to pass without violating the speed limit fixed there. At the same time heavily laden vehicles shall not
be stopped unless absolutely necessary, especially if the point is approached by a gradient.
6. When vehicular traffic is held up it must be stopped so that pedestrians wishing to cross the road do so in front of the
斐
constable, and where a marked crossing is provided, across that crossing. When a vehicle, especially a motor vehicle, is to be
stopped, sufficient warning must be given to the driver to prevent his having to stop up suddenly, as this is liable to lead to
accidents.
7. Vehicles stopping for any purpose must do so close to the side of the road and shall be required to move on as soon as
possible. They shall not be allowed to remain or be detained at cross-roads or corners. When it is necessary to detain a vehicle
for an infringement of the law or for taking the name and address of the owner or driver or for u..; other purpose, it should be
taken to a sufficient distance to remove all risk of a block in the flow of traffic.
8. Pedestrians shall be required to keep to the footpaths where these are provided. Where there are no footpaths or pavements
they must keep close to the side of the road and out of the way of vehicular traffic. They shall not be allowed to congregate
unnecessarily at cross-roads or corners.
9. All vehicles, including bicycles, ridden horse, rickshaws, etc.. are required to keep to the left of the road, a vehicle
overtaking another vehicle must pass it on its right hand side and a vehicle wishing to turn about must turn round to the right.
Special attention shall be paid to the rule at corners. Cutting into the right when turning a corner to the right or taking a wide
sweep when turning to the left must be rigorously prevented. Where a white line or other mark exists in the surface of the road,
vehicular traffic must be made to keep to the left of it whether there is other traffic on the road or not.
10. (a) Fast moving vehicles shall be required to slow down when passing elephants or restive horses or other
animals.

(b) Constables must not seize the bridles of horses, except to prevent an accident or arrest an offender.
11. Traffic police shall arrange for the removal of all obstructions, stray animals, etc. on the roads, which are likely to
interfere with traffic.
In no circumstance, traffic constables, at the time of duty shall talk to anyone else except that concerning duty (see Rule
1061). At suitable places, arrangements should be made for providing them shelter from sun. Wind and rain.
12. Constables on traffic control duty shall stand in those places from which they can most efficiently control the traffic,
and from which they can be seen by drivers from all roads converging on the point. Diagrams 1 to 3 show the places at which
they should ordinarily take their stand at tri-junction and cross-roads.
Diagram No. 1 (a)
渰
13. Diagram 1(a) shows a road leading into a main road, but not crossing it. The junction of both the roads is called *T
junction. In such a case the position of traffic constable on point duty shall be the centre of "T" junction which is marked "A*
in the diagram. The face of the constable shall be towards the main road. If one extra constable is provided he shall take his
position just behind the traffic constable facing opposite direction.
Diagram No. 1(b)
In some special circumstances the point duty constable may take his position as shown in diagram 1(b). In such case if
one extra constable is posted he may take his position on the opposite side of the road at the left hand corner.
If two or more extra constables are posted in addition to traffic constable on point duty, their positions will be determined
according to the needs of the situation and they will only help in enforcing the signals of traffic constable on point duty.

Diagram No. 2
14. (a) Diagram 2 shows ordinary cross-roads where traffic is not heavy, controlled by a single constable. His position
must invariably be in the middle of the cross-roads (Point A). It is not possible for him to control traffic efficiently or to be
seen by drivers approaching from along all four roads, if he stands, for instance, at point B in the diagram.
(b) In the diagram traffic crossing towards the junction along roads X. XI, has been held up. This is done by means of
signal in diagram 6. Traffic is open in both direction along roads Y Yl and as described in paragraph 16, infiltration to the left,
along X Y and XI Yl is permitted Infiltration should not be allowed except when the width of the street or rounded corners
enable vehicles to join the passing stream of traffic without difficulty.
Diagram No. 3
15. (a) If one extra constable is posted in addition to point duty constable he shall take his position just behind the point
duty constable facing towards opposite direction as is shown in diagram No. 3.
(b) If two extra constables are posted to help the constable on point duty, one w i l l take his position as described in sub-
clause (a, and the other will move forward and help in carrying on the vehicles approaching on the signal in a systematic order.
(c) At very wide cross-roads or where the traffic is very heavy or when special conditions require it, four constables may
be posted to control traffic. In such a case their position will be determined according to the needs of the situation.
16. When one stream of traffic at a cross-road has been halted, constables should as far as may be safe and practicable
permit drivers who wish to do so. to turn to the left and so filter into the cross stream of moving traffic.
17. Constables on traffic control will perform duty without any fire-arm. If necessary, detachment of constable or
constables armed with pistol, bhala and other arms can be kept for his assistance.
18. When the road is straight and traffic is heavy the detachment of two constables should be on patrolling duty and for
them, boundaries should be fixed so that they can keep control on movements, etc.
19. Traffic constables need not blow their whistles uselessly. A whistle should be blown only when a vehicle is to be
ordered to stop.
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3)

PART II.—TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND SIGNS
20. Signals to be used by constables in regulating traffic shall be as follows:-

"STOP" SIGNALS
Diagram No. 4
No. (i) To stop vehicle approaching from the front, extend the right hand in
full length, with the palm of the hand towards the driver of the vehicle.
Where two vehicles are approaching by converging roads, and only one is to
be halted, the constable should face towards the driver of the vehicle to be halted to
show clearly that the signal is intended for him.
Diagram No. 5
No. (ii) To halt a vehicle approaching from behind, extend the left arm and hand
horizontally from the shoulder with the back of the hand towards the driver of the
vehicle as given in Diagrams No. 5.
Note.—(a) Signal No. (i)may be given with the left hand, and signal No. (ii) with the right
hand, if circumstances so require; but the method described should be
adhered to as far as possible.
Note— (b) When halting a vehicle approaching from behind the constable must see
that the signal is observed and obeyed by the driver before turning his back to
the traffic or a serious accident may result.
Diagram No. 6
No. (iii) To halt vehicles approaching simultaneously from front and behind,
extend both arms as described in signal Nos. (i) and (ii). Such vehicles
should stop behind the fixed line. Generally such lines should be drawn
on the road otherwise danger of collision of vehicles can remain.

Diagram No. 7
No. (iv) On giving such a signal by swinging arms, those vehicles
which had earlier the permission to go on the road, will have to stop. After
that, the constable would turn towards another side of the cross-road and
give stop signal which is diagram No. 6 so that the flow of traffic would
begin on the other road.
"RELEASE" SIGNALS
Diagram No. 8—Commencement of Signal Diagram No. 9—Finish of Signal
No. (v) To bring on a vehicle carry the arm forward with a circular sweep across the body until it almost
touches the opposite shoulder. The signal should be made with the arm extended and not merely with the forearm
or hand; and arm should be on a level with the shoulder throughout the motion. This signal should be used in all
cases except where No. (vi) applies.
Diagram No. 10
No. (vi) To bring on vehicle which has been halted by signal in diagram No. 4,
beckon the driver with the hand nearest to the vehicle. In this sequence the palm
of the hand will turn towards back and calling signal will be given by
swinging the hand. The arm will be extended in full length. If necessary, turn
slightly towards the driver to show clearly that the signal is intended for him.
PM -III—5

21. Signals to be used by drivers of vehicles are given by the lights in motor vehicles. If these are given by hand by
drivers their forms would be as follows :—
Diagram No. 11 (a) Diagram No. 11 (b)
"I am going to stop". In this sequence the elbow of right "I am going to turn to the right". In this sequence the
hand is to be taken out straight upwards and the palm will be signal is to be given after taking out the right hand and this
towards front. sequence will start from 25 to 30 feet before the cross-roads.
Diagram No. 11 (c) Diagram No. 11 (d)
"*I am going to slow down". In this sequence, the right "Come past me on my right". In this sequence, after taking
hand is to be taken out and the palm being lowered. will be out the right hand and keeping the palm in front, signal is to be
swinging three-four times up and down. given for going ahead and at the time of doing this, the speed
of own vehicle is to be lessened and kept close towards left
until the following vehicle is passed.
Diagram No. 11(e)
"I am going to turn to the left." rotated in In this sequence, the palm of hand is to be
the anti-clockwise direction.

22.Generally, vehicle going on straight road can be allowed to turn towards its left at the cross-roads at the _ where
marks for it are given on the road. This signal will he located only on that place where the road is sufficiently wide
and for this purpose, separate lanes can be marked on the surface of the road. See Diagram No. 12.
Diagram No. 12.
23. Where there is a broken line marked on the road, one vehicle can go ahead of another after crossing that line.
Where the line is not broken, this cannot be done. This has been made explicit with Diagram Nos. 13 (a) and 1 3 (b). In
Diagram No. 13 (a), the line is not broken and therefore, as is shown in the diagram "'going ahead is prohibited", but where
there is a broken line, as is shown in Diagram No. 13(b). "it is not prohibited to go ahead".
Diagram No. 13 (a)
Diagram No. 13(b)

24. As a matter of fact, automatic electric signals are more convenient than hand signals. In that case, .police will be
required only on the sides of roads who will with the help of electric signals, keep control on stopped vehicles. But if there
is only one constable on the cross-road, he will after standing in the centre, keep control on those who violate the electric
signals. There will be no need to post a constable in addition to this.
Such signals will give green, yellow and red lights. If there is any indication for direction in green lights. vehicles will
be allowed to go only in that direction. If there is no such indication in green lights, vehicles will be allowed to go on all
directions. By this method, the number of constables can be reduced in Traffic control.
Diagram No. 14.
25. Signals should be given with the help of lights provided in the vehicles. Where "left hand drive' has been provided in
the vehicles, their drivers should not give signals with hands and the words "Left Hand Drive" should be noted on the back of
the vehicles also so that there is no confusion.
PARI" III. - PARKING OF VEHICLES.
26. With regard to parking of vehicles, no special rule can be laid down because it relates to number of local vehicles and
availability of parking ground. However the arrangements to park vehicles should be done on important roads at fixed places which
should be marked. This place should be such that there is no obstruction in How of traffic and vehicles can be parked
conveniently.
As far as possible there should be arrangements for parking vehicles of the same sort at one place. As marked in the
Diagram No. 1 5 below, there should be provision for parking vehicles on both sides of the road and/or in the centre where space
is available. There should be so much of road that vehicles can cross each other. In this way there should be wide mark between
every two traffic lines.
In parking lane, permission should be given take vehicles away from one side only. There should be one passage for
entrance and another for exit.
At every place where vehicles are parked, additional Police Force should be provided and there should be sign posts which
should be fixed at a proper place.
Diagram No. 15
. .

APPENDIX 10
RULES FOR PAYMENT ON THE PART OF GOVERNMENT OF THE EXPENSES OF
COMPLAINANTS AND WITNESSES ATTENDING CRIMINAL COURTS.
(RULE 180)
1. The criminal Courts are authorised to pay at the rates specified in paragraph 189, Bihar and Orissa
Treasury
Manual, the expenses—
(a) of complainants or witnesses whether for the prosecution or for the defence
(1) in cases in which the prosecution is instituted, or carried on by Or under the orders, or with the sanction of
the Government, or any Judge. Magistrate or other public officer, or in which it shall appear to the
Presiding Officer to be directly in furtherance of the interests of the public service, and
(2) in all cases entered in column 5 of Schedule 1 appended to the Criminal Procedure Code, as not bailable;
(b) of witnesses in all cases in which they are compelled by the Magistrate of his own motion to attend
under the provisions of Section 3 11 of the Code.
2. If a witness is summoned at the instance of the complainant or accused under Section 244, Cr.P.C. his
expenses shall not be withheld from him except on the ground of failure to do his duty as a witness when
summoned.
3. Government servants when summoned to give evidence in their public capacity shall receive, nothing from
the Court. In such cases they will he entitled to travelling allowance under Rule 128. Bihar T. A. Rules.
1951, on producing a certificate of attendance granted by the Court. Government servants when summoned
to give evidence in their private capacity may be paid by the Court, and may retain any travelling
allowance due to persons of corresponding rank under these rules, but no diet allowance: and they shall not
be entitled to any travelling allowance under the rules quoted above.
4. Officers will be held responsible that parties of witnesses are brought to Court together as far as possible,
so as to save expense. The hire of' more than one boat shall not be allowed for one party, unless the
Presiding Officer is satisfied that the witnesses could not have arranged to come together
5. The number of days for which diet allowance should be granted will be determined by the officer ordering
payment in each case.
6. For this purpose and for regulating the reimbursement of tolls paid, a table shall be prepared and kept in
each Court, showing the distance of each than a from the sadar station and sub divisional stations, the
number of intermediate ferries to be crossed, and the authorised rates of charges for tolls at each of these
ferries, the existence or absence of roads or waterways being also noted in the table.
7. In order to ensure that witnesses receive payment for their expenses with a minimum of inconvenience, the
following procedure is prescribed for observance by all Magistrates in Police cases.
While the Magistrate is hearing the case, the bench-clerk shall obtain bills of the expenses from all the
witnesses present in the Court. He will examine the bills and also get them signed by the Magistrate and
thereafter send at once to be checked by the Nazir. On its return a payment order will be made out by the
Magistrate and the money will be obtained thereon from the Nazir during the hearing of the case. It will
then be possible to make payment of the witnesses on the presence of the Magistrate immediately after the
conclusion of the hearing.
8. If funds are not available for payment at the moment, it should be sent by money order without delay at the
postal address of witnesses so that they do not have to come again to take money. The cost of money order
commission will be borne by Government.

APPENDIX 11
NOTE REGARDING THE NATURE OF EVIDENCE REQUIRED IN CASES UNDER SECTION 110,
CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CODE
(RULES 185 AND 404)
1. Admissibility of evidence.—Enquiries under Chapter VIII of the Cr.P.C, are governed by the ordinary rules of
evidence. The evidence which is inadmissible under the Evidence Act cannot be admitted in proceedings under Section 117.
Cr.P.C. [12 A.L.G. 937 (1914)].
2. Residence.—(a) Section 110 does not require that the person proceeded against should reside or live within the
local limits of Magistrate's jurisdiction. Mere voluntary or temporary presence within the Magistrate's jurisdiction at the
time of initiation of proceeding is sufficient for this purpose [36 Madras 96, 44 Cr.L.J. 82 Nagpur].
(b) Conversely, if a resident within the limits of the Magistrate's jurisdiction is, in fact, not present within such
jurisdiction at the time of initiation of proceedings the Magistrate cannot proceed against him merely on the ground that he
has a residence in his jurisdiction or had been present in his jurisdiction in the past [A.I.R. 1943 Nagpur 88(90)].
3. Joint trial.—(a) The names of two or more persons can be included in a single report for initiating proceedings against
them provided the evidence against each of them, either oral or documentary, is similar for which a joint
trial can be held.
(b) A joint trial of two or more persons is permissible only when there is a prima facie accusation of joint activity,
concert or association for the purpose of committing the offences mentioned in Section 110, Cr. PC. [Jharna Mian versus
State, 1959 Cr.L.J. 639 (Pat.)]. Unless this circumstance is proved by clear evidence, a joint trial is illegal [Slate versus
Banwari, 52 Cr. L.J. 889 All].
崐
(c) In a joint trial confessions made by any of the accused can be taken into consideration along with other evidence
against other accused mentioned in the confession under clause 5 of Section 117, Cr.P.C. (1934 All. 927).
4. Method of proving habit.—(a) Under the first six clauses of Section 110, Cr. PC. it is necessary to show that the
person against whom proceedings are instituted is a habitual offender in regard to specified crimes.
(b) Habit is made up of an aggregate of acts. The word "habit" means persistence in doing an act, a fact which is capable
of proof by adducing evidence of the commission of a number of similar acts. One case may not be sufficient, perhaps not
even two but a number of similar incidents with some interval of time interposed between them cease to be isolated facts
[A.I.R. 1933 Patna 189].
(c) "Habitually" must be taken to mean repeatedly or persistently (25 Cr.L.J. 60 and Bhubaneshwar, 6 Patna). When the
question is whether a man is a habitual cheat, the fact that he belongs to an organisation formed for the purpose of habitually
cheating in concert is relevant under Section 11 of Evidence Act [14 C.W.N. 49 (1909)]. The most obvious method of proving
habit is therefore by citing specific instances of the acts of robber}', housebreaking, theft, mischief, extortion, cheating, etc.
and proving these by direct proof or by the testimony of the persons against whom such acts were committed, or by the
testimony of persons who witnessed these acts, or, if the person proceeded against has been convicted for those acts, by
proof of such convictions.
(d) Evidence of acts of misconduct committed years before the proceeding is admissible as indicating the formation of
habit in such case but such evidence, unless supplemented by evidence of renewed misconduct committed by such person
within a year or before the institution of the proceedings cannot justify an order for security for good behaviour. The man
might have genuinely been suspected at a remote date but that does not necessarily mean that he is behaving in the same
fashion at the present moment. It is prudent, therefore, to collect evidence of recent suspicion in cases under Section 110,

Cr.P.C. whenever possible (38 Cal. 156).
5. General Repute.—(a) Habit may also be proved by evidence of general repute. "Reputation" means what is thought
of a person by others that is the general credit which a man has obtained in the community (Woodroffe's Law of Evidence, 11th
Edn., Page 1184).
(b) Evidence that there are rumours to the effect that the person proceeded against has committed various crimes, or is
a man of bad character, is not evidence of bad repute under this section but is hearsay evidence of particular facts [Rai Isri
Prasad, 23 Cal. 621.28 Cr. L.J. 502 (All)], which no doubt go to form the basis of a general reputation, but at the same time tend
to show that the reputation is. as it were, in a fluid state and has not yet crystallised into a settled reputation either good or
bad.
(c) There is well-marked distinction between reputation and rumour though it may be difficult to say generally where a
rumour ends and reputation begins. How many instances of rumour build up a reputation and how long it takes for rumours to
ripen into reputation cannot be laid down by any hard and fast rule (1933 Pat. 189). Mere suspicion of complicity in this or
that case is not evidence of general repute; but when independent evidence of the accused's reputation has been given, evidence
that he has been suspected in a number of instances may be admissible as corroboration of evidence of general repute against
him [24 Cr. L.J. 608 (1923)].
(d) It is possible for a man to have a fair reputation but he may not really have a good character, although men of really
good character are not likely to have bad reputation. Hearsay evidence amounts to evidence of repute and is admissible to prove
a charge under Section 110, Cr.P.C. It should be evidence of respectable persons who are acquainted with the accused and
live, in the neighbourhood and are aware of his reputation. It is not necessary that the witnesses who speak to the general
reputation of a person must be residents of the same place and that they should have personal knowledge about it. Even a
stranger could find out what the general repute of a person is and he is competent to testify to that effect (43 Cr.L.J. 398).
(e) The test of the admissibility of evidence of general最

opinion is whether it shows the general reputation of the accused
and is the opinion of a considerable number of persons. It must not merely be the repetition of what certain persons have said
to the witnesses [43 Mad 450; 38 M.L.J. 97 (1920) Cr. L.J. XXV and 985-986 of 1924]. When the only evidence against a
person sought to be hound down is evidence of general repute, that repute must be proved to be universal and beyond all doubt
(Masti Khan, 32 P.R., Cr.J. 2 of 1897).
(f) The grounds upon which a bad reputation is based should be carefully examined, as it is open to the defence in cross-
examination to assail these. Thus, if numerous witnesses affirm that the person proceeded against is universally suspected of
being a thief, this is good evidence against him under the section. If in cross-examination they say that the reason for his being
universally suspected is because he lives above his means or absents himself under suspicious circumstances, or was seen in the
vicinity of the commission of crimes, the evidence is strengthened; but if they give as the only reason the fact that the Police were
seen to search his house on several occasions, or that the Police frequently made enquiries about his character, then the evidence
of general bad repute is worth very little.
(g) Where, in consequence of a series of dakaitis having taken place in certain villages, a proceeding under this section
was instituted against a person for being a dakait by habit, it was held that the evidence of general reputation coming from the
people of the villages where dakaitis had taken place might be treated as evidence of general repute against him although he
did not live amongst those people (Chintaman Singh, 35 Cal. 243).
6. Evidence of association.—Evidence of association with proved bad characters is evidence of reputation, but evidence
of association with reputed bad characters is not (Nepal Shikari, 13 C.W.N. 318). The reputation of one man is formed on the
basis of his association with another bad man. If the reputation of other man be not established first as a bad man. it becomes
difficult to draw any inference with regard to the reputation of the man associating with that other man.

Thus evidence of association with bad characters who were always suspected of being concerned in dakaitis and many
of whom were, during the period of association, bound down under this section or convicted of dakaiti or theft at various
time, such association being for the most part, shortly before and near the place of occurrence of a dakaiti. was held to be
sufficient basis for an order under this section (Chintaman Singh, 35 Cal.. 243).
7. Previous conviction.—A previous conviction is relevant evidence of bad character under Section 54 of the Evidence
Act, but it has been held (Nepal Shikari. 13 CW.N. 318) that previous convictions are not substantive evidence in proceedings
under this section although they may have an effect in deciding for what length or time the person is to be bound down. This
ruling is based on the analogy of the rule contained in Section 236 of the Code of Criminal Procedure according to which the
consideration is that the person sought to be bound down having already suffered previous conviction for certain acts should
not be liable for them. The general presumption is that his punishment had a reformatory effect on his character and therefore,
previous conviction is no proof of subse quent bad character and accordingly unless there are indications to prove the indulgence
of the habit, subsequent to the last term of imprisonment, the presumption is rather in favour of the reformation of the character
thereby.
Whenever proof of previous conviction is required, whether under Section 75 Indian Penal Code or Chapter VIII of
Criminal Procedure Code such previous convictions must be proved strictly in accordance with law [Rule 319 (f)] and unless
so proved, no Court can take them into consideration [43 Cal. 1128 (1916)].
8. 'Locus poenitentioe'.—(a) Proceedings should not be taken against a person under this section shortly after his
release from jail or shortly after the termination of a period for which he was previously bound down (Ranjit. 28 All 306;
Hossain Ahmed Khan, 9. C.W.N.. 34). for. in so much as the object of Penal law is reformative as well as punitive, a criminal
is entitled to a 'locus poenitentioe'. The same principle was held to apply in a case where contemplated proceedings were
dropped on the basis of a guarantee, given by the party as to his future
conduct (Case of Rajendra Narayan Singh).
(b) Cases in which proceedings should not he instituted.—When
쩀 a person has been tried for a definite charge under the
Penal Code and acquitted—the evidence against him being disbelieved—he ought not to be proceeded against under tins
section on the same materials (Ismat Akender. 11 C.W.N. 29; Alap Pramanik. 11 C.W.N.. 413).
(c) When previous proceedings ended in an order of discharge the accused must be regarded as starting with a clean
sheet from the date of his discharge and fresh proceedings should only be initiated in respect of acts or conduct subsequent
to that date (22 C.W.N. 60 N., 1918).
9. Report for proceedings.—(a) Proceedings may be instituted on information from any source and the Magistrate
who institutes the proceedings is not bound to reveal the source of his information; it is sufficient if the substance of the
information is stated. The prosecution also is not bound at the initial stage to name the witnesses who will support the case by
their evidence. These principles were definitely laid down by Mukharji. J, in the case of Rajendra Narayan Singh. The result of
that case, however, shows the danger of omitting from the report particulars of the specific evidence of the species of habitual
misconduct in consequence of which security is demanded.
(b) The terms conviction and acquittal are inapplicable to orders under Section 110, Criminal Procedure Code. An
order setting aside an order to furnish security for good behaviour is not appealable under Section 370, Criminal Procedure
Code (Cr.L.J. Vol. 29, page 92 of Jan. 1928).
10. Desperate character.—A man held to be of desperate and dangerous character must be shown to have had such a
reckless disregard of the safety of the person and the property of his neighbours that his being at large would be detrimenta
to the community [16 A.L.J. 1776 (1918)].

APPENDIX 11 A
INSTRUCTIONS CONCERNING ACCIDENTS TO STEAM VESSELS AND COUNTRY BOATS.
(RULE 103 AND CLAUSE 64 OF APPENDIX 101)
The following instructions have been approved by the Government of Bihar for the investigation of casualties to inland
steam vessels and country boats, and Magistrates and Police Officers of Government of Bihar should take action according to
these rules :—
1. When a report is made by the master of an inland steam vessel under Section 32 of the Inland Steam Vessels Act, 1917.
to the officer-in-charge of a police-station—
(a) such officer shall reduce the report to writing and shall at the same time record the statement of the injured
party (if any), if available;
(b) if the place of occurrence be within the local limits of any other police-station, such officer shall forthwith
inform the officer-in-charge of that police-station;
(c) a copy of the report and the statement ( i f any) shall forthwith be submitted to the Sub-divisional Magistrate.
2. When the officer-in-charge of a police-station receives information relating to the commission of an offence under
Sections 280. 302, 304, 336, 337 or 338 of the Indian Penal Code by the master of an inland steam vessel,—
(a) if he has reason to believe, either on information received under instruction 1 (b) or on other grounds, that a report
has been made by the master of the inland steam vessel concerned to the officer-incharge of some ether
police-station under Section 32 of the Inland Steam Vessels Act, 1917—
最
(i) he shall reduce the information to writing and shall take steps to secure the names and addresses of witnesses
and to safeguard any property produced; and shall send a copy of such information and of any evidence
collected to the officer-in-charge of such police-station;
(ii) he shall also submit a copy of the information forthwith to the Sub-divisional Magistrate;
(b) if he has not reason to believe that such a report has been made, he shall proceed to investigate the case under
Chapter 14 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.
3. Where (a) a report of a shipping casualty, whether- falling under Section 32 of the Inland Steam Vessels Act or under
Sections 280. 302, 304, 336, 337 or 338 of the Indian Penal Code, or (b) a complaint with respect to a shipping casualty under
any of the aforesaid sections is made, the Magistrate to whom such a report is submitted or before whom such complaint is made
should submit the case to Government through the District Magistrate, who should record his recommendation and opinion as
to the necessity or desirability of directing that an enquiry be made under Section 53 of the Inland Steam Vessels Act.
If the reports received from the master of the vessel or the police or the examination of the complainant are not sufficient
to establish the facts of the case, the Magistrate should make a preliminary inquiry, /which should be of such a searching
character as to make the report drawn up thereon a sufficiently full and clear statement to enable Government to determine
whether it is necessary or expedient to order a formal investigation under Section 33 of the Inland Steam Vessels Act. This inquiry
is purely informal and for the purpose only of enabling Government to decide whether action under Section 33 of the Inland
Steam Vessels Act should be taken; proceedings under the

Code of Criminal Procedure for the prosecution of any offence which may come to light are not affected by the
inquiry or by the orders issued by Government on the report submitted.
All reports, submitted under these instructions should be accompanied by copies of any evidence that has been
recorded.
4. Under Section 34 of the Act, such an investigating Court can hold enquiry on the allegations against any
Master. Engineer or an engineer driver regarding his inefficiency or misconduct.
5. Copies of all reports of official enquiries into shipping casualties on inland water received from the local
officers will be submitted by the Local Government to the Government of India, Department of Commerce, for
inclusion in the Register of Wrecks maintained by the Government of India.
. .
崐

APPENDIX 12
RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS WITH REGARD TO GANG CASES
(RULES 189 AND 198)
I. POLICE REPORTS
In drawing up reports in gang cases special attention should be paid to the following points:—
(a) How the case originated.
(b) Names of members of the gang throwing light on the doings of the gang in the shape of confessions or
admissions, with a brief account of the cases thus brought to light.
(c) Brief accounts of cases which ended in conviction of members of the gang.
(d) Brief notes of all cases traced to the gang.
(e) Specific instances of association and simultaneous absence from home of members of the gang
coincident with occurrence of theft, robbery or dacoity traced to the gang.
(f) All instances of conviction in a body.
(g) The place of general association.
(h) The period during which the gang worked.
(i) Fluctuation of crime with the presence or disappearance of members of the gang.
II.POINTS TO BE PROVED
Though no exact rules can be prescribed for the investigation of gang cases, as each case has its peculiar
features, the following general instructions are laid down for the guidance of police officers in such cases.
Evidence on the following points must always be obtained if possible:—
(i) Evidence of the existence of a gang for the purpose of committing dacoity, robbery or theft during the
time specified in the charges (established by proof of facts as contemplated in Section 10 of the Indian
Evidence Act).
(ii) Evidence of the association of the suspected persons for the purpose of committing dacoities or thefts.
(iii) Evidence of relationship by blood or marriage amongst the members of the gang and also if working
together, l i vi n g together at one place.
(iv) Evidence in corroboration of the approver's statement on material points as contemplated in Section
114(b) of the Indian Evidence Act and verified by a Magistrate.
(v) Evidence of confession of co-accused previously recorded at different times and places (vide Sections
30 and 114 of the Evidence Act). These should be verified by a Magistrate under the rules in force for the
purpose.
(vi) Evidence of specific cases of dacoities and thefts committed by the gang.
( vi i ) Evidence of the recovery of property stolen in dacoities and thefts or suspicious property found in
possession of the accused.
( vi i i ) Evidence of simultaneous absence from their homes in batches or singly of known members of the gang
coincident with the occurrences of dacoities and thefts in the neighbourhood.
(ix) Evidence of any increase or decrease in the number of dacoities or thefts coincident with the presence
or absence of the members of the gang.
(x) Evidence of the cessation of dacoities and thefts in the affected area after the arrest of the members.

(xi) Evidence of the habitual commission of dacoities or thefts to be proved by an aggregate of acts.
(xii) Evidence of changes of residence to avoid suspicion.
(xiii) Proof of previous convictions for dacoities and thefts (the former alone can be proved in a case under Section 400.
I.P.C. but convictions under Sections 379, 380, 457, etc., I.P.C, can be proved on a charge under Section 400 or 401, I.P.C.
to establish the habits of individuals or the association of the members).
(xiv) Proof of orders under Section 110(a). (b), (c), Cr.P.C requiring any of the accused persons to give security for
his good behaviour, to prove that the person is a habitual thief.
(xv) Proof of orders for security for good behaviour when two or more of the accused have been bound over in one
proceeding under Sections 110(a), (b) and (c), Cr.P.C, as evidence of association [Vide Section 116(4). Cr.P.C].
(xvi) Documentary evidence in the shape of relevant entries in enquiry slips, in the surveillance register, the
domiciliary visit report and other registers which are required by order of the Inspector-General to be maintained at a
Police-station or outs-post. This evidence would probably be admissible, under Section 35 of the Evidence Act, but if not.
might be used under Section 159 of that Act to refresh memory.
(xvii)Evidence of arrests in batches of the members for any offence, will prove their association.
III.EVIDENCE OF CONSPIRACY
Persons who agree to join together to commit dacoities, robbery and theft are, since the parsing of Act VIII of 1913,
guilty of criminal conspiracy under the new Sections 120-A and 120-B, I.P.C, so that the provisions of Section 10 of
the Evidence Act can be applied to cases under Sections 400 and 401, I.P.C. Previous convictions of dacoity are
admissible in a case under Section 400 and of theft under Section 401, I.P.C, under explanation 2, Section 14 of the
Evidence Act. (Emperor versus Nam Kumar Patnaik, I.C.W.N., page 146), and according to certain authorities
evidence, of bad character under Section 54 is relevant in cases under Sections 400, 401 and 412, I.P.C. (Mayne's
Criminal Law of India, third edition, page 1016). Much of the evidence enumerated above under the different heads
崐
will be admissible under Section 11 of the Evidence Act.
IV. NAMING OF GANG CASES
Gang cases shall be named after the chief approver, if there be one, and if there is not after the principal leader of the gang
in the case. If the gang consists entirely of a recognised caste, the name of the caste should be added in brackets. Each
case will be allotted a consecutive number by the Criminal Investigation Department on receipt of the police report, and
the name of the district in brackets will follow the number and thereafter the calendar year will also be noted e.g.
Khairdin gang case No. 4 (Dhanbad) 1955. Gang cases shall be described by this system in all correspondence, notes
and reports.
V. REGISTRATION OF THE CASE
It should be noted that before submission of Final Forms in different oases, the gang case should be instituted so that the
accused persons are remanded in gang case before they are possibly discharged in these cases.
VI. SAMPLE POLICE REPORT
(a) The gang referred to in this report owes its existence to bordering areas of Dhanbad and Asansol. One Khairdin @
KJiairoo Sah @ Panna Khaira @ Seikh Ilmu, s/o Roshan Lai Sah @ Mia, of Darde, PS. Beas, district Amritsar (Punjab),
who was a veteran criminal of outstanding notoriety having been convicted in a gang case under Section 400. I.P.C.
in 1944 at Asansol, took up his residence under the shelter of one Sufaid Thikedar, who was a petty contractor at
Pariharpore Colliery in Jamuria, P.-S., district Burdwan in West Bengal after his release from jail on the 15th of May.
1950. The position of Sufaid Thikedar made it easy for him to collect money from labourers around him to carry out
his notorious activities which later developed into a full-fledged gang for committing dacoitios. Sufaid. thus, with the
aid of the veteran lieutenant Khairdin formed a gang in 1950. The gang really commenced its operation after the middle

of June, 1950. Soon after, Fouja lsai. Dalip Singh, Lalchand Khatry, Gumbhir Goala, Puran Singh, Bijli Singh, Mohen
Singh, Nazir Singh and others joined this gang as days rolled by. In the year 1950 this gang committed one burglary
and three dacoities at V. Mijra, P.-S. Baraboni; V. Banbishnupore, P.-S. Asansol; Pariharpore Colliery in P.-S. Jamuria
and V. Faridpore, P.-S. Baraboni respectively, all in West Bengal. These places were selected for the first lap of their
operation presumably because the area was close to the place of the residences of the gang-members. As days went on,
Khairdin by virtue of his experience and sturdiness rose to prominence in the gang and the leadership fell on his
shoulders. This gang, therefore, merits to be styled as KHAIRDIN-S GANG.
(b) The career of this gang in the subsequent years from 1951 to October, 1953 is rather chequered as it has been marked
with unabated vigour and energy. In the year 1951 the gang grew larger in dimensions by further recruitments and launched
its operations in the coalfield areas of Asansol Subdivision and committed five dacoities of which three were in police-
station Baraboni, one in Jamuria in West Bengal, and one in Jamtara in Santhal Parganas -district in Bihar, on the borders
of West Bengal. The year 1952 really assumed a menacing position when the gang committed as many as seven dacoities
and one burglary, scattered within the police-stations of Asansol and Jamuria in Asansol Subdivision in West Bengal,
Naturia in Manbhum district and Madbupore in Santhal Parganas district in Bihar. The dacoity of Madhupore P.-S. Vide
case No. 20 dated the 20th May, 1952 under Section 395, I.P.C. (Santhal Parganas SR No. 138/52) gave an inkling about
this gang to the police, who succeeded in arresting Khairdin, who falsely gave out his names as Khairoo Shah,
Pannakhaira and Seikh Ilmu. Laldin and Jan Mohamud had figured as leaders in a previous gang formed by them in
Asansol Subdivision and had been granted pardon, being approvers in a Gang Case under Section 400, I.P.C. at Asansol
in 1950. Their presence and participation, after they were released from jail in 1952, enriched this gang considerably. In
the case of Madhupore P.-S., the gang suffered its temporary setback as three of its members (Gajwa, Jugla and Chutia)
were convicted, but the leaders Khairdin, Laldin, Gama. Taro Khan, Sadagi and Tara Singh, who remained in custody
for about nine months, were either discharged or acquitted 栀
in March, 1953. During the period when these stalwarts were
in jail, their able lieutenant Nazir Singh assumed temporary leadership of the gang, and resumed activities, but kept it
confined exclusively to Asansol Subdivision in West Bengal. With the rejoining of Khairdin and others in the gang after
their release from the jail, it became revitalised and worked with renewed vigour and energy in 1953 when the gang
committed no less than 16 dacoities within police-stations Ondal, Hirapore, Kulti, Jamuria, Baraboni and Asansol in West
Bengal, and Neturia in Manbhuin district, Chirkunda in Dhanbad Subdivision, Narainpur and Madhupore in Santhal
Parganas District, and Giridih and Bengabad in Hazaribagh District in Bihar. The last case of the year 1953, which is
Bengabad P.S. case No. 10, dated the 15th October 1953 under Section 395 I.P.C. (Hazaribagh SR No. 176/53) brought
nemesis to the gang when its leader Khairdin and the stalwarts like Jan Mohamad @ Gama, and Abdul Rashid Bari,
were caught almost redhanded by the villagers after a hot chase, and considerable portion of the stolen properties were
also recovered from them. Their arrests were followed by those of several other members also. Enquiries held into this
case unfolded the true picture of the gang, as Khairdin made a confession relating to 24 cases of dacoity and 2 cases of
burglary, committed within the districts of Burdwan in West Bengal and Manbhum, Santhal Parganas, Hazaribagh and
Dhanbad Subdivision in Bihar. His confession was followed by one more confession made by Nazir Singh, which related
to 13 cases of dacoity and 1 of burglary, all committed in West Bengal in the district of Burdwan, of which 6 are common
to those confessed to by Khairdin. Both these confessions, indeed, have revealed the whole organisation and are of vital
importance from the point of view of criminal administration, as these have disclosed the existence of the Gang which
was responsible for as many as 31 dacoities and two burglaries, of which 11 cases of dacoities are of Bihar, and the
remaining 22 of West Bengal. A chart of criminality showing the cases confessed to and persons concerned in them together
with recovery of properties is appended herewith.

(c) Location of the gang. —Although the gang had no permanent fixed location, they temporarily selected
Sripore in Jamuria police-station and Mithani in Kulti police-station (both in Asansol Subdivision) whenever occasion
demanded the same. Frequent change of headquarters was all the more necessary with a view to avoiding suspicion, for
instance when their activities reached serious proportions in Jamuria Police-Station, they shifted their headquarters
to Mithani to escape attention from Police in 1951. As a course of expediency they created several sub-stations at
Lachhipore. Pariharpore. Giridih and other places from which they operated in different areas.
(d) Watching the incidence, it is noticed that whenever there has been an outbreak in a specific area the Gang
departed from that place with a view to avoiding suspicions and arrest, as there has always been a temporary lull in that
area. "Evidences of most independent and disinterested witnesses are forthcoming in support of this fact. Besides
this, voluminous evidence is available to prove both general and specific association of the different members at
different places, both before and after the commission of each crime. The batch arrest of three persons in connection
with Bengabad P.S. case No. 10, dated the 15th October. 1953, and further batch arrests of 2 more members in that
very case and of 4 in Giridih Mofussil P.S. case Nos. 9 and 10, dated the 6th October. 1953 under Section 395.I.P.C,
are glaring instances of such criminal association.
The following members were arrested in batches:—
(1) Leader Khairdin, (2) Jan Mohamad @ Gama and (3) Abdul Rashid Bari. on the night of 13th/14th October, 1953
in Bengabad P.S. case No. 10, dated the 15th October, 1953 under Section 395 I.P.C. redhanded on being chased; (4)
Bijli Singh and (5) Ramkhelawan Goala, on17th February. 1954 at Narsmunda in Asansol in Bengabad P.S. case No.
10, dated the 15th October. 1953 under Section 395; (6) Bikrama Gossain aud (7) Ramchandra Singh @ Polo Singh,
on 6th October. 1953 in Giridih Mofussil P.S. case Nos. 9 and 10, dated the 6th October. 1953 with some stolen
properties of this case; (8) Baiju Kahar and (9) Ibrahim Sain, on 6th October. 1953 in Giridih Mofassil P.-S. case Nos.
9 and 10, dated the 6th October, 1953 with some stolen properties of this case.
(e) (i) The following members of this gang were쩀 convicted in the following specific cases of dacoity in
batches :—
(1) Gajwa, (2) Chutia and (3) Jugla, in Madhupore P.S. case No. 20, dated the 20th May. 1952 under Section 395
I.P.C.; (4) Ibrahim Sain and (5) Ramchandra Singh @ Polo Singh in Giridih Mufassil P-S. case No. 10, dated the 6th
October, 1953 under Section 395 I.P.C. (6) Bijli Singh, (7) Jadooa Mandal, (8) Bikarma Gossain, (9) Gulam Pasool,
(10) Dasu Dusadh and (11) Baiju Kahar, in Giridih Mufassil P.-S. case No. 9, dated the 6th October, 1953 under Section
395, I.P.C. in which SI. Nos. 4 and 5 were also convicted, bringing the total number of convicts in this case to 8.
(ii) The following members of this gang are undergoing trial in Bengabad P.S. case No. 10, dated 15th October, 1953
under Section 395, I.P.C, which is subjudice in the Sessions—
(1) Jan Mohamad @ Gama
(2) Laldin.
(3) Singhara Sinsh.
(4) Abdul Rashid Bari.
(5) Mahabir Mandal.
(6) Munilal Mandal.
(7) Bijli Singh.
(8) Jadooa Mandal.
(9) Ramkhelawan Goala.
(10)Lalchand Khatry.
(11)Baleshwar Mandal.
(12)Taro Khan

(f) Besides, the above members of this gang were placed on T.l. Parades by inmates and other
witnesses to prove their complicity and association and were identified by them in two cases or more.
(g) In pursuance of the confession made and also before the confessions, the stolen properties of 6
cases of Dacoity have been recovered and these properties have been identified by the inmates.
(h) The following members were previously convicted either singly or in batches (P.Cs. under Section
395— 398. and 400 I.P.C., and 110 Cr.P.C. only have been mentioned, winch are required for the purposes
of the Gang case under Section 400, I.P.C.) :—
(1) Khairdin: (i) Convicted and sentenced to 4 years' R.I. under Section 395, IPC on 21st June,
1941 at
Bankura.
(ii) Convicted and sentenced to 9 years’ R.I. under Section 400, I.P.C. on 16th February 1944 at
Asansol.
(2) Jan Mohamed @ Gama: (i) Convicted and sentenced to 7 years" R.I. under Section 397 I.P.C.
on 18th July. 1933 at Purulia.
(ii) Convicted and sentenced to 7 years R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 29th October, 1941 at
Dharamsala in Kangra District. Himachal Pradesh.
( i i i ) Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. under Section 397. IPC on 17th February.
1949 at Seraikela in the district of Singhbhum with Laldin.
(3) Laldin : Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. under Section 397. IPC on 18th July at
Purulia on 1 7th February, 1949 at Seraikela.
(4) Ramchandra Singh @ Polo Singh: ( i ) Convicted and sentenced to 7 years" R.I. under
Section 395 I.P.C. on 10th February 1955 at Hazaribagh, with Ibrahim Sain.
(ii) Convicted and sentenced to 7 years R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 4th April. 1955 at
Hazaribagh. WithIbrahim. Dasu Dusadh. Gulam Rasool Bikarma Gossain. Jadooa Mandal, Rijli
Singh and Baiju Kahar.
(5) Dasu Dusadh: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years" R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 4th April,
1955 at Hazaribagh, with Ramchandra Singh.
(6) Gulam Rasool: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years" R.I. under Section 395, IPC on 4th
April. 1955 at Hazaribagh,w i t h Ramchandra Singh.
(7) Bikarma Gossain: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years" R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 4th
April, 1955 at Hazaribagh, with Ramchandra Singh.
(8) Jadooa Mandal: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. under Section 395, IPC on 4th
April. 1955 atHazaribagh, with Ramchandra Singh.
(9) Bijli Singh : Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 4th April.
1955 at Hazaribagh, w i t h Ramchandra Singh.
(10) Baiju Kahar: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 4th April,
1955 at Hazaribagh, with Ramchandra Singh.
(11) Ibrahim Sain: (i ) Convicted and sentenced to 7 years’ R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 4th
April, 1955 at Hazaribagh, with Ramchandra Singh.
(ii) Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. on 10th February, 1955 with Ramchandra
Singh only.
(12) Chutia: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years’ R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 22nd May,
1953 at Deoghar, with Jugla and Gajwa.
(13) Jugla: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. under Section 395. IPC on 22nd May. 1953 at
Deoghar, with Chutia. etc.

(14) Gajwa: Convicted and sentenced to 7 years' R.I. under Section 395, IPC on 22nd May, 1953
at Deoghar, with Chutia. etc.
(i) Modus Operandi.—Breaking open the doors or scaling over the wallfor effecting entrance,
threat of use of fire-arms and actually using; the same in some cases, selecting midnight for the
dacoities, using improvised handles for their weapons by cutting bamboos from the
neighbourhood, were the characteristic features amongst others in the methods adopted by this
gang for committing the dacoities.
(j) This is an Inter-State gang consisting of men from Punjab. U.P.. Bihar and West Bengal and mostly
they are homeless people of different castes and communities. They were taking shelter as labourers
in this industrial belt on the borders of the two States of West Bengal and Bihar.
(k) As the organisation of this gang could not be broken by their prosecution in specific cases, and as
there are sufficient materials for the prosecution of 29 members mentioned in the chart under
Section 400,1.PC, I strongly urge that sanction for the institution of a case under this Section against
the members named in column 1 of the chart attached may kindly be accorded.
(1) The draft FIR, and the opinion of the Public Prosecutor, Dhanbad are also enclosed.
FINAL RESULT OF THE CASE.

Chirkunda PS. case No. 13 was regd. on 28th May. 1955, under Section 400, I.P.C. and C.S. was
submitted on 30th July, 1955. This refers to Dhanbad Court G.R. 1023/55, The Magistrate committed
to Sessions 26 out of 29 accused persons on 髠 16th July, 1956 and discharged one. Two were given
pardon for being approvers.

In the Court of Additional Sessions Judge, Dhanbad (Sessions trial c.n. 37/1956) prosecution
examined 245 witnesses including four who were Court witnesses. The judgment was delivered on
17th July 1957. Cr. appeal Nos. 501, 503 and 520 of 1957, dated 10th September 1959 were filed in
High Court, Patna where it was dismissed and sentences were enhanced in some cases. [See AIR 1951
Patna 260 (V 48 C 68) Lalchand Khatri and others appellants v. The State.]
The Supreme Court rejected the appeal.
Some of the records of this Gang Case are kept in the Police Museum, Patna. Other gang cases
launched before are possibly Banwari (Chakai Dusadh) Gang case No. 1 (Hazari-bagh), Subai Ahir
gang case No. 2 (Muzaffarpur) 1904. Sohan Mochi gang case No. 3 (Jamshedpur) 1925 and Ram
Kripal Singh gang case No. 4 (Hazaribagh) 1934.
. .

Part-1
CHART OF EVIDENCES IN THE GANG CASE (CHIRKUNDA P.S.CASE NO. 13. DATED 28.5.1955) OF DHANBAD DISTRICT.
Cases traced to this gang with dates of occurences, names of confessing
RESIDENCE accused, number of identifying witnesses, both of occurence and specific
association, recovery of properties and results of trials, if any.
dt/7.1.51 u/s 395. I.P.C.

BaraboniP.S. Case No.
(unreported) Case No.

Jamuria P.S. Case No.

JamtaraP.S. Case No.
Asansol P.S. Case No.
42 dt/- 20.7.50 u/s 395
I.P.C. D/o 10/ 11.8.50

Fathers
15 dt/11.8.50 u/s 395.

I.P.C. D/o 19/20.7.50
I.P.C. D/o 11/12.1.51
I.P.C. D/o 15/16.7.51

Police
7 dt/12.1.51 u/s 395.
8 dt/3.10.51 u/s 395.

I.P.C. D/o 8/9.10.50
I.P.C. D/o 9/10.4.51
I.P.C. D/o 2/3.10.51

1 dt/6.3.54 u/s 395.
9 dt/7.4.54 u/s 395.
5 dt/5.9.54 u/s 395.
4 dt/6.1.52 u/s 395.

SL
I.P.C. D/o 5/6.1.52

Names With aliases, if any, of the name with Village Station District
NO. accused persons aliases.
BaraboniP.S.
(unreported)
(unreported)
D/o 6/7.1.51
If any
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 KHAIRDIN @ KHAIRU SAH @ Roshan Sah Darde Beas Amritsar K+R K K K K K+N K+N K K+R
PANNAKHAIRA @SHEIKH ILMU @Chia Mia (Punjab)
2 SUFAIDTHIKEDAR@SUFAID MIA Sheikh Asgar Jamhara Konch Gaya - - - - - - - - -
3 NAZIR @NAZIR SINGH @ NADAR LabhSingh Sero Beas Amritsar - - - - - K+N K+N - -
SINGH Baga (Punjab)
4 GAMBHIR PASI @GOAI.A Jageshwar No. 6 Jamuria Burdwan (W. - - - - - - - - -
Bhar New Bengal)
5 DALIP SINGH Harnam Basarpura Batala Gurudaspur - - - - - - - - -
Singh Sadar (Punjab)
6 LALCHAND KHATRY Fakirchan Balsarai Beas Amritsar - - " - - - - - -
d Khatry (Punjab)
7 BIJLISINGH Ajodhya Korian Kuchai-kot Saran - - - - - - - - -
Singh
8 RAM KHELAWAN GOALA Dalsingar Narsmund Asansol Burdwan (W. - - - - - - - - -
a Bengal)
9 FOUJA ISAI Udai Muridka Fatehgarh Gurudaspur K K - - K K+N K+N - -
Christian Churian (Punjab)
10 MOHEN SINGH Bhan Singh Basarpura Batala Gurudaspur K K K K - - - K -
Sadar (Punjab)
11 JADOOA MANDAL Ganauri Gangra Jamui Monghyr - - K K K - - K -
12 FOUJA SINGH Mandal
Bhan Singh Basarpura Batala Gurudaspur - - - - - - - - -
Sadar (Punjab)
13 BIKARMA GOSSA1N Radha Atwal Mairwa Saran - - - - - - - - -
Gossain tola -
14 RAMCHANDER SINGH @ POLO Ram Singh Jajauli Sikandara Ballia (I - - - - - -

SINGH LP.)
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL (VOL-3) 75-76

Part-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
15 GULAM RASOOL Kanu Rasool Jaurasanga Batala Sadar Gurudaspur (Punjab) - - - - - - - - -
16 PAN @ PA HAN SINGH Ranjoo Singh Nagoka Verowal Amritsar (Punjab) - - - - - - - - -
17 DASU DUSADH Chailan Dusadh Kuldiha Giridih tow n Hazaribagh - - - - - - - -
18 MAHABIR @ MARWARI MANDAL Kanchan Mandal Helh Karma tanr Jamtara Santhal Parganas - - - - - - - - -
19 UJAGIR CHRISTIAN Bhola Christian Kalekalan Dhariwal (iurudaspur (Punjab) - - - - - - - - -
20 GAYABOURI @ SINGH Dhani Singh Balgui Kulti Burdwan (W. Bengal) - - - - - - - - -
21 PANCHOO MISTRY Baksu Sheikh Pit No. 7 Bank Simulia Jamuria - Do - - - - - - - - - -
22 SINGHARA SINGH Hari Singh Aklih Kulti - Do - - - - - - - - - -

23 PURAN SINGH Harnam Singh Basarpura Batala Sadar Gurudaspur (Punjab) - - - - - - - - -
24 NIMAI RAI Murlidhar Rai Kalcghora Barabani Burdwan (W. Bengal) - - - - - - - - -

‫؂‬
25 THAKURI MANDAI. Antoo Mandal Darbe Vladhupur Santhal Parganas - - - - - - - -
26 IBRAHIM SAIN Tahaloo Sain Pachambha Giridih Hazaribagh - - - - - - - - -

town
27 BAIDYANATH SINGH Sudha Kishor Singh Raniganj Raniganj Burdwan (W. Bengal) - - - - - - - - -
28 JAGIRU PUNJABI Badar Christian Jaurasanga Batala Sadar Gurudaspur (Punjab) - - - - - - - - -
29 NARAIN DUSADH Khaja Dusadh Kuldiha Giridih town Hazaribagh - - - - - - - - -
ABBREVIATIONS USED
K- Named by Khairdin in his confessions. Figures e.g. 1. 2. 3-Number of identifying witnesses. C- Convicted in the case.
N- Named by Nazir in his confessions (O)— Identification of the accused persons regarding Aq- acquitted in the case
R- Recovery of stolen properties. their taking pot in the occurence. S- Subjudice.
(A)- Identification of the accused persons regarding
their associate in the locality of the p.o. to the occurence

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
13
12
11
10
Sl.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K
K
K
Neturia P.S. Case No. 2 dt/
16
10.1.52 u/s 392/395, IPC.
D/o 9/10 1.52
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Jamuria PS. Case No. 7 dl/
17
K+N
K+N
12.1.52 u/s 395. I.P.C. D/o
11/12.1.52
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Asansol PS. Case No. 8
18
K+N
K+N
K+N
dt/ 8.2.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/o
7/ 8.2.52
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Madhupore P.S. Case No.
19
20dt'20.5.52 u/s 395. I.P.C.
K+1(A
D/o 19/20.5.52
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
N
N
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL (VOL-3)

lamuriaP.S.CaseNo 14 dt/
20
10.4.54 u/s 395. IPC. D/o
4/5.7,52 (unreported)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
N
N
Asansol P.S. Case No 4o dl'
21
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
N
22
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A)
23
N+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O
16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
N
O)

24
N+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O)
O)

25
N+1(
N+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K
O)

26
N+-
-‫؂‬
1(O)
N+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K
K
A)
A)
A)
O)
27
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

O)+1(
16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K
A)
O)

28
K+-
1(O)
K+1(
K+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

29
1(O)
K+N
K+N
K+N
K+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

A)+N
O)+1(
K+N+
16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K
K
K
A)
A)
O)

30
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
K
K
K
K
A)
O)
O)

31
K+1(
K+1(
K+2(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

O)+1(
and specific association, recovery of properties and result of trials, if any.
16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
O
O
K
A)
A)

32
K(1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

O)+1(
16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-

33
1(A)
1(O)
1(O)
1(O)
K+N
K+N
K+N
K+2(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

O)+N
K+N+
K+N+
K+N+
K+N+
16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
K
A)
A)
O)
O)
O)
O)

34
K+R
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
A)
O)
O)

+C
+C
35
rove
O)+(
App-
K+2(
K+3(
K+1(
K+3(
K+1(
K+3(
K+1(
K+4(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

O)+R
O)+R
O)+C
O)+C
16/17.852
Cases traced to this gang with date of occurences. Name of confessing accused, number of indentifying witness, both of occurrence
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
ve

36
O)+(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+1(
K+3(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

Appro
16/17.852
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

37
ver
75-76
K+3(
K+3(
K+3(
K+4(
K+8(
17.8.52 u/s 395. IPC. D/O

O)+S
O)+S
O)+S
O)+S
Appro
O)+R(
16/17.852
Part-3
Part-4
Sl.No 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
.
15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - K - - K+N - K+3(O)+R+C K+1(O) K
16 - - - - - - - - - - - - K+1(O K+N K K+1( - - - - - -
) O)
17 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - K+1(O K+N+1(O K K+4(O)+C K -
) )
18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - K K+1(A) K+1(A) K+2(O)+
S
19 - - - - - - - - - N N+1(O - K+1(A K+N+1(O - - - - - - - -
) ) )
20 - - - - - - - N N+ - - - K+N+1(O - - - - - - - -
1( )
A)
21 - - - - - - - - N N+ N+1(O - - - - - - - - - -
1( )
O)
22 - - - - - - - - - N N+1(O - - K+N+1(O - - - - - - - K+3(O)+
) ) S
23 - - - - - - - - - N+ N+1(O - - K+N+1(O - - - - - - - -
1( ) )
A)
24 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - K+1( K+1(O K+N+1(O - - - -
A) ) )
25 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - K+ K+1(O) K+1(A) -
R
26 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - K K+3(O)+R+C K+4(O)+R+C -
27 - - - - - - - - - - - - - K+N+1(O - - - - - - - -
N+1(O )
28 - - - - - - - - - - N+1(O - - K+N+1(O - - - - - - - -
)+1(A) )
29 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - K K+N K K+1(O)+Aq. K+1(O)+ -
Aq.

Part-5
SI. Previous convictions Evidence of General Batch arrests of the Batch convictions of Remarks
No. in Dacoity and Gang Association of accused accused persons the accused persons
(400, I.P.C.) cases only persons
38 39 40 41 42
I. (1)4 years R.I. u/s 395, I.P.C. on 21.6.41 atBankura. ( 1 ) 1 7 witnesses named the (1) On 6.10.53 three accused ( l ) O n 10.2.55 at (1) Two accused persons
(2) 9 years. R.I. u/s 400 I.P.C. on 16.2.44 at Asansol. nine accused persons vide S.l. personsvide SI. Nos. 13, 14. Hazaribagh two accused vide SI. Nos. 1 and 3 are
2. Nos. 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,16 and 21 and 26, were arrested persons vide SI. Nos. 14
3. as to have been genrally together and 26 were convicted (2) Six accused persons vide.
4. assembling and mixing with in Giridih Mufassil P.S. together in Giridih Sl. Nos. 6,7,8,11,18 and 22
5. each other by taking liquor cases Mufassil P.S. are undergoing trial at
and playing gambling at: Nos. 9 and 10, dated 6.10.53 Case No. 9 dated Hazaribagh in Bengabad
6. Sripore and Pariharpur. in u/s 395. I.P.C. at Giridih, 6.10.53 under Section P.S. Case No. 10 dated
7. (1) 7 years R.I. u/s. 395. I.P.C. on 4.4.55 at Hazaribagh Jamuria P.S., distt., Burdwan, district Hazaribagh. 395,I.P.C. 15.10.53 u/s 395, I.P.C.
8. W.Bengal. and accused vide Sl. No.
9. (2) On 4.455 at 1 has been tendered pardon
10. (2) 14 witnesses named the u/s 337,Cr.P.C.
Hazaribagh 7 accused
8 accused persons vide Sl.
11. (1)7 years R.I. u/s 395, I.P.C. on 4.4.55 at Hazaribagh persons vide Sl. 337,Cr.P.C.
Nos. (2) On 17.2.54 two
1,9,15,17,20,24,28 and 29 as Nos.7,11,13,14,15,17
12. accused persons vide Sl. And 26 were convicted
(1)7 years R.I. u/s. 395. I.P.C. on 4.4.55 at Hazaribagh to have genrally assembling Nos. 7 and 8 were arrested
13. together in Giridih
and mixing together by taking together at Narsmunda ,
(1)7 years R.I. u/s 395. I.P.C. on 10.2.55 at Hazaribagh liquor and playing gambling Mufassil P.S. Case No.
P.S. Asansol, distt.-
14. (2) 7 years R.I. u/s 395, I.P.C. on 4.4.55 at Hazaribagh. at Lachipore and Mithani in 10
Burdwan, West Bengal in
(1)7 years R.I. u/s 395, I.P.C. on 4.4.55 at Hazaribagh kulti . Bengabad P.S. case No. dated 6.10.53 u/s 395.
P.S., distt.-Burdwan, West 10, dated 15.10.53 u/s 395, I.P.C.
16. Bengal. I.P.C. In the above two cases
17. (1)7 years R.I. u/s 395, I.P.C. on 4.4.55 at Hazaribagh
18. (3) 7 witness named the 3
19. accused persons vide Sl. Nos.
20. 1,7 and 8 as to have been
21. genrally assembling,
taking liquore and visiting the
22. homes of the prostitutes
23. together at Narsmunda P.S.
24.
Asansol, distt.-Burdwan,
25. W.Bengal.
26.
27. (1)7 years R.I. us 395. I.P.C. on 10.2.55 at Hazaribagh
(2) 7 years R.I. u/s 395. I.P.C. on 4.4.55 at llazaribaah
28.
29.

APPENDIX 13
SOME SALIENT POINTS FROM CHAPTER VIII OF THE CONSULAR MANUAL OF MINISTRY
OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS REGARDING PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED IN OBTAINING
THE ARREST OF AN OFFENDER WHO HAS ESCAPED TO FOREIGN COUNTRIES.
(RULE 229)
1. The return of a fugitive criminal to India may ordinarily be obtained from a foreign country only under an
extradition treaty/arrangement with that country and only if that treaty/arrangement recognises the offence, with
which the fugitive criminal is charged or which he is convicted as an extradition offence. The authorities of a
foreign country with which India has no such extradition treaty/arrangement may surrender a criminal as an act of
international comity according to the laws of its own country.
2. Extradition from India and foreign countries is done under the Extradition Act (34 of 1962) whose extracts
are given in clause 26 of Appendix 101. A list of extradition treaties between India and foreign countries is available
with Government, However a list of notification issued in this regard is given in the Annexure. Information about
persons whose extradition is sought may also be sent.to National Crime Bureaux in Criminal Bureau of Investigation
in the form meant for an "International Criminal Wanted" for taking up with "INTER POL" as indicated in Appendix
95.
3. Definition of an Extradition Crime, - ( a ) The extradition of criminals from or to foreign countries is done
only in offences given in the second Schedule of the Extradition Act subject to any special treaty or local law of
that country. Offences of a political character are however specially excluded from Extradition Acts. Whether a crime is
of political character or not has to be decided by the authorities of the country from which extradition is sought.
(b) The first step is to obtain an ordinary warrant of arrest from a Magistrate of the first class issued under
Sections 70 and 72, Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 bearing the seal of the Court and full designation of the
Magistrate. Extradition can only be claimed for the offence mentioned in the warrant. If it is granted, the accused
on being surrendered to India, can be tried only on that charge. He cannot be tried for any other offence, not
included in Extradition Crime and committed before surrender unless he is first sent back, or is given the opportunity
of returning to the country from which he has been extradited.
(c) Surrender by a country of its own nationals.- In many countries. Governments are precluded by the terms
of their own laws and the relevant treaty from granting the extradition of their own nationals; in other countries.
Governments have an option of surrendering at discretion their own nationals. Some countries however extradite
their nationals as well as nationals of a third country. The Indian Law does not put any restriction on the extradition
of its own nationals.
(d) Evidence must be carefully recorded without delay by a Magistrate of the first class of proof that the
offender whose description should be given has actually absconded. Thereafter, the evidence in regard to the
commission of the offence should be recorded. All documents received in evidence including photograph, if any,
must be put in as exhibit and each exhibit should be numbered. The Magistrate should also record his opinion that
(a) the offence falls within Extradition Crime, (b) a prima facie case of such an offence has been committed, the
Act and the section being cited.
4. (a) The form in which evidence should be presented to Foreign Government is usually indicated in the rules
to be made under the Extradition Act subject to special treaty, if any. However, a complete certified copy of the
record of evidence and exhibits must be prepared and sealed and sent to Government of India for sending to
Foreign Service Officers at Mission/Post abroad with the address of the criminal in the country where his/her
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL (VOL-3) 77

extradition is sought. If the exhibits are length), copies of only the material portions need be prepared. Official
certificates of, or judicial documents stating the fact, of. a conviction, or any other fact must be in original, and the
purport must be signed by the proper officer.
(b) Where there is a risk that before a formal demand can be lodged, the fugitive criminal will escape from the
place where he is thought to be. instructions will be sent by the Government of India by telegram to Foreign Service
Officers to apply to the appropriate authorities in the foreign country for the arrest of the Fugitive Criminal on a
provisional basis. Usually a period varying from 14 to 60 days from the date of arrest within which the formal demand
must be lodged is fixed in treaties providing for provisional arrest. In that case at least the description of absconder
for identification, his nationality, details of warrant issued, his supposed whereabouts for purposes of tracing him,
description, date and place of offence and the probable date by which the papers required for extradition are supposed
to be ready should be given.
(c) When it is desired that a fugitive criminal should be watched. Foreign Service Officers may be instructed
to apply to the authorities concerned to have the fugitive criminal watched by the Police pending further instructions.
5. (a) Whenever extradition of an offender is agreed to by the Foreign Court, the Mission concerned should
intimate telegraphically the decision of the Court direct to the State Government concerned in India under intimation
to the Ministry of External Affairs and an escort has to be sent at once to bring the offender, if no appeal is filed.
The following detailed information is usually required by the Foreign authorities regarding escort beforehand:—
(1) Full name(s) of the party comprising the escort.
(2) Parentage.
(3) Date and place of birth.
(4) Rank(s).
(5) Marks of identification.
(6) Passport number (s).
ANNEXURE
Notified orders making the provisions of Extradition Act, 1962 or of any special treaty applicable to countries
noted below are published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, sub-section (i), Ministry of
External Affairs. The reference of G.S.R. is noted against each :—
Name of country G.S.R. number(s) with date
1. Switzerland, Sweden and U.S.S.R. 56, dated the 5th January 1963.
2. Nepal embodying the text of 325, dated the 22nd February 1963.
Extradition Treaty of 1953.
3. United States of America, Great Britain, 493, dated the 1st April 1966.
Northern Ireland embodying the text
of Extradition Treaty of 22nd December, 1931.
4. Tanzania 129, dated the 16th August 1966.
5. Uganda 1976 and 1977, dated the 18th August, 1969.
6. Bhutan, the Treaty of 1949 2093. dated the 26th August. 1969.
••

APPENDIX 14
RULES FOR DEALING WITH MILITARY OFFENDERS
(RULE 259)
The following extracts from the Regulations for the Army (1962) contain the authorised rules on this subject:—
PART T
PROCEDURE IN CASES OF CIVIL OFFENCES AFFECTING

The Army/Navy/Air Force
Civil offences committed by persons subject to Military Law.
1. The following are triable exclusively by Civil Court (except on active service, etc.):—
Civil offences which a Court-martial is debarred from trying under the provision of Section 70, Army Act,
section 78(2), Navy Act and Section 72, Air Force Act of 1950.
2. The following should preferably be tried by Civil Court (except on active service, etc):—
(a) Civil offences (which may also lie military offences, e.g. thefts, frauds), committed in conjunction
with persons not subject to military law;
(b) Civil offences not suitable for trial by Court-martial on account of the special nature of the case (e.g.
complicated frauds) or on account of difficult legal technicalities being involved; and
(c) Civil offences in which military interests are not directly involved (e.g. burglary in a civil establishment).
PART II
INITIATION OF CRIMINAL PROCEEDINGS IN CIVIL COURTS
(a) Criminal proceedings against persons Subject to military law may be initiated by—
(i) The police on the complaint of private individual or on arrest by them for a cognisable offence.
(ii) The military authorities on a report to the police, or to a Magistrate that a civil offence has been
committed.
(iii) A Magistrate taking cognizance suo motu, or on the complaint of a private individual.—
In cases falling under (i) and (iii) the military authorities may decline to interfere with the course of the civil
law; may claim the licensed for trial, or, if the offender is already in custody, order trial, by Court-
martial, if the accused is legally liable thereto.
In cases falling under (ii), it will be open to the military authorities to bring the accused before a Court-
martial if the complaint is wrongly dismissed or the accused is wrongly discharged by the Civil Court
and if such dismissal or discharge does not amount to an acquittal; or the accused is acquitted by the
Civil Court but is liable on the same alleged facts to be tried for a purely military offence for which he
could not have been tried by the Civil Court.

During the investigation stage, the military authorities may intervene with the concurrence of the police
and Magistrate, and claim the accused for trial by Court-martiai. See also Government of India,
Ministry of Home Affairs notification No. SRO 709, dated the 17th April, 1952.
If the case is one that must or should be tried by Civil Court, it should be handed over to the civil authorities
at the earliest possible stage.
(b) Criminal proceedings against persons not subject to military law must be initiated in accordance with the
provision of the Code of Criminal Procedure; by a report to the police or a complaint to a Magistrate.
This rule must not be interpreted as forbidding or discouraging close and personal cooperation between
military and civil officials which is essential in matters involving the discipline and welfare of the Army.
PART III
PROCEDURE IN CASES OF CIVIL OFFENCES COMMITTED BY PERSONS-SUBJECT TO
MILITARY LAW
Statutory rules of the Central Government. Ministry of Home Affairs notification No. SRO 709, dated the
17th April, 1952 as amended by the Ministry's SRO No. 1740. dated the 22nd September 1953, SRO No. 1114,
dated the 19th May. 1955. SRO No. 126, dated the 11th January 1956. SRO No. 3924, dated the 8th December,
1957, SRO No. 1801, dated the 29th July. 1962 and SRO No. 3252 dated the 5th September 1967. In exercise of
the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of Section 475 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974), and
in supersession of all previous notifications on the subject the Central Government hereby makes the following
rules for the trial of persons subject to military, naval or air force law, by a Court to which the said Code applies, or
by Court-martial, namely :—
(1) (i) These Rules may be called the Criminal Courts and Court-Martial (Adjustment of Jurisdiction) Rules,
1952.
(ii) They extend to the whole of India except the State of Jammu and Kashmir and Manipur.
(2) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires :
(i) "Commanding Officer"—
(a) in relation to a person subject to military law means the Officer Commanding the unit or
detachment to which such person belongs or is attached;
(b) in relation to a person subject to naval law means the Commanding Officer of the ship to which
such person for the time being belongs; and
(c) in relation to a person subject to Air-Force Law means the officer for the time being in command
of the unit or detachment to which such person belongs or is attached.
(ii) "Competent military authority" means the Officer Commanding- the Army, Army Corps, division,
area, independent sub-area or independent brigade in which the accused person is serving, and, except
in cases falling under Section 69 of the Army Act (46 of 1950) in which death has resulted, the Officer
Commanding the brigade or sub-area or station in which the accused person is serving.
(iii) "Competent naval authority" means the Chief of the Naval Staff or Flag Officer Commanding, Indian
Fleet or Flag Officer, Bombay, or Commodore-in-Charge, Cochin or Commodore, East Coast, or
Senior Naval Officer present.

(iv) "Competent Air Force authority" means the Chief of the Air Staff, the air or other officer commanding any
Command. Group, Wing or Station in which the accused person is serving, or where such person is serving in field
area, the officer commanding the forces or the air force in the field.
(3) Where a person subject to Military, Naval or Air Force Law is brought before a Magistrate and charged
with an offence for which he is liable to be tried by a Court-martial, such Magistrate shall not proceed to try such
person or to inquire with a view to his commitment for trial by the Court of Sessions or the High Court for any
offence triable by such Court, unless—
(a) he is of opinion, for reasons to be recorded, that he should so proceed without being moved thereto by
competent Military, Naval or Air Force authority; or
(b) he is moved thereto by such authority.
(4) Before proceeding under clause (a) of sub-para (3), the Magistrate shall give a written notice to the
Commanding Officer of the accused and until the expiry of a period of—
(i) three weeks, in the case of a notice given to a Commanding Officer in command of a unit or detachment
located in any of the following areas of the hill districts of the State of Assam, that is to say,—
(a) Mizo,
(b) Naga Hills,
(c) Garo Hills,
(d) Khasi and Jaintia Hills, and
(e) North Cocher Hills,
(ii) seven days in the case of a notice given to any other Commanding Officer in command of a unit or
detachment located elsewhere in India, from the date of the service of such notice, he shall not—
(a) convict or acquit the accused under Section 252, 255 (1) & (2), 250 (1) or 257 of the Code of
Criminal Procedure, 1973 (Act 2 of 1974), or hear him in his defence under Section 254 of the
said Code, or
(b) frame in writing a charge against the accused under Section 246(1) of the said Code; *or
(c) deleted.
(d) transfer the case for inquiry or trial under Section 192 of the said Code.
(5) Where within the period of seven days mentioned in Rule (4) above, or at any time where after before the
Magistrate has done any act or made any order referred to in that rule, the Commanding Officer of the accused
or competent Military, Naval or Air Force Authority, as the case may be given notice to the Magistrate that in
the opinion of such authority, the accused should be tried by a Court-martial, the Magistrate shall stay
proceedings and if the accused is in his power or under his control, shall deliver him with the statement
prescribed in sub-section (1) of Section 475 of the said Code to the authority specified in the said sub-section.
♦Deleted by Cr. P. C. 1973.

(6) Where a Magistrate has been moved by competent Military, Naval or Air Force authority, as the case may
be, under clause (h) of Rule (3) above, and the Commanding Officer of the accused or competent Military, Naval or
Air Force authority, as the case may be. subsequently gives notices to such Magistrate that, in the opinion of such
authority the accused should be tried by a Court-martial, such Magistrate, if he has not before receiving such notice
done any act or made any order referred to in Rule (4) above, shall stay proceedings and. if the accused is in his power
or under his control, shall in the like manner deliver him, with the statement prescribed in sub-section (1) of Section
475 of the said Code to the authority specified in the said sub-section.
(7) (i) When an accused person has been delivered by the Magistrate under Rules (5) and (6) above, the
Commanding Officer of the accused or the competent Military, Naval or Air Force authority as the case may be.,
shall, as soon as may be, inform the Magistrate whether the accused has been tried by a Court-martial or other
effectual proceedings have been taken or ordered to be taken against him.
(ii) When the Magistrate has been informed under sub-rule (j) that the accused has not been tried or other
effectual proceedings have not been taken or ordered to be taken against him the Magistrate shall report the
circumstances to the State Government, which may in consultation with the Central Government take appropriate
steps to ensure that the accused person is dealt with in accordance with law.
(8) Notwithstanding any thing in the foregoing rules, where it comes to the notice of a Magistrate that a
person subject to Military, Naval or Air Force law has committed an offence, proceedings in respect of which
ought to be instituted before him and that the presence of such person cannot be procured except through Military,
Naval or Air Force authorities, the Magistrate may by a written notice require the Commanding Officer of such
person—either to deliver such person to a Magistrate to he named in the said notice for being proceeded against
according to law or to stay the proceedings against such person before the Court-martial, if since instituted, and to
make a reference to the Central Government for determination as to the Court before which proceedings should be
instituted.
(9) Where a person subject to Military, Naval or Air Force Law has committed an offence which, in the
opinion of competent Military, Naval or Air Force authority, as the case may be, ought to be tried by a Magistrate
in accordance with the Civil Law in force or where the Central Government has. on a reference mentioned in Rule
(8) above, decided that proceedings against such person should be instituted before a Magistrate, the Commanding
Officer of such person shall after giving a written notice to the Magistrate concerned, deliver such person under
proper escort to that Magistrate.
PROCEDURE IN CASES OF CIVIL OFFENCES COMMITTED BY PERSONS SUBJECT TO
ARMY ACT
(1) An offence committed against the person or property of a civilian cannot as a rule be tried by Court-martial.
(2) Offences under Army Act. Sections 40 (a), 53,47 and 69 as well as most offences under Sections 46 and 52 can
be tried by a Court-martial or a Civil Court.
(3) The procedure to be followed in a case where there is dual jurisdiction is laid down in Army Act— Sections
69 and 70; the prescribed 'military authority' being the General Officer commanding in chief-district, brigade
or Station Commander.
If the offender is in civil custody the Magistrate will take steps to request the prescribed military authority to
decide the Court before which proceedings shall be instituted but in those cases falling under the Army Act,
Section 69 in which death has resulted, the decision shall rest with the district commander or General Officer
Commanding in Chief.

CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 142(6) OF THE ARMY
ACT, 133(5), NAVY ACT AND 141(6), AIR FORCE ACT.
(RULE 259) IAFD-910
1.1 certify that the person whose description is given below was apprehended by (or surrendered to)* me at
(place) ........................................at (hour) ............................... on the .................................. day of
(a) Regimental particulars-
No Rank ........................
Name ..........................................................................
Father's name .............................................................
Unit ............................................................................
(b) Description and other particulars—
Age ................. Yrs..................... Height .....................
Complexion ................................................................
Identification marks....................................................
Religion .....................................................................
(c) Particulars of Home Address—
Town/Village .............................................................
Street/Gal i/Mohalla...................................................
House No ..................................................................
Post Office .................................................................
Police Station/Tehsil .................................................
District ......................................................................
2. At the time of his apprehension (or surrender)* the person referred to above was dressed in uniform/civilian clothes*.
Signature of officer-in-charge of Police-Station where the above- Officer-in-charge
Named person was taken, or placed in custody, on apprehension/ +Police Station
Surrender*
………….
* Strike out whichever is inapplicable.
+ It is essential that this form should be actually signed by the officer-in-charge of the police-station otherwise it will not be
admissible in evidence.

APPENDIX 15
INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAKING AN INDEX IN HINDI
(RULE 320)
1. In making an index, the name proper should be placed first instead of the surname. For example, in Ram Krishna Sharma
it should not be written as Sharma. Ram Krishna but only as Ram Krishna Sharma. Similarly, prevalent titles Sheikh. Chaudhary.
etc. Shall also be written at the end of a name, e.g., ""Maulvi Fakruddin" shall be entered as "Fakruddin Maulvi" in the Index.
2. There are multiple methods of spelling names in Hindi, for example जनदन is sometimes written as बज ृ नदन,
ब रजनदन etc. but there is no difference in the procedure for making entry in the Index on account of this multiplicity. Therefore,
the name should be entered in that very form in which it is narrated by the person whose name is to be entered, for example,
वसुनी राम should be written as वसुनी राम and not as वणु राम in this way. if some writes आशष as आशीश, his name shall be
entered as आशीश.
3. When any person has been convicted in two or more different pseudonym or aliases, its entry shall be done in the page
for pseudonym and alias apart from the entry in the index of main name. For example if a criminal commits crime in the name
of Mohan Singh, Habib Mian. Bahadur Lai, etc... His name shall be entered in the pages meant for entry of each name. Mohan.
Habib and Bahadur and their cross reference shall be indicated as such. It means that each name shall be written with all names
and aliases at all the places.
4. At the time of making an entry, the first two letters (वण) shall be taken up for consideration and not the whole word or
the part of a word or its initials. For example, in the name of राम कृण शमा, the group formation shall be based on 'र’ and ‘म’ and
not on रा and कृ.While determining these two letters if the first letter is a vowel, it shall be considered as one, but the vowel
attached with a consonant shall always be ignored, for example in अकबर the first two letters shall be ‘अ’ and ‘क’, but in मानवे",.
it shall be 'म’ and ‘न’ and not 'म’ and the vowel आ attached with it. In this way in 'उमे$वर’, the first two letters shall be ‘उ’ and ‘म’
and in ‘रामे$वर’. it shall be 'र’ and 'म’ and in आनीता, it shall be 'अ’ and न’.
At the time of making entry of a name, first of all the first letter shall be taken and no consideration shall be
made of vowel sign attached with it, for example कबीर, &कशोर, कुणाल, केशव,कौशक shall all be entered in only
........ group. In this way XXIV main groups are formed, which are shown in the vertical columns in the chart.
After this, the second letter of a name shall be taken for consideration, for example in अ*नल after the first letter ‘अ’ the
second letter ‘न’ shall be taken, and in ‘मोहन’ after the first letter ‘म’, the second letter ‘अ’ shall be taken up. This second letter
shall form sub-group. In this way. (xv) Sub-groups have been formed which are shown in the horizontal col. in the chart.
Now on the basis of these first two letters, the group formation of any name shall be determined and entries shall be made
in the pages allotted in a register containing 330 pages, for example the group formation of मानवे" कुमार shall be 'म’ [XX] and
‘न’ [(viii)] and its entry shall be in the page allotted in serials 226-227 in the chart. In this way. at the time of making entry of अशोक
नारायण मेहता. the first two letters ‘अ-श’ [I., (xiv)] will determine the formation of group and entry will be made on page Nos. 22-23
allotted for it. The group formation of गणेश गोप shall be ’ग-ण’ [IV (viii)] and entry shall be made on page serials 53-54.

5. (a) If in the beginning of a name, there arc joint consonants, the group shall be determined
by taking each consonant separately, for example :—
in 0यो*त कुमार ... by ‘ज-य’

in 2वारका नाथ वमा ...
by ‘द-व’
in 0वाला साहू ...
by ‘ज-व’
in 5यारे लाल ....
by ‘प-य’
in 6ेम कुमार ...
in 6ी*त कुमार7 ... by ‘प-र’
In names like, कृपानाथ and म8ृ यज

ुं य also, the consonant is joined with 'ऋ' by and these shall ‘प-र’
be entered in ‘ह-ऋ’ ’क-ऋ’ and ‘म-ऋ’, etc., groups, i.e., on page 317, 37 and. 231
respectively.
(b) Where the second letter is a joint consonant, the only first consonant of joint letter shall
determine the subgroup, for example the group of वैघनाथ shall be 'व—द, and not ‘व—य'. In this way,
'र—त' shall be in र8नाकर, ‘अ—ख' in अ>तर, and 'व-ष’ in वणु and 'ध-र’ in धमनाथ.
6. All the nasals (i.e.,ङ, ञ, ण, न, and म) irrespective of their written form, when joint with a
consonant shall be considered अनB
ु वार, and shall not he counted. For example मCडन मE, whether
written as मंडन मE or मCडन मE shall be entered in group 'म-ड' and not ‘म-न’. In this way शंकर
संह, मंजर7 6साद, नदन महतो, शFभु शरण shall be entered respectively in ‘श-क’, ‘म-ज’, ‘न-द’,
‘श-भ’ sub-groups. In this way, च" बद ु shall not be taken for consideration.
7.In Hindi, the letters of alphabet are grouped in the following, sequence :—
(1) Vowels— अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ऋ ए ऐ ओ औ
(2) क group— क ख ग घ ङ
(3) च group— च छ ज झ ञ
(4) ट group— ट ठ ड ढ ण
(5) त group— तथदधन
(6) प group— पफबभम
(7) अतBथ- यर लव
(8) ऊम- श ष स
In addition to this, there are following sounds- Z, [, \, ड़, ढ़

For the sake of convenience, the above letters have been divided in the following XXIV main groups which
are also called initial letter groups, with the serial number of vertical columns indicated against them :—
I. All vowels (excluding .ऋ.)
II. क
III. ख
IV. ग\
v. घ
VI. च
VII. छ Z
VIII. ज य
IX. झ
X. टठडढ
XI. त
XII. थ
XIII. द
XIV. ध
XV. न
XVI. प
XVII. फ
XVIII. ब व
XIX. भ 馐
XX. म
XXI. रऋ
XXII. ल
XXIII. शषस
XXIV. ह
All vowels have been kept in one group excluding ऋ. The pronunciation of ऋ being similar to ‘ र’ in Hindi, this
has been placed in ’र’ group. Hence, ऋष कुमार shall be placed in 'ऋ.-ष’ group [XXI, (xiv)] and its entry shall be done on
page 268.
In the same way, 'Z' has been grouped with ‘छ' and '\' has been grouped with ‘ग’ due to similarity in sound although
these are respectively derivatives of क् +ष and ज ्+ञ ्.
In this way, though there is difference in pronunciation in Hindi between य and ज and between व and ब, these
have been kept in one group on account of practical convenience because someone writes यमुना ठाकुर and some
जमुना ठाकुर. Many write वैघनाथ for वैघनाथ. Therefore, there will be increase in number of groups and dislocation of
virtually identical names if these are kept in separate groups. On account of similarity in sound, ‘श’, ‘ष’ arid, ‘स’
have been kept in the same group.
No name begins with ङ, ञ, ण, ड़, ढ़ in Hindi. Hence, these are not enumerated in any group. As only a few names
begin with ट ठ ड ढ, all the four letters have been in the same group.

8. By the same method, fifteen (xv) sub-groups have been formed as noted below:—
(i) क ख
(ii) ग \ घ
(iii) च छ
(iv) ज झ
(v) ट ठ ड ढ ढ़
(vi) त थ
(vii) द ध
(viii) न ण
(ix) प फ
(x) ब व भ
(xi) म
(xii) य र ऋ ड़
(xiii) ल
(xiv) श ष स
(xv) ह
In determining the groups, vowels find place only in the initial group, and are absent in sub-group. Bui if in any name,
there is a full vowel after the initial letter then the next consonant will determine the sub-group. For example सादत is sometimes
written as सआदत, but the sub-group shall be 'स-द’ and not ‘स-आ’.
But if in any name there is no consonant after the initial letter group, it will be entered in sub-group 'य' Yet the name will
be written as given by the person concerned. For example ‘झ-य’ will be the group of झउआ, but it shall be written as ' झउआ’.
9. ङ and ञ are not found in combination with a vowel in any name. It has therefore been considered as
अनB
ु वार, and as अनB
ु वार is not counted in group-formation, theseᘐtwo letters are not kept in sub-group.
Due to similarity in sound, ढ़ has been grouped with ढ, but in Bihar, the pronunciation of ड़ being similar to र, this has
been grouped with र, though the sound of ड़ has been developed from ड़ Similarly here, there being not much difference in
pronunciation of ‘न’ and ,’ण’, these have been kept together in the same group.
10. In this way. the index to names has been prepared on the basis of the above rules and in a register of 330 pages,
allotment of pages has been made for each Group. A detailed survey was made as to how many pages should be allotted for each
group. In the chart attached herewith, pages have been allotted for the different groups on the basis of survey of Vedic and
Mahabharat proper names, telephone directory, dictionary and many Crime Directories (Part 2) of Police-Stations. This is why on
the one hand, due to paucity of names beginning with letters like ‘ध’, ‘झ’ ‘घ’ only two pages have been allotted for entire
groups, on the other hand 20 pages have been allotted for initial letter group ‘र’ and sub-group 'म' because during course of
survey it was found that a large number of names begin with राम.
11. Where more than one page have been allotted to any group, entries shall begin from the first page and the next page
will be taken up only when that page is exhausted, for example two pages 224-225 have been allotted for sub-group म-द, but
entries will begin from page number 224 and when that page is filled up, then page 225 will begin. When the allotted pages are
exhausted, further entries of the group will be carried over to any of the 10 blank pages at the end.
12. In this way, the key to a book of 330 pages in brief is as follows :—
In the name which is to be entered, take first two letters for determining the group. The first letter in vertical column
shall be the main group and the second consonant shall be the sub-group, and then from the chart given, find out the pages
and make entry.
P.M.-III—7

For easy understanding, some examples are given below:
Initial letter group or main Sub-group.

group’s letter.
Page number in
Name. First letter. SI. No. in the Second conso- SI. No. in which name shall be
vertical col. of nants. horizontal entered.
the chart. col.
1 2 3 4 5 6
अदल ु हक ... अ I ब (x) 13—16
...
वनोद बहार ... व XIII न (viii) 198—199
...
चा च ... च VI र (xii) 77
...
दखु ी राम द XIII ख (ii) 128
... ...
गौहर अल ग XV ह (XV) 63
... ...
हर चरण ... ... ह XXII र (xii) 317—318
राधे !याम #साद ... र XXI ध (vii) 243

...
अनीस %मयां ... ... अ I ✰ न (viii) 10—11
झगडू महतो झ IX ग (ii) 104

... ...
नद ू राय ... ... न XV द (vii) 158
#शात कुमार ... प XVI र (xii) 179—180

...
प. ृ वी नाथ प XVI ऋ (xii) 179—180
... ...
1योमेश बोस व XVIII य (xii) 203—204
... ...
व!वनाथ 2तवार व XVIII श (xiv) 206—207
.
.. ...
सूयद3 े व %संह ... ... स XXIII र (xii) 300—301
शेखर पं4डत श XXIII ख (i) 284—285

... ...
बदउ6जमा मौलवी ब XVIII द (vii) 197
... ...
8ाने प2त वमा3 ... 8 IV न (viii) 53—54
...

Appendix 16
LIST OF DISTRICTS OF NEPAL AND BHUTAN BORDERING INDIA AND JAILS SITUATED
NEAREST TO THEM
(RULE 349)
Districts of Nepal Districts of India.

(a) Darchula Pithoragarh (U.P.)
Baitadi Nainital (U.P.)
Dandeldhura Pilibhit (U.P.)
Kanchanpur Kheri-Lakhimpur (U.P.)
Kailali Bahraich (U.P.) '
Bardia Gonda(lLP)
Banke Basti (11.P.)
Dang Deokhuri Gorakhpur(U.P)
Kapilvastu Gorakhpur(U.P)
Rupendehi Gorakhpur(U.P.)
Nawalparasi West C'hamparan (Bihar)
Chitwan West C'hamparan (Bihar)
Parsa East Champaran (Bihar)
Bara Sitamarhi (Bihar)
Rautahat Sitamarhi (Bihar)
Sarlahi Sitamarhi (Bihar)
Mahottari Madhubani (Bihar)
Dhanusha Madhubani (Bihar)
Siraha Saharsa (Bihar)
Saptari Saharsa (Bihar)
Sunsari Purnea (Bihar)
Morang (Kosi) Darjeeling (West Bengal)
Jhapa Darjeeling (West Bengal)
lllam Panchtha Sikkim
Taplejung Sikkim
Jalpaiguri
(b) Bhutan

APPENDIX 17
CLASSIFICATION OF CRIME FOR ENTRY IN POLICE-STATION CRIME DIRECTORY PART II
AND MODUS OPERANDI INDEX
(RULE 365)
A. CLASS
MAJOR HEAD.—Dacoity and Robbery (Sections 395-400 and 402 and 392-394 and 401, I.P.C.)
Symbols.
1. House Dacoity or Dacoity in—
(i) Bank H.D.
(ii) River boat or river bank
(iii) Train
(iv) Assemblage and preparation to commit dacoity.
2. Road dacoity R.D.
3. Robbery including robbery in bank, river boat, train and road robbery R
4. MINOR HEADS—Each of the above is subdivided as follows :
I. Concealment technique (1) Galpatta
(2) Pagri/handkerchief/gamcha on head.
(3) Hat/cap.
(4) Paint/Powder.
(5) False beard, moustache, hair, etc.
(6) Mask.
(7) Uniform.
(8) Covering or tying eyes of victims or making them close their eyes or
asking the victims to look in different direction
II. Treatment of inmates. (1) Mild (no hospitalization).
(2) Brutal assault.
(3) Tying/Holding/gaging.
(4) Confining in room/place.
(5) Shooting to kill/injure (shooting aggressively).
(6) Shooting to frighten (shooting defensively when chased or attacked).
(7) Torture.
(8) Arson.
(9) Rape
(10) Threat of harm to children.
(11) Snatching ornaments from person.
III. Level of Organisation (1) Number of persons (15 and above).
(2) Fire-arms (country-made).
(3) Fire-arms (manufactured).
(4) Big job (Rs. 1,000 and above).
(5) Only cash and ornaments taken.
(6) Conveyance used.
(7) Cracker, Bomb.
(8) Reconnaissance made as beggar,tradesmen, etc.
(9) Time stayed over 1/2 hour.
(10) More than one house attacked.

IV. Entrance Technique (1) Forceful breaking of door by axe, etc.
(2) Pushing.
(3) Lifting door from hinges.
(4) Surreptitious (sendh. bugli, scaling over wall, roof, etc.
quietly unchaining door).
(5) Threat and trick (knocking and calling).
(6) Through open door
V. Words used—
(a) War cry (1) Religious slogan.
(2) Political slogan.
(1) Racial name.
(b) Cover name (2) Professional name.
(3) Relationship name.
(1) Sporting term indicating start to movement.
(c) Retreat signal (2) Technical terms indicating start to movement.
(3) Meaningless repetitive words.
(4) Words indicating directly or metaphorically that villagers have come
and opposition expected.
(5) Dispersal Collecting Command
(1) False (Police. Excise, Vidyarthi-Delhi se aya Chapra se aya).

(d) Announcement of (2) True.
identity
(3) Sympathisers of poor (Robin hood) or particular castes.
Burglary (Sections 454—460, I.P.C.)

MAJOR HEADS Symbols
(4) Burglary by Bagli … … … B
(5) Burglary by climbing over wall, etc. … … … C
(6) Burglary by lock breaking or by the use of false or skeleton key. etc. … … … LS
(7) Burglary by sendh … … … W
(8) Burglary by forcing open windows and doors, etc. or lifting them T RF
over hinges or removing window bars.
(9) Tatti cutting … …. ….
(10) Entry through roof … … …
MINOR HEADS.—Each of the above is subdivided as follows : —
VI. Instruments (i) Hammer or crow bar.
(ii) Cutting instrument, such as knife, file.
(iii) Round pointed instrument like a pencil, auger, etc.
(iv) Use of gas for opening iron safe, etc.
(v) Use of match sticks.
VII. Style (1) Armed (with weapons other than lathi) or using violence against
inmates or pursuers,

(2) Consuming food or drink at the scene of occurrence,
(3) Defacting in or near the building attacked,
(4) From foreigner's houses,
(5) In obvious ignorance of the interior of the building,
(6) With obvious knowledge of the interior of the building.
(7) After making acquaintance of or with a servant as accomplice,
(8) In a building temporarily vacant.
(9) Removing grains only.
(10) In temple.
(11) In shops.
(12) For jewels and ornaments only.
VIII. Times (1) On bazar, mela or festival day.

(2) Day. i.e., between dawn and sunset.
(3) Evening, i.e..between sunset and 10 P.M.
(4) Dark period within seven days before or after the new moon.
(5) Bright period within seven days before or after the full moon.
II. Miscellaneous cases under above three crimes … … … MB
B.CLASS
MAJOR HEADS.—Theft, etc, (Sections 215, 370—382, 401, 411 and 414, I.P.C.)
(i) of cycle CY
(ii) of Motor Cycle/Scooter MCY
(iii) of cattle and Panha Taking CP
(iv) Pick pockets PP
(v) of copper wires CW
(vi) of automobiles AM
(vii) of Trucks
TS
(viii) from goods sheds and wagons in yards
R&G
RGT
(ix) Goods in transit
(x) Railway property from permanent way including telegraph and telephone wires, PRT(a)
(xi) Railway property from rolling stock PRT(b)

Railway property from store, workshop, etc. PRT©
running passenger trains RPT
at railway stations TRS
of arms, ammunition or explosives AA
from brothels BR
of crops, including vegetables and fruits. FS
from foreigner's homes FR
in melas, hats or markets MH
from verandahs of houses VH
Theft by servant (professional and not technical cases). ST
from bathing ghats, boats and steamers. BG
of mica MA
of idols and antiques IK
of electrical gadgets EG
at bank and post-office counters BP
of agricultural pumps and implements. AP
professional thefts (miscellaneous) MT
Entries will be made as indicated under A and B. Some minor headings can be devised in the items given above.
Thus, if cycles are stolen from a Bank frequently in any area, this will be a new minor head under B (I).
C. CLASS
Miscellaneous Crimes—
1. Cheating and swindling [Sections 419, 420, I.P.C. (Major head)] ... SW
Subdivided into minor heads as follows :—
(i) Bala trick,
(ii) Topka trick.
(iii) Kapmari trick.
(iv) Note doubling.
(v) Bogus appointments.
(vi) Resale of used railway tickets.

2. Receivers [Sections 411-414, I.P.C. (Major head)] Symbols
Subdivided into minor heads as follows :— …
(i) Idols and antiques, EC
(ii) Watch.
(iii) Copper wires.
(iv) Cycles.
(v) Ornaments and jewels.
(vi) Radios, Fountain pen.
(vii) Automobiles.
(viii) Railway property.
(ix) Electric goods, etc.
Other major heads :—

3. Railway obstruction cases … … …
4. Professional poisoning of cattle (Sections 428-429,I.PC.) … … … RBS
5. Professional kidnapping (Sections 363-369,I.P.C.) … … … CP
6. Counterfeiting coins and notes and stamp forgery [Sections … … … PK
231—263A, I.P.C. (except '241, 254 and 262) and 489-A to
CNF
489-D, I.P.C]
7. Smuggling, subdivided as (i) gold, (ii) diamonds, (iii) watches, … … …
(iv) narcotics, (v) aims and ammunition. SM
8. Manufacture and sale of spurious drugs … … …
9. Organised profiteering of inter-State nature including hoarding and SD
blackmarketing. … … …
PBM
10. Important cases of Pornography … … … PY
11. Security cases (Sections 109 and 110, Cr. PC.) … … … SC
12. Arms Act (Sections 25 and 26) … … … AA
13. The Dangerous Drugs Act (Sections 10, 12. 13. 14 and 15) … … … DD
RD
14. Railway Act/Derailment or attempted derailment … … …
PG
15. Professional gamblers … … … MF
16. Miscellaneous, Professional … … …
Under each major head, the available pages in the Crime Directory, Part II should be allotted according to types of crime
which occur (See instructions in P.M. Form No. 76A).
If the sub-classification of a minor head applies to another major head under which it is not placed, it can still be utilised to
indicate the characteristic M.O. the latter to which it may apply.
Entries of sub-classification should be made under each major head in the Modus Operandi index in column 4. for example,
a train dacoity which is armed with country-made fire-arms and is committed with slogans (religious) in bright period will be
recorded under the following sub-clauses under major head HD :—
AI (iii), III (2), V (a) (1), VIII (v).

APPENDIX 18
LIST OF ACTIVE CRIMINALS. THEIR MODUS OPERANDI WITH AREA OF OPERATION.
(RULES 386 AND 1010)
Serial No Name of the gang and place of Modus operandi Other special Area of crime
orignal residence features
1 2 3 4 5
1 Iranis (Wandering) Pick pocketing Use of secret dialect Whole India.
2 Kanjars or Ruchbandias, Madhya Robbery Selling of medicinal Whole India.
Pradesh, Gujrat, Maharashtra and herbs
Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh,
Rajasthan
3 Karwal Nut, Bhojpur District and Burglary, Dacoity. Guise of a Fakir and Bihar, Uttar Pradesh,
Uttar Pradesh dialects of jackals Madhya Pradesh and
whole of Eastern India.
4 'Kapmaris or Kepmaris' Tamil Nadu, Theft in running train Fine dress, Train Whole India.
Mysore, Pondeicherry Post Office and Bank journey in higher class.
Cheating, counterfeiting
Coins.
5 Kururias, Purnea Burglary Selling of ‘Shilajit’ Purnea and bordering
districts.
6 Chakai Dusadhs of Monghyr Dacoity,Burglary To bolt the door from Bihar.
Outside at the time of
Committing burglary
7 Chain Mallahs and Chain Chamars Pick Pocketting and Swindling Southern Part of Bihar and
(Boatman and cobbler), Eastern Petty Thefts west Bengal.
Uttar Pradesh.
8 Chhapparbandhs of Bijapur and Make counterfeit coins Title of Shah Guise of a Whole
Mysore States Fakir.
娠
9 Chatisgarh Chamars, Bilaspur Burglary using round Use of poison on animal Chhotanagpur, Madhya
Madhya Pradesh Pointed Sendhmaris By sharp pointed spikes Pradesh, West Bengal
10 Jadua Brahmins, Patna and Swindlers, Note Professional Cheating in Bihar,Bengal
Muzaffarpur. doubling tricks. the guise of a sadhu
doing magic feats
11 Jhijha Dusadhs of Nepal Terai Dacoity and Burglary Armode and organised Eastern India
Crime ,Use of Galpattas.
12 Darhis of Patna, Bhagalpur, Purnea Burglary ……… Bihar.
and Darbhanga.
13 Tharus of Nepal Terai,Purnea and High-way Robberies, petty ---------- Assam, Bengal and Bihar
Darbhanga. pilfering.
14 Paikmars of Midnapur, Burdwan, Snthal Theft of ornaments from Tattoo marks on women’s west Bengal, South Bihar
Parganas and Singhbhum sellping women and mouth and hand and known
temples also as ‘Gulgulins’
15 Banfar Mallahs of Patna and Monyhyr Dacoity in river Personete as Police and West Bengal, Howarah and
Custom Officer, get the Calcutta.
doors opened on the
pretence of getting fire
16 Banjaras (Wandering but originally of Particularly theft of animals War Cry ‘Din-Din’ Whole
Uttar Pradesh and Punjab). robbery and dacoity also
17 Barwars of Uttar Pradesh, Gonda, Theft on Railway ------- Whole India.
Hardoi and Sultanpur districts. stations, and steamer
ghats.
18 Bagdi. Burdwan Burglary, Robbery Enter in house after Burdwan area of West
Dacoity jumping over the wall. Bengal.
19 Baid Mussalmans(Banjaras) of Cheating. Double play Guise of mendieants/medi Whole India.

Rajasthan. (Note doubling) Making cine man.
gold from inferior metal

Serial Name of the gang and place Modus operandi Other special features. Area of Crime
No. of original residence.
1 2 3 4 5
20 Marwari Bauriyas or Bagris of Counterfeit Coiners and utterers. Round impressions of hot coin on Whole India.
Bagaiias. Rajasthan, U.p., Andhra Brass Beads sold as gold. the arms. I ive tattoo marks on
Pradesh. Bihar. mouth of women. Use secret
language
21 Bhatras. Uttar Pradesh Bogus astrologers. Collect Disguise of a Sadhu Whole India.
subscription oil plea of
Charitable work.
22 Bhadaks of Mathura Saharanpur and Burglary Bogli bv Sendh Whole India.
Kheri districts.
23 Bhamptas of Maharashtra. Mysore, Pick-pocketting and thefts In guise of Marwari and Whole India.
Andhra Pradesh and Madhya in Passenger train s. Maharashtra traders and at times
Pradesh. in European clothes.
24 Bhars of Eastern Uttar Pradesh and Dacoity, Theft, Burglary Use of bombs and Dynamite in Bihar, West Bengal,
Champaran. dacoity. Industrial areas.
25 Bh u mijs of Manbhum district of Dacoity Use of axe, sword and guns On the border of Manbhum
West Bengal. in Bihar area.
26 Magahiya Doms, South Bihar, Eastern Robbery. Bagli Dialects of Jaikali. In order to Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and
aron of Uttar Pradesh. run away, rubbing of oil or some West Bengal.
smoothening material on body
27 Mallahs of Western Bihar and Boat dacoity and Uthai- Bihar, River bank of
Eastern Uttar Pradesh. giri (lifting)'. Western Bengal.
28 Mal Paharias of San thai Burglary. Dacoity Uses of force on women to Santhal Parganas, West
Parganas. snatch ornaments. Bengal.
㨠
29 Minkas or Madaris of Shop lifters. Thieves and Pick- Disguise of a madari Bihar, Orissa and Uttar
Gangpur Orissa. pockets. Pradesh.
30 Minas of Rajasthan and Gurgaon Burglary Side burglary or a hole in the Whole South India.
district in Haryana. roof.
31 Routs, Champaran Dacoity As disguised sellers of Talmishri Nothern area of Bihar and
and medicines. West Bengal.
32 Lodhas of Singhbhum Dacoity Violent use of force on women. South Bihar.
33 Satnami Cobblers of Raipur and Use of poisons on animals and Well organised crimes Dis- Bihar and Madhya Pradesh
Bilaspur districts of Madhya Pradesh. burglary. charge of stool at the spot of
crime.
34 Sanorias of Jhansi, Bilaspur Theft from Railway station and Forcing one to take bath by Madhya Pradesh, Bihar,
bathing ghats. throwing right-soil and running Orissa.
away with cash and clothes.
35 Sansiahs and Berias. Uttar Highway Robbery, Theft Nomads commit planned crimes, Whole India.
Pradesh, Gujrat, Andhra Confession if made drunk with
Pradesh, Rajasthan and wine. War cry 'Din-Din'.
Punjab.
36 Some goldsmiths of Muzaffarpur. Swindling (Bala and Tapka In commission of crime they Assam, Bengal, North
tricks). sometime use drugged tobacco Bihar.
and Pan
N.B. — It must be remembered that not a l l members of the above classes are always inclined to be criminals but some of them mav take to
criminality

APPENDIX 19
INSTRUCTIONS CONCERNING CO-OPERATION WITH NEPALESE POEICE.
(RULE 403)
1. Comprehensive lists of professional criminals shall be maintained by the Superintendent of Police of

bordering districts of both countries and such list shall be interchanged every six months. The lists will be
maintained up to date with copies being sent to the respective National Crime Bureau of the I.C.P.O. of both
countries. The lists shall include particulars of (i) dacoits residing in the border districts of both countries
whether previously convicted or not; ( i i ) persons professionally engaged in trafficking in women and girls; (i i i )
smugglers of contraband articles ; (iv) professional dealers and receivers of stolen vehicles; (v) bad characters
who come under provisions of Sections 109 and 110 Cr.P.C. and analogous provisions of Nepalese Criminal
Law; and (vi) Criminals known to be operating in the border areas of both countries. A form enclosed as
Annexure wi l l be used.
2. Information regarding the movements and activities of any person in the lists mentioned in Rule 1 above,
shall be promptly given to the police of the district concerned and the National Crime Bureau of the country
concerned when they cross the border. This shall be done by direct communication with the concerned
Superintendent of Police.
3. Descriptive rolls, photographs, finger-prints and details of modus operandi of persons, including those
mentioned in Rule 1 above, convicted in the territory of either country for heinous offences against property in
the bordering districts should be maintained in the border Police Station and should be interchanged every
quarter. This shall be done by direct communications between the District Superintendents of Police of the
border districts of India and Nepal. The descriptive roll,
镠◌֕
etc. will be kept in the history sheet in P.M. Form No.
142.
4. Particulars regarding make, registration number, engine number, chassis number, etc. of vehicles used
for the commission of offences, or smuggling or suspected to be stolen will also be exchanged by the
Superintendent of border districts concerned in India and Nepal and copies supplied to National Crime-Bureau
of the two countries. When any vehicle is caught in connection with any crime reference wih be made to the other
side and vehicle, will be detained for the purpose of investigation of the crime.
5. Superintendents of Police of the border districts will communicate directly with their counterparts in the
bordering districts of India and Nepal. However, co-ordination meetings should be arranged only on the level
of Divisional Commissioner and range Deputy Inspectors-General with the Anchaladhish and corresponding
police equivalent, of Range Deputy Inspectors-General, ese meetings will be arranged six monthly and even at
shorter intervals, if necessary. In these meetings discussions regarding crime and criminals and matters affecting
peace and security may be held. Other matters not affecting high Government policy may also he discussed.
However, if, matters involving the direct concern of the Governments of India and Nepal are raised, these should
be referred to the State Government for further action. A report of the proceedings, of the meeting will be
submitted by the Divisional Commissioner to Government and by the Deputy Inspectors-General to the
Inspector-General of Police.

6. If any information about movements/activities or other particulars of any offender mentioned in clause 1
above is required by the Superintendent of Police of the bordering district concerned, the district
Police will immediately work out the information and furnish the same by the quickest possible
means of communication. In all such instances, however, the Superintendents of Police concerned
will inform the respective National Crime Bureau where facilities are available for maintaining a
record of international criminals for future reference.
7. When the character, antecedents, particulars furnished, or statement made of any Indian or Nepali citizen
are required to be verified or recorded, the concerned Superintendent of Police may make a direct
reference to his counterpart across the border and the necessary information will be furnished promptly
for mutual co-operation and benefit. This privilege is given only for such persons who are concerned
in crimes and not for those involved in political crimes.
8. The Superintendent of Police may request his counterpart to make certain arrests and house-searches in
connection with property offences furnishing at the same time a memo of evidence justifying such
arrests or house-searches. On receipt of such a requisition the Superintendent of Police of the other
country will proceed to make the arrests and the house-searches and thereafter the provisions of the
Extradition Treaty may apply for the transfer of the arrested accused persons and the recovered
properties to the other country.
9. The Nepal Government have formally agreed to surrender fugitives on the production of documentary
evidence alone by district Magistrate direct in urgent cases. But this documentary evidence must
include copies of the depositions in the own language of witnesses and also clear testimony of the
offence alleged against the fugitives. The usual warrant shall be directed to Police Officer to accept
ⳐⳐ
custody of absconder from Nepalese officials.

Serial Name with Parentage. Village. Police- District. Distance Descripti Brief Date of Date of Remarks
No. aliases. Station. and direc- v e Roll. Particulars communic
Crossing
tion from of cases in ation of
the Border
border which information
convicted of fact of
or sus- having
pected or crossed
abscondin border to
g or of the nearest
circumstan border
ces which Police.
necessitat
e watching
by the
Police.
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL (VOL-3)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
99
APPENDIX 20
FORM OF DISTRICT MAGISTRATE’S ORDER APPOINTING SPECIAL POLICE OFFICERS

(RULE 407)
“Whereas an application has been made to me by the Superintendent of Police to appoint the persons noted in the margin to
act as special police officers for ................... months within the limits of ................................. thana or thanas and whereas I
am satisfied upon the grounds stated in the application that disturbance of the peace may reasonably be apprehended in the
neighbourhood of the marginally noted villages situated in the aforesaid thana and that the Police force ordinarily employed
in that neighbourhood is not sufficient for the preservation of the peace there and there being no cause to the contrary, I hereby
appoint the aforesaid persons who are residents of the neighbourhood to act as special police ofiicers for a period ..............
..of months from .......... (giving date) within the limits of the ................ thana or thanas.”
● ●

APPENDIX 21
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
(RULE 415)
1. The Criminal Intelligence Bureau shall be set up as a form of '"record division" of Central Bureau of
Investigation. This Bureau shall send collected informations to Central Bureau of Investigation, and give information
to Investigating Officers and supervising officers of the State according to requirements. Since records of crimes
and criminals at district level shall be kept at district headquarters, Criminal Intelligence Bureau shall mainly keep
informations concerning those crimes whose importance is at inter-district level and at State level. If a resident of
Bihar State does any crime in the jurisdiction of a Police Station of another State, his records shall also be kept in
Criminal Intelligence Bureau even though he may be concerned in a case of only one Police Station.
Similarly, if the resident of another State commits a crime in this State, his records shall also be kept. However,
record shall also be kept of cases which are enumerated in clause 4 about which it is not necessary to belong to
inter-district. The particulars, of cases in which information is to be sent to the Central Bureau of Investigation and
in respect of which records are to be compiled in Criminal Investigation Department, are given in clause 8(2) below.
2. The main object of Criminal Intelligence Bureau is to give help and advice to district police in connection
with prevention of organised and professional crimes, on the basis of collected and authentic informations. For this
it is essential that all the Superintendents, of the State should send for compilation full details of crimes and
criminals of inter-district and of the State level as soon as these are received. It is their responsibility that such
informations are received in Intelligence Bureau without obstruction and compulsorily. All Deputy Inspectors-
General will draw the proper attention of Superintendents麀of their range and give their comments and proper
instructions on their annual inspections. In the same way, the Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent of
Police of C.I.D. shall pay special attention on defects of the sources and compilation of informations and draw
attention of the Superintendents concerned. The object is that the records of Criminal Intelligence Bureau should
be complete and useful.
3. The informations concerning crimes on State level shall be compiled on the basis of following cards :—
(1) Crime Card.
(2) Modus Operandi Card.
(3) Name, title and address Card.
(4) Physical peculiarity Card.
(5) Associate Card.
(6) Previous Conviction Card.
(7) General Property Card (serialwise).
(8) General Property Card (not serialwise).
(9) Special Property Card concerning motor thefts.
(10) Special Property Card concerning thefts of cultural property.

4. Records of criminals connected with following heinous crimes shall also be kept in this Bureau :—
(1) Murder for gain. Murder of any foreigner or of any person in a running train.
(2) All cases of dacoities in which criminals have used motor vehicles and cases in which the area of
operation of criminals is found to be of more than one district.
(3) All cases of dacoities which occur in running motor vehicles, in train, on roads and in banks and also
the cases in which the area of operation is found to be more than one district.
(4) All cases of robberies which occur between sunset and sunrise.
(5) All cases of robberies which occur in running motor vehicles, trains, on roads and in banks.
(6) All serious cases of thefts in trains and districts in which the area of operation of habitual criminals is
found to be from one district to another.
(7) All cases of thefts and recoveries concerning motor vehicles, scooters and motor cycles.
(8) All cases concerning thefts and recoveries of fire-arms.
(9) All cases concerning thefts and recoveries of idols and valuable antiques, and all cases of thefts of
copper wires.
(10) Thefts of Dak (mail) from train or aircraft.
(11) Cases of professional cheating and records of cheats.
麀
(12) Cases of professional poisoning which occur in running railway trains.
(13) All cases in which children are kidnapped and/or sold with a view to use them as beggars or under
captivity for committing any professional crime.
(14) Cases of kidnapping of young women which are done with an immoral intention.
(15) Cases of kidnapping of women for sale, marriage and for prostitution.
(16) All cases of thefts and recovery of forged notes and counterfeit coins in which the activities of criminals
are found to be of inter-district nature.
(17) Cases of publication and sale of obscene literature.
(18) Crimes committed by foreigners.
(19) All cases of explosions which are committed with a view to spreading communalism and for political
motives.
(20) Passport fraud cases.
(21) Cases concerning' professional gamblers.
(22) Cases of criminals who absconded from jail and are untraced.
(23) All cases of abscondiim accused persons.

5. The Criminal intelligence Bureau shall keep history' card of ex-convicts whose names shall be received
from the Criminal Investigation Department of other States or who commit crimes on State level.
6. For bringing out the special features of informations concerning crime in this Bureau and making them
comprehensive, an index of informations concerning various subjects shall be kept according to following
directions:—
(1) Crime card.—The crime cards shall be kept according to rhe crimes noted in, clause 4 above and in
cases of murder, dacoity, robbery, cheating, etc., sub-cards shall also be kept under the main card
wherever necessary, such as armed dacoity, murder in course of dacoity, several dacoities in a series,
dacoity or robbery in bank or running train. Similarly several sub-heads; shall also be necessary under
cheating, for example cheating after wearing dress of Government officer, cheating in the guise of a
Seth or Adhatia, cheating by forgery, etc. In this way, other professional and organized crimes shall
also have to be classified.
(2) Modus Operandi.—This card is based on the fact that all professional criminals are addicted to their
habits and every criminal or gang has its own special features. On this basis modus operandi cards are
prepared. Majority of its heads are applicable everywhere and widely prevalent. Hence, main heads
only are indicated instead of narrating all:—
(a) In crimes concerning property, main divisions may be made on the following factors:—
(i) Different methods of entry into houses, for example breaking open the door, climbing on the
stairs, climbing by rope, climbing over drain pipes, cutting sendh, etc.
麀
(ii) Selection of different types of houses, for example big houses, officers" quarters, temples, cinemas
or other places of entertainment, factories, offices, banks, shops, godowns, empty houses, etc.
(iii) Selection of time, for example day, evening, first phase of the nights, holiday, Hat day, time of
mela, etc.
(iv) On the basis of selection of articles by the main criminal, for example cycle, motor car, ornaments,
watcher, cash, radios, or valuable parts of factory or railway, new clothes, utensils, etc.
(v) Modus Operandi Cards may be opened on the basis of natural selection of places, for example
railway platform, running trains, museum, Mela ground, etc.
(vi) Modus Operandi Cards shall be opened on the basis of disguise, for example a Sadhu or astrologer
or palmist, etc., as servant or cook, fellow traveller, boatman, Galpattas or colouring of faces,
etc.
(vii) On the basis of war cry (Jai Bajrang Bali, Bol Punjabi, etc.) and dialect (Bhojpuri. Maithili
Magahi, Urdu, Mundari, Punjabi, etc.).
(viii)On the basis of dress (uniform, Langota, Uungi. etc.), weapons (gun, revolver, bomb, Tangi,
Hathaura, fireworks, etc.) and vehicles utilized for crime (cycle, horse, jeep, train, boat, etc.).
(b) Special Modus Operandi of cheating.—The classification shall lie on the following basis :—
(i) Disguise.—Government Officer, relation, agent, "Fakir” "Tantrik" "Saint", etc.

P./M. Ill—8
(ii) Professional cheating.—Lottery, artificial organisation, bogus money-lender, bogus marriage

bureau, etc.
(iii) Cheating in banks.—-False or forged registers; bogus bills, forged cheque, forged hundi, etc.
(iv) Fraud.—Bogus introductory letter, forged certificates, sub-standard gold, etc.
(v) Cheating afler taking into confidence.—Doubling- of notes, presenting base metal as gold.
curing incurable diseases. taking samples from shops, sending brick-stones in place of real
articles after taking advance, Balatrick, Tintasia. Topka Trick, etc.
(vi) Forgery in postal department. —False money orders, false V.P.P. etc.
(vii) Railway cheating.—Forged ticket, forged receipt of parcel or goods, despatch of wagons to a
wrong place, etc.
(viii) Spurious goods.—Spurious medicines, artificial intoxicating drugs. etc. which are prepared
with forged trade mark of adulterated materials.
The above noted instructions and examples are not exhaustive and final, but they shall help in preparing necessary
cards and records. Therefore, full attention should be given at the time of giving information to the Superintendents so that
the records of intelligence bureau may be useful and practical for them.
7. (1) Name and title card.—In this, separate card shall be opened for each sumame. The name which is in original
card, shall be typed in the surname card as. surname. In this,
麀all descriptions for identification shall be given thoroughly
according to appendix 6 and the classification of finger prints of convicts shall also be noted therein.
(2) Photographs.—As far as possible, the photographs of all convicted and suspected persons shall be kept with
their name cards and in a separate folder These photos shall be according to clause 13 of Appendix 22 and shall be kept
according to modus operandi for special crimes in separate folders.
8. (l) Records at headquarters of district shall also be prepared. as far as possible according to these instructions for
fulfilment of main objects of intelligence bureau. Special care shall be taken in obtaining photos of criminals who are either
history-sheeters or\other types of criminals.
(2) Information is sent to Central Bureau of Investigation every month according to procedure given in Appendix
86 where these are compiled on All-India Level. Hence, all, infonnations relating to this shall be sent from district
headquarters to Criminal Intelligence Bureau by the end of the first week of the month.
9. The Criminal Intelligence Bureau shall send the required material without delay by quickest means as soon as
informations concerning crime are called for from Superintendents and other police officers. A record of each information
called for and submitted shall be kept in a separate register with the address of the officer who supplied the information.
After every three months. this register shall be put up before the Superintendent. Criminal Investigation Department for his
information and necessary direction.
10. The “Identity kit” and “Lie detector” have special importance in the investigation of crime. These shall also be
kept in Intelligence Bureau so that they may be utilized in detection from time to time.

APPENDIX 22
PHOTOGRAPHIC BUREAU
(RULE 422)
1. The Photographic Bureau is manned by trained Photo Experts with branches in each District Headquarters.
It would be attached to the Criminal Investigation Department but its services would be available to the Intelligence
Department as well.
Functions.—The functions of the Bureau are to—

(a) prepare and keep negatives of persons regarding whom record is kept in Criminal Intelligence
Bureau;
(b) enlarge and photograph marks at scene of crime by 'Photomicrography' or 'Photornacrography';
(c) use cinematography for picking up rioters, following criminals in hit and run cases and making
moving
pictures for identification of personal traits like 'gait', 'stoop' etc.;
(d) prepare photographs of unidentified corpses, and their blocks by halftone process, etc. for
publication
in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette:
(e) photograph and enlarge finger prints, foot prints, documents, etc. (both disputed and specimens) for
purposes of comparison by varied sources of illumination;
(f) manage and supervise the field photo units and to see that proper guidance and photo materials are
regularly given if or their smooth working;
(g) do research: in the field of photography and to give aids in scientific investigation and to hold
training
courses for existing and new incumbents㼠in◌֓ the Bureau and allied offices;
(h) train police officers in photography work.
2. Recruitment of staff.—(a) Junior Experts will be appointed direct by a selection committee consisting of
Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent, C.I.D. and Director of Photo Bureau. They will be issued with
appointment certificate by the Deputy Inspector-General. The, recruitment of senior expert will be effected by
promotion from the rank of junior experts according to seniority through a departmental selection committee
consisting of Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent, C.I.D. and Director, Photo Bureau. The ratio between
Junior and Senior Experts will be 2:1.
(b) The minimum educational qualification for recruitment to the cadre of Junior Experts should be Intermediate
or its equivalent with a practical experience of five years in the field of photography. Suitable young officers up to
the rank of Sub-Inspector may be allowed to apply for the posts of Junior Experts as and when vacancy occurs and
they should be given due consideration.
(c) The ministerial and other subordinate employees in the Bureau as sanctioned would be drawn from the
General Police strength of the C.I.D.
(d) The post of Director shall be filled by promotion from the serving personnel on the basis of seniority and
service records. The selection will be made by the Inspector-General's Board on the basis of nominations made
by Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D. Since this will be a Gazetted post, the recommendation of the Inspector-
General's Board will have to be sent to Government for orders.

3. For discipline and Appeal rules, see Rule 824-B(c).
4. Training.—It is necessary that after appointment the experts should be given an intensive training in (a)
photography under Ultra Violet and Infra-Red rays, etc., (b) colour photography, (c) Reflex printing (photostat), (d)
identification of skulls by "superimposition" with Photographs, (e) handling of Tape recorders etc. For this a
programme of training would be drawn up and approved by Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D. Instructions given
regarding looking for finger prints at the place of occurrence of a crime (Appendix 77) and packing and forwarding
articles bearing finger prints (Appendix 78) should be studied. Periodical refresher and advanced courses for the
experts should also be arranged at Central Detective Training School. Calcutta or elsewhere.
5. Staff.—(a) Each district unit will have at least two experts. Each unit should be equipped with a close up
camera for portraiture and also an enlarger and ancillary equipments.
(b) The leave and training reserve for the photo units will be provided in each rank, the leave reserve being
attached to units concerned and the training reserve being kept at Photo Bureau Headquarters.
(c) The officers attached to the Photo Units will work in plain cloth. They may be issued Identity Cards
(Appendix 27) if necessary. Where they have to carry cameras for long distance, a vehicle should be provided.
6. Furniture.—The articles of furniture of photo units, i.e., almirahs. tables and chairs, black curtains, soap,
towels, etc. should be provided by the Superintendent of the district. He should also ensure all facilities for smooth
functioning of such units. Two or more rooms: for "dark room" and office-cum-record room have also to be
provided.
7. (a) Whenever Investigating Officers require the services of photographers attached to their District Photo
Unit they should send their requisitions to their Superintendent
传◌֓ for necessary deputation.
(b) Whenever Investigating Officers require the services of Photographic Bureau at Patna the requisition
should be sent to Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D. through the Superintendent of the district concerned.
8. List of local photographers.—A list shall be maintained by each District Superintendent with a copy to
Deputy Inspector-General. C.I.D. showing the places at which those photographers reside who have agreed to take
photographs. Their rates for different sizes of photographs should be fixed by C.I.D. every year. In case of non
availability of departmental photographs, the services of such photographers, shall be utilised in urgent cases of
important nature or in emergencies. In that case an officer not below the rank of a Sub-Inspector shall be present
when the photograph is taken. He shall also be present when the negative is developed and the minimum required
number of prints are made out. He shall also take charge of the negative to the prints. Every photographer should
be informed that supplying of a photo to any person other than the person ordering the photograph is subject to
prosecution under Section 4 of the Official Secrets Act (15 of 1889).
9. Photo materials.—To ensure free flow of photo materials from the Photo Bureau Headquarters the Officers
of District Photo Units should submit their monthly indents and statement of work done in the previous month, by
the first week of the next month to the Director, Photo Bureau through their respective District Superintendents.
The photo materials should be sent to them positively in the first week of the next month. In emergency, the photo
unit staff may make a local purchase of photo materials worth Rs. 50 (rupees fifty) only with the written permission
of the Superintendent of the District. Payment will be made from: C.I.D. headquarter.
A permanent stock book and distribution register in the usual proforma will he maintained by the Director.
Photo Bureau, who will also keep committee register regarding purchase of equipment, etc.

10. In order to avoid return of the officers of the Photo Unit without optical examination of chance prints, etc.,
the District Superintendents should ensure availability of fine brush, grey and black powder and magnifying glass
to their Photo Units, even from their own funds, if not available from Criminal Intelligence Department.
11. (a) Photographs of only convicted persons shall ordinarily be taken by an order of the Superintendent in
the jail parade register under Sections 3, 4 and 5 of Identification of Prisoners Act (33 of 1920). In that case the
Superintendent would add the word "Photo" after P.R., order (Rule 330) i.e. "P.R./Photo".
(b) Photographs of persons, not previously convicted, can be kept on permanent? record under a written order
of a Magistrate under Section 7 of the same Act. If a person refuses to be photographed, a prosecution report shall
be submitted by the Photo Expert through the Court Officer.
(c) Photographs of prisoners required in connection with an. investigation or proceeding shall only be taken in
cases in which unnecessary expense or inconvenience would be caused by the transit of the prisoner or witnesses,
without applying some preliminary test.
(d) Photographs may be taken for record even before disposal of a case when there is a suspicion that the
person later might not be easily available or might abscond. In that case, the photos shall be developed but not
printed and their negatives shall be kept in the personal custody of (lie Superintendent so that allegations are not
made by the defence that the photographs were used for the purpose of tutoring witnesses, etc. Similarly, if a
dossier holder whose photo is attached with the dossier is concerned in a case, this should be kept in the personal
custody of a responsible Police Officer till the investigation is completed.
(e) Responsibility for seeing that photographs are taken for record.—The District Crime Bureau should draw
◌֓
a programme for recording the photographs in different传jails by District Photo Unit
12. Negatives to be sent with copies for record.—(a) Negatives of each case should normally be returned to
the Investigating Officers concerned after disposal of the case. Negatives of History sheeters of Criminal Intelligence
Bureau should invariably be sent to State Headquarter of the Photo Bureau for record. Negatives of persons whose
Photo is taken under clause 11 (a) shall be sent in a sealed cover in District Photo Bureau for record.
(b) Negatives should be sent invariably to headquarters of State Photo Bureau In wooden boxes and not in
cardboard boxes to save them from damage.
(c) Destruction of negatives kept in District Photo Units will be don- only utter the approval of the Photo
Bureau Headquarters.
13. Photography of finger and foot prints.—Photographs of latent finger prints and foot prints should be
submitted through the Superintendent to the "Director, Finger Prints Bureau, Criminal Investigation Department,
Bihar, Patna for special examination. Normally a finger print expert should accompany Photo Expert when latent
finger prints are to be photographed so that no risk is taken in developing it.
14. Photographs for a specific purpose in connection with an investigation.—A photograph intended to
be used for the purposes of identification should be placed in a sealed cover with eight or ten photographs of other
persons, taken under similar conditions and shall be despatched by the Superintendent in whose district the case is
registered to the officer deputed to conduct the identification with instructions that the packet should not be opened
until the time of identification. Even at the time of identification the packet shall be opened only in presence of the
witness, whose identification is to be tested and in presence either of the Magistrate invited to preside over the

identification or two or more respectable persons. The result of identification should be noted in P.M. form No. 42.
The photograph identified, if any, shall be attested and signed by the Magistrate or persons specified.
15. Photographs, how to be taken.—When, individuals are separately photographed their photographs shall
ordinarily be taken by the) head and shoulders only, in full face and in left and right profile separately as well. In
important cases, a standing photo with a measuring scale should be taken. Should there be any marked peculiarity
that would not be noticeable in the full face, i.e., deformities of the legs or arms or other peculiar conditions, the
photographs should include the affected limbs with a measuring scale beside it clearly showing the length of the
same. Prisoners should he photographed in ordinary and not in prison dress. No one should be allowed to change
in appearance such as beard etc., before being photographed. The photographs should be in size 2l/2" x 2W or in
bigger size if specially required.
16. Inspection.—An inspection of field units will be held once a year by the Director of the Photo Bureau and
if for special reasons this cannot be done, the inspection will be conducted by the seniormost expert of the Bureau.
The inspections, among other things, should keep in view up-keep of cameras and accessories, and dark
equipment.
• •
传◌֓

APPENDIX 23
INSTRUCTIONS FOR TAKING TRACINGS AND CASTS OF FOOT-PRINTS
(RULE 167)
1. The foot-prints found at the place of occurrence may be used in tracing out the culprits and as evidences in
Courts.
2. The Investigating Officers should search for foot-prints at following places :—
(a) At the place of occurrence.
(b) Around the place of occurrence.
(c) At the possible entrances and exits by criminals.
(d) At places where the criminals assembled for the preparation of committing the crime or for the
distribution of the booty.
3. Ordinarily two kinds of foot-prints may be found at the place of occurrence :—
(a) Surface prints in dust, blood, cement medium, etc.
(b) Sunken prints found in soft surface in sand, wet earth, etc.
4. Protection of foot-prints.—If the Investigating Officer is unable to record the footprints, he should take
precautions to protect them from wind, rain and weather conditions and insects. Although no definite procedure
can be laid down, generally following precautions may be taken :—
(a) If the chance prints are on such articles which can be removed, these should be taken under police
custody. The following informations should be noted on them:—
传◌֓
(1) Name of the police-station, case number and section of law.
(2) Signature of the Investigating Officer.
(3) Signatures of two independent witnesses.
(b) If the chance prints are on such articles which cannot be removed and are in a room, they should be
covered and the room closed.
(c) Foot-prints on walls should be covered with paper but the paper should not come in contact with the
foot-print.
(d) If the chance prints are at such a place where it is exposed to be destroyed by wind or rain, they should
be covered with such a pot that water does not enter into it. To protect the rain water from entering
into the covering, a drain should be made around it. A diagram of the foot-print should also be prepared
indicating the directions and other details and signatures of two independent witnesses should also be
taken. A guard should be deputed to see that the chance prints are not disturbed till they are recorded.
5. Methods of recording foot-prints.—The methods of recording foot-prints should be determined according
to their nature and location. Generally, there are following three methods of recording them :—
(a) Photography.
(b) Tracing.
(c) Casting.

6. All kinds of foot-prints should he photographed first of all because these may be destroyed while preparing
casts. While taking photography, the plane of the lens of the camera should lie parallel to the plane of the surface
of the foot-prints so that a distorted view may not appear in the photograph. It is also necessary to keep a graduated
inch tape by the side of the chance print. This measurement is necessary with a view to preparing photo enlargements
of actual size. The informations required in para. 17(a), should be noted on a piece of paper and placed by the
side
of the foot-print before taking -photograph.
7. Tracing.—It is necessary to be cautious in copying the outlines by tracing. A glass or cellulloid plate of
11"
x 6" should be mounted on a small frame and placed above the foot-print in such a way that neither the frame nor
the glass may come in contact with it. The outlines of the foot-print should be drawn with a tracing coloured pencil
on the glass. The eyes should be just above the point of the pencil and at perpendicular because it is the eyes which
draw the outlines of the foot-print. After tracing the outlines on the glass, it should be traced on paper and the
informations required in para 17 should he noted thereon. If a glass or cellulloid plate is not available, transparent
paper may be used.
8. Procedure for preparing casts.—Casts should be prepared to record sunken footprints. The following
things may be used for preparing casts : —
(1) Plaster of Paris.
(2) Wax.
(3) Resin.
(4) Sulphur.
传◌֓
(5) Polters clay.
Preparing casts with Plaster of Paris is the best and simplest method.
9. The materials required for an average cast are a Kilogram of fresh Plaster of Paris, some thin flat strips
about 3 or 4 inches wide of tin, wood or cardboard, a metal vessel capable of holding a kilogram and a half of water
and some grease such as ghee or thick oil. Earthenware vessels must be avoided unless the inner surface is enamelled
or strongly glazed. Plaster of Paris is a fine powder which is easily affected by the atmosphere and must he kept
in the airtight tins in which it is supplied and these should never be opened except at the place where a cast is to
be taken and then only foi the few seconds necessary for extracting the amount of the powder required.
10. Before detailing the actual procedure, it is necessary to point out at once the prepared plaster is poured
over a print the print is completely destroyed, and so unless the officer is confident that he can obtain a good cast,
he should not attempt the operation, but send a telegram or wireless for someone who can do so or who can take
a good drawing of the print. It is in fact always advisable to have a tracing made. It is also an advisable preliminary
to prepare a small quantity of the plaster to see if it sets properly as it is not as a rule possible to say whether the
plaster has deteriorated or not by any other means.
11. Having brought the material to the spot of foot-print and secured the attendance of witnesses to the
operation, who if possible should be those who had signed the map vide para. 4 (d), the covering and barrier
erected as detailed in para 4(d) should be carefully removed A fresh barrier of the strips of tin, wood or cardboard
should be placed round the foot-print forming a rectangular container for the plaster. The container should be
banked up outside with wet earth; clay for preference, in such a way that water would not easily escape through
it. The barrier should leave about half an inch margin round the two sides and the toe end of the print at about two

inches at the heel end. The inner surface of the strips should be well greased with ghee or oil before being put in
position.
12. Sometimes it is necessary to prepare the ground, before a cast is prepared, specially when the foot-print is
on fine dry sand, dust or on any soft surface. For this, spreading a thin film of shellac may be useful because shellac
hardens quickly and it enables very soft surface to take the load "of the plaster. A flit sprayer may be used to spray
the shellac. Shellac should be dissolved in spirit and the mixture should be sprayed over the surface of the foot
print by flit pump or a good sprayer at such a distance that the shellac mixture falls on the surface of the foot-punt
like a soft-cloud and may not damage the foot-print by spoiling its characteristics. When the shellac layer dries and
hardens after a few minutes, taicum powder should be lightly sprayed over it. After that a thin mixture of the plaster
of pans in small quantity should be poured over it so that a thin layer may be formed on the foot-print. After this the
container should be filled with the thicker mixture of the plaster of paris.
Sometimes it may be useful to spread a small quantity of oil over the shellac layer. After giving the treatment
noted above, cast should be prepared.
13. Casts of foot-prints on sand may be prepared from melted paraffin wax. Water may be sprayed over the
sand in such a way that it becomes fully wet. A trough should be prepared around the foot-print, the lowest level of
which should he higher at least by an inch from the highest level of the foot-print. After that, a drain should be
prepared leading to the foot-print from which the melted paraffin wax may enter into the foot-print evenly in such
a way that no characteristics are destroyed. Before pouring the paraffin, the trough and the drain should also be
made wet by spraying water. A barrier of card-board should be erected around the foot-print so that paraffin does
not leak out. Paraffin should be cooled in a container after melting it. While cooling, it should be continuously
stirred till one can bear the temperature by putting his finger
传◌in
֓ it. The thickness of the cast should be about one and
half inch.
14. Having fixed up the container as detailed in para 11, the plaster will be prepared. The quantity required
will depend on the size and depth of the print of the barrier. A print in dust or a cement or hard floor will obviously
require very much less than one in loose mud. For the average print with a barrier 13" x 6", a kilogram (nett weight)
of powder will be required. For deep prints as much as two kilograms will be necessary. It is always, however,
better to have too much than too little as a thick cast is less liable to break. The solution should be prepared in a
vessel made of metal or enamel in the proportion of 3 parts of water to 4 parts of the powder. The powder should
be poured from the top after keeping water in the vessel, stirring the mixture briskly and continuously until it
shows signs of thickening. This is the most critical stage of the operation. The consistency required is that of
cream. If it is used too thin, the excess moisture will be absorbed by the ground and the eventual cast will be brittle.
When the foot-print is in clay soil or on a hard substance the mixture may and as a rule should be poured in before
it thickens, as there is little chance of the water in it being absorbed and a thin mixture gives better definition. If it
is allowed to get too thick, the plaster will stick to the vessel and will not run over the print. Immediately it reaches
the correct consistency the mixture must be carefully poured into the mould at the heel end, at which two inches
space has been allowed, taking care that the actual spot where the mixture meets the ground is outside the print.
The mixture will run evenly over the print and in about fifteen minutes will have set. It must be left to harden for
at least half an hour, much longer if the atmosphere is humid. When the cast is felt warm it ma}' be considered
proper to lift it.
15. While pouring the plaster, it should he seen that the cast has been moulded uniformly of thickness of about
l/3rd of an inch and then three or four reinforcement rods, the length of which should be slightly less than that of the

print, should be placed carefully so that these may not touch the bottom of surface due to pressure. After that the
plaster should again be poured and left to harden.
16. The barrier will be removed after following the procedure given in para 14 and the cast carefully lifted off
the ground and placed with all the earth, etc. adhering to it upside down on a flat board so as to allow the under
surface to dry. Great care is essential in lifting casts. If the impression is in wand or loose stony or gravelly soil the
cast will, as a rule, come away easily, with a fair number of stones sticking to it. These can be very carefully
removed, except where these are actually embedded in the cast, in which case they must on no account be
removed. If the cast is in dry dusty soil the excess moisture will generally cake the spill all round, and it will stick
to the cast to a depth of 2 or 3 inches. In such cases, and also when the impression is in clay soil, it will be
necessary to dig up the cast carefully with all the earth sticking to it. It can then be turned upside down and the
extraneous matter carefully slowly removed. In the case of a cast taken on hard smooth surface covered with a
thin layer of fine dust as for instance on a pucca a or stone floor, the cast should be made fairly thick and left for
at least an hour. When the cast is completely dried and hardened, it should be carefully cleaned with brush or kept
under running water.
17. (a) Before the cast is completely hardened and lifted from the ground, the following particulars should
be carefully written on it:—
(1) Name of the police-station, case number, date arid section of law.
(2) Nature of the surface of the print.
(3) Location of the foot-print and its directions.
(4) Distance of the foot-print from two fixed points with directions.
(5) Signature of the officer preparing the cast.
(6) Signatures of two independent witnesses. 传◌֓
(b) The particulars required in para 11 (a) above should also be noted on tracings described in para 7, in
addition to the medium of the print, e.g., blood, colour, ink, dried dust, etc.
18. When plaster of paris is not available, casts may be prepared with wax. Wax may be melted in a pot and
poured in appropriate quantity for sufficient thickness. The wax will harden after about 15 minutes and cast will
be
ready. Before the wax completely hardens particulars given in para 17(a) should be noted on it.
19. Potter's clay may also be used for preparing casts. First of all some potter's clay should he taken and
cleaned, i.e., it should be made free from stone pieces, grass or straw. Rome water and some thick oil like mustard
oil, grease, etc. should be mixed with it to make the clay a fine paste. About 2 oz. of oil will be sufficient for one
foot-print. The paste should be slightly thicker than the consistency of the plaster of paris. When the paste is ready
some dry powder like flour, fine ash or finely powdered bricks should be sprayed over the foot-print. The clay of
the cast will not unnecessarily stick to the surface of the print due to the above treatment and the cast should not
be moved until it is completely dried. The oil in the paste prevents the possibilities of cracks in-casts.
20. When the foot-print is on flour or sand, cast may also be prepared with stearine powder. The powder
should be put in sufficient quantity into the print up to about 1 '/2 inch height. After that some metal or tin plate
should be placed above the powder so that it does not actually touch the powder. Burning coal should be placed
over the plate. After sometime the powder below the plate will melt and start entering into the sand. When the
process of melting is over, the fire and the plate should be removed and the surface should be allowed to cool. After
being cooled, the cast will be ready. Such casts are very tender and require extra care in handling.

21. If the foot-print is on snow, cast will be prepared in the following manner. First some talcum powder
should be sprayed lightly over the foot-print and after that shellac should be sprayed over it. When the shellac is
still wet, talcum powder should again be sprayed over it. After repeating this process for three times, a thin skin
like layer will be formed which protects it. After the above procedure, plaster of paris cast should be prepared.
22. Casts may also be prepared after melting sulphur. This should be grinded and then melted by heating
process and while melting, it should be continuously stirred. This process should not be done quickly because in
113 that way, it attains such a consistency that it cannot be used. Sulphur melts like water at 115°C. It should be seen that
sulphur does not burn while melting because sulphur may be destroyed due to this. When all the sulphur melts, it should be
cooled after continuously stirring it until small pieces appear on the surface. It should be poured into the foot-print after stirring
finally. The sulphur which comes in contact with snow immediately hardens and therefore, it is possible to directly pour the
sulphur over the last layer of the foot-print. The cast should be above 3/4 inch thick and it should be lifted as soon as
possible.
23. If the foot-print is under water as it may be on the sea shores, plaster of paris should be directly sprayed
over the water with a gauge or sieve in order to prepare a cast. The plaster, in this way, will reach the bottom of the
foot-print and a hard layer will be formed.
24. When a foot-print is left with wet foot or foot be smeared with blood, it can be lifted on a photo film also,
the procedure of which is laid down below :—
An undeveloped circuit film of 8"x 12" size may be emerged in "hypo" and dried. When required, its sensitive
side should he made wet and waited for till it becomes sticky. Then, this photo film should be placed over the
foot-print and pressed uniformly. Lift the film after a few minutes and it will be found that the foot-print has
been printed over it. This may be used as negative传and
◌֓ as many copies as required, may be prepared out of it.
25. Identity of criminals may also be established by walking pictures when two or more impressions of both the left and
right feet are found consecutively.
26. Walking pictures are highly individual and one can identify the person who makes them in walking
because the weight of the body exerts greater pressure on the outer and rear portion of the heel and sole. The
pressure is strongest against the heel and the foremost part of the foot.
"Walking picture" means the whole ensemble of foot-prints left by the walker. A detailed description of measuring
the walking picture is given in Finger and Foot-Print Manual and in the book "Foot Prints" by Mr. G.W. Gayer,
I.P.
• •

APPENDIX 24
HINTS ON DETECTING COUNTERFEIT COINS
(RULE 167)
1. Counterfeit coins are divided into three classes :—
(a) Cast
(b) Struck
(c) Cast and struck mixed.
CAST COINS
2. The cast counterfeit coins are most numerous and easiest to detect. For preparing such coins, it is essential to have a
mould in which the molten metal is poured. The mould is made o\' fine clay and other ingredients such as finely powdered
charcoal, slate, chalk, sand, plaster of paris. porcelain and sulphur, molasses, shellac, resin, cement, gum, etc. and consists of two
halves, contained in collars made of wood, iron and clay. Into one of these the genuine coin used for the impression is usually
embedded t i l l its upper face is level with the mould, and contains therefore, one side of the impression and the milling. The
other half has the other face of the coin impressed on it but contains no portion of the milling. The two are carefully joined
together and a clay or tin funnel is attached, through which the metal is poured into grooves, one for the purpose of admitting
the metal and the other for the escape of the contained air having been cut in the collars previous to joining. When cool the coin
is extracted bybreaking up the mould and is then thoroughly cleaned., usually with tamarind juice, and the imperfections in
the milling and on the coin are touched up with a file or other instrument. From this it is clear that where there is suspicion of
preparation of counterfeit cast coins, what materials should be there.
3. Defects in a cast coin.—(1) Pitted marks or pin-holes scattered over one or both faces of the coin. These pin-holes
◌֓
are due to coarse grains in the composition of the moulds and传also due to the contraction of the metal when cooling.
(2) Minute '"beads" of metal running along the inner rim of the coin, round the lettering and interspersed through the
floral design on the reverse. These are the results of other imperfections in the mould.
(3) Marks or scratches on the coin, due to an attempt to remove defects with a sharp pointed instrument.
(4) The milling or serrations round the periphery of a genuine silver coin is invariably at right angles to the perimeter
and all the serrations are equidistant from each other and the "nits" cut right through the edge of the perimeter. In a cast coin
the serrations have to be made by hand at the point where the funnel is attached to the mould and often through failure of the
mould to give clear enough detail, along the entire perimeter of the coin. These are invariably oblique and at irregular intervals.
The "milling" is also rendered defective by the two halves of the mould not being kept closely and exactly together,
leaving a slight aperture l round the edge, which causes the metal to flow over and solidify on the periphery, defacing the serrations
by a continuous or broken ribbon of metal canning a double milling as the case may be. These defects can be readily
distinguished when the coin is turned slowly round between two genuine coins with the edge facing the examiner.
(5) The loops of letters such as in English O R P D A and in Hindi क, ग, प, and म and of figures such as 6, 8,
9 and in the legend or denomination are often completely filled in by metal.

(6) A cast coin may also be irregular in thickness. This can be seen when the coin is turned round with the edge
facing the examiner.
(7) Accidental cracks in a mould will cause a line of metal to appear in relief, across the casting.
(8) Portions of the design and lettering may appear doubled due to an inadvertend lateral pressure of the
genuine coin when preparing the mould, resulting in a doubling of the design in places.
STRUCK COINS
4. To produce a "struck coin" metal dies are required. There are two ways in which dies can be prepared :—
(a) By engraving the design by hand. (If such dies are discovered the engraving instruments should be
searched for.)
(b) Two round blocks of "Kansa" metal are thoroughly faced on one side, and are put into a slow charcoal
fire. When both the blocks are red hot they are extracted and a genuine coin is placed between the two
blocks with their "faced" sides touching the coin. A smart heavy blow or pressure in a press will cause
the design to be impressed on the hot blocks of "Kansa" metal.
Having obtained the impressions of both sides of the coin the rims of the blocks are cut off till the correct
diameter of the coin is obtained. A ring of brass or steel is then prepared to fit the neck of the dies perfectly, and on
the inside of the ring "serrations" are cut with the aid of a saw or some other instrument.
To strike a coin from these dies it is necessary first传to
◌֓
make a "disc" or "blank" of the metal of which the coin
is to be struck. The disc is placed between the two dies and within the collar and is subjected to heavy pressure in
a press or given several hard blows with a heavy instrument,
5. Defects in a struck coin.—( i ) If the struck coins have been prepared from dies which have been hand
engraved the defects are numerous and often very palpable.
(a) The "pearls" (or the string of dots closely knitted together round the perimeter of a coin) are not
equidistant and regular in shape or size.
(b) The lettering in the legend is sometimes irregularly placed and not symmetrical in size.
(c) The effigy is defective.
(d) The details of the picture are crudely executed.
(e) The relief of the design is faulty.
(ii) The letterings and designs may be doubled as the result of the shifting of the dies between the blows
required to strike up the discs into a coin.
(iii) The milling is invariably defective. The ruts are either not equidistant or arc obliquely executed.
6. Other defects applicable to both struck and cast coins.—(i) The majority of counterfeit coins are
considerably lighter than genuine coins.
(ii) When rung on a stone slab or similar hard surface counterfeit coins give a dull defective ring.

(iii) A dull leaden appearance would generally point to the coins being counterfeit. Some counterfeits have a
peculiar glazed appearance. Coins which feel greasy to the touch should be carefully examined.
(iv) Counterfeits made from tin or a mixture of tin and lead can be bent and if held close to the ear they will often
emit a cracking noise when bent between the fingers.
(v) Sometimes the obverse and reverse of a coin arc anachronistic. For this purpose, informations regarding the
changes in the designs of different coins should be obtained from Mint Master. Alipore from time to time. Some of
these changes are noted below : —
(a) The replica of "Lion capital of the Ashoka pillar" head" on coins in 1950. replaced the "King's
(b) From April, 1957, the metric system was introduced and Vi rupee and lA rupee coins were replaced by
"50 Naye Paise" and "25 Naye Paise" coins. In 1964. the words "Naya" and "Naye" were dropped
from the coin designs, leaving the words "Paisa" and "Paise" as the case may be. Thus, if a coin bears
the words "Naya or Naye Paise" and the calendar year is after 1964 say 1966, it is clearly counterfeit.
(c) A list of some of the legal tender coins issued since 1957 bearing the year of manufacture and main
features stamped on the coins, is given below in order of value :—
Main Features or the Coins
Denomination Obverse Reverse Year of issue
(I) 20 Rupee... Lion. Capital of Ashoka On the vertical central 1973
Pillar etc. tablet, it bears the legend
‘अधक अन उगाओ ' in
传◌֓ Hindi, and "grow more
food" in English.
(II) ■ ■ -
10 Rupee... Effigy of Gandhiji in Replica Ashoka Pillar in 1969
profile facing left. Legend centre Fig. 10 and a dot
'Mahatma Gandhi' in below, 'पये’ ‘भारत’,
Hindi and English, 'India' Rupee' around
period of life span in English.
'1869-1948'given below
in international numerals.
(III) 10 Rupee... Replica of Ashoka Pillar Rising Sun on the top, 1970
Lion Capital in the full bloom Lotus noted
middle. Fig. '10' below below India's National
the Capital Legend. flower on water surface.
(IV) 10 Rupee... Lion Capital of Ashoka Two youths (man and 1972
Pillar, Word India in woman) the man holding
English. national flag along with the
Parliament House in the
background year 1947. 1972,
and ‘25वीं !वतं"ता जयती |

Main Features or the Coins
Denomination
Obverse Reverse
(V) 10 Rupee... Lion Capital of Asoka On the vertical central 1973
Pillar, etc. tablet bears the legend
‘अधक अन उगाओ’ in Hindi
and 'Grow More Food ' in
English.
(VI) 1 Rupee... Replica of Lion Capital In the centre the nume- 1962
of Ashoka Pillar in the ral '1 and Word ‘%पया’ in
middle. Legend ‘भारत’ in Hindi above the nume ral.
Devanagri Script on the Word ' Rupee " in English
left and right "India . below the numeral and
Beaded circle with 50 below that the year of
beads. Security edged coinage shears of corn on
with 200 serrations. the sides.
(VII) 1 Rupee Effigy of Jawahar Lai Nehru Lion Capital of Ashoka 1964
bare headed facing left in Pillar at the top and
profile. Name above figures- figure " 1 ' below the A.
1889-1964'indicating his life P. Replica with words
span, below two five pointed ‘%पया’, ‘भारत’ in Hindi and
stars. ' India' and "Rupee' in
English.
(VIII) 1 Rupee... Fffigy of Mahatma Gandhi Replica of Lion Capital 1969
bare headed facing left. 镠◌֕ of Ashoka Pillar in the
Legend ' Mahatma Gandhi ' middle' INDIA''ONI. Rl
in Hindi and English. His IPEE ' around the
life span •1869-1948'below. replica.
(IX) 1 Rupee- Replica of Lion capital In the centre the numeral 1972.
‘1’ and word ‘%पया’ in
of Ashoka Pillar in the middle.
Hindi above the
Legend ‘भारत’ in Devanagri Script
numeral. Word 'Rupee'
on the left and right 'India' Beaded in English below the
circle with 50 beads. Security numeral and below that
edged with 200 serrations. the year of coinage.
Shears of corn on the
sides:
MATERIALS TO BE SEARCHED FOR.
7. During a house search the Investigating Officer may expect to find and should seize in addition to the
moulds, dies and materials from which they are made as described in paras 2 and 4, any of the following materials
and accessories :—
(a) Pieces of zinc, Kansa, tin. lead, copper and silver.
(b) Alum, saltpetre and borax used for melting the metals.

MISCELLANEOUS
8. (a) A suspected coin should be compared with more than one genuine coins of the same description and should be
examined in good light preferably with a magnifying glass. It should also be weighed against genuine coins showing a similar
amount of wear, as most of the counterfeit coins are lighter than the genuine ones.
(b) The rim of a genuine coin is regularly milled with straight lines at right angles to the face. In counterfeit coins the
lines of milling are generally at a slant, the spaces between the teeth are irregular, and the lines themselves are uneven and broken.
The milling can be examined by placing the suspected coin between two good ones of the same description so that the rims of
all three are close together and can be seen at the same time. Defects can be easily found by this process.
(c) As genuine coins may be used in making ornament for which the edges are required to be touched up, no coin should
be classed as counterfeit only on account of bad milling. However, a coin with a good milling is generally not counterfeit.
9. As genuine coins are not cast, all cast coins can be considered as counterfeit.
10. A counterfeit coin will generally be found to exhibit at least two of the faults indicated earlier. Therefore, merely for
one fault a coin should not be straightway condemned as counterfeit.
11. Standard silver coins (counterfeit) are generally found either struck or cast but in quaternary Alloy and pure Nickel
coins, they are also found to have been prepared by a combination of both the processes
12. Ring Test.—(a) As stated in para 6(2) above, counterfeits, as a rule, do not produce a clear ring if made of base metal
but ring test is not a conclusive test as counterfeits occasionally ring well. Their genuine equivalent coins are sometimes
"dumb" due to small cracks or flaws in the- metal. The presence of cracks, if visible, on the edge of the coin would indicate
that the coin is genuine. 슠
Another example of failure of ring test is that of genuine coins of pure nickel which have no ring at all. Even among
other genuine coins, there is a variation in the tone of ringing as for example, in pure silver coins or those with high touch of
silver, there is clear ringing but quaternary genuine alloy coins with 50 per cent silver give higher ring.
(b) In such cases of pure nickel coins, the "dumbness" is however compensated for by their magnetic properties and a cheap
magnet can easily distinguish a counterfeit from a genuine coin.
Howeverr cupro-nickel coins (and also bronze coins) of the year 1946 and onwards, are non magnetic.
• •

APPENDIX 25
POLICE LABORATORY
[RULES 167 AND 410 II(f)(2)]
1. The Police Laboratory is attached with the Criminal Investigation Department. Bihar. Patna. The examiners
of questioned Documents of this Laboratory undertake examination of Documents, Forged Notes, etc.. as mentioned
in detail in item (3) and furnish their expert opinion thereon which are valid in a Court of law.
2. Definitions.—
(a) 'Request writings’ mean writings or signatures written to dictation by the suspect for the purposes of
comparison with the questioned writings.
(b) 'Existing Writings’ mean the writings or signatures written in ordinary coarse of business by the
suspect when he did not know that their writings will be used for comparison with the questioned
writings.
(c) 'Standard writings' mean the, request or existing specimen writings.
3. The following are few examples of examination done in the laboratory :—
(i)(a) Restoration of effaced, obliterated and altered writings on documents.
(b) Determination of the sequence of strokes and also examination of ink lines which were drawn on the
paper either before it was folded or after it to cause fraudulent alteration.
(c) Restoration of writings effaced with chemical erasures.
(d) Detection of interpolations or overwritings on any writing and deciding whether there have been any
substitution of paper. 䱀◌֘
(ii) Typed writings are examined with a view to—

(a) Ascertaining their source.
(b) Determining their time (date) to ascertain whether or not they contain fraudulent alterations or
substituted pages.
(iii) Printed matters are examined and compared with printed script's to determine whether these have been
printed from the same matter.
(iv) Wax seals and its seal impressions and forged notes/drafts/cheques are examined by various methods
including radiation by ultraviolet light to know whether these are forged or genuine or chemically erased
:—
4. The Police-Station Officer should pay attention to following points :—
Care of documents.—Any document which is to be the subject of a Laboratory examination should be handled
with extreme care because these have to be used as exhibits at the time of evidence. In this respect it is
necessary for the thana officer to take following precautions :—
(i) Documents should be subjected to the minimum of handling and these should be saved from
exposure to damp or strong sunlight.
(ii) Documents should not be folded and unfolded unnecessarily. New folds should also not be
introduced.
P.M.-III—9

(iii) Documents should never be cut, torn or trimmed nor should adhesive be applied.
(iv) Except for round circular marks which should be applied with coloured pencils for identification, no
other mark is to be given to documents and these marks should be as limited as practicable. Any marked
change or addition which appears significant should never be made.
(v) Documents should not be punched or pinned but paper clips should be used where necessary.
(vi) Documents should never be carried in pockets where they might be affected by bodily heat or moisture
or become worn and wrinkled or soiled.
(vii) Tracings should never be made. If necessary, for record purposes, it, is better to get these .photographed
and keep their photos.
5. Submission of documents.—
(i) Documents intended for examination should be sent to the Director. Police Laboratory, Bihar, Patna, after
being properly packed and sealed in any one of the following ways :—
(a) The first method is through special messenger. This course should be adopted except when it is
going to be expensive or cause undue consumption of official time.
(b) The second method is "to send by registered post. In order that post offices may remain very
careful for the registered packet, it should be insured at least for Rs. 100 only.
(ii) Documents should never be sent by ordinary post.
(iii) Documents submitted for examination should be accompanied by a forwarding report which should clearly
局◌֘
indicate as to which of the writings are "DISPUTED" and which are "STANDARDS". The disputed writings
should be marked with coloured pencils, with clear identifying marks such as X, X1, X2, or Y, Y1, Y2, etc.
The standard writings should bear similar identifying marks such as A, Ai, Aii, B, Bi, Bii, etc. The standard
writings of one person should be marked in series of only one letter of the alphabet. If proper and necessary,
the disputed and sample documents should each be marked circular with red pencil.
(iv) The nature of the examination of the documents must clearly be indicated preferably in the form of
question.
(v) The history of the case can be narrated in brief in the report.
6. Standards for comparison.—
(i) For comparison with disputed manuscripts or typed writings, proper standards or samples must be sent.
Without suitable standards the Handwriting expert of questioned documents may be unable to express and
justify any worthwhile opinion.
(ii) As to what constitutes the most satisfactory standard, the answer is very simple. In every case the aim should
be to provide an opportunity for the Expert to compare "LIKE with LIKE". "For example, when the
'signature of a person is in dispute, the best standards consist of his genuine signature written before the
date of the disputed signature on similar documents.
The above rule is imperative when pen printing is in dispute. In such circumstances, comparison can be possible
only with sample specimens of pen printing. Generally, it is impossible to compare cursive writing with pen
printing.

(iii) With regard to the amount of standards of writings or typed writings to be submitted, it must be borne
in mind that whilst no examination of documents has ever been prejudiced by too much of standard
material, the reverse has been the case if the standard writing has been less, that is there is less
possibility of getting expert opinion, if the standards are less. The reason for not giving definite
opinion by expert is either that the amount of standard materials is too less or the standard writings
are not useful. With an abundance of standard writings, an effective comparison can be possible with
disputed writing or typed writing by expert.
(iv) Generally, the Investigating Officers can submit two types of standard writings as detailed below:—
(a) Request writings.
(b) Existing writings.
(v) If the accused is willing to give specimens of his handwriting, the following procedure should be
adopted:—
(a) Examine the document and note whether the. Disputed manuscript has been written in a cursive
way, i.e., in ordinary handwriting or pen printing tip block lettering or it is a mixture of all. It
should then be made clear to the accused that he is to give specimen of the type required.
(b) Obtain specimens on paper similar to that of questioned documents and try to match the paper
with all its characteristics. If the disputed writing is not on a big sized paper then big sized paper
is never to be used. Similarly if the disputed writing is on a ruled paper, the sample writing is to
be obtained on a ruled paper. If the questioned document is on an envelop, the sample writing is
to be dictated on such envelops. If the suspected writing is on a cheque, the blank cheques are to
be supplied and accused is to be asked to write himself on it and it is to be seen as to where and
how he writes. If the questioned document is in the nature of an official form, most strenuous
efforts are to be made to obtain similar blank forms on which the accused is to be asked to write.
If blank forms cannot be obtained, endeavour should be made to get its copy prepared on a
typewriter on the paper of same size.
(c) The suspect is to be provided with writing instrument, i.e., pen/pencil similar to that used for
writing the questioned document. Where ink writing is concerned, try to match the nib width.
The ink used need not be matched as this has very little influence on the writing.
(d) Dictate the document to the suspect at a reasonable speed. On account of this, the accused shall
have to slow down his speed of writing in order to disguise his own writing. The time taken, in
writing must be carefully noted. At the time of writing, the writer is never to be shown the
subject matter of dictation.
(e) When the first dictation has been completed the writing should be removed from the sight of the
accused who should be asked to give a second specimen. The second dictation should be given
as fast as possible because if the speed is kept up and he has disguised his first specimen, he will
have difficulty in remembering the details of the disguise previously used.
(f) The procedure detailed in aforesaid paragraphs (d) and (e) should be repeated with two different
pens, preferably on two different dates. If it is to be done on the same day, the dictations should
be given at three different times in a day, each after an interval of two hours. In this way,
specimens of the writing of the suspect on six different sheets are T be obtained.

(g) The age of the writer and any of his physical conditions likely to affect the writing should
be noted on each sheet. The officer, who receives the sample writing, is to attest it on each
page.
6. The following procedure should be adopted in preparing a standard specimen of typed writing:—
(a) Examine the questioned document and note—
(i) The nature of the paper, whether thin paper or thick card,
(ii) Whether the typewriter ribbon used was old or new.
(iii) Whether the typing has been done heavily or lightly.
(b) The paper similar in thickness to that of the questioned document is to be obtained, i.e., thin paper
for standards is not to be used if the questioned writings are on thick postcards.
(c) If the ribbon of the machine differs appreciably from that used for typing the questioned writing,
efforts are to be made to replace it with a ribbon similar to the one used.
(d) The copy of questioned document is to be prepared with approximately the same typing pressure
with which the questioned document has been typed.
(e) If the machine is in bad condition, several copies are to be prepared especially if the amount of
typed writing involved is not very great. This is to give the examiner an opportunity of determining
how the characters of the machine vary,
(f) If the questioned document is a carbon copy, a carbon copy of the standard together with the
original sheet is to be submitted.
7. It is found that a request writing written to dictation by a suspect is often disguised by him. Sometimes
an, innocent person also attempts to disguise his writing or makes it pictorially different from that of the
disputed writing due to false belief that the Expert will be misled. Such a standard is usually not suitable for
comparison. Therefore, the necessity of obtaining existing writings arises. These writings are found to be the
usual writing of the suspect without any attempt of disguise as the writer did not know while writing that these
writings will he used as standards for comparison with the disputed writing. It is of the utmost importance that
such writings should be capable of being proved in g Court of Law as the standard it purports to be. The usual
method of proving the existing writing of an accused is by the evidence of a person such as relation, friend,
employer and by those who are acquainted with his writings and can prove them in Court as witnesses. The
existing writings, of those persons who are witnesses in the Court can be proved by their own admissions in the
Court.
8. In obtaining existing writings, the guiding principle 'LIKE' to be compared with 'LIKE' should be borne
in mind.
(a) In case of disputed signatures on cheques, existing signature on previous cheques issued on the
same Bank and of the same period should be obtained.
(b) In case of disputed writings on rent receipts, etc., the writings on the rent receipts of the same period
should he obtained.
(c) In case of disputed writings or signatures on Money Order Vouchers existing writings or signatures on
previous similar vouchers or acknowledgements should be obtained.

Only the papers bearing the existing writings should be sent and not the whole lot of attached papers.
9. The question which generally confronts Investigating Officers is as to how and from where to obtain
genuine existing writings. To a painstaking Investigating Officer this should present no difficulty.
10. The methods to obtain documents from different departments are given in Appendix 79, clause (9).
11. At present only State Criminal cases registered at Police Stations are undertaken tot examination in the
Police Laboratory but with the special permission of Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department,
examination of the following cases can also be done :—
(a) Non-State cases referred by Civil Courts in which the State is not a party.
(b) Documents connected with registration cases referred by private agencies or by persons who want
enquiry in cases even though the matter is not likely to be presented to Court.
(c) Papers connected with all these rases in (a) to (b) will be examined by the Examiners of Questioned
Documents of Police Laboratory of Bihar State on payment of fees, which shall generally be at par
with the rate given in clause 13. Half of the examination fee will go to Government and the remaining
half shall be distributed in the following way :—
Its 80 per cent shall be distributed equally among the Examiners of Questioned Documents, remaining
15 per cent among photographers and the rest 5 per cent among dl the clerks, technical officers
and store-keeper, etc., of the laboratory.
The T.A. of expert as per Bihar T.A. Rules, 1951 shall be deposited by the party concerned in Court.
12. The Chief State Examiner of Questioned Documents-cuw-Director works under the overall guidance of
the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department and Government Examiners of Questioned
Documents should be placed under him. Besides this there will be assistants, photographers, Liaison Officer and
other staff also in the required number. The rules for appointment of Director and other staff will be similar to those
of F. P. Bureau given in clauee 2 of Appendix 22.
13. Only those questioned documents which are in English, Hindi (either in Deranagri or Kaithi script), Urdu
and Bengali are examined in the Police Laboratory. The services of the Government Examiner of Questioned
Documents, Government of India, 30, Gorachand Road, Calcutta-14 can be utilize -or examination of documents
in other languages and related scripts, but for this, a fee of Rs. 220 per case is payale I in advance through Demand
Draft drawn on the State Bank of India, New Delhi, in favour of "Pay and Accounts officer, D.C.P. W., MHA, New
Delhi".
• •

APPENDIX 26
TREATMENT OF SUSPECTED INFERNAL MACHINES
(RULE 167)
1. Legal and Procedural.—(a) The Indian Explosives Act, 1884 and the rules framed thereunder vide
Explosives Rules, 1940. Gas Cylinder Rules, 1940, the Explosive Substances Act. 1908, the Petroleum Act, 1934
and the rules framed thereunder i.e. the Petroleum Rules, 1937 and Carbide of Calcium Rules, 1937 are important
connected enactments.
(b) The restrictions on sending of explosives by post are given in clause 45(b) of Appendix 101 and for
railways, these are given in Section 59(2) of the Indian Railways Act, 1890.
(c) On the occurrence of any incident of the nature referred to in Section 8 of the Indian Explosives Act or
Section 27 of the Petroleum Act, 1934, the officer-in-charge of the police-station should immediately report full
facts to his superiors and to the Explosives Department. The Superintendent of Police should, if possible, proceed
at once to the place of occurrence. Regarding special reports, Appendix 3 is relevant and action should be taken
accordingly. A reference to the Intelligence Department Manual would also be useful. If the circumstances warrant
an examination by the Explosives Department, the place of occurrence should he guarded and kept undisturbed
except for removal of dead and injured person, etc. For identification of explosives, exploded or unexploded at a
scene of crime in which no risk is involved in their handling Forensic Science Laboratory expert may also be
consulted.
(d) According to Section 6 of Indian Explosives Act, 1884. a person is permitted to keep those explosives
which are authorised by the Central Government. A list of "authorised' explosives" was published in Government
of India notification, Part III, Section 1, dated the 5th June, 1954. vide circular of Department of Explosives, dated
the 28th May. 1954, and also published in the Annual Report of the Department of Explosives. The manufacture of
'"Crackers" i.e. any Chlorate mixture with Sulphur etc. is prohibited, vide Government of India notification No. 3/
12/65-P, Part II (IX). dated the 1st April. 1966.
(e) Detailed instructions would be found in Bureau of Police Research and Development, M.H.A., New
Delhi.,
2. Types.—Explosive substances or objects which may cause explosion are found in the following three
forms :—
(i) Liquids like Nitro-Glyceride.
(ii) Pasty Substances like Gelignite, Geletine-Dynamite, etc.
(iii) Solids like Grenades, Bombs, "Packed Bottles, Tubes, Gas Cylinders, etc.
3. Explosives and allied items are more commonly found in the following forms:—
(a) Gun Powder which is ignited easily by a flame or spark.
(b) Nitro-Glycerine explosive cartridges which are set off by detonators.
(c) Detonators.—These are small tubes made of copper or Aluminium (usually l!/2" long and l/4”n in
diameter) containing a small charge of very sensitive explosive (e.g. Mercury, Fulminate, Lead Azide).
(d) Safety fuse.—It is a slow burning gun powder wrapped up to form a flexible and water proof cable. It is
usually received in coils and is used for firing detonators or for igniting explosives like gnn powder.

(e) Crackers.—A sensitive explosive mixture of Potassium Chlorate, Sulphur, Arsenic Sulphide, etc.
(f) Fire Works.—Sparklers and such items which usually contain - gun powder. These sometimes c ontain
chlorate mixture which is prohibited.
(g) Bombs.—These are made by putting chlorate mixture or gun powder inside metal shells, bottles, tins,
etc. mixed with glass pieces, iron nails, etc. and exploded by percussion caps. The appearance, materials
of construction, shape, size, explosive charge, finish and workmanship vary widely, depending on the
time and skill of the maker. A home-made bomb may look like anything from a ball of jute yarn to a
well finished service type ammunition. Bamboo tubes, cigarette tins, coconut shells, earthen shells,
metal pipes and shells of various types are used in making home-made bombs. Generally, these are
about a kilogram in weight so that these can be conveniently carried and thrown by hand. These may
be set off by the following mechanisms :—
(i) Concussion, dropping or throwing against a hard surface,
(ii) Lighting a fuse which is attached.
(iii) Chemical timing-process in which an ampule of sulphuric acid or other acid kept inside the metal shell is
crushed due to impact and the spilling of acid over the chlorate mixture which results in immediate explosion.
(iv) An electric detonator is set off by closing an Electric Circuit or an> form of current clock work timing
mechanism. Instead of an electric circuit, a safety pin may be pulled out causing explosion after a few
seconds like the hand grenades used in armed forces.
(v) The bomb is exploded by turning it on one side. It has an open phial inside kept over chlorate mixture. When the
position is disturbed, the Acid is split over the mixture causing explosion.
Service bombs have a good finish and bear markings in the form of letters, figures or monograms on the base or on
any part of the bomb.
4. The less common forms in which explosives are found are given below :—
(a) Picric Acid.—These are in forms of crystalline yellow needles made from phenol, sulphuric acid and
nitric acid. Picric acid when mixed with not less than one half of its own weight of water shall not be deemed to
be an explosive.
(b) Gun Cotton.—White in colour, and available in form of slabs or cylinders or loose like ordinary cotton
wool. These are very sensitive and easily ignited,
(c) Fulminates.—These are white grey powders used in percussion caps and detonators. These are very
highly sensitive and explode with the slightest blow, shock or friction.
(d) T.N. T—Light yellow solid, used in shell fillings, bombs and other Military ammunitions.
(e) Letter Bombs, Book Bombs.—Envelopes above 3 mm. in thickness, weighing 40 grams or more contain
charge of about 25 grams of plasticised high explosives or sheet explosives or a wad soaked in mixture of
sugar and potassium chlorate, etc.
Book bombs have sizeable holes cut into the pages, the holes being filled with explosive or a small bomb etc. There
is mechanical spring or other spring so as to cause explosion as soon as the lettter or book is opened.

(f) Booby traps.—Some examples are (i) a gift parcel containing bomb with electrical firing arrangement by a
battery. This may be a cigar-box which explodes on opening, (ii) a cigarette with charged explosive topped up
with tobacco.
5. A list of equipments meant for police-station useful for testing and handling dangerous substances at site
are given below :—
(a) For suspected bombs—
(i) Strong, smooth string of well-twisted cotton yarn or plastic yarn, etc. which is approximately 3 mm. in
diameter and 30 meters long.
(ii) 2 metres long pole of bamboo or wood.
(iii) A bucket or tin can with its top open.
(iv) A sharp knife or a pair of scissors.
(b) For other explosives substances—
(i) a clean glass phial (capacity approximately 150 ml.).
(ii) a tea cup or a glass tumbler;
(iii) a stainless steel teaspoon;
(iv) an anvil (standard weight of 2 kilograms or more would do) and flat, headed hammer;
(v) a candle stick, box of safety match;
(vi) a sharp knife:
(vii) a long needle (needle for sewing office files);
(viii) strip of clean blotting paper, a post card or similar card, a sheet of newspaper.
6. Addresses with designations of the Explosives Department officials having jurisdiction are given below.
They should be contacted when necessary :—
Districts Designation of heads of offices
Dhanbad Controller of Explosives,
Asansol. West Bengal., Telegram:
INSASA, ASANSOL Phone No.
Asansol 2134.
Hazaribagh Deputy Controller of Explosives,
Palamau P.O. Gomia, dist. Hazaribagh, Bihar,
Ranchi Telegram: INSGOM, GOMIA.
Giridih
Other districts of Bihar Deputy Chief Controller of Explosives,
8, Esplanade East, 1st Floor, Calcutta-1.
7. In sending items to the Explosives Department the following points should be reported on—
(a) A description of the outward appearance and shape of the package and if possible the nature of the
material composing the shell or casing.
(b) The approximate size and weight of the package.
(c) The appearance and colour of the water in which it has been placed after 24 hours immersion of the
package, and of the sediment in the water, if any.
8. When the items have been kept secured for test, no attempt should be made to open or remove them without
the orders of the officers of the Explosives Department. It is also desirable that the minimum number of persons,
whether police or non-police should be allowed to be present during the removal, guarding, and opening of any
suspicious package. A package should where practicable, be lowered carefully into a bucket of water from a

sheltered position, such as the angle of a building, since certain substances ignite on contact with water, and no one
must be allowed to approach the bucket for 24 hours. The water in the bucket should not be agitated and should not
be thrown without reference to Controller of Explosives.
9. Procedure for dealing with suspected bombs.—
S.No. Brief description of Method of handling the
suspected object. suspected object.
(a) If it does not look a ball of jute Yarn/cotton Possibly a service ammunition. If I.O. is fully
wool/strips of rag and has a good finish and satisfied that it is safe to remove it to a safe
bears markings of letters, figures or place, it can be taken there otherwise it is to
monograms and it is not fitted with a wick, be left at the site under guard and nearest
or fuse. military authority or Controller of Explosives
is to be contacted.
(b) If it does not look, like a ball of jute yarn It should be surrounded with sand bags till the
etc. and has a metal shell of good or bad arrival of Controller of Explosives.
finish and is fitted, externally with a spring,
loaded hammer secured by a pin or string
(spring may not be visible).
(c) If it does not look, like a ball of jute or Possibly a home made bomb. Surround the object
cotton yarn or strips of rag and is not a with sand bag. Take a strong s t ri n g
cylindrical paper tube fitted with a fuse approximately 30 metres long and make a
(wick) and having an attractive finish like noose at one end. Slip noose on object and
manufactured fire works. 齠◌֪ tighten it at a place where it will not slip. Do
not move object while slipping/ tightening
noose. Take the other end of string 20 to 30
metres away. Take suitable cover (behind
wall or trunk of a big tree or sand bag or in a
ditch). Pull string sharply 2 or 3 times to give
object violent jerk and to disturb its position.
Wait for 15 minutes. Then proceed as
recommended below to collect object or if it
has exploded due to jerks, its remnants;—
(a) Object, has exploded: Collect all remnants of
exploded object and send them within 24
hours to the concerned Controller of
Explosives with full d e t a i l s of how it looked
before explosion and how it exploded.
(b) Object has not exploded : Gently pick it up
And place it over a pad of cotton in a bucket.
Add water until the object is COMPLETELY
SUBMERGED. After 48 hours send through
special messenger to the concerned Inspector
of Explosives in the same bucket without
changing water.

Suspected object. Suspected object.
(d) Object looks like a ball of jute yarn or cotton Possibly a throw down type bomb or a throw down
yarn or strips of cloth. It is not fitted with a wick cracker.
or fuse. (a) Size less than 50 mm. in diameter; Take a
bucket. Gently place object (s) one by one
in the bucket. (DO NOT press objects
between fingers while picking them up).
Add water until Objects are
COMPLETELY SUBMERGED. After 48
hours send objects in the same bucket
(without changing water) to the concerned
Controller of Explosives.
(b) Size 50 mm. or more in diameter: Take
suitable cover and gently push (DON'T
HIT) the object to make it roll a couple of
times. If it does not explode, proceed as
recommended in item (a) above.
If it explodes when rolled, collect all remnants and
send them within 24 hours to the concerned
Controller of Explosives intimating description
of object (s) as you saw and how it exploded.
䕰◌֫
If, however, the bomb is well made and there is a
possibility that the water may not have
penetrated inside or in case of explosive
materials exceeding a pound or so in weight,
send an express telegram to the Controller of
Explosives asking for his assistance.
Possibly a cracker. Send two in a padded box or case
to the concerned Controller of Explosives.
(e) Object looks like ball of jute yarn. It is . Keep remaining quantity in a secure place away
fitted with a wick. Diameter not more than . from sources or fire.
25 mm. It may or may not have attractive .
finish. Could be a book-bomb. DONT OPEN. DON'T
UPTURN OR TILT.
(f) Object looks like a bulky BOOK. Take 60 cm. long sewing thread. Hold both ends of
string tight and pull string gently through different
pages of book. If string passes without
obstruction up to. sewn edge of lx)ok at each
pass, proceed as in the case of parcel. If
passage.of string is obstructed remove book to
an isolated secure place and seek assistance.

. Suspected object. Suspected object.
(g) Object looks like a bulky envelope (letter) (i) Peep through open end or ends. If it contains,
or a closed packet. Above 3 mm. in thickness unusual object, carefully remove it to a secure
and 40 grams or more in weight. It may be over place and seek assistance.
stamped but unregistered, unevenly balanced
or have a bulge. (ii) Hold it against a source of strong light (60 watt,
table lamp) and if contents are uniformly
translucent, it is safe.
(iii) If it has a pin hole with a protruding wire, it

must not he pulled.
(iv) Places the envelope under a fat bound book and

slide the book to uncover stamped end by about
1 cm. keeping remaining portion of the envelop
under the book, cut stamped end as close to the
edge as possible by scissors or razor blade.
Peep inside the envelope "WITHOUT
LIFTING THE BOOK. DO NOT PULL OUT
CONTENTS. If it has explosives, keep it safely
and seek assistance from Controller of
姰 ִ◌
Explosives.
(v) If necessary, gently carry packet/parcel in the

position in which it was received to an open
compound. Take a 100 metre long strong thin
cord; Tie one end of cord to packet/ parcels
surround packet/parcel by sand/earth bags
about 1 metre high; take-other end of cord as
far as possible; shelter yourself behind a wall,
trunk of a tree or in a ditch; pull cord sharply
and violently several times to give the
packet/parcel severe jerks.
Wait for 15 minutes, after carrying out above step. If

parcel explodes, collect remnants and hand
them to Controller of Explosives. If it does not
explode, it should be carefully opened. Open
from the side which is not expected to be
opened. Use non-metallic tool for opening
parcel and examine contents. Then seek
assistance of the Controller of Explosives,

APPENDIX 26—(contd.)
10. Procedure for dealing with liquid explosives.
Sl.No Description and characteristics Tentative identification Remarks Instruction for handling and send-ing samples for
controlling law and sources. examination.
1 2 3 4 5
(a) Brownish or light brown clear liquid.— Nitric Acid. Used in filling '"Acid Avoid contact with skin and clothes. Do not keep in
Gives off pungent nitrous fumes when Control—Poisons Act. Bulbs" to cause severe and metal containers or in glass bottle having metal cap
bottle is opened. Non-inflammable highly Sources—Laboratories, skin injury. or cork. Keep in glass bottle with rubber or glass
corrosive, Effervesses on contact with Market. stopper, send 150 ml. for examination
ground or cemented floor. Miscible with
water.
(b) Colourless, clear liquid.—(i) Thin Alcohol (Rectified spirit. This and CI. (a) are used Keep in a cool place in Vapour tight containers away
consistency, Methylated spirit) for pre¬paring Mercury from sources of fire. Send 150 ml. for exami-nation.
Alcoholic Odour. Volatile. Highly Control—Excise Act. Fulminate and Silver
inflammable burns with pale blue flame. Sources—Licensed Fulminate and extremely
Miscible with water. Dealers, Laboratories sensitive explosive
(ii) Thin consistency. Aromatic odour, volatile Toluene (Toluol) …….. Ditto.
and flammable. Burns with scoty flame, Control—Petroleum Act.
Miscible with water.
(iii) Thin consistency, Intensely sweet odour. Ether To make persons Ditto.
Evaporates very fast causing rapid cooling. Control—Nil. unconscious or sleep
Immiscible with water. Sources—Laboratories. Ditto, deeper.
(iv) Thin consistency, Intensely Sweet odour. Chloroform Ditto. Keep in vapour-tight container in a cool place. Send
Highly volatile but non-flammable. Control—Nil 150 ml. for examination.
Eva¬porates very fast causing rapid Source—Laboratories.
cooling. Immiscible with water.
(v) Thin consistency. Disagreeable odour,
Highly volatile and inflammable,
Immisible with water, pour a tea spoonful
on a strip of dry newspaper and observe:—
(1) Paper catches lire or is scortched black. SELF-IGNITING INCEN - A self-igniting liquid Avoid contact with skin clothes and all combustible
Dense white fumes off. Caution—Self- DIARY LIQUID Control-- containing white substances. Do not send it for examination .Request
igniting Arms Act Sources - Illicit phosphorous and Carbon Controller of Explosives to examine at site. Keep in
manufacture disulphide. The liquid is cool place, in vapour tight container away from
filled in spent electric sources of fire and com¬bustible substances.
bulbs or thin bottles for use
(2) Paper does not catch fire or turns black. Carbon Disulphide …… Keep in cool place in vapour tight container away
No fumes given off. Control -Nil sources- - from sources of fire.
Dealers in Chemicals.

(vi) Thin consistency, extremely irritating FORMALIN (Formic May be used in Acid Bulbs" Avoid inhalation of vapours and
odour. Vapour affects eyes, mucous mem- Acid) exposing of eyes to vapours
brances. Miscible with water. Control—Nil
Source— Dealers in
Chemicals.
(vii) Same as SI. (vi) except that it has strong Ammonia Solution Ditto Ditto
Ammonical odour.
(viii) Heavy consistency. Does not fume or give Sulphuric Acid Control- Used for preparation of Picric Avoid contact with skin and clothes. Send
offensive odour. Highly corrosive. Turns Nil. Acid and other explosives. 150 ml. Keep in glass bottle for
brownish when impure. Miscible with water examination. Do not keep in metal
evolving heat. Caution—Corro¬sive and injurious container or in any glass container with
to clothes. metal stopper or cap.
(ix) Syrup Consistency Glycerine Use in manufacture of Nitro- Safe. Send 150 ml. for examination
Glycerine a highly explosive
and other self-igniting
incendiary composition.
(c) Pinkish colour, clear liquid. Caution—In¬jurious Phenol (Carbolic Acid) Used in preparation of Picric Avoid contact with skin. Keep in
to skin and corrosive. Control -Poisons Act Acid, a glass bottle. Send 150 ml. for exa-
Source - Market. highly explosive substance. mination.
(d) Pink coloured clear liquid, thin consis¬ Molotov Cocktail Do not send for examination. Keep bottle
tency. Volatile. Highly flammable, Burns in up right positions in a secure place.
with scooty flame and is kept in glass
(e) Silvery shining liquid Mercurv Used in preparation of Mercury Send 5 ml. for examination, in strong glass
Ful¬minate an extremely bottles as it is heavy.
sensitive ex¬plosive.
(f) Yellow (Light yellow) oily liquid. Causes severe Nitro-Glycerine. Sensitive and highly explosive. Do not send sample for examination.
headache on contact with skin or when vapours Control - -Explosives Act.Au¬thorized use is allowed. Request Controller of Explosives to
are inhaled. If a small tea spoonful is struck with妠◌֥ Source - Illicit examine at site. Keep in isolated guarded
hammer, it explodes. Another sample if burnt manufacture, room away from sources of heat. Place
gives pale greenish flame. bottle over a bed of sawdust.
(g) Yellow, deep and bright colour, watery Picric Acid solution Picric Acid dissolved in not less Do not let solution dry up. Send 150 ml. of
consistency with or without a sediment of yellow Control -Nil solution than one half its weight of the solution for exa-mination.
coloured crystals. Stains everything Source — Medical shops, water and is exempted from
yellow. Miscible with water. operation of Explosive Act.
11. Procedure for dealing with past) substances which are explosives
(a) In cylindrical cartridges made of plastic tube diameter Commercial explosives of nitrate Authorised explosives. (1) Handle and keep away
25 mm. and length 200 mm. and above. Consistency Mixture class. Require boos- fromdetonators.
soft. May have following printed names on it.— Control — Indian Explosives Act. ter and/or detonators for (2) Examine each cartridge. Do
(1) Super G E L etc. Source —Licensed Maazine. initiation. not forward for examination

APPENDIX 26—(contd.)
escription and characteristics Tentative identification controlling law and Remarks Instruction for handling and s
sources. samples for examination.
2 3 4 5
2)OPEN CAST Gelignite, etc. Caution: Nitrocompound. Explosives Control—-Indian
igh Explosive. Explosives Act Source -Licensed Magazine
n cylindrical cartridges made of waxed Nitro-compound Explosives Control—Indian Authorised Keep each cartridge in isolated
aper. Diameter 25 mm. and above. Explosives Act Source—Licensed Maszazine explosives. License room away from sources of fire
ength 100 mm. and above. Consistency under Explosives quantity to Contrailer of xplosiv
ugh leathery to soft jelly like. Gives off Rules necessary for xamina¬tion at site.
dour of bitter almonds. Names like posse-ssion. Requires
Blastinsj; Geletine-', ■GELETINEV. detronator or fuse for
DYNAMltE". "Gelignite"', "Polar Ajax". ignition,
c. arc printed on it.
uch cartridges in SI. 2 ma\ be made of Could be high explosives. Cart-ridge of service Such cartridges, as are not fitted
aper, plastic tube or any other mate-rial or Foreign origin. Control Indian Explosives insulated wire, send one of such
ith or without any name. Act Source -Pilferage from Defence Controller of Exp¬losives, keep
establishment or Clandestine import. separate from detonators.
Procedure of dealing with solid substances which are explosive or ingredients thereof or otherwise dangerous.
eads covered with coloured paper. Size Pea Crackers. Contain Fulminates. Do not send samples. Keep away from
pea grains. Control—Indian Explosives fire and un¬disturbed.
Act
Source—Illegal manufacture.
ords: (i) of homogeneous materials, (a) Cordite. Control Source- (a) Authorized explosive. Keep away from detonators and away
Indian Explosives Act -Defence of fire and un-examination.
establishment
) of cotton yarn or strips of cloth (b) Quick Match (b)Authorised explosive under Keep away from sources of fire in du
m¬pregnated with black powder. Control -Indian Explosives Act licence. or polythene bag. Send about I metre
Source—Defence establishment Also manufactured illegally. examination.
i) of several strands of twisted cotton (c)Ignitor-Cord (c) Authorised exp. and no licence Ditto.
arn. Smooth finish. necessary for possession for
bonafide private blasting.
v) of several layers of spirally wound (d) Safety Fuse (d)May be prepared illegally for Keep away from fire. Send one Coil (
arn of jute and having white, black, blue, time bombs etc. examination.
c. coating.
ork with narrow end covered with coloured Alarm Cork Prohibited explosives as it has a cavity Put 6 corks in a wide mouth glass jar (jam
per. Sensitive explosive. Control -Indian Explosives Act in which explosives can be filled". Add water and close bottle, and send for
Source—Tov Pistol Dealers Keep remaining corks soaked in a bucket

otton, dry or wet in form of slabs and Gun Cotton Authorized explosive Licence Keep wet away from detorators and sourc
clinders with a central hole. Control—Indian Explosives Act. necessary for possession. Not sold for one slab or one slug.
Defence establishment civil use as such.
Source —Illegal manufacture
etal tube coated with Khaki or jungle green TIME PENCIL. Not an authorised explosive May be Keep away from all other explosives. Do
int, Diameter 8 to 10 mm. One end closed: Control—Indian Explosives used after being smuggled. split PIN. If split pin missing, at once put
her end fitted with ordy. detonator split pin Act.Defence Establishment. and wait for 36 hours. Send one only for
th a small plastic tag in the body near the Source—Defence Establishments. inform Controller of Explosives.
osed end. Beware, if split pin and tag are
issing.
re works. They are designed to produce Fireworks, May or may not be authorized explo- Sand 2 to 6 samples of each variety depen
.ieties of pyrotechnic effects and sound. Control—Indian Explosives sives. However, authorized types can Keep rest in secure place away from sour
Act.Source—Fire works dealers. be possessed up to 25 kilograms
with¬out licence for personal use.
akes, Shining, Mettalic Aluminium or Magnesium Flakes. May be used to prepare explosive or Send 150 gms. for examination.
Control—Nil. incendiary composition. No licence
necessary for possession
as cylinder, (i) without value, (ii) with brass Gas cylinders Do not expose to sunlight. Request Contr
lve. Control -Indian Explosives Act Explosives to examine or advise.
Source—Fillers/Users of gas
cylinder.
umps, small or large, immersed in liquid— White or yellow Phosphorous May be used for incendiaries when so Avoid contact with skin, clothes and com
liquid is watery. If exposed to air lumps Control—Poisons Act. used, it does not leave any evidence substance. Keep under water. Send 150 g
ve off white smoke and catch fire. Source -Dealers in chemicals. after fire. Commercially used as RAT bottle. Send 150 grams for examination.
POISON.
) liquid is watery. If colour of lump or Red Phosphorous
owder is dark it does not fume when Control—Poisons Act
¬posed to air. Source—Dealers in chemicals.
i) Colourless, clear liquid, smells of Sodium metal or Potassium metal Could be used for unlawful acti-vities.
ero¬sene, lumps white or silvery shinging, Control—Nil.
an be pricked with a needle, Source -Dealers in chemicals
owders, incl. crystals, lumps in Brown
lour— 桰◌֭
having greyish blue explodes when a trace Lead Azide (old stock) Control— May be used to initiate explosion. Keep under Kerosene. Send 150 grams sa
scratched or hammered. Indian Explosives Act Source— in Kerosene a glass bottle.
Pilferage from licensed factory.
eware, extremely sensitive to rough Do no forward for examination. Request
nd¬ling, heat, friction. Explosives to examine at site.
) Grey colour looks like sand. Explodes Mercury Fulminate Ditto.

hen a trace is scratched. Control—Indian Explosives Act May be used to initiate home made
Source—Pilferage from licensed bombs.
factories.
i) Glistening needles Silver Fulminate. Ditto Ditto

13. Miscellaneous.—(a) Iron containers are not to be used for keeping explosives. If the suspected substance is in any
quantity, or the. floor is dusty; or if any of the substances appears to have been spilt, the boots or shoes are to be removed so that
there are no chances of explosion being caused even if anyone tramples over any explosive substance by chance. The Police
should be careful in cleaning debris as another explosion may occur in this process.
(b) In case of explosives such as Detonators or Safety fuses, these should be separately by two different
messengers on two different dates so that they do not meet together on the journey and the' packages must not get
together.
(c) When a case is instituted and examination is necessary, the sample should be sent through by special
messenger and not by Dak or any other means to the Controller of Explosives. Similar precaution is necessary
when sending exhibits to Court.
(d) Bombs when soaked in water must not be packed in glass containers but in small enamel vessels or clean
earthen pots with cotton wads inside. Soaked bombs may also be sent packed in wet straw, cotton wool or similar
packaging material. Glass stoppers need not be given in bottles as these cause friction in opening.
(e) Cinema films are; Nitrocellulose. Not more than 20 lbs. of such films can be stored without license.
"Safety Base" films with "S" written on them do not require any such license.
• •

APPENDIX 2
IDENTITY CARDS
(RULE 438)
1. The issue of identity cards shall be controlled by both the Deputy Inspectors-General, Criminal Investigation
Department/Intelligence Department to whom officers requiring them shall apply.
2. A register of the issue and return of cards shall be maintained in the Criminal Investigation Department /
Intelligence Department Office showing . (1) the number of each card, (2) the officer to whom issued, (3) date of
issue, (4) signatures of Deputy Inspectors-General of Police of C.I.D. or I. D. concerned, (5) date of return, and (6)
date of destruction.
3. An identity card shall consist of two halves of parchment paper or plain paper mounted on a card board of size 15x1.0
cms. roughly. On its left half, the contents as shown in the margin shall be noted. The number on the card shall be the
number assigned to it in the register mentioned in clause 2. In its right half portion, the photo of concerned employee duly
attested by Dy. I.G. shall be pasted.
Bihar 4. Identity card shall be signed only by the Deputy Inspectors-General, C.I.D./
I.D. or one .of his Superintendents.
Identity Card No.
Name…………… 5. Identity card shall be carried by all officers and men of the C.I.D.. the
No……………… Intelligence Department and District Police who are employed on special detective
duty in plain clothes. They need not. however, be carried by constables on plain
Rank………….. cloth duty at railway stations, to whom their Sub-Inspectors shall give written orders
District………. placing them on. station duty.
Issued on…………
6. Identity Cards shall be issued with effect from the 1st January or any
Expires on…………. subsequent date and shall be負valid
- till the officer is promoted or demoted. It is
Signature and seal issuing open, however, to officers who arc required to issue cards for shorter periods, to endorse
officer. them for any period they choose. Identity Cards must be returned after their expiry.
…………………
7. During the last week in November every year, the Range Deputy Inspectors-General and
Signature of holder. Superintendents shall obtain a report from the officers in possession of cards received from
C.I.D./I.D. about its safety and necessity and submit a report to the Dy. I.-G., C.I.D./I.D. stating how many of their cards
are in use and how many they desire to be kept in future.
8. In every district it is necessary to keep a register of receipt of cards from C.I.D./I.D. and its issue. In other
offices a note only of the cards issued is required to be kept. All officers concerned shall satisfy themselves from
time to time, by personal inspection that the cards are actually in the possession of the officers or men to whom
they are issued.
9. Cards temporarily not in use or kept pending for destruction shall be kept in the personal custody of the
Deputy Inspector-General or Superintendent under lock and key.
10. The loss of an Identity Card shall be treated as a serious offence. Every case of loss shall, as soon as
discovered, be communicated to the Dy. I.-G, C.I.D./I.D.
11. Every year by 31st of January, all time barred and returned Cards shall be destroyed in the presence of
Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D./I.D, and a report on completion of this work will be given to Inspector-General.
In this report it will be shown as to how many cards were used in which districts and how many cards were sent for
the new year, how many cards were given rankwise and how many cards were lost and what was done in respect of
them.

APPENDIX 28
LIST OF FINGER PRINT BUREAUX OF INDIA AND ADDRESSES OF OFFICERS-IN-CHARGE OF THEM

(RULE 457)
Serial State Place and address of Finger

No. Print Bureau.
1 Central Bureau Director, Central Finger Print Bureau, 30,
Gorachand Road, Calcutta-14.
2 West Bengal
Director, Finger Print Bureau, Bhawani Bhawan,
Alipur, Calcutta-700027.
3 Bihar
Director, Finger Print Bureau, Criminal
Investigation Department. Bihar, Patna-
800015.
4. Orissa Director, Finger Print Bureau, P.O. Rasoolgarh,
Bhubaneshwar.
5. (a) Assam
(b) Nagaland
(c) Mijoram Director. Finger Print Bureau, Shillong.
(d) Arunachal
(e) Meghalaya
(f) Manipur
6. Andhra Pradesh Print Bureau.
Director, Finger
Hyderabad-4.
7. Gujrat Print Bureau,
Director, Finger
Ahmedabad.
8. Kerala Print Bureau,
Director, Finger
Trivendram.
9. Madhya Pradesh Print Bureau,
Director, Finger
Bhopal.
10. Tamil Nadu
Director, Finger Print Mylapore, Bureau,
Madras-600004.
11. Bombay City Bureau,
Director, Finger Print Bombay.
Director, Finger Print
12. Maharashtra Bureau,
Poona/Nagpur/Aurangabad.
Director, Finger Print Bureau,
13. Karnatak
17, Cleveland Road, Fraser Town, Bangalore-
500005.
Place and address of Finger
Print Bureau.
Serial State
No.
Bureau.
14 (a) Punjab
Phillor (Punjab).
(b) Jammu-Kashmir
Bureau,
(c) Himachal Pradesh Director, Finger Print
Jaipur-302002.
15 Rajasthan Bureau,
Mahanagar, Lucknow. (Sub-office
16 Uttar Pradesh
at Allahabad also)
Director, Finger Print Bureau, C.I.D. Pondichery.
17 Pondichery Superintendent of Police, Finger Print Bureau,
C.I.D., Government of Tripura, Agartalla.
18 Tripura Director, Finger Print Bureau,
C.I.D., Haryana, Madhuban,
District Karnal.
19. Haryana Senior Scientific Officer, Finger Print
Section, C.F.S.L., C.B.I.,
Government of India, MHA., R.K. Puram,
20 Delhi East Block VII, New Delhi.
• •

APPENDIX 29
BASED ON THE RULES OF THE ACCIDENT MANUAL ISSUED BY RAILWAY BOARD

(RULE508)
1.Classification of Accidents.—A uniform classification of accidents has been adopted by Indian Railways
(i) Collisions.
(ii) Derailments.
(iii) Averted Collisions.
(iv) Train passing signal at danger.
(v) Breach of Block Rules.
(vi) Fire in trains, etc.
(vii) Train running into Road Traffic at Level Crossings.
(viii ) Failure of Engine and Rolling-stock.
(ix) Failure of Permanent Way.
(x) Train Wrecking (Sabotage).
(xi) Other Train and Trolly Accidents.
(xii) Casualties. (Persons falling out at running trains, run-over, knocked down, etc)
(xiii ) Unusual incidents. (Accidental or natural death or hurt to any person within Railway premises. Murder
冐◌֭
or suicides in train or in railway premises robbery, thefts, etc. in train and railway premises.)
(xiv ) Miscellaneous. (Any breach of rules or serious occurrence which might have let to an accident. Damage
to or failure of electric overhead equipment in a Electrical Section.)
Thus, any occurrence which effects the safety of the railways, passengers, etc. is an accident but its rules do not apply to
workshop accidents covered by the Factories Act, 1948.
2. Reporting Accidents.—It is the duty of even railway employee, to report to the nearest Station Master
with the least possible delay any accident that comes to his notice taking a careful note of the circumstances
connected with it.
3. Points to note.—(a) Every Railway employee present at an accident must carefully note all circumstances
having a bearing on the occurrence. These notes should, if possible, be written down for subsequent reference.
(b) The following are a few of the main points to note :—
(i) Times of accident, visibility conditions, position of "signals", "switches", "point levers" and derailed vehicles, etc., that
may be involved.
(ii) During darkness any "signal", "engine buffer lamps", "brake-van" or "disc signal lamps" which, if not alight, should,
when possible, be opened to ascertain if there is a burner inside with oil in it and it should also be felt by hand with a
view to ascertaining by its temperature whether the lamp had been alight shortly before.
4. Information to civil and police authorities in case of railway accidents.—Each Divisional Superintendent
will draw up rules to suit his division to ensure the quickest and best method of sending information to the civil and
police authorities. If necessary, messengers may be sent by motor buses or rickshaws, etc.

5. Reporting of accidents to State Government.—Whenever an accident falls within the scope of Section
83 of the Indian Railways Act (IX of 1890), the General Manager will send a report to the State Government
containing the following particulars :—
Kilometrage or Station or both, at which the accident occurred.
Time and date of the accident.
Number and description of the train or trains.
Nature of the accident.
Number of-people killed or injured as far as known.
Cause of accident as far as known.
Probable detention to traffic.
The accidents should be reported as follows:—
(a) By telegram in the case of—
(i) Serious accidents;
(ii) Accidents by reason of which the permanent way is likely to be blocked for more than 12 hours; and
(iii) Cases of supposed train-wrecking or attempted train-wrecking.
(b) By monthly statement in all cases of accident to individuals causing death or grievous injury, but no
damage to trains or railway property.
(c) By letter in all other cases.
Note.— The reports are to be addressed to the Secretary to the Government of Bihar. Home (Police) Department, Patna, for
accidents occurring in Bihar.
6. Priority in despatch of accident telegrams.—Telegraph
ᦰ◌
֮ signallers are to note that the order in which
telegrams about accidents are to receive priority of despatch to officials concerned is as follows :—
1st $ $ Medical Officers.
2nd $ $ Subordinate Officers.
3rd $ … Police.
4th …. ... Rly. Divisional Superintendents.
5th $ $ Heads of Departments, General Manager,
and Additional Commissioner of Railway
Safety. Accident telegrams must always be
signed in full by Station Masters.
7. Action by General Manager in accidents attended with loss of human life.—The General Manager
may, within 24 hours of the receipt of telegram reporting the occurrence, instruct the Chief Operating Superintendent
to—
(a) arrange an enquiry by principal officers stating date, time and place; or
(b) intimate that the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety will hold an enquiry stating date, time
and place.
The Divisional Superintendent concerned will, on receipt of such advice, inform the District Magistrate and local police
officials concerned and also arrange the attendance of all staff whose evidence is necessary.
Failing receipt of advice that the General Manager or Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety proposes to
investigate, the Divisional Superintendent will take action to convene an Enquiry Committee.

8. Information to the civil and police authorities.—The Station Master at either end of the site of the
accident and the controller on receipt of the advice of an accident of a serious nature shall advise at the earliest
possible moment the nearest civil police, G.R. Police. R.P.F. authorities and the District Magistrate or Subdivisional
Officer in whose jurisdiction the site of accident lies. When more than one telephone are available full use should
be made of them for giving information to the civil and police authorities as quickly as possible.
9. Addresses of officials.—Station Master must ascertain the addresses of the following officials whose
jurisdiction includes their stations, and these must be tabulated and exhibited in a conspicuous place in the station
office :—
(i) District Magistrate.
(ii) District Superintendent of Police.
(iii) Deputy Inspector General I/c Railway Police,
(iv) Superintendent, Railway Police.
(v) Superintendent. Railway Mail Service of the Postal Division,
(vi) Deputy Post Master General of the Circle.
In addition, Station Masters must exhibit the names of the stations which are headquarters of railway subordinates, who
may have to be summoned by telegram in case of accident.
10. Civil and police officials to be given facility to proceed to the site of accident by Relief trains.—
Officials, such as, the District Magistrate, Superintendent of Police and Superintendent of Railway Police, should be given every
facility to proceed to the site of accident by the relief train.
But no delay to the Relief train shall be allowed on this account.
11. Police attendance.—In case of derailment of any train carrying passengers at or between stations, the
cause of which may or may not be due to malicious tampering of the line-arrangements must be made for police
staff to visit the scene of accident as soon as possible in order that they may observe what disturbance, if any, there
has been of the line, and to keep guard over any loose material which may be lying about and over any other
evidence affecting the cause of the accident, as also safeguard passengers' luggage and mails, if any. They should
continue to do so until the arrival of senior police officials.
12. Information regarding the killed.—(1) It will be the first duty of all railway officers and station reaching
the site of an accident to attend to the injured and see to their comfort and that they are provided with suitable
refreshments and food.
(2) The Divisional Superintendent or Divisional Operating Superintendent will nominate an officer, or if this is not
possible, an inspector to prepare separate lists of the killed and injured respectively at the site of accident. With regard to the
particulars of injuries sustained, the officer deputed should take notes at the dictation of the doctor who \i attending them and
who will initial these entries. The injuries of persons killed need not be noted.
The lists should be prepared in conjunction with the police or such civil authorities as may be present. These lists should
be signed jointly by the Divisional Officer or Inspector, and a member of the police, or by one of the Civil Authorities and
should contain the following information:—
(i) Name and father's name of the person killed or injured. In the case of persons killed who have not been identified,
their bodies should be serially numbered by means of a small but legible number inscribed on placards which
should be placed at the head of each body, and the bodies with their

Numbers should be photographed before they are disposed of. The serial number of the body should be shown
in lieu of a name.
(ii) Addresses of (i).
(iii) Names and fathers' names of a few relations.
(iv) Addresses of (iii).
(3) The Divisional Officer, or Inspector, referred to in sub-paragraph (2) above, should also obtain the following
information as soon as possible after proper arrangements for the medical treatment of injured persons have been
made—
(i) particulars of tickets held by the injured or killed showing station from and to., class, number and date of issue;
(ii) particulars of property lost or damaged, with the name and father's name and address of the person to whom it
belonged or belongs.
(4) As soon as the injured have been attended to and evacuated, a list of the killed and injured is to be sent
from the scene of accident without delay to the Chief Medical Officer, the Chief Operating Superintendent and the
Divisional Superintendent concerned. These particulars need only be telephoned to the Chief Operating
Superintendent in the first instance, who will send details to the General Manager, the Chief Medical Officer, the
Chief Commercial Superintendent and other officers concerned, and will answer any reference made by the press
and public. As far as possible, this list should indicate the various hospitals to which the injured have been sent, but
if the information cannot be given, this first report should not be delayed on this account. Later and as soon as the
details in this connection are known, a second report should be sent giving this information.
(5) Thereafter the Divisional Medical Officer will send a daily progress report during the first week with
ᦰ◌
֮
respect to all cases admitted into railway or non-railway hospitals to the Chief Medical Officer and the Divisional
Superintendent concerned, giving the names of the injured persons, their condition and the dates of admission,
discharge or decease together with a discharge or death certificate. Discharge eertiilcate should show the condition
of the injured person at the time of discharge from hospital.
(6) Railway doctors will maintain the closest possible liaison with the authorities of non-railway hospitals to
which injured persons are admitted in order to ascertain the latest condition of injured persons.
(7) As soon as it is possible to do so after the accident, a full report should be sent by the medical staff
concerned to the Chief Medical Officer and Divisional Superintendent concerned giving a complete and correct
list of the injured and all particulars as per 'Accident Box Block Form' (ER-MDL-54). This should be sent by a
special messenger.
(8) The statements, names and addresses of any eyewitnesses not connected with the railway, who may be
able to give information relevant to the accident, should also be obtained by the Divisional Officer or the Inspector
in conjunction with a member of the Police or Civil Authorities, referred to in sub-paragraph (2) and should be
signed jointly by each eyewitness (if illiterate, his thumb impression should be affixed to the statement) and by the
Divisional Officer or Inspector and by the member of the Police or Civil Authorities and submitted to the Chief
Operating Superintendent, copies being sent to the Divisional Superintendent concerned.
Note.— It should be borne in mind that it is as important to obtain the names of persona who will give evidence against the railway
as of those in favour of the railway, so that it may be ascertained what is the nature of the case a claimant intends to make
in support of his claim for compensation. No person is, however, to be forced into giving his name, but in case he refuses
to do so, the fact should be recorded, and the matter reported to the Divisional Superintendent.

13. Preservation of clues.—In the case of a serious derailment, the cause of which may or may not be due to
malicious tampering of the track, the damaged rails, sleepers, fish-plates bolts, nuts, dog spikes and other component
parts of the track, evidence of wheel-marks, etc. (specially between the points of mount and drop) shall be carefully
preserved for inspection by the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety or for a later reconstruction of the
scene Or for production before a Court, even though the Magistrate or the police may have inspected the scene and
investigated the cause of the accident, and although photographs have also been taken. The various components
should be serially marked in sequence to facilitate reconstruction of the scene.
Every possible means shall also be used to ensure that any finger-prints or foot-prints observed at the site are not
obliterated. The indications of signals shall likewise be observed and carefully recorded for future reference.
Any material involved in an accident and which is likely to be required as an exhibit must be set apart as such, and must
on no account be utilised to repair the line.
A dimensioned sketch shall also be prepared illustrating the exact position at the site of the accident.
The aforesaid duties shall devolve on the officer or subordinate official first reaching the site of the accident and the
official who gives orders for restoration of the track shall be held responsible for ensuring that all the evidence has been correctly
collected and preserved. The establishment of through communication must not, however, be unduly delayed but be proceeded
with side by side with such action as may be necessary to preserve clues and record evidence. Statement of responsible
passengers who may have witnessed the scene of accident immediately afterwards should also be recorded by an officer bringing
out any noteworthy points which have a bearing on the cause of the accident, etc.
It is also the duty of the Police Investigating Officer to mark each and every place of evidence or exhibit, make out a list
of them and to take steps to preserve them.
14. Precautions to be adopted by the Senior Railway Official at the site.—The Senior Railway Official
ᦰ◌
֮
present at the site, in addition to other normal duties should —
(i) Survey the position in company with the Civil or G.R. Police as soon as either of them have arrived:
(ii) Request the police to keep a strong watch on the disturbed track and fittings and allow nobody to touch these
including the railway staff nd police;
Note.— Should, however, the senior most police officer desin* to disturb the stack or fittings, he may do so on his own responsibility
but in the presence of a railway representative.
(iii) initiate no search of any description until the day breaks, or. other wise, under the definite instructions of the
seniormost police officer present; in the latter ease, the search shall be conducted in presence of both railway and
police officers;
(iv) warn P.W.Is., A.P.W.Is.. etc., not to indulge in any search of material unless asked to do so by a senior police officer
in the presence of their own officers;
(v) ensure that likely clues to the cause of the accident are not removed inadvertently through ignorance or curiosity;
(vi) arrange a local photographer, as early as possible, for taking photographs of portions of the permanent way, track,
rails, fish-plates, bolts and other fittings, the Engines and bogies of the train involved in the accident.
15. Duties of the Railway Protection Force staff.—the duties of the R.P.F. staff will be that—
(a) The seniormost R.P.F. Official, in whose jurisdiction the accident has taken place should proceed to the spot with
all available men by the quickest means, making an entry in the station diary and informing the Station Master
of his movement; motor transport, when necessary, may be hired for

Quick movement; additional assistance, if necessary, should be requisitioned from the adjoining R.P.F. Post or
Outpost;
(b) the R.P.F. Inspector of the area and the Assistant Security Officer of the Division should also proceed
to the site;
(c) The R.P.F. Officials, before proceeding to the site, should arrange to contact the local G.R.P. or Civil
Police to ensure that the accident has also been reported to them.
On arrival at the site, they should—
(i) assist in relief and rescue operations and in evacuating the injured and uninjured persons from the scene;
(ii) Fight fires if broken out at the site;
(iii) Guard the belongings of the victims and railway property;
(iv) Guard the disturbed track and fitting from being touched by anybody including themselves till the police have
arrived;
(v) Look out for suspected characters in the vicinity and keep a note of any clues that they may come across;
(vi) Co-ordinate with the G.R.P. and Civil Police in the investigation of the case.
16. Wreckage or undamaged coaches or wagons not to be disturbed without the written consent of
Police.—Except when it is necessary to act otherwise in order to save life, no coaches or wagons on train or trains
involved in an accident should be disturbed until enquiries have reached a degree of finality and written permission
has been given by the senior police officials present not lower than the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police.
Coaches or wagon which remain undamaged may be drawn away after the consent of the senior police official of
the said rank is obtained in writing.
17. Examination of Engine and Rolling stock.—(i) A detailed examination of the engine and coaches or
wagons involved in an accident must be made on the spot by a senior scale officer of the Mechanical/Electrical
ᦰ◌
֮
department. The Engine may also be examined in the loco-shed before being put to use after it was examined at the
site. All damages and deficiencies should be noted and a particular comment made with regard to damages or
deficiencies which are likely to cause a derailment as to whether such a damage or deficiency appeared to be fresh
or old. Here again the senior police officer should be shown round and, if he desires to make any further examination,
facilities for the same should be given.
(ii) The tool box of the engine and engine repair book should be taken charge of by the Divisional Mechanical Engineer
or, in his absence, by the next Junior Locomotive Officer. An inventory of the tool box should be made which should be
jointly signed by the Loco and Police Officers.
(iii) After the stock has been drawn away into a Train Examining Depot Station, the necessary vacuum test of the vacuum
fittings should be made under supervision of the Divisional Mechanical Engineer (C. & W.) or his Assistant.
(iv) Damaged coaches or engines should not be removed until the Police authorities have satisfied themselves and have
given written permission to remove them. Such permission, however does not absolve the Railway Officers from making a
detailed examination of the engine and rolling-stock in question and maintaining a careful and accurate record of such
examination.
18. Detailed investigation of the cause of accident.—(i)Afterthe relief and rescue work has been organised,
the senior railway officer (preferably the Divisional Superintendent himself or in his absence, the seniormost
officer present assisted by other railway officer) in conjunction with the seniormost police officer should proceed
to investigate the cause of the accident. At this stage nothing should be disturbed but a detailed examination should
be made and copious notes carefully and precisely worded should be taken down specifying all the various features
that come to notice. No attempt should be made to rush through this examination. Not such examination be left to
a junior officer.

(ii) Arrangements must be made for an adequate police force to form an effective cordon round the site for controlling
the crowd and keeping all staff and outsiders away from the site who are not concerned with this examination.
19. Points to be carefully noted during detailed investigation.—The following points should be carefully
examined during detailed investigation apart from those given in clause 7 of Appendix 79 :—
(i) Wheel-marks on sleeper, rails and fittings, these should be noted on both ends of sleepers. Distance between the
corresponding marks on the opposite ends should also be noted. Where the marks are on the rail seat, speciffic
mention should be made. Thus, a complete note or wheel-marks, sleeper by sleeper in serial order, should be
made.
(ii) Damage to sleepers and fittings, etc. should be noted.
(iii) The place or places where loose fittings or parts of damaged fittings were found.
(iv) Whether coach-screws or spikes were found missing, if so, from where and what was the condition of holes on
the sleeper or sleeper from which these fittings are missing. Each sleeper involved in the accident must be
carefully examined for this purpose and a note maintained.
(v) Whether the fishing-holes in the displaced rail end or ends show any mark of violence. Some examination should
be made of loose fish-plates and bolts found at the site.
(vi) Whether any fish-plate has been found broken or bent. .
20. Special scrutiny of the first point of derailment and the first pair of derailed wheels.—(i) Apart from
the general record of derailment marks right through at the site of derailment, it is of utmost importance to lay
emphasis on the first point of derailment, that is, the point where the first pair of wheels went off the rails. This
should be specially observed and a careful record kept of derailment marks at this particular point either on the
sleepers and track or, on the top of the rail, etc. The derailment marks at the first point of derailment give valuable
clues regarding the possible cause of derailment. Hence, the ᦰemphasis
◌֮
on this point.
(ii) Similarly, the first pair of engine wheels, which derailed, would be specially examined with a view to find out if there
are any dent marks on the wheel tyre and to what extent they compare with the mark on the rail-end at the point of derailment
or wheel-marks on any other object placed on the rails to cause derailment.
21. Statement of staff and public.—Statements of running staff and any of the public who witnessed the site
in conjunction with the railway staff or otherwise, should be recorded by a responsible officer.
22. Preparation of sketches and plans.—(i) Arrangements should be made jointly with the police
representative for the preparation of sketches and rough sketches should be drawn up on the spot showing all the
measurements. These sketches should be jointly signed by the Police representative and the Railway representative
deputed by the Divisional Superintendent and an endorsement should be made by the Police representative that
'"all measurements personally checked." Before these sketches are finalised or countersigned, the Divisional
Superintendent or in his absence, the seniormost engineering officer on the spot, should personally check it up and
make sure that there is no mistake. Very good care should be taken to ensure that all the details required have been
correctly shown.
(ii) When the dimensioned plans are prepared for the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety or for judicial enquiry,
again sufficient care should be taken that everything shown in the original sketch plan has been correctly reproduced, items
which are not to scale should be noted on the plan.
(iii) Copies of notes-and the sketches given to the police should form an appendix to the statement of the Divisional
Superintendent given to the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety at his enquiry.

(iv) All notes and sketches should be carefully preserved for future use in subsequent investigation, enquiries and Court
trials.
23. Arrangements for photographs.—(i) Photographs of essential features must be taken. On receipt of
advice of a serious accident, the Emergency Officer will advise the Public Relations Officer to send the Publicity Photographer
by the earliest possible train. Divisional authorities should also wire for him whenever required. If a
Photographer is not likely to arrive from Calcutta within 24 hours, local arrangements from the nearest place may
re made for taking photographs.
(ii) While photographs are being taken, a responsible railway and a police officer should accompany him and give him
the necessary directions as to the angles from which the photographs are to be taken.
(iii) In case photographers from railway as well as police are available, double photographs should be taken of the same
feature in the presence of the railway and police officers. Should the police desire to take independent photographs, this may
be done.
24. Preservation of exhibits.—All sleepers and fittings of the particular rail which are supposed to have been
displaced together with the two rails affected must not be used. The sleepers and fittings must be serially marked,
the ends of both rails at the fractured joint should be properly marked, encased and sealed under the joint-seal of
the police and the railway, and all exhibits preserved in a room under the joint seal of both parties. The Divisional
Superintendent should, in this matter, exercise his judgment and other fittings which might affect the decision with
regard to the cause of the accident might also be collected as exhibits. What has been stated above is the bare
minimum of fittings which should invariably be preserved. Wooden sleepers and other fittings must not be left
lying about lest they might suffer further damage.
25. Restoration of communications.—(i) The question of restoration of communication should be taken up
only after complete examination has been made and the joint ᦰ◌
֮ note and sketches have been prepared and the police
including Gazetted Officers of the C.I.D. and civil authorities have given out in writing that they have completed
the inspection of site and that no further check is required by them.
(ii) Restoration, however, may not be started if it is expected that the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety or the
General Manager or the Chief Engineer or the Chief Operating Superintendent is likely to reach the site within 24 hours of
the time when restoration work can be commenced.
(iii) Should it, however, be necessary in the emergency to expedite restoration without waiting for any of these officers,
telephonic instructions should be obtained from the Chief Operating Superintendent or, in his absence the Chief Engineer. In short,
Divisional Superintendent, must not undertake restoration of track in such cases unless—
(a) he has obtained permission in writing from the Senior Civil and Police authorities present, and
(b) Permission has been given by the General Manager at site or the Chief Operating Superintendent or
the Chief Engineer either at site or on phone.
Note.— This permission, however, must not be assumed. It will be realised that under those arrangements some delay is inevitable,
but. this is better than facing subsequent awkward questions and consequences.
(iv) None of the above restrictions would apply when it becomes necessary to act otherwise in order to save life.
26. Attention to the injured.—It is the primary duty of all railway servants to render prompt assistance to the
injured and arrange immediate medical aid at the site of the accident and most effective medical treatment after
their admission into hospital.
All first-aid boxes, equipments, and emergency tool-boxes in trains or at stations shall at once be rushed to the site of
accident for rendering relief to the injured and extricating passengers from the debris. In order to convey medical help to the
site of the accident, trollies may be sent out, trains may be detained and train-engines utilised.

The load of a goods train may be reduced and the train ordered to run at a high speed consistent with safety or outside
conveyance may be requisitioned if necessary, through local police and Magistrate. In cases where the site of an accident is
approachable by road, medical aid may be rushed more quickly and conveniently by road than by train. Detailed road maps
should, therefore, be kept in all control offices and in railway hospitals which should also be equipped with ambulance vans in
order to rush, whenever possible, medical aid by road.
The Guard or the Station Master should ascertain if there are doctors and first aid workers amongst passengers, and they
should be requested to assist.
In cases of serious injuries, the nearest civil or military medical officials or private practitioners and ambulances must be
summoned if the Railway Medical Officer is not available earlier or unable to cope with the situation alone.
Note. — In an electrified section before sending out an electric locomotive in the affected section, full precautions must be
taken.
27. Precautions to be observed in handling injured persons.—(i) every effort must be made to extricate
injured persons from the debris. They should then be carried to the nearest open space convenient for rendering
first-aid.
(ii) It should be noted by all concerned that injured persons are not to be shifted long distances until such time as a qualified
person has rendered first-aid and immobilized the injured parts. Ordinarily injured persons should be helped to the nearest open
space away from the wreckage as removal to long distances is likely to aggravate injuries and inflict further shocks.
28. Speedy transport of injured persons to hospital stations.—After rendering first-aid, all the injured
passengers must be transported as speedily as possible to the hospital station or stations decided upon by the
District Medical Officer, preference being given to seriously injured passengers. Whenever possible, the injured
person must be accompanied by a police constable and the latter’s number and name must be noted.
29. Care and identification of dead bodies.—In the case of a serious accident, the senior most railway
officer on the spot should discuss the question of disposalᦰ◌
֮ of dead bodies with the senior most police officer at the
scene of the accident and they should jointly determine the place for keeping the dead bodies under the control of
a responsible officer. The police have to take charge of the dead bodies and they should be given the requisite
facilities for their transport to well protected places where they could be kept pending completion of formalities or
until claimed by the next of kin. It may be stressed that respect for the dead should be the primary consideration,
and. in any case, no dead body should be kept exposed to the weather.
Identification and disposal of the dead bodies should normally be the responsibility of the police authorities. Photographs
of the unidentified dead bodies may be taken by police authorities and displayed at stations and other conspicuous places.
30. Prosecution of staff.—(i) In case where it is proposed to prosecute an employee or where his prosecution
is demanded by the police or a criminal case is pending against him in a Court of law on the same charges, it is not
necessary to stay the departmental proceedings of the railways. Each case can be considered individually on its
facts and circumstances to see whether it is really necessary to stay departmental proceedings till the conclusion of
the criminal trial.
(ii) When prosecutions are initiated by the police, the Divisional Superintendent should see that all necessary assistance
is given to the police. He should, however, carefully examine the proceedings of the Enquiry Committee and also go through
the section of the Indian Railways Act under which it is proposed to institute the prosecution to see that there is a definite order
or rule which is or should be known to the accused and that the breaking of this rule or order falls under the aforesaid section
of the Indian Railways Act. A responsible official may, if necessary, be deputed to be present at the trial.
31. Magisterial and Police enquiries.—The rules regarding the conduct of magisterial and police enquiries
into railway accidents have been embodied in Annexure, which is a copy of the Railway Board's notification No.
G.S.R.-575, dated the 19th April, 1973.

ANNEXURE
MAGISTERIAL, JUDICIAL AND POLICE ENQUIRIES
Extract from Railways (Notices of and Inquiries into Accidents) Rules, 1973 given in Railway Board's notification No. G.S.R.
575, dated the 19th April, 1973 and published in the Gazette of India No. 22, dated June 2,
1973, Part II, Section 3, sub-section (i).
17. Whenever an accident, such as is described in Section 83 of the Act, has occurred in the course of working
a railway, the District Magistrate, or any other Magistrate, who may be appointed in this behalf by the State
Government, may, either—
(a) himself make an inquiry into the cause which led to the accident; or
(b) Depute a subordinate Magistrate, who. if possible, should be a Magistrate of the first class, to make
such an inquiry; or
(c) direct an investigation into the causes which led to the accident, to be made by the police :
Provided that where, having regard to the nature of the accident, the Central Government has appointed a Commission
of Inquiry to inquire into it under the Commissions of Inquiry Act, 1952 (60 of 1952), or has appointed any other
authority to inquire into it and for that purpose has made all or any of the provisions of the said Act applicable
to that authority, a Magistrate or a police officer shall not make his inquiry or investigation under this rule and,
where he has already commenced his inquiry or investigation, shall not proceed further with it; and such
Magistrate or police officer shall hand over the evidence, records or other documents in his possession relating
to the inquiry or investigation to such authority as may be specified by the Central Government in this behalf.
18. Whenever it is decided to make an inquiry under clause (a) or clause (b) of Rule 17, the District Magistrate
or other Magistrate appointed as aforesaid or the Magistrate ᦰ◌
֮ deputed under clause (b) of Rule 17, as the case may
be, shall at once inform the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety, the Head of the Railway Administration
concerned and the Divisional Superintendent by telegraph, of the date and hour at which the inquiry will commerce,
so as to enable the railway administration to summon the requisite expert evidence. After sending such information,
he shall proceed to the scene of the accident and conduct the inquiry there.
19. A Magistrate, making an inquiry under Rule 17, may summon any railway servant, and any other persons
whose presence he may think necessary, and, after taking the evidence and completing the inquiry, shall, if he
considers there are sufficient grounds for a judicial inquiry, take the requisite steps for bringing to trial any person
whom he may consider to be criminally liable for the accident. Whenever technical points are involved, the Magistrate
should call for the opinion of the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety or other professional persons.
20. The result of every Inquiry or investigation made under Rule 17 shall be communicated by the Magistrate,
who has held such inquiry or investigation, to the head of the Railway Administration concerned and to the Additional
Commissioner of Railway Safety.
21. (1) If, in the course of any judicial inquiry into an accident occurring in the course of working a railway,
the Magistrate holding such inquiry desires the assistance of the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety or of
the Head of the Railway Administration concerned for the attendance of any officer of the railway, to explain any
matter relating to railway supervision, management or working, he shall issue a requisition to the Commissioner of
Railway Safety or the Head of the Railway Administration concerned, as the case may be, for the attendance in the
Court of the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety or other railway officer competent to explain such matter,

Stating at the same time the nature of the assistance required. In summoning railway servants, the Magistrate shall take care not
to summon on the same day so large a number of the employees, especially of one class, as to cause inconvenience" to the
working of the railway. In the case of very serious accidents it will generally be advisable for the Magistrate to obtain reports
from both the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety and the Head of the Railway Administration concerned in regard to
the accident, before finally concluding the judicial inquiry'.
(2) The Magistrate conducting the judicial inquiry shall, as far as possible, avoid summoning the Additional Commissioner
of Railway Safety, if in the report submitted under Rule 4 of the Statutory Investigation into Railway Accidents Rules, 1973, the
opinion of the said Additional Commissioner on technical matters which required explanation has already been expressed.
22. On the conclusion of the judicial inquiry the Magistrate shall send a copy of his decision to the Head of the
Railway Administration concerned and to the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety, and shall, unless in any
case he thinks it unnecessary to do so, report the result of the inquiry to the State Government.
23. (1) The Railway Police may make an investigation into the causes which led to any accident occurring in
the course of working a railway and shall do so—
(a) whenever any such accident is attended with loss of human life, or with grievous hurt, or with serious
damage to railway property of the value exceeding Rs. 1.00.000 or has prima facie been due to any
criminal act or omission; or
(b) whenever the District Magistrate or the Magistrate appointed under Rule 17 has given a direction
under clause (c) of that rule :
* Provided that no such investigation shall be made when an inquiry has been commenced or ordered under clause (a)
or clause (b) of Rule 17:
Provided further that where, having regard to the nature of the accident, the Central Government has appointed a
ᦰ◌
֮
Commission of Inquiry to inquire into it under the Commissions of Inquiry Act, 1952 (60 of 1952). or has appointed
any other authority to inquire into it and for that purpose has made all or any of the •' provisions of the said Act
applicable to that authority, the Railway Police shall not make an investigation under this rule, and, where they have
already commenced their investigation, shall not proceed further with it; and shall hand over the records or other
documents in their possession relating to the investigation to such authority, as may be specified by the Central
Government in this behalf.
(2) The Railway Police shall report, with as little delay as possible, to the nearest Station Master or, where there is no
station master, to the railway servant in charge of the section of the railway on which the accident has occurred, every accident
which may come to their notice occurring in the course of working a railway attended with loss of human life, or with grievous
hurt, or with serious damage to railway property of the value exceeding Rs. 1,00,000 or which has prima facie been due to any
criminal act or omission.
*It has been further clarified in memo No. 59-TTV/42/1, New Delhi, dated 16th February 1967 from Railway Board to
Under-Secretary to the Government of Bihar, Political (Police) Department, Patna as below :—
x x x x x
Therefore, the basis of action under this Chapter of the Criminal Procedure Code is information regarding commission
of an offence or suspicion as to the commission of such offence. The investigation under this Chapter is, therefore, different
from the limited investigation referred to under the Railway rules. It is, however, possible that while conducting such a
limited investigation into an accident under those rules, the police may come into possession of information or may suspect
the commission of some offence and nothing prevents them from starting an investigation under the Criminal Procedure
Code and proceeding with it.
x x x x x
(In this connection P. M. Rule 411 may also be seen).

24. (1) Whenever an investigation is to be made by the Railway Police—
(a) in a case in which an accident is attended with loss of human life or with grievous hurt or with serious
damage to railway properly of the value exceeding Rs. 1.00,000; or
(b) in pursuance of direction given under clause (c) of Rule 17, the investigation shall be conducted by
the Head of the Railway Police of the area in which the accident has occurred, or if that officer should
be unable to conduct the investigation himself, then by an officer to be deputed by him.
(2) The officer deputed under sub-rule (1) shall ordinarily be the senior officer available and shall, whenever possible,
be a Gazetted Officer, and shall in no case be of rank lower than that of Inspector :
Provided that the investigation may be carried out by an officer in charge of a police-station—
(i) in a case such as is referred to in clause (a) of sub-rule (1), if no loss of life or grievous hurt has been caused to
more persons than one or no damage to railway property of value exceeding Rs. 1, 00,000 has been caused, or
there is reason to suspect that any servant of the railway has been guilty of neglect of any rule relating to the
working of the railway; or
(ii) In the case referred to in clause (b) of sub-rule (1) if the District Magistrate so directs.
25. The officer who is to conduct an investigation in pursuance of Rule 21 shall at once inform the Head of the
Railway Administration concerned and the Divisional Superintendent by telegraph of the date and hour at which
the investigation will commence so that, if possible, the presence of a railway official may be arranged to wateh the
proceedings and to aid the officer making the investigation. After sending such advice, he shall proceed without
delay to the scene of the accident and conduct the investigation
ᦰ◌
֮ there. The absence of a railway official shall .not,
however, be allowed to delay the investigation, which should be conducted as soon as possible after the accident
has taken place.
26. (1) In every case to which Rule 24 applies, immediate information shall be given by the railway police of
the area to the District Police, who, if so required, shall afford all necessary assistance and shall If occasion arises,
carry the investigation beyond the limits of the railway premises. But the railway police of the area shall primarily
be responsible for carrying on the investigation within such limits.
(2) Subject to any provisions elsewhere contained in these rules, the further prosecution of the case, on the conclusion
of the police investigation, shall rest with the railway police.
27. The result of every police investigation shall be reported at once to the District Magistrate or other officer
appointed in this behalf by the State Government, to the Head of the Railway Administration concerned or other
officer appointed by him and to the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety.
28. Where there are no railway police, the duties imposed by Rules 23, 24,25 and sub-rule (2) of Rule 26 and
Rule 27 on the Railway Police of the area, not on the Head of such Railway Police, shall be discharged by the
district police or by the District Superintendent of Police, as the case may be.
In P.M. Rule 508 (b) in the first line, for clause 10 of Appendix 29, read clause 28 of ANNEXURE to Appendix 29.
..
APPENDIX 30
MAGISTRATES TO WHOM CASES OF ACCIDENT AND THOSE UNDER RAILWAY ACT ARE
TO BE REPORTED
(RULE 510)
Name of Railway Police Section of Railway line and the distance from K.M. to K.M. Magistrates to whom
Station Accident cases and those
under Railway Act are to be
reported.
EASTERN RAILWAY
MAIN LINE
Patna Junction. 1) Banka Ghat Station to Gulzarbagh Station from 526/9 to 539 S.D.O., Patna City
Km. S.D.O., Patna Sadar
2) Gulzarbagh West Outor Signal to Phulwarisharif Outer Signal
from 539 to 552 Km."
PG SECTION
3) Patna Junction Station to Nadaul Station from 543 to 579 Km Ditto
MAIN LINE S.D.O., Barh

4) Ram Pur Dumra Station to Khusrupur Station from 438/6 to 511/5
S.D.O. Partna City.
Km.
5) Khusrupur West Outer signal to Banka Ghat Station from 511/5 to

526/9 Km. S.D.O., Begusarai.
BARAUNI-MOKAMEH SECTION
6) Mokameh Station to Rajendra Bridge Outer Signal from 6/11 to 16 S.D.O., Barh.
Km.
ᦰ◌
֮
7) Bakhtiarpur—Rajgir line from 1 to 1/4 Km.
Danapur, MAIN LINE S.D.O., Danapur.
8) Danapur Station to Bihta Station from 532 to 579 Km.
Arrah, S.D.O-, Arrah
Buxar 9) Koilwar Station to Banahi Station from 579 to 627/1 Km.
S.D.O., Buxar
10) Raghunathpur Station to Chausa Station from 627/1 to 674 Km.
BAKHTIARPUR-RAJGIR LINE
S.D.O., Biharsharif.
Biharsharif (11) Bakhtiarpur Station to Rajgir Station from 1 /4 to 53/4 Km
Madhupur MAIN LINE

(12) Rupnarainpur Station to Karmatanr Station S.D.O., Jamtara.
from 232/7 to 269 Km.
(13) Madan Katha Station to Shankarpur Station S.D.O., Deoghar.
from 269/6 to 313/9 Km.
(14) Madhupur Station to Jagdishpur Ditto.
Station
from 293/5 to 306/3 Km. S.D.O., Giridih.
(15) Maheshmunda Station to Girardi Station from...
306/3 to 331/4 Km.
Jasidih MAIN LINE S.D.O., Deoghar.
(16) Shankarpur to Tulsi Tanr Station from 313/9 to 333/5 Km.
S.D.O., Jamui.
(17) Lahabone to SimultaNa Outer Signal from 333/5 to349-Km.

BRANCH LINE
(18) Jasidih Station to Baidyanath Dham Station From 323 to 329 Km
S.D.O., Deoghar.
Station accident cases and those
under Railway Act are to
be reported.
MAIN LINE. S.D-O.. Jamui.
Jhajha (19) Simultalla West Outer Signal to Bhalui (B.H.) from 349 to 404 Km.
(20) Bhalui (B.H.) to Kiul East Outer Signal from 404 to 413/4 Km. S.D-O., Lakhisarai
(21) Kiul East Outer Signnl to Barhaia Outer Signal from 413/4 to 438/5 Km. S.D-O., Lakhisarai
Kiul
KIUL-GAYA SECTION. Ditto.
(22) Kiul Outer Signal to Kashichak Outer Signal from 420 to 461 Km.
PATNA-GAYA SECTION. S.D.O.. Gaya.
Gaya (23) Gaya Station to Bela Station from 92 to 62 Km. (Distance in Kilometre from
Patna Junction).
KIUL-GAYA SECTION Ditto.
(24) Gaya to Paimar Station from 1 to 12 Km. (Starting from Gaya)
GRAND CHORD LINE. S.D.O., Gaya

(25) Gaya to Ismailpur Station from 458 to 499/9 Km.
ᦰ◌֮
(STARTING FROM HOWRAH). Ditto.
(26) Gaya to Tan Kuppa Station from 458 to 438 Km.

P.G. SECTION. S.D.O.Jahanabad.
(27) Makhdumpur to Nadaul Station from 62 to 37 Km. (from Patna)
KIUL-GAYA SECTION. S.D.O., Nawadah.
(28) Karjara to Kashichak Station from 16 to 88 Km.
GRAND CHORD LINE. Ditto.
(29) Tan Kuppa to Gujhandi Station from -138 to 392 Km. (from Howrah)
(30) Ismailpur West Outer Signal to Dehri East (Outer Signal) from 499/6 to 553 S.D.O., Aurangabad.
Sone Nagar
Km.
BARWADIH BRANCH. Ditto.
(31) Sone Nagar to Kajrat Nawadih Station from 6 to 36 Km. (from Dehri-on-Sone).
(32) Dehri-on-Sone to Sheosagar Road Station from 537 to 574 Km. S.D.O., Sasaram,
Sasaram
(33) Seosagar Road to Karamnasa from 574 to 629 Km. Rohtas.

S.D.O.. Bhabhua.
BARWADIH SECTION S.D.O., Daltonganj.
Daltonganj
(34) Kajrat Nawadih to Barwadih from 36 to 160 Km. (from Dehri-on-Sone)

S.D.O., Garhwa.
CHOPAN LINE.
(35) Garhwa to Nagar Untari Station from 1 to 45 Km. (from Garlnva).
PM.-III-II
Name of Railway Police Section of Railway line and the distance from K.M. to K.M.
Magistrates to whom
Station
accident cases and those
be reported.
LOOP LINE. S.D.O.. Lakhisarai.

Jamalpur (36) Kiul Outer Signal to Masudan Station from 403 to 376 Km.
S.D.O., Monghyr.
(37) Masudan Station to Gangania West outer signal from 376 to 336 Km.
JAMALPUR-MONGHYR BRANCH.
Ditto.
(38) Jamalpur to Monghyr Station from 0 to 8 Km.
LOOP LINE
(39) Gangania to Mirzachauki West Outer signal from 336 to 252 Km. (from Howrah) S.D.O., Bhagalpur.
Bhagalpur
MANDAR HILL SECTION. S.D.O., Sadar, Bhagalpur

(40) Bhagalpur to Dhawani Station from 413 to 440/3 Km. (from Howrah).
(41) Dhawani to Mandar Hill Station from 440/3 to 463 Km. (from Howrah) S.D.O., Banka.
LOOP LINE (FROM HOWRAH)

S.D.O., Sahebganj.
Sahebganj (42) Mirzachauki to Katalpokhar Station from 361 to 271 Km.
(43) Katal Pokhar to Nagar Nabi from 271 to 245 Km.
ᦰ◌֮ S.D.O., Pakur.
TINPAHAR RAJMAHAL SECTION. Resident Magistrate,

Rajmahal.
(44) Tinpahar to Rajmahal Station from 302 to 313 Km.
GRAND CHORD LINE. Resident Magistrate, Sadar

Dhanbad (45) Matari to Kumardhubi Station from 270 to 219 Km. Dhanbad.
DHANBAD PATHARDIH SECTION. Ditto.

(46) Dhanbad to Pathardih Station from 259 to 274 Km.
DHANBAD.KATRASGARH SECTION
Ditto.
(47) Dhanbad to Jamunia tanr from 259 to 293 Km.
GRAND CHORD LINE. S.D.O., Baghmara,
Gomo (48) Gajhandi to Tetulmari East outer signal from 270 to 392 Km.
GOMO-BARKAKANA SECTION.
Ditto.
(49) Gomo to Barkakana Station from 288 to 320 Km.
BARKAKANA-BARWADIH SECTION.
S.D.O., Latehar.
Barkakana (50) Barkakana to Barwadih Station from 389 to 546 Km.
GOMO-RANCHI SECTION
S.D O., Baghmara.
(51) Barkakana to Gomia Station from 389 to 355 Km.
SOUTH EAST RAILWAY
S.D.O., Jamshedpur
HOWRAH ROURKELA SECTION. (Dalbhum).
Tata Nagar (52) Chakulia to Birabans (Abandoned) from 179/9 to 271/20 Km.
TATA NAGAR TO BADAM PAHAR SECTION.

Ditto.
(53) Tata Nagar to Haliidpokhar Station from 249/4 to 286 Km.

Station Magistrates to whom
be reported.
MURl-CHANDRAPURA SECTION.
(54) Beyond Igri River to Rajabera Outer Signal 386 to 406 Km. S.D.O., Baghmara.
S.D.O., Ranchi.
(55) Muri to Muri outer signal from 344 to 342 Km. ..
Muri
MURI BARKAKANA SECTION.
(56) Muri to Barkakana Up outer signal from 344 to 402 Km. S.D.O., Hazaribagh.
MURI-CHANDIL SECTION.
(57) Muri to Muri Down outer signal from 344 to 346 Km. S.D.O.. Ranchi.
BHOJUDIH-CHANDRAPURA SECTION
(58) Bhojudih to Dugdu Halt from 313 to 349/6 Km. S.D.O., Baghmara.
BHOJUDIH-MAHUDA SECTION..
Bhojudih
(59) Bhojudih to Malkera from 313 tn 338/3 Km. S.D.O., Dhanbad.
GRAND CHORD LINE.
(60) Mahuda to Gomo outer Signal from 338/3 to 353/1 Km. S.D.O., Baghmara,
HOWRAH ROURKELA SECTION.
(61) Rajkharsawan East outer signal to Manoharput Station from 289/7 to 385 Km.
S.D.O., Chaibasa.
TATA-RAJKHARSAWAN-GUA SECTION.
Chakradharpur ...
(62) Rajkharsawan to Gua Station from 292/25 to 397 Km.
Ditto.
◌֭
BRANCH LINE.
(63) Kiriburu to Karampada from 0 to 8 Km. Ditto.
MURI-CHANDIL SECTION.
(64) Chandil to Tiruldih Station from 286 to 316/2 Km. S.D.O., Saraikella.
PURULIA-KANDRA (SINI SECTION).
(65) Neemdih to Sini Station from 402/32 to 363/17 Km. Ditto.
Chandil
MAIN LINE.
(66) Kandra to Gomharaia Station from 270 to 261 Km. Ditto.
HOWRAH ROURKELA SECTION.
(67) Bir Bans (Abandoned) to Up outer Signal of Rajkharsawan Station 271/20 to 289/5
Km. Ditto
MURI RANCHI SECTION.
(68) Muri outer Signal to Ranchi Down outer signal from 347 to 417 Km.
S.D.O.. Ranchi.
Ranchi
RANCHI LOHARDAGGA SECTION (LOOP LINE)
(69) Ranchi to Lohardagga Station from 411 to 481 Km.
Ditto.
HATIA ROURKELA SECTION.
(70) Ranchi outer signal to Balsiring Station from 417 to 429/4 Km. Ditto.
Hatia (71) Balsiring to Govindpur Road from 429/4 in 476/7 Km. S.D.O., Khunti.
(72) Govindpur Road to Pakra from 466 to 499 Km. S.D.O., Gumla.
(73) Pokra to Orga Outer Signal from 499 to 548 Km. S.D.O., Simdega.

Magistrates to whom
Station
be reported.
EASTERN RAILWAY
BARARI-BHAGALPUR SECTION S.D.O... Bhagalpur.
(74) Barari Ghat to Bhagalpur Junction from 0 to 7/12 Km
MAHADEVPUR-BIHPUR SECTION.
S.D.O... Naugachia
Bihpur (75) Mahadevpur to thana Bihpur Junction from 0 to 73 Km.
MAIN LINE.
Ditto
(76) Narayanpur West outer Signal to Kataria East Outer Signal
from 81 to 45 Km.
S.D.O., Katihar
(77) Kataria East outer signal to Katihar West outer Signal 45 to 5/2
km. SAMASTIPUR-BACHWARA SECTION (M.G & B.G)
(78) Samastipur to Dalsingsarai outer signal (with Dalsingsarai) S.D.O., Samastipur
from 34/8 to 9/8 Km.
(79) Dalsingsarai East outer signal to Sathajagat East outer S.D.O Begusarai
Signal (Sathajagat included) from 9/8 to 4/1 Km.
SAMASTIPUR, KHAGARIA SECTION.
S.D.O., Samastipur
(80) Samastipur to Garhpura East outer signal (Garhpura inclu
ded) from 83/7 to 33/2 Km
Samastipur SAMASTIPUR-DARBHANGA SECTION
(81) Hayaghat South outer Signal to Laheriasarai South Outer Ditto
signal (excluding Laheriasarai) from 20/13 Km. to 31/2Km. .
S.D.O Darbangha
(82) Samastipur to Hayaghat South outer signal (excluding Haya-
괐◌֥
Ghat) from 0 Km. to 20/13 Km.
SAMASTIPUR –MUZAFFARPUR SECTION
(83) Samastipur to Pusa Road West outer Signal (including Pusa Road) from 34/8 to S.D.O., Samastipur
49/4 KM
SAMASTIPUR –MUZAFFARPUR SECTION

(84) Pusa Road West outer signal to Siho West outer signal S.D.O. Muzaffarpur
(excluding Pusa Road) from 49/4 to 69'8 Km. (East).
(85) Siho West outer Signal to Narayanpur Anant East outer signal S.D.O., Muzaffarpur
(excluding both the two Stations) from 69/8 to 82/13 Km. (West)
(86) Narayanpur Anant East outer signal to Muzaffarpur station S.D.O. Muzaffarpur
(including Narayanpur Anant) from 82/13 to 86/5 Km. (East).
MUZAFFARPUR-NARKATIA GANJ SECTION.
Ditto
(87) Muzaffarpur Station to Muzaffarpur West outer signal from
Mazaffarpur
86/5 to 88/4 Km. S.D.O., Muzaffarpur
(88) Muzaffarpur West outer signal to Mahaul West outer signal (West).
(including Mahaul) from 88/4 to 120/4 Km.
MUZAFFARPUR-HAJIPUR SECTION. S.D.O. Muzaffarpur
(89) Muzaffarpur West outer signal to Ram Dayalu NagarWest (East).
outer signal (including Ramdayalu Nagar) from 50/7 to
46/5 Km.
(90) Ramdayalu Nagar West outer signal to Kurhani West outer S.D.O. Muzaffarpur
signal (including Kurhani) from 46/5 to 32/4 Km. (West).
(91) Kurhani West outer signal to Hajipur East outer Signal
from 32/4 to 1/10 Km. S.D.O., Hajipur.

Magistrates to whom
Name of Railway Police Section of Railway line and the distance from K.M. to K.M. accident cases and those
Station under Railway Act are
to be reported.
RAXAUL-SUGAULI SECTION. S.D.O Motihari
(92) Raxaul South outer Signal to Sugaul Station from 1/5 to 28/5 Km.
SUGAULI MUZAFFARPUR SECTION.
Sagauli (93) Mahaul West outer signal to Sugauli Station Ditto
from 120/4 to 186/5 Km.
SUGAULI-NARXATIYAGANJ SECTION.
S.D.O Bettiah
(94) Sugauli Station to Narkatiyaganj East outer Signal from
186/5 to 246/1 Km.
SAMASTIPUR-DARBHANGA SECTION
(95) Laheriasarai South outer Signal to Darbhanga Station S.D.O., Darbhanga
from 31/2 to 36 Km. .
DABBHANGA-SAKRI SECTION. . Ditto.
(96) Darbhanga Station to Sakri East outer Signal from 71 to 53 Km.
SAKRI JAINAGAR SECTION. S.D.O., Madhubani.
(97) Sakri East outer Signal to Jainagar Station from 53 to 0 Km
SAKRI-NIRMAL1 SECTION. S.D.O., Jhanjharpur
Darbangha (98) Sakri East outer Signal to Ghoghardiha East outer Signal Camp (Madhubani).
from 53 to 7 Km.
(99) Ghoghardiha East outer Signal to Nirmaii Railway Station S.D.O., Supaul.
from 7 Km. to 0 Km.
DARBHANGA-NARKATIAGANJ SECTION. S.D.O., Darbhanga
(100) Darbhanga Station to Jogiyara West outer signal
from 38/3 to 74/9 Km.
(101) Jogiyara West, outer signal to Bargania West outer signal . S.D.O., Sitamarhi.
from 74/9 to 136 Km.
咰◌
֮
MUZAFFARPUR-NARKATIAGANJ BAGAHA SECTIC V. S.D.O., Muzaffarpur

(102) Narkatiyaganj East outer to Chamua Halt from 246/1 to 253/10 Km (East).
(103) Chamua Halt to Bagaha Station from 253/10 to 287/7 Km.

S.D.O., Muzaffarpur
(West)
NARKATIYAGANJ-BHIKHANA DHODHI SECTION.
(104) Narkatiyaganj to Bhikhana Dhodhi from 0 Km. to 35/4 Km. S.D.O., Bettiah.
NARKATIYAGANJ-RAXAUL-DARBHANGA SECTION.
S.D.O., Bettiah.
Narkatyaganj (105) Narkatiyaganj to Bhelwa West outer signal
from 246/7 to 196/1 Km. S.D.O., Bagaha.
(106) Bhelwa West outer signal to Raxaul East outer signal S.D.O., Bettiah.
from 196/1 to 185 Km. Ditto.
(107) Raxaul East oxiter signal to Bargania West outer signal S.D.O., Motihari.
from 185 to 136 Km.
S.D.O., Sikahrana
RAXAUL-SUGAULI SECTION.
(Motihari).
(108) Raxaul to Raxau! South outer Signal from 0 Km. to 1/5 Km.
Ditto

Magistrates to whom
Station
be reported.
MANSI-SUPAUL LINE. S.D.O. Saharsa.
(109) Sonbarsa to Pachgarhia (outer signal) from 29 Km, to 56 Km.
S.D.O., Supaul.
(110) Pachgarhia to Saraigarh (outer signal) from 56 Km. to 95 Km.
BIHARIGANJ-SAHARSA LINE.
Saharsha S.D.O., Madhepura
(111) Bihariganj to Orai from 0 Km- to 22Km
.
(112) Banmankhi to Jankinagar (outer signal) from 22 to 35 Km. S.D.O., Purnea,
(113) Jankinagar to Mithai (outer signal) from 35 Km. to 80 Km. S.D.O., Madhepura.
(114) Mithai (outer signal) to Saharsa Station from 80 Km. to 94 Km. S.D.O., Saharsa.
KHAGARIA- SAMASTIPUR LINE.
(115) Khagaria to Imli Station from 87 Km. to 68 Km. .. S.D.O., Khagaria.
(116) Imli to Salona (outer signal) from 68 Km. to 58 Km. .. S.D.O.. Begusarai.
MAIN LINE.
(117) Pasraha to Umeshnagar from 81 Km. to 128 Km. .. S.D.O., Khagaria.
(118) Umeahnagar to Sahebpur Kamal from 128 Km. to 136 Km. S.D.O.. Begusarai
Khagaria BRANCH LINE.
(119) Sahebpur Kamal to Monghyr Ghat from 0 Km. to 4 Km. Ditto
咰◌֮
MANSI-SUPAUL LINE.
(120) Mansi to Koparia (outer signal) from 0 Km. to 19 Km. .. Ditto.
(121) Koparia (outer signal) to Simri-Bakhtiarpur.. S.D.O., Saharsa.

from 19Km.to29Km.
MAIN LINE
Begusarai
(122) Tilrath To Sanha Station from 113 Km to 136 Km S.D.O., Begusarai
MAIN LINE.
(123) Barauni (outer signal) to Bachwara Station . Ditto.
Barauni from 113 to 121/13 Km.
BACHWARA-HAJIPUR SECTION.
S.D.O., Samastipur.
(124) Bachwara to Sahpurpatori Station from 121/13 to 216/3 Km.
HAJIPUR-BARAUNI SECTION. S.D.O., Hajipur
(125) Hajipurto Mahnar Road (outer Signal) from 0 to 37 Km. (Vaishali).
BRANCH LINE.
(126) Sonepur to Pahleza Ghat from 161 to 172 Km.and from there. S.D.O., Chapra.
Sonepur
(127) Mahendru Ghat (including Steamer Ghat). S.D.O., Sadar Patna.
MAIN LINE.
(128) Sonepur to Goldenganj (outer signal) from 340 to 392 Km. .. S.D.O.. Chapra.

Magistrates to whom
Station
be reported.
CHAPRA-BENARAS SECTION
(129) Chapra to Manjhi Station from 0 to 16 Km... S.D.O., Chapra.
CHAPRA-CHAINWA SECTION.
(130) Chapra to Chainwa Station from 326 to 361 Km. Ditto.
CHAPRA-MASRAKH SECTION.
Ditto.
Chapra (131) Chapra to Shyam Koria Station from 326 to 334 Km. ..
CHAPRA-S1WAN SECTION.
S.D.O., Siwan.
(132) Chainwa to Pachrukhi Station from 361 to 379 Km.
DURONDHA-MAHRAJGANJ SECTION.
Ditto.
(133) Durondha to Maharajganj Station from 0 to 5 Km.
MAIN LINE (BARAUNI LINE)
(134)Siwan to Mairwa outer signal from 456 to 477 Km. Ditto.
BRANCH LINE.
S.D.O., Gopalganj.
Siwan (135) Siwan to Thave Station from 120 to 139 Km. (Siwan).
(136) Thave to Jalapur outer signal from 139 to 120 Km. (Star
ting from Gorakhpur). Ditto.
(137) Thave to Masrakh outer signal from 89 to 43 Km. (Star
咰◌֮
ting from Chapra). Ditto.
EASTERN-FRONTIER RAILWAY.
(138)Katihar to Purnea Junction from 5/2 to 27/12 Km. S.D.O., Katihar and
KATIHAR-LAVA SECTION (BROAD GAUGE). Purnea.
(139) Katihar to Lava Station from 0 to 22 Km. S.D.O.. Katihar.
KATIHAR-MANIHAR! GHAT.
Ditto.
(140) Katihar to Manihari Ghat from 0 to 31 Km.
Katihar PURNEA-JOGBANI SECTION.
S.D.O., Araria (Purnea).
(141) Purnea to Jogbani Station from 27/12 to 108 Km.
KISHANGANJ-JALPAIGURI SECTION (BROAD GAUGE). S.D.O., Kishanganj.
(142) Aluabari outer signal to Mangurjan outer signal 43/12 to
56/4 Km.
PURNEA-SARSI SECTION.
(143) Purnea to Sarsi from 0 to 26 Km... S.D.O., Sadar, Purnea.
BARSOI-KATIHAR (METRE GAUGE).
S.D.O., Katihar.
(144) Barsoi to Katihar outer signal from 581/8 to 616/10 Km.
Barsoi
BARSOI-TELTA (METRE GAUGE).
S.D.O., Kishanganj.
(145) Barsoi to Telta outer signal from 581/8 to 553/13 Km.

Station accident cases and those
be reported.
BARSOl-TELTA (BROAD GAUGE). S.D.O., Kishanganj.
(146) Barsoi Telta outer signal from 144/9 to 123/8 Km.
BARSOl-KACHANA (METRE GAUGE).

(147) Barsoi to Kachana outer signal from 0 to 12/2 Km. Ditto
Kishanganj
BARSOl-KHURIYAT (BROAD GAUGE).
(148) Barsoi to Khuriyat Station from 144/9 to 170/3 Km. S.D.O., Katihar.
KAT1HAR-S1LIGUR! SECTION. (METRE GAUGE & BROAD GAUGE)
(149) Kishanganj to Hatwar from 521/8 to 527 Km.
S.D.O., Kishanganj.
(150) Galgalia East outer signal to Alua Bari East outer signal
(Metre Gauge) from 462/2 to 493/11 Km. Ditto
Note.— In case of district headquarters, the above noted Sub-divisional officers shall be Chief Judicial Magistrates
and in case of other Sub-divisional officers, it will mean judicial Magistrates of that subdivision.
• •
咰◌
֮

APPENDIX 31
RAILWAY WARRANTS
(RULE 575)
1. Warrants shall be issued for journeys only over the railways noted below:—
(1) Eastern Railway.
(2) South-Eastern Railway.
(3) North-Eastern Railway.
(4) North-Eastern Frontier Railway.
(5) Arrah-Sasaram Light Railway.
(6) Islampur-Futwah Light Railway.
(7) Steamships managed by the Railways.
(8) All other Government Railways which run in India.
The cost of journeys on railways and steamship companies other than those noted above must be paid for in cash.
2. (a) Warrants shall be used only for the conveyance—
(1) of police officers of and below the rank of inspectors and reserve inspectors when travelling on duty,
(2) of prisoners who are in police custody (i.e., prisoners who are being taken from one place to another
during police investigation),
(3) for ranks from constables to inspectors with their families on transfer,
(4) on medical certificate at any time, for going to any place as given in Rule 1305 and specially if the
sickness is in course of Government duty,
咰◌
֮
(5) on any other kind of leave for which leave salary may be drawn (including casual leave) once a year
to assistant Sub-Inspector, Havildar, Naik, Lance Naik and Constables and to their families also if
permission has been given to the above ranks to keep their families with them, for going to their
homes.
(6) of inspectors (of Sashastra and Mounted Sashastra Police companies) and ranks under him when
performing journeys under Rule 35(c) of Bihar and Orissa Military Police Manual, 1933.
(7) for Police Officers escorting Treasure {see rule 590).
Note.- When railway warrants are issued for police officers travelling with escort parties, they shall be for the class in which they are actually
required to travel, both on the onward and return journeys and the traveling allowance admissible shall be the amount of the fares charged
over the warrants (Rule 117 of Bihar Travel ling Allowance Rules).
(b) Subordinate police officers travelling on warrants shall carry command certificates when on duty.
(c) Warrants shall not be issued for the conveyance of the following :—
(i) Prisoners in judicial custody, i.e. (a) prisoners who are being sent from a police-station to Court for trial; (b) prisoners
who are sent from one place to another for purposes of a judicial enquiry or supplementary police enquiry by
order of the Magistrate; and (c) prisoners, being conveyed from one place to another after conviction, whose
expenses are paid by Magistrates (Rule 1005),
(ii) convicts whose expenses are paid by the Jail Department (Rule 568).
3. As members of the railway police are given free passes they are excluded from the scope of these rules,
except when they are required to travel on business unconnected with the railway, when they are liable to the

Payment of ordinary fares and shall use warrants when this is permissible under the foregoing rules. They shall also use warrants
for the conveyance of all prisoners who are in police custody whether connected with railway cases or not. See Rule 130(d) of
Bihar and Orissa Treasury Manual.
4. Warrants shall be printed with continuous serial numbers and bound in books of 100 each in triplicate and
shall be stocked and issued by the officer in charge of the Forms Department to Superintendents who indent for
them. On receipt, the head clerk shall count the number of forms in each book and certify on the inside of the cover
the actual number found. Any discrepancies shall be at once brought to the notice of the Superintendent by the head
clerk. The number of books received and the serial numbers of each book shall be entered in the register of forms.
5. All warrants shall be clearly stamped with the date stamp of the office whence they are issued, both on the
foils and counterfoils, and shall also bear the stamp of the district to which the issuing officer belongs, as well as
the serial number and the identifying letter(s) assigned to the issuing office.
6. At headquarters warrants shall be issued by the officer in charge of the reserve and by such Inspector and
officers in charge of the police-stations and Courts as are supplied with warrant books for the purpose. Additional
police forces entertained under Sections 13, 14 and 15 of the police Act shall use warrants printed on pink paper
which shall be issued, when required, by the Inspector-General.
Not more than one book of warrants shall be issued at a time to any police-station or another office and no fresh book
shall be issued till the printed form of requisition inserted 5 pages from the end of the current book has been returned duly
signed. The requisition form shall be pasted in the register of issue of forms. The date of issue of the book and the serial numbers
in each book shall be noted by the head clerk on the inside of the cover under his initials.
7. The books of warrants shall be kept under lock and key by every officer entrusted with them.
8. The issuing officer shall be responsible for the correct
咰◌ ֮ issue of warrants and shall be liable to pay the cost
of railway tickets on any warrants irregularly issued.
9. The instructions for filling in the several columns of the warrant forms are printed in the foils and shall be
carefully complied with.
10. All entries shall be in ink. All alterations shall be attested and no erasures may be made. If any warrant is
rendered illegible owing to correction or otherwise it shall be cancelled and a fresh one issued.
11. The purpose of the journey shall be clearly stated opposite the appropriate heading in the warrant form, the
other headings being deleted. The number of the requisition, the number of the case to which prisoners or property
escorted belong or in connection with which the journey is made, the nature and amount of property or remittance
other than that covered by a formal requisition and in the case of transfer the number of the District order, as the
case may be, shall be noted.
12. Superintendents when examining railway warrants shall watch compliance with, the above rule and shall
cause a certain number of warrants to be checked against connected records to see that the warrants are in order.
13. If the officer travelling is not in a position to fill up column 4 in the foils two and three, he should get the
officer in charge of the Railway Police or other official to fill it up for him.
14. If the party or any of the party is required to return to the place whence they are despatched, the officer
issuing the warrant for the outward journey shall issue also a second warrant for the return journey, and the officer
in charge of the party shall present the warrant to the Station Master of the station from which he is returning and
shall obtain in exchange tickets for the return journey. The fact that a return journey warrant has been issued shall
be noted on his Command Certificate.

15. If the return journey warrant is lost or mislaid the officer in charge of the party shall obtain a fresh warrant
from the nearest officer empowered to issue one whether in the same or another district and shall also report the
loss to his Superintendent, In such cases the officer issuing the fresh warrant shall immediately inform the Superinten
dent of the district to which the party belongs that he has done so and shall send the third foil of the warrant to the
officer who originally issued the warrant lost.
16. If any one of the party for whom a warrant was issued is unable to travel owing to illness or other cause,
the officer in charge of the party shall himself correct column 3 and initial the alteration, or if unable to write shall
take the warrant to the nearest officer empowered to issue warrants who shall correct it and initial the alterations
which he makes, stating in column 3 the reason for the alteration.
17. (a) The warrants are in three foils. The first or bound foil is to be kept in the office of issue. The second and
third foils are to be made over to the officer travelling or. in the case of an escort, to the officer in charge of the
party. The said office shall present these two foils to the Station Master who after filling in the appropriate columns
of both foils, will issue tickets in exchange for the second foil and return the third foil to the officer presenting it.
(b) When no transfer is involved, the employee concerned shall return the third foil to the issuing officer who
will note from it in the first foil the details of the cost. The third foil will then be attached to the respective sheet of
the travelling allowance bill and sent to the Superintendent of Police.
(c) When a transfer is involved the officer transferred shall return the third foil to the issuing officer for filling
in the details in the first foil. When this has been done the issuing officer shall return the third foil to the officer to
whom it was issued for attaching it to his transfer travelling allowance bill. The expenditure will be accounted for
by the officer of the district/unit who issues the warrant.
(d) Where no travelling allowance bill is submitted the third foil will be sent to the Superintendent of Police
at the end of the month attached to the statement required in Rule 20. The Superintendent of Police will attach such
warrants to the main travelling allowance bill for the month concerned.
咰◌֮
18. No travelling allowance bill that is not accompanied by the foils of warrants issued or a certificate to the
effect that no warrant has been issued shall be entertained. Superintendents shall record a certificate on travelling
allowance bills that the cost of warrants has been deducted or that no warrant was used for the journey for which
travelling allowance is claimed.
19. After crediting to the railway administration concerned the amount shown as due by a credit note, the
Accountant-General will forward the railway foil of the warrant to the Superintendent of the district to which the
travelling officer or officers belong. The Superintendent shall check the entries with those in the statement received
from the officer issuing the warrant (vide Rule 20) and if he finds no objection, shall countersign the railway foil
and return it to the Accountant-General. Should the Superintendent find that any item in the entries represents a
payment which should (in whole or part) not be debited to Government he shall take steps in consultation with the
Account ant-General to recover the amount in question from the officer in fault by deduction from his next pay bill.
It will be understood that it is also open to the Accountants-General, independently of the check thus exercised by
the Superintendent, to hold under objection any item in the voucher provided that the objection will be against the
Police Department, and in case of overcharge of fare the railway administration shall be liable to deduction, if the.
Accountant-General raises an objection within six months of the date of presentation of the credit note by the
railway.
20. To enable Superintendents to keep a check on expenditure incurred in the use of railway warrant and to
check the entries of the foils of warrants sent to them by the Accountant-General. each concerned officer shall.

When submitting the foils of railway warrants as prescribed by Rule 17 to the Superintendent, attach a statement in the following
form:—
Printed number Name of officer or man Bank Purpose for which Class of acco- Amount Remarks.
of the railway using the railway and the railway warrant mmodation
warrant. Warrant. number was used utilised.
1 3 4 5 6 7
Total
A statement in the following form shall be maintained in the Superintendent's office in which shall be entered the cost of
warrants issued from each police-station or any other office. This statement, when all the returns have been entered, shall be
put up to the Superintendent for inspection monthly :—
STATEMENT.
Cost of warrants issued.
Name of
office
i Yearly Total.
September.
November.
December.
1 February.
October.
January.
March.
August
May.
June.
April
July
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Monthly
total.
21. The counterfoils shall be preserved for one year in the office of issue and thereafter shall be destroyed by
Superintendents at the time of their inspections. Inspecting officers are particularly directed to examine the warrant books of
offices whom they inspect with a view to seeing that counterfoils and unused warrant forms are in order. A certificate to this
effect shall be given at each inspection.
• •

APPENDIX 31A
RULES REGARDING THE ISSUE OF BUS WARRANTS
(RULE 575-A)
1. In order to afford special facilities to police officers of or below the rank of Inspector and Reserve Inspector,
travelling on duty, a system of issuing bus warrants on requisition notes, known as the "Bus Credit Note System",
has been adopted by Bihar State Transport and all recognized motor service companies. Escorts proceeding by bus
shall be provided with a warrant or warrants in P.M. Form No. 98-A for the entire journey to be travelled. The
officer issuing the warrants shall issue them both for the outward and return journeys.
2. Bus warrants shall be issued for the conveyance by bus of Police officers of and below the rank of Inspector
and Reserve Inspector.
3. No bus warrant shall be issued for journeys on leave or on transfer and also for journeys within a radius of
8 kms. From headquarters.
4. Both copies of all warrants shall be clearly stamped with the date stamp of the office whence they are
issued. In no circumstances should warrants be stamped except at the time of issue and separate date and office
stamp must not be used. The name of the district, police-station and designation of the issuing officer shall invariably
be given. They shall always be for the shortest and cheapest route in accordance with the Travelling Allowance
Rules and shall be issued by the Reserve Inspector or any officer of higher rank at headquarters and by such
Inspectors and officers in charge of police-stations as are supplied with books for the purpose. In exchange for
these warrants ordinary tickets of the class required shall be issued. In mufassil stations and thanas, bus warrants
shall ordinarily he issued by a Sub-Inspector, but in case where they have to be issued for urgent reasons by an
assistant Sub-Inspector or a havildar in the absence of a Sub-Inspector, the senior officer on his return must
countersign the office copy of all warrants thus issued ◌in ֭
his absence after satisfying himself that they were issued
for bonafide journeys.
5. Police officers travelling, on warrants shall carry command certificates. Such certificates shall not be necessary
in case of officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspector when travelling on duty other than escort duty. When a
return journey warrant is issued, the fact shall be noted in the certificate and the number and date of the latter shall
be noted on the counterfoil of the warrant for reference and check by inepeeting officers.
6. The issue of a warrant should find entry at the tune in the station diary and a note of reference to the latter
should be made on the office copy of the warrant.
7. All entries shall be in ink or indelible pencil. All alterations shall be attested and no erasure shall be made.
If any warrant is rendered illegible owing to correction it shall be cancelled and a fresh one issued.
8. The warrants are in three foils. The first foil shall be kept in the office of issue. The second and third foils
shall be made over to the officer travelling or to the officer in charge of the escort party as the case may be. The
officer shall present both the foils to the conductor of the bus who after filling in the appropriate columns of both
the foils, shall issue tickets in exchange for the second foil and return the third foil to the officer presenting it. On
the completion of the journey the third foil shall be returned to the issuing officer for preliminary check and noting
from it the details of cost in the first foil. The second foil shall be forwarded by the bus owner to the office of issue
at the end of each month. The third foil shall be attached to the travelling allowance hill of the officer and men
travelling.

9. The instructions for filling in the several columns of the warrants forms are printed thereon and shall be
carefully complied with.
10. If any one of the party for whom a warrant was issued is unable to travel due to illness or other cause, the
officer in charge of the party shall himself correct columns I. 2 and 3 and initial the alteration or if unable to write
shall take it to the nearest officer empowered to issue such warrants who shall correct and initial it for him. stating
in column 5 the reason for alteration.
11. Warrants shall not be issued from intermediate stations, nor shall officers of districts other than that in
which the journey was commenced issue warrants unless a, return warrant has been mislaid. In that case the officer
issuing the fresh warrant shall satisfy himself that the police party is entitled to travel at Government expense. As
soon as it is known that a particular warrant has been lost or mislaid, full particulars of the warrant in question
should be reported immediately to the Superintendent of Police concerned who shall cancel the lost or mislaid
warrant and intimate the fact to the bus company at once and deal with the officer or men responsible for the loss.
12. Warrants shall be printed and bound in 50 triplicate copies and shall be issued to Superintendents on
indent by the Superintendent in charge. Press and Forms, Gaya, who shall inform indenting officer of the serial
number of the forms sent, e.g.. Books, serial Nos. 1—500. On receipt, the number of books and the serial numbers
of the forms shall be entered in the register of forms. The head clerk shall count the number of forms in each book
and certify on the inside of the cover of the number of forms each book contains. Any discrepancies shall be at once
brought to the notice of the Superintendent. Warrants shall be treated as cash and police officers entitled to issue
them are responsible for their safe custody and proper use. Books of forms shall be issued in strict numerical
sequence and in column 3 of the register the serial number of the forms contained in the book issued shall be
shown. Two books of forms may be issued to any one officer, but only one book shall be used at a time. The second
book shall be used only when the first is exhausted. No fresh book of forms shall be issued to any officer until all
counterfoils of the used book it is to replace have been examined by the Head clerk or Accountant. The used books
뜰◌ ֮
of counterfoils will be returned, after examination, to the office of issue. All unused forms shall be kept under lock
and key by every officer entrusted with them. Inspecting officers are particularly directed to examine warrant
books and satisfy themselves that the counterfoils and unused warrant books forms are in order. A certificate to this
effect shall be given at each inspection. No indent not signed by the officer-in-charge shall be complied with by the
Superintendent. Warrant forms shall be issued by the Superintendent only to officer-in-charge by name who shall
sign a receipt for them. The forms shall remain in the custody of the officer-in-charge who shall, whenever it is
necessary to make over charge to any other officer, e.g.. during temporary absence from the police-station, make a
note to the effect in the station diary mentioning the number of forms left by him.
13. The bus company shall, as soon as possible after the end of each month, forward to the Superintendent of
Police two separate bills in duplicate enclosing the counterfoils of the warrants for which tickets were issued
during the preceding month. The bills shall be classified according to ( i ) tickets issued to police officers and men
on escort duty, (ii) tickets issued to police officers and men on other than escort duty. The bill shall show the
number and date of each warrant, the number of persons who travelled, the class of accommodation and the cost
thereof. The accountant shall check these warrants with those received from officers and men with their Travelling
Allowance Bills and prepare two separate bills—one for travelling allowance and the other for escort charges and
present the same to the Treasury for encashment with the warrants received from the bus company. The charges are
debitable to the heads "Travelling Allowance" and "Escort charges". The amount when received from the Treasury
shall be paid to the motor company or Bihar State Road transport Corporation and a receipt obtained.
14. Any claim for undercharge, not preferred w i t h i n three months from the date of submission of the bill shall
not be accepted. The amount of overcharge, if and when detected, shall be adjusted by the Superintendent of Police
from the next months bill of the bus company.

15. The bills presented by the motor service companies or Bihar State Road Transport Corporation shall be
checked by the Superintendent of Police with tariff of rates and the following certificate furnished in support of
bills presented at the Treasury :—
(a) "Certified that the claims made by the motor service companies or State Road Transport Corporation
have been checked and that they are in accordance with tarrif of rates".
(b) "'Certified that the bus warrants received from the bus companies or State Road Transport Corporation
have been duly verified with the copies furnished by the issuing officers and found in order".
16. When the rural police are required to travel by bus, bus warrants shall be issued to them. A separate bill
shall be prepared by the Accountant to draw the cost of these warrants from the treasury for payment to the motor
company or State Road Transport Corporation concerned. The charge shall be debited to the head "other allowances".
If however, they travel for identification of convicts, the charges shall be paid from head "Office expenses" as per
Rule 1004.
17. Inspectors, Reserve Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors, Reserve Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub-Inspectors or
havildars and constables shall deduct from their travelling allowance bills the value of the warrant for the journeys
actually performed by them and make a note to that effect in the remarks column of the travelling allowance bill.
Superintendents shall record a certificate on travelling allowance bills, where necessary, to the effect that the cost
of warrants has been deducted or that no warrant was used for the journey for which travelling allowance is
claimed.
18. The original and first copy referred to in clause 8 above shall be destroyed after one year.
괐◌֥
19. Bus warrants shall be issued by the Superintendent of Police or their subordinates with a distinctive index
letter for each month against the printed numbers such as April "A", May "B", June "C", etc. This facilitates the
checking of the warrants.
20. With a view to safeguarding the interests of Government an agreement from the bus company/State Road
Transport Corporation shall invariably be taken in P.M. Form No. 98-B, for the regular service of the buses for the
journeys of Police officers and men.
• •

APPENDIX 32
COST OF GUARD FOR ESCORT OF PRISONERS REQUIRED TO

GIVE EVIDENCE IN CASES.
(RULE 586)
The following rules have been made by the Government of Bihar and Orissa under Sections 42 and 51 of Act III of 1900
(vide Judicial Department notification No. 2084-J-I-26-J.. dated the 19th April 1926, published at pages 403-404. in part 2 of the
Bihar and Orissa Gazette, dated the 26th April 1926):—
Rule 1.—On receipt of an order issued by a Court of competent authority, under part 9 of Act 3 of 1900, the officer in
charge of the jail shall make a requisition on the Superintendent of Police for an escort, and the Superintendent shall supply
such escort in conformity with the ordinary rules of his department.
Rule 2.—the officer in charge of such escort shall, in like manner, be guided by the rules of the Police Department in the
performance of his duty and in the treatment of the prisoners under his charge.
Rule 3.—All prisoners shall be taken to the Court before which their appearance is required by the most expeditious route.
Prisoners under sentence for Criminal Offences shall ordinarily travel on foot; but civil prisoners who are desirous of obtaining,
and are willing to pay for the indulgence, may be provided with suitable means of conveyance. When a railway is available all
prisoners shall be conveyed by rail under charge of the Police escort.
Rule 4.—Before any prisoner is made over to the officer in charge of the escort, the officer in charge of the jail shall satisfy
◌֭ are in order, and that each prisoner is supplied with suitable
himself that the fetters of the prisoner or prisoners to be removed
clothing; and he shall further make over to the officer in charge of the escort copies of the orders of the Court under which the
prisoners arc removed, together with a sum of money for their maintenance and road expenses. Diet money shall be according
to the number of days which the escort will take in going to and returning from the Court.
Rule 5.—The officer in charge of the escort shall give to the officer in charge of the jail a receipt for such prisoners as
he may receive, with a statement of the clothing, etc., in each prisoner's possession, and a receipt for the amount of diet money
or road expenses which has been advanced on their account as per Rule 568. Advances required on account of the escort will
be made by the Superintendent supplying it.
Rule 6.—Should there be a jail or lock-up at the place where the Court before which the prisoners have to appear is held,
the officer in charge of the escort shall deliver the prisoners to the keeper of such jail or lock-up, and shall not be responsible for
their custody while they are in such jail or lock-up, but shall only be responsible for their custody while escorting them thereto,
and from such jail or lock-up to the place where the Court is held. Officers in charge of jails or subsidiary jails to which
prisoners may be delivered for safe keeping shall likewise comply with the rules of the Jail Manual relating to the receipt of
prisoners by transfer.
Rule 7.- On the completion of the duty for which the escort was detailed, the Superintendent supplying it shall, if the
presence of the prisoner was required in any civil matter, submit a bill to the Court from which the requisition proceeded for
the cost of the escort as calculated under Rule 9, and for the actual expenditure incurred by them on account of carriage by
land or water, if the journey is not performed entirely on foot, plus 10 per cent for contingencies.

A separate bill should also be forwarded by the Superintendent of Police for the diet and travelling expenses of the prisoner or
prisoners. To enable him to do so, the officer in charge of the jail from which the prisoner was transferred shall furnish him
with an account of the expenses incurred.
Rule 8.—All sums received in payment of these bills shall at once he paid into the treasury of the district from which the
escort started to the credit of Government as a receipt either of the Police or Jail Department, according as the amount is paid
on account of the escort of the prisoners.
Rule 9.—The cost of an escort for prisoners required in any civil matter will be calculated by applying to the strength of
the escort, prescribed below, the daily average rate of pay, with allowances, if any, prevailing on the first of January of each year.
For this purpose the Superintendent of Police in each district shall furnish to the District Judge a statement showing the cost of
the escort for one or more prisoners. A copy of this statement signed by the District Judge shall be pasted on the Court notice
board for the information of the public.
Number of Strength of escort. Cost of escort

prisoners per day.
l to 3 2 Constables To be fixed annually
4 to 6 1 Havildar and 2 Constables by the Superintendent
7 to 12 1 Havildar and 4 Constables of Police

13 to 18 1 or 2 Havildars and 6 Constables
19 to 24 1 or 2 Havildar and 8 Constables
◌֭ and
so on in proportion.
• •
P.M.-III—1

APPENDIX 33
STATEMENT OF ARMED POLICE FOR EVERY DISTRICT

(RULE 611)
(UP TO 31-JULY-1979)
Jurisdiction & Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Havildar Naik Constable Constable Transport
District Inspector Inspector Sub Sub L and T
(Training) inspector inspector
(Training) Reserve Havildar Constable
Sub
inspector
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Central Range
Patna 6 10 10 63 190 9 762 142 1 28 46
Nalanda 1 3 3 19 58 3 230 41 1 6 11
Bhojpur 1 3 4 23 71 5 283 54 1 8 18
Rahtas 1 3 3 23 70 4 281 52 1 8 15
Magadh Range
Gaya 1 4 3 31 93 6 373 86 1 8 12
괐◌֥
Aurangabad 1 2 3 14 44 3 178 54 1 6 8
Navada 1 3 3 20 62 6 248 53 1 9 7
Northern Range
Muzaffarpur 1 3 3 20 60 3 242 36 1 12 17
Sitamarhi 1 3 3 19 59 3 236 36 1 7 10
Vaishali 1 2 3 17 53 3 213 33 1 7 10
E. 1 3 3 21 63 4 251 64 1 7 10
Champaran
(Motihari)
Saran Range
Saran 1 3 3 21 63 4 254 56 1 8 9
Siwan 1 3 3 18 55 3 222 35 1 7 9
Gopalganj 1 2 3 13 42 3 166 22 1 6 9
W. 1 3 3 19 58 4 233 21 1 8 11
Champaran
(Betiah)

Jurisdiction & Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve Havildar Naik Constable Constable Transport
District Inspector Inspector Sub Sub L and T
(Training) inspector inspector
(Training) Reserve Havildar Constable
Sub
inspector
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Darbangha Range
Darbangha 1 3 3 19 3 3 226 39 1 8 13
Samastipur 1 3 3 19 3 3 234 41 1 7 11
Madhubani 1 2 4 21 3 3 252 47 1 8 12
Begusarai 1 2 3 14 2 2 169 34 1 7 12
Koshi Range
Saharsha 1 4 3 27 5 5 236 62 1 10 18
Purnea 1 5 4 32 4 4 386 76 1 12 13
Katihar 1 3 3 18 3 3 222 36 1 6 10
Eastern Range
Bhagalpur 1 5 4 32 98 6 393 72 1 16 21
Monghyr 1 5 3 34 103 6 413 76 1 12 16
Dumka 1 4 3 21 80 4 321 7 1 15 13
Sahebganj 1 3 3 21 姰64
ִ◌ 3 255 40 1 6 10
Southern Range
Ranchi 1 7 6 48 147 18 588 95 1 18 24
Palamu 1 3 3 23 70 3 279 52 1 7 11
W. 1 4 3 28 84 4 336 66 1 10 13
Singhbhum
Jamshedpur 1 2 3 17 53 5 211 38 1 11 16
Hazaribagh Range
Hazaribagh 1 4 4 26 79 4 316 53 1 8 16
Giridih 1 3 3 21 65 1 260 40 1 6 10
Dhanbad 1 3 4 22 69 5 275 57 1 13 15
Bokaro 1 2 2 11 35 -- 138 11 1 -- 8

APPENDIX 34
INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING THE FORMATION OF THE MOBILISED CONTINGENTS.
(RULE 616)
1. The Inspector-General shall supply to Superintendents/Deputy Inspectors-General concerned a statement

in the form of a chart showing the sanctioned strength at different investigating centres in a district and the authorised
strength that may be withdrawn from each centre temporarily. Superintendents shall arrange to post literate constables
to take the place of Assistant Sub-Inspectors at such police-stations where they are withdrawn for mobilisation.
2. The force shall be grouped into Sections of 10 or 12 men each with an Assistant Sub-Inspector /Havildar in
charge. Half the company shall be in charge of a Sub-Inspector or Reserve Sub-Inspector; the entire company shall
be under the overall charge of an Inspector or a Reserve Inspector.
. .
 ְ◌

APPENDIX 35
CURRICULUM FOR EDUCATION CLASSES
(RULES 83 AND 630)
1. Reserve Classes—
(a) Arithmetic.
(b) First aid to the injured.
(c) Memory training and powers of observation, e.g., describing objects met with in the course of a walk,
describing the features, clothing and marked peculiarities, i.e., appearance, gait, etc. (Appendix 6) of
known persons, or the contents of a known room; gauging distances; repeating messages.
(d) Telling the time and reading motor car letters and numbers in English.
(e) Traffic signals (Appendix 9).
(f) Swain's Constables Manual.
(g) P.M. Rule 5, and rules of Conduct (Appendix 37).
(h) P.M. Chapters 22 to 26 and Chapter 45.
(i) Appendices 36, 54, 65 to 72.
◌֭
2. Classes in Police-Stations including outpost—
(a) Items (a), (b), (c) and such portion of (/) of reserve curriculum which specially concern Town Police
and outpost.
(b) The histories, habits, haunts, relatives and associates of criminals under surveillance and absconders
and kinds of crime committed by them.
• •

APPENDIX 36
MUSKETRY COURSE INCLUDING RIFLE SHOOTING COURSE AND REVOLVER COURSE.
(RULE 631)
(A)Musketry Course.
1. The reserve and ordinary- police shall fire the following musketry course:—
Class of Officer. Number of Ball rounds fired by Period.
Musket .410 bore Rifle .303
(1) Recruits at Training Centers. 15 40 During period of training.
(2) Armed Police Reserve X 40 Annually.

■
(3) Mobilised contingent X 40 Ditto.
(4) Ordinary Police X *40 Once in two years
* Bad shots will repeat the course.

Recruit constables and cadet Sub-Inspectors will undergo their instruction in musketry in their respective
training institutions and fire their first course there on target practice No. 1 according to instructions in Form No.
1 given in P. M. Form No. 166 on Target No. 1.
If a long and safe musketry range for .303 Rifle at any place is not available target practice may be done at
least at a distance of 25 yards only at a suitable range on a small target in a lying position with 5 rounds only.
Musketry instruction.
2. Squads for musketry instruction shall not exceed ten men each. The officers and men shall be put through
a course of firing exercises and aiming drill for different types of firing, viz., (a) grouping i.e. Target Practice No.
2 on Target No. II, (b) application i.e. individual shots viz., Target Practice No. 2 on Target numbers II and III and
(c) snap shooting i.e. Target Practice No. 2 on Target No. IV. The number of rounds to be fired from varying
distances in different postures are given in columns of form number 2 in P. M. Form No. 166.
3. A ricochet counts as a miss and shall be recorded by the letter R. The hits shall be indicated either with the
help of (i) a circular disc fixed on a long wooden pole whose one side is coloured black and the other side is white
or (ii) by flags, thus in case of firing on Target Practice No. 1.
Outer. ............................. White.

Centre ............................. Black and white.
Bull's eye........................ Black.
Ricochet or miss .................. Disc or red flag waved horizontally in front of target.

"Money prizes shall be awarded according to the percentage of the possible obtained".
Apart from one prize of Rs. 30 for giving to the best shot in the district, number of other prizes at Rs. 12 each
and Rs. 6 each shall be fixed for different districts by the Inspector-General on the basis of strength of force in a
district.
B. Revolver Course.
1. The following officers and men shall be put through a course of revolver practice yearly:—
(a) All officers of and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors.
(b) Such officers and men of the C.I.D. /I.D. as the Deputy Inspector-General, concerned shall select.
(c) Selected Havildars and Constables of each district.
2. All officers before proceeding to the range shall receive a preliminary course of instruction in the parts of,
the care of, and the handling of a revolver. The precautions to be observed in order to avoid accidents shall be
strongly emphasised.
3. Officers shall be given ample practice in aiming and snapping, and shall not fire their course until they have
learnt the correct grip and the correct way of "squeezing" the trigger.
Handling of Revolvers.
4. The Instructor shall explain to every officer the parts and mechanism of the revolver.
Care of Revolvers.
5. Revolvers shall be opened and cleaned immediately after firing.
The cleaning rod, with a piece of flannel or soft cloth 4" x 2" attached, shall be passed several times through the
barrel and chambers from the muzzle till they are quite clean. Then the same process shall be gone through with a
clean piece of flannel or soft rag soaked in oil, till the inside of the barrel and chambers are thoroughly oiled.
Note. — The instructor may use boiling water if the fouling cannot be removed in the ordinary way but if he does so,
he shall see that every part of the revolver is thoroughly dried before the final oiling. He shall again examine
the weapon a few hours later, to dry and oil it again if it has "sweated".
6. After cleaning the inside of the barrel and chambers, the other parts of the revolver shall be cleaned with a
piece of soft cloth and then thoroughly oiled.
7. Emery or sand paper, surki, bathbrick or any other hard substance shall never be used for cleaning fire
arms, as these scratches.
8. Revolvers shall be constantly inspected, cleaned and oiled when not in use.
The hammer shall always be down. The revolver shall never be put away loaded, nor kept in its leather case
when stored in the armoury.
9. The oil recommended shall be same as given in Appendix 66. Vaseline is also suitable for use on the
outside.

Precautions to Prevent Accidents.
10. In order to prevent accidents the strictest discipline shall be maintained on the Range.
11. The main principle in handling all fire-arms shall be observed, namely, the weapon shall never be pointed
at any object which may not be fired at with impunity.
12. Only one officer shall fire at a time. Alternate firing by two officers is forbidden.
13. All officers other than the Instructor and the officers about to fire shall remain at least 20 yards in rear of
the firing point, and no talking shall be allowed between the officer at the firing point and those waiting in rear.
14. All revolvers other than the one actually being used by, the firer shall be laid on a table at the firing
point.
15. Revolvers shall only be loaded at the firing point and under the order of the Instructor conducting the
practice.
16. While loading the revolver the officer about to fire shall face the target.
17. During the firing the Instructor shall be slightly in rear of and to the right or left of the firer, according
as
he is firing with the right or left hand.
18. When all cartridges in the revolver have been fired or when for any other reason firing is stopped, the
revolver shall be immediately unloaded and placed on the table. Till this has been done no other officer shall
approach the firing point, nor shall the firer turn from the target or move from the firing point.
A revolver which has been partly fired or has misfired must not be turned towards own eyes out of curiousity
for seeing from the side of the muzzle or held drooping down towards own feet as a shot held up inside might get
released suddenly hitting the person holding the revolver.
COMMANDS
19. Load.—Draw the revolver with the right hand and point the muzzle towards the target. Seize the cylinder
with the left hand, open the cylinder with the right thumb and place a cartridge in each chamber revolving the
cylinder with the thumb and first finger of the left hand. After filling each chamber close the cylinder, then lay the
revolver on the palm of the left hand, muzzle pointing upwards towards the target, forefinger extended along the
body of the revolver.
20. Method of firing six rounds with or without full cock in first practice in Form No. 3, in P.M. Form
No. 166:—
(a) Right hand practice.—Make a half left turn, keeping the muzzle pointing as before. Advance the right
foot about 10 inches and full-cock the revolver with the right thumb.
(b) Left hand practice.—Make a half right turn, advance the left foot about 10 inches reverse the revolver,
holding it in the left hand and resting it on the palm of the right hand and full-cock .with the thumb
of the left hand.

21. Fire,—Taking the left (or right) hand towards the back of the waist raise the revolver at same time placing
the forefinger round the trigger. Take aim through the notch on the breach, aligning the foresight on the mark. As
soon as a correct aim is obtained press the trigger until the hammer falls and return to the loading position, full-
cock, and continue the practice until the named number of rounds is expanded. After firing release the trigger with
the forefinger and. without full cocking, continue to fire until the whole of the chambers are discharged. Then
return to the loading position. After firing with left hand, reverse pistol to right hand.
Note. — The butt must be firmly held in such a position that the right forefinger has full play to press back the trigger.
The trigger should rest between the first and second joints of the forefinger but nearer to the first than the
second,
22. Unload.—Open the cylinder, draw out the extracting rod, push out the cases, return the extracting rod,
close the cylinder, and lay the revolver on the palm of the left hand as detailed above.
23. Return of revolver.—Turn to the front and return the revolver to its case.
Course to be fired
24. The annual course of 30 rounds shall be fired according to instructions given in columns of Form No. 3 in
P. M. Form No. 166 on Target Nos. V, VI and III which shall be called Target Practice No. 3.
25. A prize of Rs. 75 for the highest, Rs. 45 for the second and Rs. 30 for the third score will be awarded each
year.
Miscellaneous.
26. Detailed instructions for holding competition in Musketry and revolver courses shall be found in the
"Rules for All-India Police Duty Meet".
• •

TARGET PRACTICE NO. I.
Prescribed Target No. I for musketry.
Prescribed target far musketry.
1. Area—6 ft. x 2 ft.
2. Colour—a and al = ash colour
b except bulls eye = orange colour
Bulls eye = black with 8" diameter
3. Evaluation of each shot—in a and al = 2
in b = 3
in bulls eye = 4
TARGET PRACTICE NO. 2

Prescribed Target No. II for shot by
.303 Rifle for group Firing.
Value of each shot for grouping for
every category (5 rounds):—
for inside of a 2" circle = 10 marks
for inside of a 4" circle = 9 marks.
for inside of a 8" circle =7 marks.
Note. — The hits of shots at the different parts of the target shall be located but their consideration shall be done for
their grouping according to the above circles.

TARGET PRACTICE NO. 2 (Contd)
(Applications)
Prescribed Target No. Ill for target
practice with .303 Rifle.
This target number shall also be used for
fourth practice of Target Practice No. 3 of
revolver.
Colour—Half (upper) part grey and lower
orange.
Area—4' x 4' for whole diameter of circle
a (moon) = 12" which shall be totally black.
b = 24" diameter (Inner)
c = 36" diameter (Magpie)
d = 48" diameter (Outer)
Value of firing of each shot a = 10 marks
b = 8 marks
c = 6 marks
d = 4 marks
TARGET PRACTICE NO. 2 (Contd)

Prescribed Target No. IV for practice of a
moving target with .303 Rifle.
Circle of 22" diameter
Colour a = orange
b = black
Value of shot of each round = 3 marks
CE MANUAL(VOL-3) 177
TAEGET PRACTICE NO. 3 (Revolver) For First
and Third Practice Target Number V
Mark of each shot—
( l ) 2 " x 4 " = 10 marks
(2) 4" x 8" = 9 marks
(3 ) 8 "x 12"=8 marks
(4) 12" x 16" = 7 marks
(5) 16" x 25" = 6 marks
above and below = 5 marks
TARGET PRACTICE NO. 3 (Contd.)

Target No. VI.
Second Practice on Target Nos. V and VI.
Value of firing of each shot—
On Target No. V
5 marks for inside of a rectangle—8" x 12'
2 marks for outside of rectangle
On Target No. VI
5 marks in the middle part
In the remaining parts 2 marks
Fourth Practice—
On Target No. III
CE MANUAL(VOL-3) 178
APPENDIX 37
PRINCIPLES OF POLICE CONDUCT.
[RULES 666, 704(c)]
1. The Police must bear faithful allegiance to the Constitution of India and respect and uphold the rights of the
citizens as guaranteed by it.
2. The Police are essentially a law enforcing agency. They should not question the propriety or necessity of
any duly enacted law. They should enforce the law firmly and impartially, without fear or favour, malice or
vindictiveness and observe the law themselves.
3. The Police should recognise and respect the limitations of their powers and functions. They should not
usurp or even seem to usurp the functions of the judiciary. Nor should they avenge individual crime or seek to
punish the guilty.
4. In securing the observance-of law or in maintaining order, the Police should use the methods of persuasion,
advice and warning. Should these fail and the application of force becomes inevitable only, the absolute minimum
required in the circumstances should be used.
5. The primary duty of the Police is to prevent crime and disorder and the Police must recognise that the test
of their efficiency is the absence of both and not the visible evidence of Police action in dealing with them.
6. The Police must recognise that they are members of the public, with the only difference that in the interest
of the community and on its behalf they are employed to give full-time attention to the duties which are normally
incumbent on every citizen to perform.
7. The Police should realise that the efficient performance of their duties will be dependent on the extent of
ready co-operation they receive from the public. This, in ℀℀
turn, will depend on their honesty and sincerity in hearing
their grievances, their sense of security he has been able to regenerate and the confidence he has been able to
inspire and keenness and ability he has shown in investigation.
8. The Police should be sympathetic and considerate to all people and should be constantly mindful of their
welfare. They should always be ready to offer individual service and friendship and render necessary assistance to
all, without regard to their wealth or social standing.
9. The Police shall always place duty before self, should remain calm and good-humoured whatever be the
danger or provocation and should be ready even to sacrifice their lives in protecting those of others.
10. The Police should always be Courteous and well mannered: they should be dependable and detached: they
should possess dignity and courage: and should cultivate character and the trust of the people.
11. Integrity of the highest order is the fundamental basis of the prestige of the police, Recognising this, the
Police must keep their private lives scrupulously clean, develop self-restraint and be truthful and honest in thought
and deed, in both personal and official life, so that the public may regard them as exemplary citizens.
12. The Police should recognise that they can enhance their u t i li t y to the Administration and the country only
by maintaining a high standard of discipline, unstinted obedience to superiors and loyalty to the force and by
keeping themselves in a state of constant training and preparedness.
13. The Police force shall provide safety and give help specially to women, children, handicapped persons
and very aged persons. In this work, no discrimination is ever to be made for religion, caste, etc.
14. The Police force shall always behave with kindness to dumb animals.

APPENDIX 38
RULES FOR DIRECT RECRUITMENT OF SUB-INSPECTORS AND RESERVE
SUB-INSPECTORS
(RULES 653 AND 654)
NOTICE
Candidates should apply in the prescribed form for appearing at the recruitment examination of Bihar Public
Service Commission in Hindi (Devanagari Script and also give an abstract of their application as given in Schedule
(b) of Commission's Form Nos. 57-A and 58-A which can be obtained from the office of the Commission at 15-
Bailey Road, Patna on payment of rupee one by Crossed Indian Postal Order payable to the Budget-cum-Accounts
Officer of the Bihar Public Service Commission at Patna G.P.O. or Treasury Challan under head "051-Lok Seva
Ayog Pariksha - Sulka (Praptiyan)". Similary an examination fee of Rs. 10 shall also have to be paid by Postal
Order or Treasury Challan deposited under the same head. No fee is required for candidates belonging to the
Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes but after availing two chances they will have to pay a sum of Rs. 2.50 as
examination fee. The application form together with Treasury Challan/Postal Order/Attested copy of proof of
educational qualification/Photo of the candidate, a preliminary health certificate from any registered Medical Officer
should be sent by registered post to the Officer-on-Special Duty, Bihar Public Service Commission by designation
(not by name) or (submitted personally in the office of the Commission on or before the due date. In all
correspondence subsequently with the Commission, the candidate must note the name of the examination on the
envelope and give inside in correspondence his Roll Number if intimated by the Commission, date of birth which
should ordinarily be from Matriculation certificate, change of address, if any, etc.
A candidate claiming to belong to Scheduled Caste/Tribe should furnish a certificate to this effect from
authorities enumerated in clause 6 of Appendix 40.
2. The Inspector-General has no special list of candidates
℀℀ and no one will on any account be considered for
appointment who has failed to apply in the manner prescribed.
Any attempt to canvass in any way whatsoever will disqualify the candidate on whose behalf the attempt is
made. This rule will be strictly observed.
3. In the application, the candidate shall have to mention besides the compulsory subjects given in Rule
654(c), those optional subjects in which he wants to appear in the examination. The selection of one optional
subject from the list given below in each of the groups A and B or two subjects from the same group B only shall
be final and no alteration shall be allowed. The examination shall be of three hours duration in each subject and
sample question papers set in previous examinations can be obtained from Service Commission on payment of
requisite fees.
GROUP A
1. Hindi language and literature.
2. Urdu language and literature.
3. English language and literature.
4. Sanskrit language and literature.
5. Persian language and literature.
6 Arabic language and literature.
7. Pali language and literature.

GROUP B
1. Indian History (from 1526 up-to-date).
2. Geography.
3. Economics.
4. Public Administration and Indian Constitution.
5. Commerce.
6. Physics and Chemistry.
7. Biology and Zoology.
8. Mathematics.
The syllabus of each subject shall be given in the prospectus issued by the Bihar Public Service Commission. The
minimum qualifying marks for compulsory General Hindi paper is 30 out of total 100 marks. These will not, however,
be added with the aggregate marks. All papers shall carry 100 marks each and shall be of three hours duration. These
papers shall be of degree standard (Pass Course examination) of the different Universities of the Bihar State but General
Hindi will be of Matriculation standard.
4. The candidates engaged in the Government services should send their application forms through the officer
empowered to forward their applications under Bihar Government Servant Application Rules, 1956 but generally,
these should be forwarded by that officer who had appointed him on the post or service held by the Government
servant.
The officer forwarding it shall forward it to the Commission after filling up, the endorsement at the end of the
application form. Candidates belonging to universities sponsored by Government or other local bodies or Corporation or
candidates engaged in the services of Railway Board should also send their applications through their departmental heads
or employers. The candidates should clearly write in their applications whether they are temporary or on probation or have
been confirmed on a permanent post. ℀℀
5. A candidate who is not sure that his application through proper channel will reach the Commission office
by the last date for the receipt of applications, should send another copy direct marking it as "ADVANCE COPY"
along with examination fee and all required documents. The advance copy must reach the office of the Commission on
or before the last date. This will be considered only after the application through proper channel has been received.
6. A candidate may belong to either sex. A male who has more than one living wife shall not be eligible for
appointment to this service as long as the Bihar Government is not satisfied that there are special reasons for the
same as a result of which that male candidate may be exempted from enforcement of this rule.
7. Minimum educational qualification, etc.—See Rule 658.
8. Physical tests.—Only those male candidates who pass the physical tests given below shall be allowed to
appear at the written examination :—
Test. Sub-Inspector Reserve Sub-Inspector
Mile Run Within 6 minutes Within 6 minutes
High Jump 4 ft. 4 ft. 6 inches.
Long Jump 12 ft. 15 ft.
Putting the shot 15 ft. 20 ft.
(16ibs.).
9. See clause 4 of Appendix 39 also for free medical examination after selection.

APPENDIX 38A
PROCEDURE FOR DIRECT RECRUITMENT OF ASSISTANT PUBLIC PROSECUTOR, GEADE III
KNOWN ALSO AS ASSISTANT DISTRICT PROSECUTOR.
(RULE 670)
1. Law graduates are eligible to apply in the form prescribed by the Bihar Public Service Commission for
appearing at the recruitment examination for the post of Assistant Public Prosecutor, Grade III conducted by the
B.P.S. Commission. The application forms shall be available on sending a Crossed Indian Postal Order of rupee
one payable to the Budget-cwm-Accounts Officer of the Bihar Public Service Commission at G.P.O., Patna. This
must be filled up in Hindi (Devanagri Script) and should be accompanied by an examination fee of Rs. 20 only
deposited by Postal Order as above or by a Treasury Challan under the head "051-Public Service Commission
Examination Fees (Receipt)". No examination fee is payable by members of Scheduled Castes/Tribes. If a candidate
belonging to S.C. /S.T. has availed two chances without paying the examination fee, -they will have to pay a sum of
Rs. 7.25 as examination fee. All candidates including those of Scheduled Castes/Tribes must not be less than 5'-3"
(157.5 cms.) in height and 30" (75 cms.) in chest (unexpanded). There is no relaxation for Scheduled Castes and
Tribes in this in height/chest. For other particulars, see Appendix 38 specially clauses 2, and 4 to 6. There shall not
be any personality or physical test either before or after the examination.
2. Age.—A candidate must be over 22 years and under 29 years of age on the first of January of the year
following the year of advertisement provided that in the case of candidates belonging to the Scheduled Castes/
Tribes, the upper age-limit shall be 34 years. Persons who already hold a service under the government are also
eligible to apply provided they are within the prescribed age-limit.
3. Following will be the compulsory and optional℀℀
subjects :—
COMPULSORY SUBJECTS
(a) General Hindi ……….. ..……………… 100 marks

(b) General Knowledge …………. ………………. 150 marks
(c) General Science …………. ………………. 100 marks
(d) Law of Evidence …………. ………………. 150 marks
OPTIONAL SUBJECTS
(a) Constitutional Law of India ……….. ..……………… 100 marks

(b) Indian Penal Code ……….. ..……………… 100 marks
(c) Minor Acts (with books) ……….. ..……………… 100 marks
Candidates will be required to select only two from the above optional subjects. The, minimum qualifying
marks for General Hindi is 30 which will not be added with aggregate marks obtained by the candidates. All the
papers shall be of degree standard (Pass Course) of the different Universities of the Bihar State but General Hindi
will be of Matriculation standard.
4. No fee shall be charged for examination before medical board after selection and before appointment. See
note to Rule 672.

APPENDIX 39
POLICE RADIO FORMS
(RULE 1232)
Some of the forms used in Police Radio are given below:—

(1) P.M. Form No. 63—Police Radio Organisation,
Traffic Statement.
(2) P.M. Form No. 64—Delivery Book (Police Radio).
(3) P.M. Form No. 65—Police Radio Station.
Out Message Register.
(4) P.M. Form No. 66—Police Radio Station. In Message Register.
(5) P.M. Form No. 81—Delay memo.
(6) P.M. Form No. 92—Police Radio Log.
(7) P.M. Form No. 207—Message Form.
℀℀
• •
P.M.-III-13

APPENDIX 40
RESERVATIONS FOR SCHEDULED TRIBES/SCHEDULED CASTES.
(RULE 664)
1. Detailed instructions have been issued from time to time by the State Government in the Personnel Department
in respect of reservation in Government services for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. Compilation of such
circulars has also been published in the form of a book.
2. All appointing authorities are required to keep registers in forms prescribed by Government to maintain a
record of appointments made annually. An annual return of appointments made in prescribed forms should be sent
by the District Superintendents of Police to I.G. of Police by 1st of January every year who will prepare the
statement for the entire State Police and send a copy to Personnel Department with a copy to Welfare Department
so as to reach there by the 1st of March.
3. The percentage of appointments for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes varies according to class or
grade in which appointments are made and whether it is being made districtwise, rangewise and on State basis
separately. A list of such percentages for permanent appointment and another for completing the quota is given in
statements 1 and 2 of the book together with a roster or cycle for making such appointments.
4. The overall average on state basis of appointments should not be less than 14 per cent for scheduled caste
and 10 per cent for scheduled tribe.
5. In order to justify a statement that sufficient number of suitable candidates of scheduled castes and tribes
was not available and the vacancies should therefore, be treated as unreserved, the vacancies may be advertised in
㼀
newspapers as well as given out through All-India Radio, Patna and other stations in this State. It is also necessary
to consult other agencies which may be in a position to assist in the matter. As already pointed out in instructions
issued from time to time by the State Government, appointing authorities should supply information regarding
vacancies in ministerial, subordinate and lower-grade posts to—
(i) Members of the State Legislature who represent Scheduled Castes Constituencies and Tribal Constituencies.
(ii) The Harijan Sewak Sangh.
(iii) The District Welfare Officers.
(iv) Depressed Classes' League.
(v) Adimjati Seva Mandal (Nibaran Ashram, Ranchi).
(vi) Santhal Pahariya Seva Mandal (Deoghar).
(vii) Musahar Seva Mandal (Rosera, Darbhanga).
It should be made clear to these organisations and individuals that their functions are limited to bringing to the
notice of suitable candidates the vacancies for which they should apply and to advise the candidates on matters
which may be of assistance to them in preparing for admission to examinations held tor recruitment to the services
and that it shall not be for them to press the claims of any individual candidate, who should submit his application
direct to the appointing authorities or through the Employment Exchange.
6. The lists of Scheduled Castes, Tribes and Backward Classes are given in the book noted in clause 1 as
well as in documents accompanying application forms prescribed by the Bihar Public Service Commission

When a candidate claims reservation oil this ground, he should produce a certificate from any of
the following:—
(1) D.M. (2) S.D.O. (3) Project Executive Officer. (4) Assistant Project Executive Officer. (5) B. D. O
(6) Anchal Adhikari. (7) Circle Officer. (8) First Class Magistrate.
Such a certificate should be attached to first Acquittance Pay Roll otherwise, payment of salary shall not be
made.
7. The reference of actual Caste or Sub-Caste should not be made in Service Book, application forms or in any
form in- use for Scheduled Castes or Tribes or for others. This should be, based on the pattern of Census,
Questionnaire i.e. only (1) Nationality, (2) Religion, (3) Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes broadly should be
noted.
8. If any departure is proposed to be made from these rules in a district office, the orders of Commissioner of
Division shall be obtained and the latter will obtain orders of the Personnel Department.
9. In all cases of promotion made on the basis of seniority subject to fitness, special consideration should be
shown to candidates of Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes. Where tests and examinations are prescribed as a
condition for promotion, the standard of such test or examination should be lower in the case of Scheduled Castes
or Scheduled Tribes.
STATEMENT 1
RESERVATION PERCENTAGE
Serial Name of Division and District Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes
No.
1 2 3 4
Patna Division 20 1
1 Patna ... ... ... 17 1
2 Nalanda ... ... ... 17 0
3 Gaya ... ... ... 25 1
4 Aurangabad ... ... ... 25 0
5 Nawada ... ... ... 25 1
6 Bhojpur ... ... ... 17 0
7 Rohtas ... ... ... 17 1
Tirhut Division 14 1
8 Muzaffarpur ... ... ... 16 0
9 Sitamarhi ... ... ... 16 0

Serial No Name of Division and District Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes
1 2 3 4
10 Vaishali ... ... ... 16 0
11 East Champaran ... ... ... 141/2 0
12 Saran ... ... ... 11 1/2 1
13 Siwan ... ... ... 11 1/2 0
14 Gopalgang ... ... ... 11 1/2 0
15 West Champaran ... ... ... 141/2 1
Darbhanga Division ... ... ... 15 0
16 Darbhanga ... ... ... 15 0
17 Samastipur ... ... ... 15 0
18 Madhubani ... ... ... 15 3
19 Begusarai ... ... ... 15 1/2 0
Kosi Division ... ... ... 15 3
20 Saharsa... ... ... ... 17 1
훰‫؍‬
21 Purnea ... ... ... 11 1/2 4
22 Katihar ... ... ... 4 1/2 4
Bhagalpur Division ... ... ... 12 10
23 Bhagalpur ... ... ... 11 4
24 Monghyr ... ... ... 151/2 2
25 Santhal Parganas ... ... ... 8 361/2
Hazaribagh Division ... ... ... 13 33
26 Hazaribagh ... ... ... 121/2 11
27 Giridih ... ... ... 121/2 11
28 Dhanbad ... ... ... 151/2 11
Ranchi Division ... ... ... 111/2 31
29 Ranchi ... ... ... 5 45
30 Palamau ... ... ... 251/2 20
31 Singhbhum ... ... ... 4 45

APPENDIX 41
LIST OF AUTHORITIES WHO CAN MAKE APPOINTMENTS AND GIVE PROMOTIONS TO
DIFFERENT RANKS IN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.
SL No. Rank. Period of Probation. Appointing Authority Promoting Authority
1 2 3 4 5
1 Deputy Superintendents I. EXECUTIVE RANKS Government Governor
Three years for direct recruits andone
year for promoted as per Rules 648
(a) and (b) respectively.
2 Reserve Inspectors (armed) Two Years No direct recruitment Inspector General
3 Inspectors (unarmed) and its Two Years Ditto Ditto
equivalent rank in technical
branches
4 Reserve Sub-Inspector (armed) and Two years for direct recruits and 1 Deputy Inspector- Deputy Inspector-
its equivalent ranks in technical year for promoted. General General
branches.
5 Sub-Inspectors (unarmed) and its Two years subject to Rule 659 for Ditto Ditto
equivalent in technical branches direct recruits and 1 year subject to
Rule 659(g) for promoted
6 Steno-Typist Sub-Inspectors Two years in case of direct recruits Ditto Ditto
and 1 year in case of훰promoted.
‫؍‬
7 Assistant Sub-Inspectors Two years subject to Rule 660 No direct recruitment Superintendent but
selection on range
seniority basis by D.I.G.
8 Typist Assistant Sub-Inspector and Two Years Deputy Inspector- Ditto
Steno Typist Assistant Sub Inspector. General
9 Havildar and its equivalent ranks in Two years subject to Rule 660-A. No direct appointment Superintendent
technical branches.
10 Lance Niaksand Niaks 1 year ……. Superintendent
11 Constables including driver …… Superintendent

constables, armourer constables etc.
II. TECHNICAL CADRE
12 Director. Deputy director, Assistant 2 years Government
Director of Forensic Laboratory.
13 Technical Experts (Senior) F.P.B., 2 years No direct appointment Inspector General
Questioned documents and Photo
Bureau, etc.
14 Technical Experts (Junior) F.P.B., Ditto Deputy Inspector
Questioned documents, Photo General, Criminal
Bureau and Statistical Assistant. Investigation
Department

Serial Rank. Period of Probation. Appointing Authority Promoting Authority
No.
1 2 3 4 5
III. MINISTERIAL CADRE AND OTHER GAZETTED RANKS.
1. Joint Establishment of offices of Inspector-General and Deputy Inspector-General.
15 Budget Officer 1 year No direct recruitment Government
16 Registrar 1 year Ditto Ditto
17 Section Officer …… Ditto I.-G.
18 Assistants 2 years Inspector-General Inspector-General
19 Typist 2 years Ditto Ditto
20 Routine Clerk 2 years Ditto Ditto
2. District Police.
21 Head Clerk 1 year No direct recruitment Deputy Inspector-
General.
22 Accountants 1 year Ditto Ditto
23 Clerks 2 years Deputy Inspector-
General.
24 Fourth grade employees like Daftari, 1 year Superintendent
etc.
훰‫؍‬
N.B.—(l) Appointments and promotions are done through departmental boards for which Appendix 72 is to be seen.
(2) Executive Ministerial of Intelligence Department are govemed by rules of corresponding ranks.
(3) All confirmations are subject to passing the examination in Rule 679 unless expressly exempted.
..

APPENDIX 42
RULES FOR THE RECRUITMENT, TRAINING, EXAMINATION AND POSTING OF STENO SUB-INSPECTOR,
STENO ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTOR AND TYPIST ASSISTANT
SUB-INSPECTOR OF POLICE.
(RULE 749)
1. In order to provide stenographers for all but the lightest districts and for the railways and the offices of the
Deputy Inspector-General of Police, the corps of trained steno. Sub-Inspectors and assistant Sub-Inspectors should
be not less than 188 and 69 respectively.
2. Every year in the month of July, the Inspector-General shall work out the number of vacancies in the ranks
of steno Sub-Inspectors and steno assistant Sub-Inspectors. On the basis of these vacancies, he shall decide to
make direct recruitment by the procedure given hereinafter keeping in view the reservations for scheduled caste/
tribe. He will also decide as to what quota should be fixed for promotion from the rank of steno assistant Sub-
Inspector to steno Sub-Inspector.
3. Advertisement shall be made through Employment Exchange calling for application in P.M. Form No. 131
in Hindi (Devanagri script) (a) from persons trained in stenography, and (b) from persons not trained in it but
having aptitude for it. Persons in category (b) should have good knowledge of Hindi and if possible of English who
can be enlisted in the cadre of writer constables and then sent for further training in stenography either free of cost
in Police Training College or on payment in C.M.S. Commercial Institute, Bhagalpur or any other institute preferably
of Government undertaking. A sum of Rs. 8 shall be deposited by candidates under head ''055-Police— Other
receipts" in Treasury Challan, a copy of which should be attached with their application. Candidates belonging to
S.C. /S.T. as also candidates from Police Department are exempted from payment of this fee.
훰‫؍‬
(c) Those who are already in Police Department may also be eligible to apply if they are in category (a) without
any age-limit. For category (b), they should be preferably within the age-limits vide clause 5 but officers and men
of S.C. /S.T. may apply up to the age of 34 years. Such candidates can apply in plain paper.
4. The test of minimum speed for five minutes only for various ranks are given below:—
Words per minute.
SI. No. Post. Hindi. English.

Dictation Typing Dictation Typing.
1 Steno Sub-Inspector, Class I 100 35 120 40

2 Steno Sub-Inspectors (Class II 80 30 100 40
passed).
3 Steno Sub-Inspector (Class II 70 25 80 35
unpassed).
4 Steno assistant Sub-Inspector 50 20 60 30
5. Typist assistant Sub-Inspector ... 30 ... 40

10 per cent mistakes in each subject should be condoned.
5. The standard of educational qualifications, measurements, age and physical tests shall be the same in case
of steno Sub-Inspector as is for Sub-Inspector (unarmed), vide Rule 658 and for steno or typist assistant Sub-
Inspectors, those of constables, vide Rule 663. In suitable cases relaxation in height and chest may be done by Dy.
I.G., Admin, up to 1" and by the Inspector-General up to 2". In case of scheduled caste/tribe, further relaxation may
be done by 1". All candidates shall be allowed to appear in test of shorthand dictation/typing and after that they
may be required to appear in physical tests meant for respective ranks. However, suitable candidates may be
exempted from these tests. The candidates shall be appointed by the Central Selection Board [Appendix 72(2)].
They will serve as stenographers for a period of 5 years, after which they will ordinarily revert to district work but
before that they shall undergo the usual course of training at the Police Training College for ordinary Police duties.
The Inspector-General shall be at liberty to retain them as stenographers for a longer period where necessary.
6. Candidates trained in stenography as per clause 3(a) should possess the speed as given in clause 4. For raw
hands to be recruited as per clause 3(b), a test in Hindi. (Including Hindi Essay—40 marks, construction of sentence—
30 marks and Grammar — 30 marks) shall be held conveniently at the same time with the examination for recruit-
ment of W.Cs. to A.S.I.'s course as per Rule 685. A certain percentage of such posts shall be reserved for candidates
of Police Department.
7. Candidates of clause 3(b) category when selected shall apart from training in shorthand do physical training,
parade and get instruction in police duties in P.T.C. A suitable instructor and few typewriting machines shall be
provided there for this. Those who shall do shorthand course at this institution shall be exempted from further
training required before reversion to general lines (clause 5). Only in case adequate seats and facilities are not
available for training in shorthand in P.T.C. that this shall be arranged at any other institute as given in clause 3.
ꃀ
8. Before joining any institution for training in shorthand course the candidate will be required to execute an
agreement in the form given below that he will serve in the Police Department for a period of not less than 5 years
from the date of the completion of the course. This agreement shall be deposited with the Inspector-General of
Registration. Passed stenographer assistant Sub-Inspectors, who are well reported on will be specially considered
for early promotion as steno Sub-Inspector in officiating vacancies.
9. Candidates selected for the shorthand course will be shown as on deputation for training in stenography
where they will receive four hours instruction in shorthand and typing daily. The local Superintendent of Police
except in case of P.T.C. where Principal will be in charge shall obtain from the head of the Commercial Institution,
a monthly report showing the progress made by, and the conduct of, each student trainee as well as statement of
attendance. In matters of discipline, leave and pay, etc., the. Superintendent of Police concerned will be the controlling
officer. The trainees shall all live together, if possible in a house to be hired for them, and a senior trainee shall be
appointed to supervise the establishment.
10. The charges shall be paid to the Commercial Training Institute authorities by the Superintendent concerned
with the sanction of the Inspector-General. The expenditure shall be recorded under the detailed head "255-Police—
District Police— Other charges". The period of training at the Institute shall last for 8 months at the end of which a
speed of 70 words a minute in shorthand and 30 words a minute in typewriting is expected from each assistant Sub-
Inspector. If necessary, the period of training may be extended with the special sanction of the Inspector-General.
11. Steno Sub-Inspectors and assistant Sub-Inspectors will be allotted to the ranges by the Inspector-General.
The Deputy Inspector-General will then distribute them among districts within their ranges as may be necessary.

12. In order to secure efficient reporters, a monthly allowance of Rs. 50 shall be given to steno assistant Sub-
Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors and Rs. 75 when they pass class II stenographer course. Those who pass class I
stenographer course shall be eligible to get increased allowance according to government orders. The eligibility of
the stenographers to draw the allowance shall be determined by the Inspector-General on the result of an examination
to be hold once a year by the Principal at the Police Training College. The date of examination in consultation with
the Principal shall be published in the Police Gazette.
Those who fail in shorthand but have requisite speed of typing may be required as typist assistant Sub-
Inspector. Those who do not pass in any test shall be reverted to their original ranks.
13. In order that shorthand writers may maintain and improve their skill, constant practice is necessary. Officers
who have been trained in shorthand should, therefore, be employed at the headquarters station of districts and have
daily practice—
(a) in reporting evidence and speeches in Court;
(b) in reporting speeches made at political and other meetings;
(c) in recording drafts, etc., dictated by the Superintendent,
14. The primary object to be aimed at is the provision of a body of trained stenographers capable of reporting
verbatim a speech delivered in Hindi, for which a speed varying from 120 to 160 words in a minute is necessary.
Superintendents should bear this in mind and see that work is arranged with a view to attain that object. They
should also ensure that stenographers are made to do regular daily practice by having passages dictated to them on
days on which they have not, in the course of their duties, had to take down sufficient to keep them up to the mark.
15. The appointment of steno Sub-inspector/assistant Sub-Inspector and typist assistant Sub-Inspector shall
be done by Deputy Inspector-General under Police Act. They shall wear Police uniform but shall not use any of the
裂‫؍‬
powers of police so long as they work as stenographers and typist.
AGREEMENT
KNOW ALL MEN by these presents that I (Full name) ....................................................................................

............................. son (Full name).............................................. , of village .................. P.S ......................... , in the
district of. ............................ , am bound to the "GOVERNOR OF BIHAR" (hereinafter called the GOVERNOR
which expression shall include his successors in office and assigns) in the sum of Rs .................................to be paid
to the GOVERNOR or his certain attorney or attorneys for which payment well and truly to be made I bind myself,
my heirs, executors, administrators and representatives firmly by these presents, sealed with my seal dated
this ............................. day of 20 ......
Whereas the above bounden .................has agreed to and is about to undergo at the cost and expense of
Government, a course of instruction in stenography at the ........ , and whereas for the purpose of securing the refund
to the GOVERNOR of the moneys hereinafter mentioned in the event of the said ............ being dismissed from or
leaving without permission, or resigning his post in the police force before the expiration of 5 years from the data
of completion of his training at the said ............... , and in consideration of the said course of instruction has to be
given as aforesaid, it has been agreed that the said .................... shall execute the above written bond subject to the
condition hereinafter contained.
Now the condition of the above written bond is such that if the said ................................................. shall after
completing his training at the ..............................., serve in the police force for a period of not less than 5 years or if
the said ............................... or his heirs, executors, administrators or representatives shall pay to the GOVERNOR

the sum of rupees three hundred, together with such sums of money as are equivalent to the total pay of the
said.............................. throughout the period of his training at the said .......................................... the amount of the
travelling allowance of the said ................................... to join his district, and any travelling allowance he may have
drawn during his said training, then the above written bond shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in full
force and virtue.
In witness whereof I ...............................have put my signature hereunder.
The executant has signed in my presence and I identify him.
Witness (1) Signature ...................................................................
Address .....................................................................
(2) Signature ....................................................................
Address .....................................................................
• •
裂‫؍‬

APPENDIX 43
SUBMISSION OF PETITIONS TO THE GOVERNOR AND STATE GOVERNMENT
(RULE 700)
Government of Bihar, Appointment Department.
Order No. III/RI-109/57A-252.
Patna, the 8th January, 1960.
The following instructions for the submission, receipt and transmission of petitions addressed to the Governor
and the Secretary to Government in respect of matters arising out of civil employment under the Government of
Bihar or the termination of such employment, are published for general information. They supersede all previous
instructions on the subject.
PART I.
PRELIMINARY
1. Definitions. — In these instructions—

(1) ' Government' means the Government of Bihar;
(2) 'Petition' includes a memorial, representation, or an application of the nature of a petition.
2. Scope of instructions.—(1) These instructions shall apply, so far as may be, to all petitions addressed to the
Governor or the Secretary to Government by persons who are or have been, in the civil employment of the
Government of Bihar, in respect of matters arising out of such employment or in respect of the termination of such
employment. 裂‫؍‬
(2) Those instructions shall not effect any rules or orders in respect of representations submitted by recognised
associations of Government servants.
PART II
FORM AND MANNER OF SUBMISSION OF PETITIONS
3. Forms of petitions.—(1) Every petition shall be legible and may preferably be either in type script or in
print.
(2) Every petition shall be authenticated by the signature of the petitioner and shall be submitted by him in his
own behalf.
(3) Every petition and the documents accompanying it shall be in Hindi written in Devanagri script.
4. Contents of petitions. — Every petition shall—
(a) contain all material statements and arguments relied upon by the petitioner;
(b) be complete in itself and include a copy of the order complained against, as well as copies of orders,
if any, passed by subordinate authorities;
(c) contain no disloyal, disrespectful or improper language; and
(d) end with a specific prayer.

5. Method of submission of petitions. - (1) Every petition shall be submitted to the immediate superior officer
of the office or department to which the petitioner belongs or belonged and shall be accompanied by a letter
requesting the immediate superior officer to transmit it to the Governor or the Secretary to Government as the case
may be.
(2) The Head of the Office or Department, on receipt of the petition submitted through him in accordance with
sub-instruction (1) shall forward the petition through the usual official channel to Government in the Administrative
Department concerned. The Head of the Department shall record his views on the petition and ensure that it reaches
the proper authorities within a reasonable time.
PART III
WITHHOLDING OF PETITIONS BY THE HEAD OF THE OFFICE OR DEPARTMENT
6. Circumstances in which petition may be withheld.—The Head of the Office or Department may, in his
discretion, withhold a petition when—
(1) the petitioner has not complied with any of the provisions of Part II; or
(2) the petition is a representation against an order communicated to the petitioner more than six months
before the submission of the petition, and no satisfactory explanation of the delay is given; or
(3) a previous petition from the petitioner on the same subject has been disposed of by the Chief Minister
and the petition, in the opinion of the Head of Office or Department, discloses no new facts or
circumstances which afford grounds for reconsideration of the matter; or
(4) the petition is a representation against a decision which is declared to be final by any law or statutory
rules; or
(5) the petition is an application for an employment
裂‫؍‬ under the Government not made in pursuance of any
rule or announcement calling for, applications for such employment; or
(6) the petition relates to a subject on which the Head of the Office or Department is competent to pass
orders and no application for redress has been made by the petitioner to the Head of the Office or
Department; or
(7) the petition is a representation against the non-exercise in favour of the petitioner of a discretion
vested in the Head of the Office or Department; or
(8) the petition is a representation against the discharge or termination of service by a competent authority
of the petitioner, having been—
(a) appointed on probation, during or at the end of such probation;
(b) appointed otherwise than under contract, to hold a temporary appointment on the expiration of
the period of such appointment; or
(c) engaged under contract, in accordance with the terms of such contract.
(9) the petition is a representation against an order—
(a) from which the petitioner has already exercised or has failed to exercise, a right of appeal
available under the rules or orders or the contract regulating his conditions of service;
(b) passed by a, competent authority in the exercise of appellate or revisional power conferred by
any rule, order or contract regarding his conditions of service; or

(10) The petition is a representation against an order of a competent authority refusing to grant or
recommend—
(i) a special pension; or
(ii) any pecuniary or other concession to which the petitioner is not entitled under any rules or orders
or contract regulating his conditions of service.
7. Petitioner to be informed when petition is withheld.—The Head of the Office or Department shall, when a
petition is withheld under instructions, inform the petitioner of the withholding thereof and the reasons thereon-
8. A petition will be liable to summary rejection, if—
(i) it is an advance copy not received through the channel referred to in Rule 5; or
(ii) the petitioner has not availed himself of the remedies provided by rules, or orders applicable to the case;
or
(iii) the petition is against an order communicated to the petitioner more than six months before the
submission of the petition and no satisfactory explanation of the delay is given; or
(iv) a previous petition from the petitioner on the same subject has been disposed of by the authority who is
now addressed and this present petition does not disclose new facts or circumstances which afford
grounds for a reconsideration of the subject.
9. The authority forwarding a petition shall state on
裂‫ ؍‬it whether the petitioner has complied with the above
requirements.
10. Every memorial addressed to the Secretary to Government should be finally disposed of by the Minister
in-charge and in case a memorial is submitted to Minister in-charge without submitting any memorial to the
Secretary to Government such memorials should be placed for disposal before the Minister in-charge by the Secretary
to Government concerned with his own comments within three months of its receipt. A petition addressed to the
Governor for the second time after the disposal of the first petition by the Minister in-charge, shall be submitted to
the Chief Minister for disposal through the Chief Secretary after consideration by the Minister in-charge within
three months of its receipt.
• •

APPENDIX 44
SCALE OF PAY AND ALLOWANCES OF SUPERIOR POLICE OFFICER AND OTHER OFFICERS INCLUDING B.S.P
(RULES 731, 735)
Clothing Kit
Serial Designation Pay-scale Special D.A. H.R.A. Allowance maintenance Remarks
No Pay P.M. P.M. P.M. allowance
P.M P.M.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Inspector-General of Rs. 2,500—125/2—2,750 Rs. 250 Rate of total D.A. plus See See Serials 1 to (1) See P.M. Rule for Medical
Police Addl. D.A. to the Indian Appendix Rules 6 will get Allowance
Police Service. Pay Rs. 45 1062(a) and Rs. 40
2,651 and above – Rs. 1063. only.
150 Pay Rs.2,600—
2,650 Rs.200
2 Additional Inspector- Rs. 2,250—125/2—,500 ...... Pay Rs. 2,501—2,599 ,, ,, ,,
General of Police. the amount by which
pay falls short of Rs.
2,750 plus
Rs.50.PayRs. 2,451—
2,500- Rs. 300.
3 Deputy Inspector- Rs. 2,000—125/2—2,250 ....... PayRs. 1,030—2,450 ,, ,, ,, (2) Serials 4 to 6— Special
General of Police. Rs. 370 subject to the pay of Rs. 200 only is
provision that pay admissible when posted in
4 Supdt. of Police Rs. 1,800 ........ together with dearness ,, ,, ,, C.I.D. / Intelligence
(Selection Grade). allowance and Department or as A.I.G. of
additional allowance Police.
will not exceed Rs.
2,750.
5 Superintendent of Rs. 1,2000—50—1,700 ........ Pay Rs. 1,000 and ,, ,, ,,
Police 1,030 amount by
which pay falls short
of Rs. 1,157. Pay Rs.
900 and l,000 Rs. 127
plus 3 per cent of pay
subject to maximum of
Rs.157.
6 Assistant Rs. 700—50—1,300 ....... Pay Rs. 800 and 900 ,, ,, ,,
Superintendent of Rs. 100 plus 6 percent
Police. of pay.

7 State Fire Officer Rs. 890—35- -1.100-45- ....... 42 percent of basic See See See (3) Technical allowance of Rs.
1,190—E.B.—45—1,415 Pay—Maximum Rs. Appendix Rules Appendix 50 per month only.
363 and Minimum Rs. 45 1062(a) 47 (4) Serials 7 to 9— Special
168. pay of Rs. 75 is admissible
“ Addl. Supldt. of Police Ditto ........ ,, ,, ,, ,, when posted in
“ Dy. Supdt. Of Police Ditto ........ ,, ,, ,, ,, C.I.D./Intelligence
(Senior Selection Department.
Grade).
8 Dy. Supdt. Of Police Rs. 620—35—830— ...... ,, ,, ,, ,,
(Junior Selection E.B.—35—1,110—40—
Grade). 1,190—E.B.—45—1,235.
9 Dy. Supdt. of Police Rs. 510—25—610—30— ....... ,, ,, ,, ,,
670 E.B.—30—910—
Assistant E.B.—35—— 1,155
,, Commandant Ditto 150 ,, ,, ,, ,,
(6) City compensatory
,, Wing Commandant Ditto 150 ,, ,, ,, ,, allowance at the rate of Rs. 10
per month is due to all the
,, Dy. Supdt. Of Police Ditto ...... ,, ,, ,, ,, employees posted in Patna
(Armourer). town whose monthly salary is
Rs. 640 or less.
,, Dy. Supdt. Of Police Ditto 100 ,, ,, ,, ,,
(Wireless).
,, Assistant Public Ditto ....... ,, ,, ,, ,,

Prosecutor, Grade I.
10 Director, Forensic Rs. 1,060—50—1.460— 150 ,, ,, ,, ,,
Science Laboratory. 55—1,680.
11 Dy. Director, Forensic Rs. 620—35—830— 125 ,, ,, ,, ,,
Science Laboratory. E.B.—35—1,110—40—
1,190—E.B.—45—1,415.
12 Director, Police Rs. 510—25—610—30— ....... ,, ,, ,, ,,
Laboratory and State 670—E.B.—30—910—
Questioned E.B.—35-1,155
Documents Examiner. Ditto ....... ,, ,, ,, ,,
Director, Finger Print Ditto 75 ,, ,, ,, ,,
Bureau
Assistant Director, Ditto ....... ,, ,, ,, ,,
Forensic Ditto 75
Science Laboratory.
Budget Officer.
13 Registrar Rs. 640—30—940 ....... ,, ,, ,, ,,
APPENDIX 44-A

PAY AND ALLOWANCES OF SUBORDINATE POLICE, MINISTERIAL OFFICERS AND OTHER EMPLOYEES.
(RULES 735 AND 751)
Serial Designation Pay-scale Special D.A. H.R.A. Clothing Conveyance Remarks

No Pay P.M. P.M. Allowance allowance
P.M yearly P.M.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Deputy Superintendent Rs. 510—25— Rs. 75 42 percent of pay See Rs. 125 ........ (l)Rs.8.40p.m. is due to the
(Ministerial) 610—30 — Maximum Rs. 363 Appendix officers and employees of
670—E.B.— and Minimum Rs. 45 State Government as
30—910 — 168. Medical allowance.
E.B.—35—
1,155.
2 Inspr. of Police (Ministerial) Rs. 580 to 840 15 ,, 50 See 75
percent P.M.R.1062(a)
of Pay
Maximu
m Rs. 50
3 Inspr. of Police (Male/Female) Rs. 445—15— 50 ........ ,, ,, ,, 2) City compensatory
565—E.B.— allowance at the rate of Rs.
20—765 10 per month is due to all the
employees posted in Patna
town whose monthly salary
,, ,, ,, ,, is Rs. 640 or less.
4 Inspr. Of Police (Railway and ...... 50
P.T.C.).
Inspr. of Police (un-armed) .... ,, ,, ,,
Inspr. of Police (Wireless) ...... ,, ,, ,, ,,
Inspr. of Police (Armed) ...... 75 ,, ,, ,, ,,
...... 50 ,, ,, ,, ,,
Inspr. Of Police (Mounted
...... .... ,, Rs. 75 p.m. to Inspr. Hqr.
Force. R.T. and Rs. 50 per month to
Reserve Inspr. (Armed) ,, ,, ,, incharge Govt. House and
Subedar Major (B.S.P.) ...... 75 ,, ,, ,, ,, Secretariat.* Duty allowance
Subedar (B.S.P) ...... 50 ,, ,, ,, ,, of Rs. 45 per month.
Squadron Reserve Inspr. ...... ..... ,,
(Mounted Force).* ,, ,, ,,
...... 50 ,,

,, Assistant State Fire Officer* ,, 30 ,, ,, ,, ,, * Duty allowance of Rs. 45
per month
,, Inspr. Of Police (C.I.D. / Intelligence ,, 50 , ,, , ,,
Department and Vigilance
Department).
5 Senior Reporter Rs. 445—15—565— 50 50 ,, 75

E.B.—20—745 ,,
6 Reserve Sub-Inspr. (Armed, Tear Rs.400—13—465—15— * ,, 40 Free 7.50 * Special Pay of Rs. 40 p.m.
Gas and Armourer). 540—E.B—15—660 is admissible when posted in
,, Armourers cadre only.
,, Risaladar (Mounted Force) ,, ,, ,, ,, ,,
7 Junior Reporter Rs. 400—13—465— 40 ,, ,, See 75 Duty allowance of Rs.45 p.m.

E.B.— 15—630 P.M.R.1062(a)
8 Assistant Public Prosecutor, Grade Rs.348—13—465— ....... ,, ,, ,, ,, 5 percent of the posts of
III E.B.—15—600 A.P.P. Grade III are given
Selection Grade in Rs. 415 to
720.
9 Sub-Inspr. Of Police (Ministerial). Rs.348—13—465— 40 ,, See 75
E.B.—15—570 ,, P.M.R.1062(a)
10 Senior Fitter (Ministerial) Rs.340—10-400—E.B.— ,, 6 ,, ,,
10—490 ,,
11 Sub-Inspr. of Police (Male/ Female) Rs.325—8—365—E.B.— ..... ,, See P.M. See See P.M.
10—445—E.B.—l0—525. Appendix P.M.R.1062(a) Appendix
45. 47.
,, Reserve Sub-Inspr. (Training) ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,,
,, Sub-Inspr. Of Police (Unarmed). ,, ..... ,, ,, ,, ,,
,, Sub-Inspr. Of Police (Police Radio). ,, 55* ,, ,, ,, ,, * Special pay of Rs. 55 is due
...... to Grade I and Rs. 45 to
45 Grade II. Duty allowance of
Rs. 35 p.m.
,, Sub-Inspr. Of Police (Mounted ,, ...... ,, ,, ,, ,,
Force).
,, Sub-Inspr. of Police (Mechanic) ,, ...... ,, ,, ,, ,, In addition stenographer

,, Sub-Inspr. of Police (Photo) ,, ...... ,, ,, ,, ,, allowance of Rs. 75 p.m. is
,, Reserve Sub-Inspr. (Driver) ,, ...... ,, ,, ,, ,, due to class 2 passed and Rs.
Sub-Inspr. Of Police (Stenographer). 50 to unpassed.
,, ,, ....... ,, ,, ,, ,,

APPENDIX 44-A contd.

P.M yearly P.M.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
11 Sub-lnspr. Of Police Rs.325—8—365— 40 42% of Pay— See P.M See See P.M.
(C.I.D./Intelligence Deptt. and E.B.—10—445— Max.363and Appendix 45 P.M.R.1062(a) Appx. 47. Duty allowance of Rs. 35 P.M.
Vigilence Department). E.B.—10—525. Min. Rs. 168. ,, ,,
,, Fire Station Officer ,, 25 ,, ,,
12 Junior Sub-lnspr. of Police Rs.260—6—296— 40 ,, ,, ,, ,,
(Ministerial) E.B.—8-408.
13 Assistant Sub-lnspr. Of Police Rs. 230—5— ....... ,, ,, See P.M. Appx ,, * Special pay of Rs. 45 is due
(Male/Female). 280—E.B.340. 65. to Grade I and Rs. 35 to Grade
II.
,, Assistant Sub-lnspr. Of Police ,, 45* ,, ,, ,, ,,
(Police Radio). 35
,, Assistant Sub-lnspr. Of Police ,, .... ,, ,, ,, ,, *In addition to Stenographer
(Photo). allowance of Rs. 75 P.M. is
,, Assistant Sub-lnspr. Of Police ,, .... ,, ,, ,, ,, due to class II passed and Rs.
(Steno-grapher).* 50 to unpassed.
,, Assistant Sub-lnspr. Of Police ,, .... ,, ,, ,, ,,
(Typist).
,, Assistant Sub-lnspr. ,, 35 ,, ,, ,, ,,
(C.I.D./Intelligence Deptt.). Duty allowance of Rs. 25 P.M.
,, Typist A.S.I. (Ministerial) ,, 35 ,, ,, ,, ,,
,, Assistant Fire Station Officer ,, 20 ,, ,, ,, ,,
14 Havildar (Male/Female*) Rs.220-4-240— ...... ,, ,, See P.M. ,, *Special duty allowance of Rs.
E.B.—5—290— Appendix 65 60 P.M. is due to all Havildars
E.B.—5 —315. Part 2 (including Dafadars).
Washing allowance Rs. 7.50
Havildar (Armed) ,, 8* ,, ,, ,, ,, P.M. is due to all Havildars
(including Dafadars).
,, *Rs. 5 Armed allowance plus Rs.
Havildar (Unarmed) 3 Head quarter allowance.
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,,
Havildar (Police Radio)
,, ,, ,, ,, ,,

,, Dafadar (Mounted Force) ,, 8 ,, ,, ,, ,, Armed allowance Rs. 5 plus
Head Quarter allowance Rs.
3. Rs. 10 P.M. to Quarter-
Master Dafadar and Rs. 25
P.M. to Remount Dafadar.
,, Havildar (Tear Gas) ,, 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, Rs. 5 Armed allowance plus
Rs. 5 Tear Gas allowance.
,, Havildar (Driver) ,, 23 ,, ,, ,, ,, Driving allowance of Rs.

15+Armed allowance of Rs.
5+Head quarter allowance of
Rs. 3. In case of fire brigade
Havildar (Driver) additional
15 percent P.M.
,, Havildar (Armourer) ,, 43* ,, ,, ,, ,, *Rs. 35 Armourer allowance

+ Rs. 5 Armed allowance +
Head Quarter allowance of
Rs. 3
,, Havildar (with General Band) ,, 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, Armed allowance of Rs.

5+Head Quarter allowance of
Rs. 3+ Band allowance of Rs.
2.
,, Havildar (W.C.) ,, 7 ,, ,, ,, ,, According to Rule 661 (a)

special pay of Rs. 7 P.M. is
due when posted in Police-
station.
,, Havildar (C.l.D./Intelligence
Department). ,, 5 ,, ,, ,, ,,
,, Riding Master (P.T.C.)
Motor Launch Master ,, ...... ,, ,, ,, ,, House rent allowance Rs. 3
,, Junior/Assistant Fitter up to Rs. 230.
,, ....... ,, 3.00 ,, ,, House rent allowance Rs. 4
Carpenter up to Rs. 260.
,, House rent allowance Rs. 5
Leading Fireman ,, ....... ,, 3.00 ,, ,, up to Rs. 315.
,, It includes Technical
,, ....... ,, 3.00 ,, ,, allowance Rs. 15, Head
,, Quarter allowance Rs. 3 and
,, 21 ,, 3.00 ,, ,, special allowance Rs. 3 P.M.

APPENDIX 44-A contd.
Serial Designation Pay-scale Special Pay D.A. H.R.A. Clothing Conveyanc Remarks
No P.M P.M. P.M. Allowance e allowance
yearly P.M.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
15 Constable (Male/Female) Rs. 205—3— Rs. 57 See P.M See P.M. See P.M. Special duty allowance of Rs. 50 p.m.
226—E.B.— ......... percent Appendix Appendix Appx. 47. to constables cadre (including Naik/L.
4—254—284 of pay 45 65, Part 2. Naik). Washing allowance of Rs. 7:50
p.m. is due to constables (including
Naik/L. Naik).
Constable (Armed)
6* ,, ,, ,, *Rs. 3 Armed allowance + Rs. 3
Constable (Un-armed) Headquarters allowance.
,, ...... ,, ,, ,, ,,
L.C. Operator (Police 35
Radio) ,, ..... ,, ,, ,, ,, Special pay of Rs. 35 p.m. to Operator
20 Grade I and Rs. 20 p.m. to Operator
,, ,, Grade II.
Constable (Armourer) 26** ,, ,, ,, **Rs. 20 Armourer allowance + Rs. 3

Armed allowance + Rs. 3 Head-
,, ,, quarters allowance.
Constable (Tear Gas) 9 ,, ,, ,, Rs. 3 Armed allowance + Rs. 3 Tear

Gas allowance + Rs. 3 Headquarters
,, ,, allowance.
Constable (Driver) 21 ,, ,, ,, Rs. 15 driving allowance plus Rs. 3
Armed allowance + Rs. 3
,, ,, Headquarters allowance. In case of
fire brigade driver additional 15
Constable (Mounted Force) percent p.m.
6*
,, ,, ,, ,, ,, *Rs. 3 Armed allowance + Rs. 3
Constable 3 Headquarters allowance.
(C.I.D./Intelligence ....... Special pay of Rs. 3 in C.I.D. and Rs.
Department) ,, 6 ,, ,, ,, ,, 6 in Intelligence Department

Constable (Nursing) ,, 8 ,, ,, ,, ,, Rs. 5 Nursing allowance + Rs. 3
Headquarters allowance.
Constable (Orderly) ,, 3 ,, ,, ,, ,,
Constable (Cobbler) ,, 5 ,, ,, ,, ,,
Constable (Tailor) ,, 10 ,, ,, ,, ,,
Constable (Washer man) ,, ...... ,, ,, ,, ,,
Constable (Bugler) ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, *It includes special pay Rs. 3,
Headquarters allowance Rs. 3 and
Technical allowance Rs. 15.
Fireman ,, ,,
Fireman (Orderly) ,, 21* ,, ,, ,, ,,
Naik (Armed) ,, ..... ,, ,, ,, ,, **Rs. 7 Naik allowance + Rs. 3
13** ,, ,, ,, Armed allowance + Rs. 3
Headquarters allowance.
Lance Naik (B.S.P.) ,, 10+ ,,
Rs. 4 Lance Naik allowance + Rs. 3
,, ,, ,, Armed allowance + Rs. 3
Naik (Mounted Force) ,, Headquarters allowances.
Bugler Rider, Compounder ,, 13+ ,,
Rider, Farrier Rider, Tailor 3 to 6 ,, As for Naik above.
Rider, Saddler Rider, etc. Rs. 580—20— ,, ,, ,, Remount allowance (to 14 Riders,
16 Section Officer 740-—E.B.- ,, ,, ,, Rs. 3 each during the training of
25—840 ....... 42 horses).
percent ....... ......... .....
17 Assistant (Selection Grade) Rs. 505—15- of pay
Head Typist (Selection 565—20—665 ........ Maximu
Grade). ,, ........ m Rs. ....... ......... .....
18 Statistical Officer Rs. 455—15— ........ 363 and ....... ......... .....
560—E.B.— Minimu ....... ......... .....
19 Head Typist 20 —740— ........ m Rs.
E.B.—25-840. 168only ....... ......... .....
20 Technical Officer (Senior Rs. 426—13— ........ .
Finger Print Expert). 465--15—510- ....... ....... ......... .....
Assistant State Questioned E.B.—15— ........ ,,
Documents Examiner 579. ,, ....... ......... .....
Officer Incharge, Photo Rs. 415—15— 50
Bureau. 580—E.B.— ,, ....... ......... .....
20 —7

APPENDIX 44-A-Contd.

P.M yearly P.M.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
21 Finger Print Expert Rs. 400—13—465— Rs. 42 per cent of pay Rs. Rs. See P.M. H.R.A. Rs. 6 up
15—540—E.B.—15— ......... Maximum Rs. 363 and ......... ......... Appx. 47. to Rs. 340.
660 Minimum Rs. 168 only. H.RA. Rs. 7.50
Junior State Questioned ,, ........ ,, ,, ......... ........ up to Rs. 400.
Documents Examiner.
Junior Photo Expert, Grade I ,, ........ ,, ,, ......... ........
22 Senior Photographer Rs. 348—13—465— ........ ,, ,, ........ ........
E.B.—15—600.
23 Assistant Rs. 348—13—465— ........ ,, ,, ........ ........
E.B.—15—570.
24 Head Clerk Rs. 340—10- 400— ........ ,, 6.00 ........ ........
E.B.—10—490.
Accountant ,, ........ ,, ,, ........ ........
25 Technicians Rs. 335—10—395— ........ ,, ,, ........ ........
E.B.—10-435—12-
495—E.B.—12—555.
Senior/Junior Photo Expert, ,, ......... ,, ,, ........ ........
Grade II.
26 Statistical Assistant Rs. 296—8—360— ......... 57 percent of pay 5.00 ........ ........
E.B.—10—460
Typist ,, ......... ,, ,, ........ ........
Laboratory Assistant ,, ......... ,, ,, ........ ........
Electrician ,, ......... ,, ,, ........ ........
Blacksmith ,, ......... ,, ,, ........ .......
Painter ,, ......... ,, ,, ........ .......
27 Confidential Assistant Rs. 248—6—308—8— ......... ,, ,, ........ .......
324—E.B.—8—372.
Upper Division Clerk ,, ......... ,, ,, ......... .........
Accountant ,, ......... ,, ,, ......... .........
Junior Photographer ,, ......... ,, ,, ......... .........
Routine Clerk (Selection Grade). ,, ......... ,, ,, ......... .........

28 Statistical Computer Rs. 240—6—300—E.B. — ...... 57 percent of pay 4.00 ..... .....
8—396
29 Lower Division Clerk Rs. 220—240—E.B.—5— ...... ,, 3.00 ..... .....
290—E.B.—5—315.
Routine Clerk ,, ...... ,, ,, ..... .....
Stroke-keeper ,, ...... ,, ,, ..... .....
30 Motor Launch Driver Rs. 205—3—226—E.B.4— ...... ,, ,, ..... .....
254—5—284.
Assistant Motor Launch Driver. ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Sarang ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
31 Record Supplier Rs. 180—2—190—3—238- ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
242
Treasury Sarkar ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Helper Mechanic (Transport ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Workshop).
32 Daftari Rs. 165—2—195—3—204 ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
33 Motor Launch Khalasi Rs. 155—1—160—2—190 ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Gas Operator ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Laboratory Boy ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Packer ,, ..... ,, ꃀ ,, ..... .....
Attendant ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Peon ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
Chaukidar ,, ..... ,, ,, ..... .....
* In Bihar Sashastra Police Qr. M. Havildar, Mess Havildar and Writer Naiks are given extra allowance of Rs. 20, 15 and 10 p.m.
respectively.

APPENDIX 45
LIST OF POLICE OFFICERS AND OTHER EMPLOYEES ENTITLED TO RENT-FREE
QUARTERS OR HOUSE-RENT ALLOWANCE IN LIEU THEREOF
(RULE 735)
Designation of Officers
Serial No.
1. Principal, Police Training College, Hazaribagh.
2. District Superintendents of Police.
3. Sub divisional police officers or Assistant/Deputy Superintendents in Criminal Investigation/
Intelligence Departments.
4. Probationary Assistant/Deputy Superintendents of Police under training at Police Training College.
5. Reserve Inspectors, Inspectors (Unarmed) including those posted to Criminal Investigation/Intelligence
Departments/Railways/Training institutions etc. House rent allowance is admissible up to Rs. 50 per
month.
6. Reserve Sub-Inspectors/Sub-Inspectors (Unarmed), Steno Typist, Sub-Inspectors, House rent allowance
is admissible up to Rs. 40 per month.
7. Steno. Typist or other Assistant Sub-Inspectors up to Rs. 35 per month.
8. Havildars up to Rs. 30 per month.
9. Constables up to Rs. 25 per months.
N. B.— (1) Government may provide hired quarters in case Government quarters are not available in case of serials 2
and 3 up to Rs. 250 or Rs. 150 per month respectively or in case of officers hiring themselves, 10 per cent of
their salary as house rent allowance or actual rent in lieu if hereof whichever is less.
(2) House rent allowance is admissible up to 15 per cent at Patna and 10 per cent at Ranchi for Indian Police
Service officers vide All India Services (House Rent) Allowance Rule, 1977.

APPENDIX 46
BIHAR (SUBORDINATE POLICE) PASSAGE RULES.
Deleted.
• •
JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3)

APPENDIX 47
SUPPLEMENTARY RULES FOR THE GRANT OF CONVEYANCE ALLOWANCE.
(RULE 748)
1. Superintendent.—Superintendent of Police, Jamshedpur Rs. 75, Senior Superintendent of Police.
Patna. City Superintendent of Police, Patna—Conveyance Allowance Rs. 200 per month.
2. Deputy Superintendent.—Deputy Superintendent of Police, Patna City—Conveyance Allowance Rs.
50 per month.
3. Inspector.—Conveyance Allowance to Traffic Inspectors, Patna and Jamshedpur at Rs. 75 a month
on their maintaining motor cycle or scooter. Conveyance Allowance of Rs. 75 per month to Town
Inspectors, Jamshedpur and Patna on their maintaining a motor cycle or scooter. Conveyance Allowance
to Town Inspector, Ranchi/I.D. /C.I.D. at Rs. 75 per month on their maintaining a motor cycle or
scooter.
4. Sub-Inspector.—(i) Conveyance Allowance of Rs. 75 per month to Sub-Inspectors posted in police-
stations or out-posts, Intelligence Department and C.I.D. (including Steno S. Is.) on their maintaining
a motor cycle, scooter or horse, (ii) Conveyance Allowance at Rs. 7.50 per month for maintaining a
cycle to Sub-Inspectors posted in police-stations or out-posts, (in) Conveyance Allowance of Rs. 7.50
per month for maintenance of a cycle to Reserve Sub-Inspectors (Armed) posted in Police Lines.
5. Assistant Sub-Inspector.—Conveyance Allowance at Rs. 30 per month to Assistant Sub-Inspectors
posted in police-stations or out-posts, Intelligence Department and Criminal Investigation Department
including Typist A.S.I, for maintaining a cycle.
6. Havildar.—Conveyance Allowance at Rs. 15 per month for maintaining a cycle to all Havildars posted
in police-stations or out-posts and all Havildars of Intelligence Department and Criminal Investigation
Department.
7. Constable.—Conveyance Allowance at Rs. 10 per month for maintaining a cycle to all constables
posted in police-stations and out-posts and Intelligence Department and Criminal Investigation
Department.
1. [See Home (Police) Department letter No. 5/PA 3016/74 Home Police—4285. dated 4th May, 1974.]
2. For revised rates for Sis. 3 to 5. See Government of Bihar Home (Police) Department letter No. 6/-
208/79 TJO Wo 12616 dated 17th October, 1979.

APPENDIX 48
QUESTIONS FOR CHECKING PENSION AND GRATUITY ROLLS.
(RULE 821)
Explanation.—Superintendents, when submitting pension applications shall certify that the application has
been checked with the following questions and note and explain any differences:—
Questions
1. Have all the information’s required on page 1 of the pension-roll been given?
2. Have the name of the applicant, his father's name, race, residence and place of payment been written
in block capitals?
3. Do the names of the applicant and of his father and particulars about his service and age agree with
those shown in other documents?
4. Have the names of the village, police-station and district of residence been correctly noted in column
4, page 1, of the pension-roll?
5. (a) Has any such note been given at the bottom of first page of the pension roll from which it in clear
as to under What rule the applicant has agreed to take pension?
(b) Has the declaration given by the applicant been pasted with the service book?
6. Has an explanation been given of the discrepancy as to the date of the applicant's promotion or
degradation between the pension-roll, service-book, and the verification sheet of the Accountant-
General?
7. Has any explanation been given as to why any period of suspension which must be verified, has not
been excluded from his qualifying service shown in page 2 of the pension-roll? (See Bihar Pension
{ Rule 100.)
8. Have the details of the applicant's leave, other than privilege or casual, been noted in page 2 of his
pension-roll?
9. Was the nature of the original vacancy in the chain of arrangement, in which the applicant officiated,
temporary or substantively pro-tempore, although that period shall be counted towards Pension? (See
Bihar Pension Rules 63 and 64).
10. Has an explanation been given why the applicant was granted leave, beyond six months after he
attained the age of 58 years or after be ceased to discharge his duties if retained in service beyond that
age (See Bihar Service Code Rule 183).
11. Has an explanation been given why long leave was not granted before discharging the applicant and
has the opinion of the Civil Surgeon been obtained in the matter? If the applicant has been declared
invalid from employment in the Police Department, has every effort been made to find other
employment suited to his particular capacity?
12. Has the cause of inefficiency been exactly stated in cases in which persons under the age of 55 years
declared invalid? Medical certificates on the general grounds of old age or natural decay from advancing
years cannot be accepted in such cases (See Bihar Pension Rules 125 and 126).

13. (a) Has the leave granted to the applicant on the several occasions during his service been specified in
words in his service-book? And does the period noted agree with the results obtained by calculation
of the dates of the applicant going on and returning from leave?
(b) Has the leave account been correctly prepared? Have two copies of leave statements been attached
with the application forms or not?
14. Has the discrepancy as to the applicant's age between the pension or gratuity roll, service-nook and
the medical certificate been explained? Has a copy of the Inspector-General's order sanctioning any
alteration in age been attached?
15. In the case of service of officers of the rank of Sub-Inspector and higher than it, being found correctly
verified, have the remarks made by the Accountant-General in the verification sheet been duly complied
with? (See Bihar Pension Rule 197).
16. Have the applicant's services that could not have been verified from his office records been verified
agreeably? (See Bihar Pension Rule 197).
17. Has an explanation been given why the applicant was retained in the force over the age of 58 years
without the sanction of Government?
18. Have the applicant's signature and that of the Superintendent been obtained in the proper columns of
the service book, and does all leave, other than casual, and do suspensions that have been noted agree
with the entries made in his service-book and the pension-roll?
19. Does the date of medical certificate agree with the date of discharge? If not, why not?
20. Has the Superintendent attested the copy of the applicant's service-book?
21. If the applicant bad been dismissed and reinstated on appeal, has the authority for counting his past
service been attached? (See Bihar Pension Rule 102).
22. Has a report been obtained from Cabinet (Vigilance Department) before giving on the papers concerning
Pension of Gazetted Officers a certificate about the satisfactory nature of service? After enquiry by
the Vigilance Department, if an allegation of corruption and misconduct has been proved or is under
enquiry, then a certificate of service conduct being satisfactory should be given after obtaining and
order in that connection from Government. (Bihar Government memo No. 3/R1-106/70-
Appointment—18877, dated the 9th November, 1970).
23. Have no demand certificates been taken for such officers who have been retired or who have died and
who were living in Government quarters during last 3 years and were not entitled to live free of rent,
so that it may be known that nothing is due with them?
Note.— This shall not be pent with the application for Pension for such officers who may be in service but
correspondence should begin with the Executive Engineer, P. W.D. concerned for its receipt so that no demand
certificate is obtained within one month from leaving the quarter.
24. If the person going on Pension was in Military Service before joining service in Police Department,
this fact should be written clearly so that his military service is added to Civil Service according to
rule (See Bihar Pension Rules 87 and 88).

25. Has the statement of average salary been prepared on the basis of Bihar Pension Rule 145 or not?
26. Whether the proposed pension has been calculated in accordance with Finance Department Resolution
No. P.C. 2-9-12/79—7112F dated 4th September, 1979?
27. Has the statement of gratuity been prepared in a correct manner according to Rule 2(1) of Appendix
5 of Bihar Pension Rules which is as follows :—
Last emoluments of salary x Total years of Government Service (up to the of limit of I61/2 months).
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note. — If the service is 6 months or more, it shall count for half years; for example, if the service is of 28 years 9
months, it shall be counted as 28Vi years. This calculation is applicable to both the clauses 26 and 27.
28. Whether two copies of all declarations which are based on Government orders are attached with the
Pension application forms?
29. Have the following documents which are required according to serial 1 of the questionnaire in Part III
of Bihar Pension Rules and other Government orders been attached ? :—
(a) Form 4 (two copies).
(b) Declaration in Annexure A (two copies) after being attested by a Gazetted Officer.
(c) Declaration (two copies) under Rule 193 of Bihar Pension Rules after being attested by a Gazetted
Officer.
(d) A list of family members (two copies) after being attested by a Gazetted Officer.
(e) Sample of three signatures (two copies) after being attested by a Gazetted Officer.
(f) Three copies of attested joint photographs, each attested by a Gazetted Officer of the person going to
retire and his wife.
(g) Consent letter (two copies) for realization of arrears in prescribed form, attested by a Gazetted Officer.
(h) Two copies of calculation of pension, gratuity and family pension attested by a Gazetted Officer.
(i) Declaration of provisional pension and gratuity in Form 204(A) and Form G respectively [(two copies) to be
given by Gazetted Officers only. They shall give this declaration also after being attested by another
Gazetted Officer].
(j) Ordinary order of approval of pension and gratuity by an officer sanctioning pension if he has been retired.
(k) Last pay certificate, if retired.
(1) Service book.
(m) Character roll to be seen but need not to be attached with the application.

(n) Copies of district orders relating to appointment, promotion, punishment, suspension and leave other
than casual.
(o) Attested copies of final orders in proceedings relating to punishment such as degradation, suspension
or dismissal.
(p) Three sets of left hand thumb and finger impressions except those of leprous police officers and men,
one set on first page of pension application and two sets on separate slips.
(q) Two spare attested copies of the applicant's signature, if literate.
(r) One copy of the first page of the pension application of officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspector.
(s) A statement of the calculation showing how the average emolument under Rules, 151,154 and 156 of
Bihar Pension Rules was arrived at; and does the date of retirement as shown in the service-book, first
page of application for pension and the last pay certificate correspond?
(t) The history of service in prescribed form (two copies). Has the period of non-Gazetted service been
verified, or not?
Note.—In cases such as that of an applicant who is on leave preparatory to retirement and who draws his leave salary
through the office of the High Commissioner for India, two specimen signatures [vide item (q) above] are not
required if he desires to receive payment of his pension from the Home Treasury.
30. Has an explanation been given why the applicant was enlisted in the police over the prescribed age
without the sanction of the Inspector-General?
31. Has any certificate been given as to whether there is any Government amount due or not with the
person going to retire if he is a Gazetted Officer?
32. Has his salary in the prescribed scale been checked by the audit office? And if so, whether the statement
checked has been enclosed with the pension form? (If the pay fixation statement has not been checked,
proper action should be taken for checking it and as long as pension is not decided, anticipatory
pension shall be paid if an application has been made for the same.)
33 (a) Whether during the last one year of service immediately before retirement any special pay was
given during any period of leave?
(b) Whether under Rule 96 of Bihar Pension Rules, it is included in the fund of duty allowance?
34. Whether a declaration form according to Bihar Pension Rule 103 regarding non-receipt of pension or
gratuity has been given by the Government servant in prescribed form?
35. (a) Whether during last 1 year of service, the increment due in salary in first four months of leave on
average salary has been stopped?
(b) If it is not. Stopped, whether this has been added to average emoluments?

36. Whether any amount (whether due to excessive drawal of salary and allowances, travelling allowance
on tour, travelling allowance on transfer or due to Motor car or Motor cycle, house building recoveries,
etc., or arrears in house rents or otherwise) is due to be recovered! from pensioner under any head? If
so, whether a consent letter has been obtained and attached for making recoveries of those arrear
amounts from the pension of the pensioner? In its absence, only provisional pension or less, than
approximate pension should he recommended and final pension should not be approved. {See Circular;
letter No. P-l 1-1-04/74— 1017-E, dated the 23rd January, 1974.)
37. If the applicant was or is in any foreign service in any Government body or party, the period of such
Foreign Service shall be stated and whether contributory pension has been duly credited by Government
and intimation has been rent to Accountant-General, Bihar?
38. (a) In the event of death of a pensioner, whether nomination form for death- cum-retirement gratuity
has been attached with the pension form?
(b) In the absence of nomination, whether legal heirs to deceased, who may be duly supported by
legal officers have filed claim for gratuity as is given in Finance? Department memo. No. B/CDR-
506/51—11140-F, in para 2(b)?
(c) Whether the descriptive roll, sample signature and thumb and finger impressions have been attached
with the pension paper?
39. Have explanation being given for delay in submission of pension form and gratuity forms of applicant?
40. Has application for pension been disposed of quickly as far as possible? If not, what disciplinary
action has been taken on the person at fault?
..

APPENDIX 49
RULES FOR PROCEEDINGS FOR DEPARTMENTAL PUNISHMENT
(RULE 828)
1. In drawing up proceedings, the grounds on which it is proposed to take action shall be reduced to the form
of a definite charge or charges, which shall be communicated to the person charged quickly together with a statement
of the allegations on which each charge is based. Any other circumstances which is proposed to be taken into
consideration in drawing up proceeding shall also be communicated. It should be ensured that several miscellaneous
charges should not be lumped into one proceeding and only connected or coherent charges should be included in it.
The delinquent shall be required, within a reasonable time, not exceeding four weeks (unless extended for some
definite reasons) to put in a written statement of his defence and to state whether he desires to be heard in person.
If he so desires, or if the authority concerned so directs, an oral enquiry shall be held. At that enquiry, evidence shall
be heard as to such of the allegations as are not admitted, and the person charged shall he entitled to cross-examine
the witnesses, to give evidence in person and to have such witnesses called as he may wish, provided that the
officer conducting the enquiry may, for special and sufficient reasons to be recorded in writing, refuse to call a
witness. Except in very special circumstances, no pleader or agent should be allowed to appear either on behalf of
the Government or the accused either before the officer who conducts the enquiry or any officer to whom appeal
may be made.
Note. — This rule shall not apply where the person concerned has absconded or where it is for other reasons impracticable
to communicate with him. But the order sheet and annexures to the proceeding file must record that attempts
had been made to communicate with the accused at the address given in his service book through the
Superintendent of his home district. The tendency of officers to run away on medical leave often occurs and
the attention of Health Department should be drawn if any civil surgeon is not circumspect in granting medical
certificates. However even such an officer on medical leave is not immune from disciplinary action. See Rule
798 (b).
2. On receipt of the explanation and after enquiry, if any, when it is decided to keep or modify the charges
against an officer, a record should he at once opened in the prescribed P.M. Form No. 178 and an order recorded on
the order sheet, giving a reference to the papers of the preliminary enquiry, or other materials upon which the
charges are framed. It is specially important that al 1 orders of any short passed in connection with the proceedings
after the record is opened with the framing of the charges should appear on the order sheet, so that the whole course
of the proceedings from the outset may be evident from a perusal of the sheet as laid down in the instructions in
P.M. Form No. 178. The State Government have in their letter No. 3/R1-102/78 Personnel Department No. 13046,
dated the 7th July 1978 decided that the question of full departmental proceeding shall arise only when it appears
after seeing the gravity of charges that if these are proved, punishments like removal from service, reversion are
required to be given under Rule 55 of Civil Services (Classification, Control and Appeal) Rules. In other cases,
simpler procedure as given in clause 1 may be adopted.
3. The proceedings shall contain a sufficient record of the evidence, and the original findings which should be
based on adequate grounds. These shall also include a recital of the previous character of the accused as recorded
in his service-book or office records in case past bad record is already included in the charges. In that case a
complete copy of the finding and of order on all the charges relating to particular item(s) of previous bad record to
be taken into account shall be kept with the character sheet.
4. The papers of the preliminary enquiry, when they can be spared, should be attached to the order sheet as
part of the record. All other papers should follow in chronological order within the divisions specified in P.M.
Form No. 178, that is to say, the charges shall be attached to the charge-sheet, the evidences attached to the
evidence-sheet, and so on, each section being distinguished upon the record by the appropriate sheet prefixed; and
at the top of this sheet the pages belonging to the section should be noted. Care must be taken that the chronological

order is observed, that each separate paper is paged as the record proceeds, and that it is not filed loosely but
attached to the record. An index shall be written on inside of the front cover after numbering all the pages when the
proceeding is concluded.
5. In case s preliminary enquiry has been held according to cl. 1, it is not enough to examine witnesses at the
preliminary enquiry only before charges are framed, and to give the officer concerned an opportunity of examining
them only at that stage, because in order to direct his questions to best purpose he must know first what charges he
has to meet. Moreover, until the charges are defined, the officer conducting the enquiry is not in a position to
disallow irrelevant questioning. Whilst, therefore, it must often be necessary to examine witnesses upon questions
of fact before framing charges, in order to make sure that grounds for the same exist, the actual examination for the
purpose of determining the guilt or innocence of the officer proceeded against must take place at uie proceeding
itself. When, however, witnesses' statements are already on record, as part of the preliminary enquiry, it is not
necessary to record them over again when the hearing takes place. It is sufficient to ascertain whether the witnesses
confirm their previous statements, and to communicate these statements to the officers charged in order that he
may be able to direct his questions. If the witnesses are Government officers of a rank superior to the officer
charged, it is in the interest of discipline that the questions should be put by the officer conducting the proceeding,
at the request of the officer charged, rather than by the officer charged-himself. A date should be fixed for the
examination of witnesses and reasonable notice given to the officer charged.
List of witnesses should be given in advance and several witnesses either on behalf of prosecution or defence
need not be called to testify to a certain fact and only a few should be enough unless after examining them, there is
doubt about the fact in issue. Some witnesses may he tendered. If any witness is rejected, a note in the order sheet
should be made. Formal witnesses for proving exhibits on record should be cut out unless these are challenged and
there is doubt about its genuineness. However, reasonable facilities for a proper presentation of evidence during
the enquiry must be given to defence. His defence should ‫؃‬ be taken alter the witnesses have been examined. He
should be encouraged to give it verbally, to be reduced to writing by the officer conducting the proceedings; but if
he wishes to give his defence in writing and asks for time, a reasonable time should be allowed according to the
complexity of the case, as also for the production of witnesses for the defence, if these are not produced when the
witnesses in support of the charge are heard. The memorandum of the evidence of witnesses examined must be
recorded by the officer conducting the proceedings in his own handwriting as the examination of each witness
proceeds. Memoranda made by a shorthand writer or based upon, shorthand notes will not be accepted unless the
dictated statements are transcribed forthwith and the signature of delinquents obtained. If the Presiding Officer
should be temporarily incapacitated from writing, some responsible officer must be deputed to record the
memorandum in his presence and under his supervision.
6. When the orders for punishment are passed by an authority other than the person conducting the enquiry
into the conduct of the Government officer concerned, it will be sufficient if the authority passing orders of
punishment definitely records his agreement or disagreement with the person by whom the enquiry was conducted.
This intended to meet the case in which a Superintendent or other responsible officer delegates a proceeding to a
competent subordinate to conduct. In such a case it is the duty of the officer to whom the proceeding is delegated to
conduct it throughout upon the lines prescribed, to see that the record is properly compiled, and to record his finding
upon the charges framed after which the record should be submitted to the delegating officer who should, if the
proceeding is in order, record his acceptance or otherwise of the finding, and pass order of punishment; or if the
proceeding be not in order, take any action necessary.
7. The record is to be prepared as the case is gone into; that is for each date, there should be a clear note on the
under sheet of the action taken as the depositions are recorded and made available to the delinquent, etc. In no case,
the order sheet is to be written by a clerk after the case has been decided.

8. (i) In all cases in which the record is likely to be of considerable length, duplicate copies in type shall be
made of the documents mentioned in clause 2 above, excepting the record of the previous character of the accused.
(ii) The copies shall be made at each stage of the proceedings. One copy shall be filed with the record, in its
appropriate place, and the other, duly certified by a responsible officer, shall be made over to the accused and a
receipt obtained.
(iii) The accused shall not he required to pay for copies unless he demands further copies, as, for instance, in
cases of loss, or copies of documents other than those filed with the record.
(iv) A copy of the findings of the conducting officer should be given to the delinquent without delay. It is not
necessary to give to him an opportunity of second 'show cause' on the penalty proposed as laid down in the 44th
amendment in 1976 of the Article 311 of Indian Constitution.
9. The, special attention of all officers is drawn to the rule reproduced on the margin, which is prescribed
under the authority of the Government of India. In accordance therewith they should base their findings and orders
of punishment upon facts and inferences appearing in or deduced from the records, and judgment should not
contain confidential matters or deal with persons or topics not directly concerned with or at issue in' the proceedings.
As a rule only the substance of decision should be communicated to the officer concerned, with such statement
of the grounds upon which it is based as may be necessary for information of the officer and may be considered
expedient having regard to the circumstances of the case. Despatches from or to the Government of India and
correspondence indicating a difference of opinion between the State Government and the Government of India should
only be communicated with the express permission of the Government of India.
10. The above instructions will not apply (i) in the case of public servants (a) who are judicially convicted of
a criminal offence and are dismissed or otherwise punished solely with regard to the finding of the Court, or (b)
who abscond with an accusation pending against them; 結 (ii) when from facts elicited in a criminal case brought
against a public servant, in which the latter has not been convicted, or in a civil suit instituted against him, it is
apparent that his retention in the public service is prima facie no longer desirable. These facts may he used as the
basis of an order calling on him to show cause why he should not be punished by dismissal or otherwise. In such a
case, the officer concerned should have an opportunity of submitting his defence, and he should not be precluded
from tendering such further evidence in support of his case as he may see fit to produce.
11. An appellate authority should ordinarily deal, as is customary, with those points only that are raised or
pressed in the appeal.
12. These orders must receive careful compliance and Deputy Inspectors-General should see that they are
properly observed in proceedings coming before them. Non-compliance with the instructions render proceedings
liable to be set aside on appeal or revision and Government have expressly declared that the above rules must be
observed in the most literal manner as they constitute the least safeguard against improper punishment that officers
in superior service can reasonably demand. The Government has likewise laid down that in n case in which the
dismissal of an officer of the status of Sub-Inspector is involved the proceedings should usually be conducted by
the Superintendent in person, unless for good reason, such as the remoteness of the place, it is really necessary to
depute some other responsible officer to examine the witnesses on the spot or to make personal investigations in
the locality. In such cases that officer must observe all the provisions of Rule 828 of the Police Manual and come
to a clear finding on each charge.
• •

APPENDIX 50
DEFECT REGISTER
(RULES 838 AND 871)
1. The Defect Register is an index to or a brief precis of defaults of inspectors, Sub-Inspectors, assistant Sub-
Inspectors and ministerial officers which are of a petty nature and individually unsuitable to be made the subject of
a district order and permanent entry in the service book but which in the course of time may accumulate and
deserve more formal notice.
2. The following are some examples of defaults :—
Delays in the submission of case diaries, charge-sheets or final reports, in dealing with correspondence or in
returning acquittance rolls and advice slips (all of which an officer should explain when submitting late and before
being called upon to do so), petty breaches of discipline, of orders regarding dress, failure to date signatures and
initials and illegible writing.
3. The Defect Register shall be maintained in the form below in separate parts for each class of officer. Names
shall be entered alphabetically. Every entry shall be initialled by a Gazetted Officer:—
Date of Reason for Reference to Page number of Initial of Superin-

entries. entries connected papers. explanation, if tendent of Police.
any [see 4 (c)].
1 2 3 4 5
Ұ؄
4. (a) Entries shall be made only by the order of the Superintendent of Police except in the case of ministerial
officers working in the Accounts Section of the District Police Office, in respect of whom entries can be made by
the order of the Superintendent or of the Assistant/Deputy Superintendent empowered in this behalf specifically in
writing by the Superintendent. A copy of every entry shall be sent to the officer concerned for this information and
the submission of an explanation if he desires to send one.
(b) The officer concerned shall consider any explanation received. If an explanation is accepted as satisfactory,
the entry to which it relates shall be deleted.
(c) Explanations shall be kept in guard files with separate files for each part of the register. The page number
of the entry in the register shall be noted on the explanation.
5. (a) At the close of the year the Defect Register shall be examined by the Superintendent of Police. If there
are five or more entries during the year against an officer a note to this effect shall be made in his service book
unless for reasons to be recorded by the Superintendent of Police this is not considers i accessary.

(b) In deciding whether a note is to be made in the service book or not all instances of good work of the officer
during the year shall be considered.
6. Where entries during the year are so numerous as to deserve more serious notice proceedings may be drawn
up. The charge shall be "you are charged with unsatisfactory work (or conduct) in that (here note the entries in the
Defect Register)".
7. Proceedings instituted under this rule are distinct from proceedings under Police Manual Rule 832(c)
calling on an officer to show cause why his next increment should not be withheld. The items of bad work with
which he is charged in these proceedings are not "res judicata".
8. Entries of a previous year shall on no account be considered.
9. The Defect Register shall also be examined and entries taken into consideration when the question of an
officer's increment or promotion arises.
10. When an officer is transferred to another district the connected papers and a copy of all entries in the
Defect Register for the current year only shall be sent to his new district.
• •

APPENDIX 51
RULES REGARDING THE APPOINTMENT OF PROBATIONERS IN THE MINISTERIAL ES-
TABLISHMENT IN THE OFFICES OF THE SUPERINTENDENTS OF POLICE.
[RULE 863(f)]
1. The appointment of Lower Division Clerks shall be done by the Range Deputy Inspector-General.
2. Every year in the month of January all Superintendents shall submit a statement to Dy. I.G. about vacancies
which are existing and which are likely to occur within that year in the rank of lower division clerks in their offices.
On the basis of these vacancies, the Dy. I.G. shall inform the local employment exchange for nomination of candidates
who shall be asked to fill up their application forms in P.M. Form No. 131.
3. Candidates must—
(a) be of good health and between the ages of 19 and 27 years on the first of January next;
(b) have passed at least Matriculation Examination or its equivalent; and
(c) know typewriting with a speed of 25 words per minute in Hindi, Typing of 30 words per minute in
English shall be considered as an additional qualification.
4. The upper age-limit for Scheduled Castes/Tribes is up to 32 years and reservations for them are given in
Appendix 40.
Candidates already in Government service shall be given the same relaxation in age as may be prescribed by
Government from time to time. Ordinarily the age recorded in Matriculation Certificate shall be accepted.
5. After receiving the nominations, the Range D.I.G shall conduct at his range headquarters written examinations
in the following subjects as well as typing tests : — ؄
(i) General Hindi ....................... 100 marks

(ii) General Knowledge (including General Science and Current affairs) ........................ 100 marks
The question papers shall be set and its answer papers examined By the Dy. I.G. and/or by selected
Superintendent(s) of the range. The questions shall be of Secondary School standard and the minimum qualifying
marks shall be 50 per cent for appearing at typewriting tests. Candidates having good knowledge of Hindi and
possessing good handwriting shall be preferred. Those who qualify in the tests may be required to appear at an
interview with original certificates etc. before Dy. I.G's Board.
6. Any attempt to canvass in any way whatsoever shall disqualify the candidate on whose behalf the attempt
is made. Strict invigilation shall be done at the time of conducting the examination.
7. The appointment letters shall be issued under the signature of Dy. I.G. after health examination as per Rule
672 and verification of character and antecedents of selected candidates as per Rule 673 have been completed.
Vacancies as given in CI. 2 shall be filled up as and when they occur. Normally, few extra names may be kept in
waiting list which shall be valid for one year.
8. For period of probation of newly appointed clerks, see Rule 668. After completion of two years, the
Superintendent shall send remarks for their confirmation with Annual Confidential Character Rolls to Dy. I.G. In
case of those who are not considered fit, the probationary period may be extended according to general rules and
the Dy. I.G. may transfer them to another district. If they are not fit for confirmation again after this very period,
they shall be removed from service.

APPENDIX 52
RULES FOR EXAMINATION OF MINISTERIAL OFFICERS IN ACCOUNTS.
[RULE 864 (b)]
The following procedure shall be followed in connection with the examination of ministerial officers in accounts:—
(1) A clerk appearing at the examination must have had six months' practical training in accounts and hold a
certificate from an officer of the rank of Superintendent in-charge of the District or Unit to the effect that his
method of keeping accounts indicates a knowledge of the rules and that his work shows neatness and accuracy.
(2) The text books in accounts and the portions to be studied are Chapter 29 of the Police Manual and portions of the
books detailed in Appendix 56. The examination will be with the aid of books. Sixty-six per cent of full marks
must be obtained to pass.
(3) The Deputy Inspector-General (Training) will set questions and examine answer papers.
(4) The examination will be held simultaneously at all the range headquarters under the supervision of Range Deputy
Inspector-General. Candidates will be examined, at the centers nearest to their respective headquarters.
(5) Sufficient copies of the question paper to provide one for each examinee will be sent to each Deputy Inspector-
General by name in a sealed and registered cover marked "Not to be opened till the examination begins".
(6) The examination will be held in or about the third week
؄ of August each year on a date to be fixed by the Inspector-
General.
(7) Notice of the examination will be published in Police Gazette, about two months before hand.
(8) The list of successful clerks shall be prepared according to marks obtained in the examination. Its publication in
the Police Gazette shall be done only after approval of the Inspector-General. Those who shall pass this
examination earlier will be considered senior and when two clerks appear at an examination at the same time and
both get the equal marks, their seniority will be according to their dates of appointment. If the dates of appointment
are also the same, the person whose date of birth is earlier, will he considered senior. Promotion shall be done
according to seniority provided that the service record is satisfactory, The Deputy Inspector-General concerned
shall take the decision.
..

APPENDIX 53
RULES FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF MATTER OF OR INSERTION IN THE POLICE AND
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE GAZETTES.
(RULE 888)
1. Working.—Notices shall be correctly and carefully worded. The Superintendent, Or during his absence, the
officer-in-charge shall carefully scrutinize them before submission.
2. Forms.—The prescribed forms shall be used and only one side of the paper shall be written on.
3. Writing of subjects.—Separate sheets; of paper shall be used for separate subjects. They shall bear the name
of the district sending them and the words "For insertion in the Police Gazette'' or "For insertion in the Criminal
Intelligence Gazette", as the case may be.
4. Forwarding Memo.—No forwarding memorandum shall be used.
5. Personal description.—Personal descriptions shall, when possible, be given according to the instructions
in Appendix 6.
6. Promotions.—(a) The nature of the original vacancies in which the officers and men are promoted to act
shall invariably be noted in the remarks column. Ordinary transfers or deputation of officers and men from one
district to another do not create vacancies for acting promotions in higher grades and ranks in districts.
(b) Permanent promotions are inadmissible in temporary or officiating vacancies,
(c) Notices regarding leave of and officiating promotions of assistant Sub-Inspectors and havildars to the rank
of Sub-Inspector and leave of ministerial officers shall not be sent for publication.
7. Leave.—(a) The amount of leave granted to officers and men shall bt- clearly specified in months and days,
e.g., one month and 12 days. Such terms as 11/4, 1 1/2 or 1 3/4 months shall not be used.
(b) The dates of rejoining from leave of officers and men on the due dates are not published in the Police
Gazette.
(c) When leave of an officer is extended the date and hour from which the extension is granted, and not the
date and hour from which the original leave commenced, shall be noted in column 4. The paragraph of the Police
Gazette in which the leave originally granted to an officer was published, shall also be noted in the remarks
column.
8. Reductions and reversions.—(a) The reasons for "Reversions" shall invariably be noted in each case.
(b) When reversions to lower grades or ranks are caused by the return from leave of officers, their names and
ranks shall be clearly noted in the remarks column.
(c) Reversions due to the return of permanent incumbents from leave as well as reinstatement of officers
dismissed and reduced shall be shown under this head.
9. Reward to Officers.—Rewards granted to officers for specially meritorious services only shall be sent for
publication in the Police Gazette in P.M. Form No. 122 vide P.M. Rules 860 and 886.

As it is intended to publish only exceptional cases of good work, the reasons for and the nature of such good
work shall be clearly stated in the relevant column, quoting the act and section in each case. The authority granting
such rewards shall also be noted in the remarks column.
10. Punishment of Officers.—Unless it is desired in a particularly bad case to make an example, as is provided
in P.M. Rule 830, the return of ordinary cases of punishment shall not be submitted for publication in the Police
Gazette. When punishments are considered to be of a nature requiring publication, they shall be shown under
"Departmental notices" and as such will be intended to serve as a special warning to all ranks.
11. Transfer and casualties of Officers.—(a) The dates and hour of these incidents shall invariably he noted in
the remarks column.
(b) The word "Casualty" signifies the death, resignation, suspension, dismissal or removal of an officer.
The word "Transfer" includes also the first appointment of an officer.
12. General Remarks.—(a) The relevant columns of the notices shall be properly filled in accordance with the
prescribed printed heading. Unnecessary entries shall be avoided.
(b) Proper names shall be clearly and legibly written in strict accordance with authorised spelling list circulated
to districts.
(c) The ranks of officers and men shall always follow their names and grades. The pay of those who are not in
graded service and the force numbers of Sub-Inspectors shall invariably be noted.
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING PREPARATIONS AND USE OF THE

CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE GAZETTE.
1. The Gazette will be issued weekly in Hindi. Separates pages being used for separate parts.
2. On receipt of the Gazette, the officers to whom it is supplied will separate the pages, keeping a file for each
part. Superintendents are required to instruct their subordinates how to make an intelligent use of the publications.
Parts 1, 2 and 3 and such portions as may be necessary should be read out at chaukidari parades to chaukidars and
constables and chaukidars instructed in the descriptive rolls of persons wanted. It will not he necessary to read out
all the notices or informations. A certain amount of discretion must be left to station officers as to selection of
notices to be read out, and the manner in which this discretion is exercised will indicate the interest an officer takes
in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.
3. The objects of this Gazette are—

(a) to check crime by the prompt publication of information of the prevalence of a particular class of
crime, and of the absence from their homes of dangerous criminals;
(b) to trace property stolen and owners of property recovered;
(c) to facilitate the detection and arrest of persons warned for offences committed;
(d) to publish intelligence likely to aid the police in their work, and to enable them to take precautions;
(e) to ensure a check on the movements of foreigners and suspicious strangers;

(f) to keep Government, the Central Bureau of investigation, Intelligence Department and the Criminal
Investigation Department of other States informed of all matters of importance to the police in the
State.
4. The matters to be published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette are detailed in P.M. Rule 887. The following
supplementary instructions should be carefully noted :—
(a) Part 1.—Information concerned with different headings in Part 1 shall be consolidated in Criminal
Investigation Department on the basis of information received from districts. If the photographs of
unidentified dead bodies and missing persons are available, they will also be published with physical
descriptions and special marks of identification.
(b) Part 2.—With regard to suspicious persons arrested it is necessary to send in names only of those
whose identity has not been established by their finger prints or enquiries at their homes, and when
possible photographs of such individuals should be sent with the notices.
Notorious and dangerous criminals.—It is necessary to publish in the Gazette details regarding only such
criminals as arc dangerous and professional, and the facts of those being at large and free from police
surveillance are menace to the public, and those who have convictions in several districts.
Superintendents will avoid submitting reports regarding the absence of ordinary time-expired convicts
from their homes. Exception will occasionally be made in cases of criminals who are known to have
gone in a particular direction and who have some physical peculiarities which make their identification
easy.
(c) Part 3.—Lists should be submitted only of property having particular features to render the
identification probable. Where only one or two items, in a long list of property stolen are identifiable,
it is necessary to give a description only of these items.
It should he noted that by "identifiable" is meant property which can, from its special marks or features, be
detected by anybody and not what the owner only can recognise. In the same way, it shall be proper to
publish in pail 3 (b) special identifiable features of firearms, cartridges and explosive substances only.
5. Superintendents must see that their officers exercise intelligence with regard to the reporting of
movements of wandering gangs and that such reports do not become too much a, routine matter. It is necessary
that the C.I.D. should have on record a statement showing the movements of gangs under surveillance, hut the
statements prescribed by P.M. Rule 400, must contain besides marked increases in livestock, etc., a note as to
the character of the gang during the previous week, whether suspected of any crime or whether there has been
in increase of crime in the neighbourhood, etc. From these, such information as is of general interest or in any
way important will be published in the Gazette.
6. Great want of care is often shown in submitting notices for publication. In many cases no effort is made to
correct the meagre, badly worded and unintelligible notices sent in by station officers and absurd phrases go in.
Superintendents will be held responsible for seeing that these notices are .properly drawn up and scrutinised in
their offices. Descriptive rolls shall invariably be given according to the instructions given in Appendix 6.
• •

APPENDIX 54
ABBREVIATED TELEGRAPHIC AND POLICE RADIO ADDRESSES
(RULE 911)
A. TELEGRAPH
A fee of Rs. 100 a year is charged for each telegraphic address. Unless either the abbreviation is considerable
or the number of telegrams is very high, it is no economy to have a registered address. For example, Dispol for
Police Superintendent saves only one word and the cost of the address would not be recovered until 400 telegrams
had been sent.
For wireless message, the following abbreviated addresses will be used in capital letters :—
B. POLICE RADIO
1. Chief Secretary, Bihar ................ BIHAR

2. Development Commissioner ................. VIKAS
3. Commissioner, Supply Department ................. SUP COM
4. Secretary, Appointment Department ................. KARMIK
5. Secretary, Political Special ................. HOME SPECIAL
6. Secretary, Political Police ................. HOME POLICE
*7. Accountant-General, Bihar, Ranchi/Patna ................ ACCOUNTS RANCHI/.
PATNA.
8. Chief Electoral Officer, Bihar ................ NIRVACHAN
9. Transport Commissioner, Bihar, Patna ........ . ... PARIVAHAN
10. I.G of Police, Bihar ................... POLICE
11. D.I.G., Intelligence Department, Patna ................ INTELLIGENCE
12. D.I.G., C.I.D., Bihar, Patna ................... CRIME
13. D.I.G, Central Range, Patna .............. ... CENPOL
14. D.I.G, N.R. Muzaffarpur ................... NORTHPOL
15. D.I.G, E.R., Bhagalpur ....................... EASTPOL
16. D.I.G, S.R., Ranchi ...................... SOUTHPOL
17. D.I.G, Kosi Range, Saharsa ...................... KOSIPOL
18. D.I.G, Military Police .................... MILPOL
19. D.I.G, Training, Hazaribagh ................. D.I.G. TRAFNING
20. Commandant General, Homeguard ................. COMMANDANT
GENERALHOME
GUARD.

21. D.I.G. Homeguard D.I.G. HOME GUARD.
22. Commandant. Homeguard COM. GUARD
23. Commandant. Homeguard Training, COM. TRAIN
Bihar, Patna.
24. S.P.(A) Intelligence Department, SPECIAL (A)
Bihar, Patna.
25. S.P.(B) Intelligence Department. SPECIAL(B)
Bihar, Patna.
26. S.P.(S) Intelligence Department. SPECIAL (S)
Bihar. Patna.
27. S.P.(C) C.I.D. Bihar, Patna ACRIME
28. S.P.(D) (Anti-dacoity), Bihar, Patna. ANTI DAC
29. A.I.G. of Police (Communication) PERPOL
30. A.I.G. of Police (B) A.I.G. POL
31. A.I.G of Police (Q) SIGPOL
32. Superintendent of Police DISPOL
33. Additional Superintendent of Police ADPOL
34. Deputy Superintendent of Police DYPOL
35. Inspector of Police INSPOL
36. Sub-Inspector of Police SIPOL
37. Assistant-Sub-Inspector of Police ASIPOL
38. District Magistrate DISTRATE
39. Subdivisional Officer SUBSTRATE
40. Superintendent of Railway Police RAILPOL
41. Deputy Superintendent of Railway Police DRYPOL
42. Inspector of Railway Police
RAILINSPOL
43. Principal, C.T.S., Nathnagar PRINCIPAL POLICE SCHOOL.
44. Commandant, Armed Police. COMMANDANT
*45. Inspector General of Prisons, Bihar PRISONS

46. Central Intelligence Officer CREMC
47. Director, Police-Co-ordination, (Tele
communication, Wireless, Ministry of DIRPOL WIR NEW DELHI
Home Affairs, New Delhi).

48. Director, Intelligence Bureau, New Delhi.
CRIMINAR
49. Police Commissioner, Calcutta
CASPAL
50. Supervisor, Inter State Police Wireless
Station. SUPPOL WIR.
51. Range Inspector, Police Wireless

R.I.
52. Sub-Inspector of Police, Wireless
SUPERVISOR
53. I/c Police Wireless Station
S.O.
54. Inspector of Police, Intelligence Department.
G.O.
55. Special Branch Officer, Intelligence
S.B.O.
56. Police Public Relation Officer
P.P.R.O.
57. Director, Central Police Wireless, Delhi
DIRPOL.
58. Inspector General of Police, Madras
POLICE MADRAS.
59. Deputy Inspector General of Police
INTELLIGENCE,
Intelligence Branch, West Bengal.
CALCUTTA.
*60. Chief Inspector, Explosives
EXPLOSIVES,
CALCUTTA.
61. D.I.G., Hazaribagh Range, Hazaribagh
HAZ POL
62. D.I.G., Saran Range, Saran
SARAN POL.
63. D.I.G., Darbhanga Range, Darbhanga
DARBHANGA POL
64. D.I.G., Magadh Range, Gaya
MAGADH POL
65. Additional I.G., C.I.D.
ADDPOL., C.I.D.
66. Additional I.G, I.B.
ADDPOL, INTERLLIGENCE.
67. Additional I.G, Sashastra Police
ADDPOL, SASHASTRA POLICE
68. D.I.G, Railway
DIG RAILWAY.
69. D.I.G. Homeguards.
D.I.G. HOMEGUARDS
70. D.I.G. Harijan Cell
D.I.G. HARIJAN
71. State FIRE Officer
S.F.O., BIHAR.
The wireless addresses given in Sis. 7, 45 and 60 above can also be used for Telegrams.

APPENDIX 55
LIST OF ACTS TO BE KEPT BY THE POLICE.
(RULE 925)
The following Acts shall he kept in the, offices of Superintendents and some of them in police-stations also.
Copies of all Acts, amending whole or any portion of these Acts shall be supplied to all those who are required
to keep the Original Acts :—-
Part I.—Central Acts.
Acts referred to in Appendix 101 in clauses 2 to 8, 10 to 20. 20(b), 21 to 41, 42C, 43 to 68 and Book of
Criminal Laws and Criminal Law Amendment Acts (16 of 1908 and 46 of 1952), Prevention of Seditious Meeting
Act (10 of 1911), Public Premises (Eviction and Unauthorised Trespass) Act (40 of 1971), Sarais Act (22 of 1867)
and Small Coins (Offences) Act, 1971 shall be kept in Superintendents* Offices and Police Stations. Contempt of
Court Act (32 of 1952), Cinematographs Act (37 of 1952), Indian Constitution and Dramatic Performances Act (19
of 1876) shall he kept only in Superintendents" Offices. The Prisoners Act (3 of 1900) shall be kept in Superintendent's
Office and Court Offices also. The Act in Appendix 101, Clause 27 shall be kept only in those Superintendents'
Offices and Police Stations, where Commercial Electric Supplies are installed. Act in Appendix 101 Clause 64
shall be kept in districts like Patna, Monghyr, etc. Again Indian Mines Act (35 of 1952) and Mines and Minerals
(Regulation and Development) Act (67 of 1957) shall be kept in Mining areas like Dhanbad, Singhbhum, etc. and
Act in Appendix 101 Clause 30 shall be kept in districts where there are forests. Factories Act (63 of 1948) shall be
kept in districts where there are factories.
ꃰ
Part II—Bihar Acts.
Acts in Appendix 101 in clauses 69 to 77. 78(1), 78(3), 78(4), 79,80(d), 80(1), 80(2), and 81 to 84 and in P.M.
Rule 1335(a) and Bihar Land Ceiling Act (12 of 1962). Patna Municipal Corporation Act (13 of 1951), Bihar and
Orissa Municipal Act (7 of 1922) and Bihar and Orissa Village Administration Act (3 of 1922) shall be kept in
Superintendents Offices and Police Stations but Chhotanagpur Rural Police Act (1 of 1914) and Chhotanagpur
Tenancy Act (6 of 1908) and Santhal Parganas Act (10 of 1857) shall be kept in districts of those areas. Bihar and
Orissa Mining Settlement Act (4 of 1920) shall be kept in Mining areas.
Part III—Local Acts and Laws etc.
Act in Appendix 101 in clauses 86 to 88, Bengal Prevention of Inoculation Act (4 of 1865) and Village
Vaccination Act (5 of 1880) shall be kept in Superintendents' Offices and Police Stations.
Part IV—-Regulations.
Santhal Parganas Rural Police Regulations. 1910 (IV of 1910) will be kept in districts where it is in force.

Note 1.—Indents for Acts shall be submitted in duplicate on the 15th January and 15th July to the Inspector-General in
the following form and when the acts are received, an acknowledgment shall be sent to his Office :—
Number and Number in Number Proposed Language. Remarks.

year of Act hand required. distribution.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Note 2.—Indents for maps shall be submitted by Superintendents to the Deputy Director, Bihar Survey Office,
Gulzarbagh, Patna.
• •

APPENDIX 56
LIST OF ACCOUNTS RULES, REGULATIONS, ETC.. WHICH CONCERN
THE POLICE DEPARTMENT
(RULE 927)
Bihar Treasury Code, Vol. I
Chapter 1 Rules 2. 12. 15, 16, 17. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22—27, 29. 31,
32, 33.
Chapter 2 Rules 41 and 78 only, 80, 81 and 82.
Chapter 3 Rules 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 100,
101. 102, 103, 104, 105, 107, 110, 111, 112.
Chapter. 4 Rules 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 126
Chapter 5 Rules, 136,137, 138, 139,140,141, 143,144, 145,146—
152, 174, 177,178,180,182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187,
188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 200, 202, 203, 210, 211,
212, 213, 214, 215,216, 217, 218, 219, 220,221, 222,
223, 224, 225—286, 289, 290—324, 326, 327, 329, 330,
331—333, 334—351, 355—390. 391—396.
Chapter 6 Rules 452-453
Chapter 8 Rule 528.
Chapter 10 Rules 602, 603, 609, 611, 612, 613.
Chapter 12 Nil.
Bihar Treasury
殠 Code, Vol. II
Appendix 7 (Item 13), 10 (Item 10), 12, 14, 15, 16, 17.
Bihar Financial Rules, Vol. I

Chapter 1 Rules 1-2.
Chapter 2 Rules 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8—14, 16, 20, 24, 25—36.
Chapter 3 Rules 37-41, 45—53, 55, 58
Chapter 4 Rules 59—76.
Chapter 5 Rules 78 and 79
Chapter 6 Rules 80—87,96—104
Chapter 7 Rules 105—118 and 123.
Chapter 8 Rules 124—152
Chapter 9 Rules 199—206, 209, 210, 211, 212. 213. 214, 215, 328.
Chapter 10 Rules 334 and 335.
Chapter 11 Rules 348 and 349, 350—55
Chapter 13 Rules 368—377. 378. 379. 380
Chapter 14 Rules 382—433,

Chapter 15 Rules 434—441, 443—446
Rules 447--452
Rules 453--456
Rules 459--466
Rules 469--479
Rules 485--500
Bihar Financial Rules, Vol. II
Appendix 1 (Items 5, 8 and 10), 2, 3. 4, 5, 7. 8, 11, 12. 14.

Bihar Service Code.
Chapter 3 Rules 52—63, 67—76.
Chapter 5 Rules 104—142, 144, 145, 146
Chapter 6 Rules 149—159. 161—167, 193, 194, 196,

199,201,202,203,204—219,220.221,222-227, 229—230, 232—
237. 240 (a, b and c), 241—251
Vol. II.
Appendix
Bihar Pension Rules
Chapter. 3 Rules 42—49
Chapter 5 Rules 185, 87,88,92,94,96,106.
Chapter 7 Rules 136-145, 148-156
Chapter. 12 Rules 136-259
Appendix 1,2,3,4 and 5

Bihar Budget Manual.

Chapter 3 Rules 52—57, 59—63, 65—71, 74—76.
Chapter 6 Rule 116.
Chapter 9 Rules 129—131, 133—140.
Appendix 4 (055 and 255 Police), 5. 6, (Part 2 and 3), 7 (Item 13), 8.
Bihar T.A Rules
Chapter-2
Bihar and Odisha Treasury Rules
Chapter 6 : Paras 176-194 and 226 only
. .
쐠?
P.M III—16

APPENDIX 57
PREPARATION OF TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE BILLS.

[RULE 945(b)]
r
The following rules are prescribed for the preparation of travelling allowance bills, and shall be carefulh
followed :—
1. Columns 1—12 and 22 of the bills shall be prepared in duplicate with a pen or Dot pen and carbon
paper by writer havildar/constable for each police-station, or other posts. See note to Rule 80 (iv) of
Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules. Charges for town outposts or beat posts shall be included in the
bill of the police-station in which they are situated.
2. The Sub-Inspector or officer-in-charge shall certify on the last page of each bill that columns 1 to 12
and column 22 have been correctly filled up. He shall also note at the foot of the last page of the bill
: the name and number of any officer attached to the post during the month who travelled but whose
travelling allowance; is not claimed in the bill and the cause of delay in claiming such travelling
allowance; and this statement shall be followed by a certificate signed by the officer-in-charge of the
post that "No other officer or man attached to the post is entitled to travelling allowance for any
journey performed during the month".
Each officer of the second or third grade for whom rail fare is claimed shall certify that he actually travelled
by the class for which he has claimed travelling allowance. If he has travelled by a lower class, this
fact shall be mentioned in the certificate.
3. The writer havildar/constable shall prepare an acquittance roll for each bill, leaving the amounts
blank, which shall be filled up at headquarters.
4. Should any officer have left on transfer or leave, a note shall be made on the bill and acquittance roll,
showing where he has gone. It will be proper to draw the T.A. of transferred constable at the parent
post because his name might be in the same command certificate in which the names of other constables
would also be there.
5. Bills in duplicate and acquittance rolls with command certificates and railway warrants appertaining
to the journeys shall be prepare:! ™d sent to Circle Inspector who shall after scrutiny bring them at the
time of monthly crime meeting:-; before Sub-divisional Police Officer. The latter after proper scrutiny
shall bring them to police office likewise.
6. On receipt at headquarters, bills shall be checked, corrected and columns 13—21 filled up by the
accountant, who shall strike off from acquittance rolls the names and charges of men who have left on
transfer to another subdivision (vide clause 4) and shall enter them on the bills and acquittance rolls
of the stations to which they have been transferred. The names and charges of men who have gone on
leave for longer than a month shall be cut out of the bills and acquittance rolls of the stations they
have left and shall be entered on the bill and acquittance roll of the reserve, and their dues shall be
sent to them by money order.
The bills shall then be totaled and passed for payment.
N.B.— The bill and its duplicate should be held by a clip with carbon paper between; the correction and totaling at
headquarters can then be done on both copies at one operation.

7. The acquittance rolls shall he checked against the Muster Roll/Force register, the amounts passed for
payment entered against each man’s name and each roll shall he totalled.
8. The original bills shall be prepared circle wise in convenient, sizes by twentieth day of the month and
presented at the Treasury by twenty-fifth and cash should be obtained and sent with the acquittance
rolls for distribution along with monthly salary.
A certificate should be added by all Superintendents in P.M. form No. 126 on monthly cash account certificate
in the following form :—
"I certify that no travelling allowance claims for journeys performed in the month ..................(January,
for instance, if the certificate is being submitted in March) is pending encashment, except the
following for the reasons noted against each.”
9. In cases where men have left on transfer or leave subsequent to the preparation of the bills and are not
likely to return to the. station within a month after the amount of the bill has been received, their dues
shall be returned by disbursing officers to headquarters by the first available escort, along with the
acquittance roll which shall show also where the payees are, so that their dues may be sent to them.
10. An abstract of travelling allowance acquittance roils shall he maintained in the office of the
Superintendent in the same manner as for pay acquittance rolls, as laid down in Rule 965 (a).
11. Charges on account of travelling allowance shall ordinarily be billed for with the force pay bills of the
month following that in which they were incurred. In urgent cases they may be billed for earlier.
12. Arrear travelling allowance bills shall be sternly discouraged, and before being admitted the bill for
the amount concerned shall be examined to see whether the claim has been noted as outstanding. If
admitted, the bill number in which the arrear charges are being drawn shall be noted thereon, and the
accountant shall certify on the office copy of the arrear bill that : "the charge was not shown as
outstanding in the bill for the month concerned and has not since been drawn".
13. For the sake of travelling allowance rules, classification of police officers according to their grades of
pay are defined in Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules. 1951 in Rule 28 as amended in Government
notification No. I1I/RI-401/74P—10723. dated 13th June. 1977 are given below :—
(a) All gazetted services and posts, the maximum of pay scale of which is Rs. 1,400 or more, shall
be in class I and those below it shall be in class II.
(b) All non-gazetted services and posts, the maximum of pay scale of which exceeds Rs. 204 per
month shall be in class III and those below it shall be in class IV.
Certain posts the maximum pay of which does not exceed Rs. 204 per month but have specially been
classed as superior shall also be included in class III.
14. The rates of incidental charges for journeys performed by rail are given in Rule 46 of Bihar Travelling
Allowance Rules.
Such Government servants who are authorised to perform train journey in first class hut perform journeys
in second class will be able to get in addition to actual fare of second class, incidental charge for the
First class.

In addition to this, the expenditure incurred in reservation shall also be payable provided that actual reservation
has been done vide F.D. letter No. 3/A1 -1 -3/79— 5293-F.. dated 3rd July, 1979.
15. The reference of rules concerning travelling allowance as on tour are given below :—
Means of conveyance. Reference of Bihar Travelling
Allowance Rules. 1951.
(a) For road journey and journey by other Rule 57 (i).
means, auto-rickshaw included.
(b) For journey by own car ... Rule 57 (ii).
(c) For journey by air Rules 63 and 151.
(d) For journeys by borrowed car. taxi, non- Rule 80.
Government steamer and public service.
Note.— In this, "public conveyance" includes Government steamer for crossing a river by steamer In coarse of journey
unless crossing occurs during a railway journey and the charge for it is included in the railway fare, in which
case, it will be treated as part of railway journey for calculating travelling allowance.
(e) For other journeys such as boat, rail, trolley, etc ...... Rules 152—155.
16. For journey on transfer within State see Rule 85 of Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules.
17. For transfer travelling allowance on deputation to CBI/IB, etc., treated as foreign service, see Bihar
Service Code Rule 282.
18. Members of ranks who travel in higher class than what they are entitled in railway train or air in
emergency are entitled to actual cost of the fare of such journey.
19. When any Government officer is summoned in cases to which the State is not a party, such person
will be paid travelling allowance and part salary by the summoning Court according to rules applicable
to him which will be deposited with the State Government Treasury by the person concerned in lieu
of pay and travelling allowance drawn by him in normal course as given in Bihar Travelling Allowance
Rules 128 (b). For travelling allowance of experts in C.I.D. in private case, see RM. Appendix 25.
clause 11 (ii).
20. When any person, not being a Government servant is required to attend any departmental enquiry for
giving evidence or a commission or conference, that person may be given travelling allowance
according to Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules 144 and it will be paid as "office expenses".
21. For rules of halting allowance, see RM. Rule 757.
22. Deputy Inspector-General shall see during inspections that no unnecessary expenditure has been
incurred on travelling allowance.
• •

APPENDIX 58
SCALE OF PERMANENT ADVANCE
(RULE 948) The scale of permanent advance sanctioned for
the offices of police officers in Bihar is as follows :—
Rs.
(1) Inspector-General of Police ........... 460
(2) Additional Inspector-General of Police. Bihar Sashastra Police ... 400
(3) Additional Inspector-General of Police. Intelligence Department 400
(4) Additional Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D ............... 400
(5) Police Radio Department ................ 400
(6) Police Transport Hqrs ................ 400
(7) All range Deputy inspectors-General of Police (including Northern/
Southern Range Bihar Sashastra Police). 200
(8) All District Superintendents of Police (including Railways).... 350
(9) Commandant, Bihar Sashastra Police 1, Ranchi... 360
(10) Other Commandants, Bihar Sashastra Police ... 300
(11) Principal, Police Training College, Hazaribagh ... 300
(12) Principal, Police Training School, Nathnagar, district Bhagalpur 300
(13) Mounted Sashastra Police, Arrah ... 500
Notes.—(a) Its head of account is 255-Police for withdrawal. For feeding prisoners its advance is different and its head
of account is 256-Jail (cost in police custody). See P.M. Rule 244.
(b) For every district police office, a sum of Rs. 100 is sanctioned as permanent advance, under Chaukidari
Advance, vide P.M. Rule 861(b) and Chaukidari Manual Rule 187.
(c) On the occasion of strikes of employees in Jamshedpur and other industrial places, the Inspector-General
will sanction increase for the districts concerned under Bihar Financial Rule 112 but he will inform A.G. at
once, so that the A.G. can inform the Treasury Officers of those districts to pay the extra amount.
(d) Normally, the permanent advance of each Mounted Sashastra Police company and each Bihar Sashastra
Police company is limited to Rs. 50 at headquarters. When any detachment is away from headquarters, the
Mounted Sashastra Police and the, Bihar Sashastra Police coys, may be given permanent, advance up to Rs.
200 and Rs. 150 respectively. Any excess over Rs. 50 shall be adjusted as soon as the detachment returns to
headquarters.
..

APPENDIX 59
GENERAL POLICE FUND ACCOUNTS RULES
[The 15th July, 1924 as amended up to 1979]
[RULE 1000(b)]
No. 1184-P.R.—In exercise of the power conferred by sub-section (2) of Section 16 of the Police Act, 1861
(Act V of 1861), the Governor is pleased to order that the application of the General Police Fund to the maintenance
of the Police force shall be subject to the following rules :—
1. These rules may be called the Account Rules of the Bihar General Police Fund; and will take effect from the
1st April, 1923. (See also special notes attached with this appendix).
2. The transactions of the fund are accounted for in the Public Accounts through "'843-Civil Deposit—Police
Fund Deposit". The receipts shall form part of the general revenues and it will therefore be necessary to include in
the detailed estimates under the head "255-Welfare of Police Personnel—Contribution payable to Police Welfare
Fund" for grants presented to the Legislature.
3. The State Government shall contribute to the Police Welfare Fund for which necessary provision shall be
made every year in the civil budget estimates under the head "255-Police—Welfare of Police Personnel—
Contribution payable to Police Welfare Fund".
3-A. Any private person requiring the services of Police Officers and men for special duty to regulate traffic
and keep order in or outside private premises on the occasion of large gatherings at dances, football matches, races,
cinemas, circuses, theatrical performances, weddings at homes, athletic meetings and generally for services which
are not within the ordinary duty of the police shall be charged fees under the provisions of Section 13 of the Police
Act at the following rates :—
Rs.
Reserve Inspector or any Inspector 19 per day or part of a day
Reserve Sub-Inspector \ 16 per day or part of a day
Or any Sub-Inspector j
Assistant Sub-Inspector .... 10 per day or part of a day
Havildar ... 8.50 per day or part of a day
Naik, Lance Naik and Constable 7.50 per day or part of a day.
The incidental expenses such as lorry hire, railway fare, etc., to be incurred in transporting the officers and
men required for the special duty shall be borne by the person in addition to the above rates of fees.
The application for such force shall be made in writing and the prescribed fee and the incidental charges shall
be paid in advance by the person making the application. The entire amount so recovered shall be credited to "055-
Police" but a separate account of it shall be maintained so that half of the amount actually recovered and credited
to general revenue of the State is paid to the Police Officers and men who were put to extra trouble and labour,
from the Police Fund (based on Rule 139 and note there under of the Bihar Service Code).

Note. — Supervision charges should include the following items: —
(i) Pay, travelling allowance, and leave and pensionary charges of officers who are employed solely on
assessment or collection work;
(ii) Travelling allowance of officers, who in addition to their ordinary duties do the assessment and
collection work, for special journeys to the affected areas for the purpose of supervising or making
collections and assessment.
The travelling allowance of superior officers such as District Magistrates and Superintendents of Police should
not be included in the cost of the additional police.
4. As soon as sanction is accorded by (1) the Inspector-General of Police or his deputies or by the District
Superintendent of Police to the deputation, under Section 13 of an additional force. (2) the Inspector-General to the
employment under Section 14, of an additional force in any area in which a railway, canal or other public work or
a manufactory or commercial concern is carried on or (3) the local Government to the quartering under Section 15
of an additional force in any area a copy thereof should be forwarded by the sanctioning authority to the Accountant-
General. Bihar stating therein the section of the Act under which the force is to be entertained and the cost to be
recovered from the Party or parties concerned with full details, except in the case provided in Rule 3A, as to how
the amount has been arrived at, the indirect charges on account of leave salary and pension being shown separately.
Where the Inspector-General is not the sanctioning authority, a copy of the sanction should be sent to him.
5. The recoveries on account of the cost of the forces entertained under Sections 13 and 14 should be made by
the District Superintendent of Police and those under Section 15 by the District Magistrate. The charges (pay,
allowances, fees, contingencies and other charges, if any, actually incurred by the disbursing officer) should be
drawn by the Superintendent of Police or the District Magistrate as the case may be in the usual bill forms, but
separately from those on account of the ordinary force of the district. With a view to maintain this distinction in the
accounts of the Treasury as well as of the State, the challans and the bills should cite the sanctioning orders and
bear distinct headings in red ink at the top as appertaining to the General Police Fund. All indents and invoices for
articles obtained from the jail, the Military or any other Government Departments should also be similarly marked.
6. A separate account for each force as also of receipts and charges mentioned in Rule 3A shall be kept by the
officers named in Rule 5 above, in which the recoveries or the charges or both, as the cause may be, should be shown
quoting the challans and the treasury vouchers or the invoices. On the first of each month, the Superintendent of
Police or the District Magistrate, as the case may be, will report to the Inspector-General of police the total recovery
made and the total expenditure incurred by him during the previous month for each force as also the receipts and
charges mentioned in Rule 3-A. He will at the same time forward copies of 1 he detailed accounts arriving at these
totals to the Accountant-General, Bihar for verification and transmission not later than the 20th of the month to the
Inspector-General. On receipt of the verified accounts the Inspector-General will verify the totals already reported
to him and take steps in consultation with the disbursing and the recovering officers for the reconciliation of any
discrepancies that may be pointed out by the Accountant-General. When the discrepancies are settled he should
either correct his ledger figure (vide Rule 7) or, if necessary, intimate to the Accountant-General the corrections to
be made in his accounts. The adjustments on account of maintenance and depreciation charges of fire-arms and
supply of uniforms and accoutrements from the Police Department (vide Rules 10 and 11 below) and of the indirect
charges for leave salary and pension will be made by the Accountant-General and the amounts to be added to the

expenditure on these accounts will be intimated by him to the Inspector-General from time to time for incorporation
in the accounts referred to in Rule 7 below.
Notes.—(1) In all accounts the gross expenditure incurred should be shown. Recoveries of every payments already
charged to Additional Police should however be taken in reduction of the gross expenditure.
(2) Refunds of recoveries of cost should be taken in reduction of receipts.
(3) Receipts under Section 15-Aof the Act should be kept in criminal deposits till the
compensations are paid to the injured persons [B. T. Code Vol. I—Rule 536 (ii)].
7. The Inspector-General of Police will act as the administrator of the Fund and maintain from the figures
reported to him by the disbursing and the recovering officers (vide Rule 6 above) a ledger account for each force
separately. He will watch the progress of the expenditure and the realisation of the cost and issue warnings to the
officers responsible for effecting the recoveries. As soon as he' finds that the total expenditure of the fund is likely
to exceed the amount at its credit he will, take steps to obtain a supplementary grant under "255-Police—Welfare
of Police personnel—Contribution payable to Police Welfare Fund" to cover the excess.
A separate ledger account shall also be opened in respect of the receipts and charges mentioned in Rule 3 A.
8. To effect a verification of the balance at the credit of the fund the Accountant-General will intimate to the
Inspector-General of Police half-yearly the total balance of the fund and the Inspector-General will after verifying
this within the total of the ledger balances communicate his acceptance to the Accountant-General.
9. The Inspector-General is empowered to transfer savings of one force to another entertained under Section
15. He cannot, except with the approval of the State Government, transfer any surplus in the accounts of the forces
entertained under Sections 13 and 14 to the account of the forces entertained under Section 15, or vice-versa. The
total saving of the fund at the end of the year will, unless otherwise directed by the State Government be carried
forward as the opening balance of the next year.
10. For fire-arms lent by the Police Department, a fixed charge of Re. 1 per mensem per carbine, subject to the
maximum of Rs. 12 should be charged to the fund as maintenance and depreciation charges. As soon as each force
is disbanded the Superintendent of Police should intimate to the Accountant-General the number of carbines and
the period for which these were actually lent, so that the necessary adjustment by debit to the fund account may be
made by him (vide Rule 6 above). No charge should, however, be made for the ammunition so lent by the Police
Department. If arms and ammunitions are obtained, from the arsenal and returned when the force is disbanded, the
necessary charges and refunds will be made in the accounts according to the actual cost charged and the amount
allowed for by the Military Department on return to the arsenal.
11. As regards uniforms and accoutrements, other than fire-arms supplied by the Police Department, the
charges will be at the rate sanctioned for first kits and no refunds should be demanded when the force is disbanded.
The Superintendent of Police will after deputing the additional force, furnish the Accountant-General with a statement
showing the number and designation of the men deputed with their kits, and the Accountant-General will make the
necessary adjustment under Rule 6 above. For uniforms and accoutrements purchased direct for the additional
force. the actual cost as paid for should be charged to the fund, the bill or the invoice concerned being distinctly
marked as so chargeable. As charges on account of the latter will not be adjusted by the Accountant-General they
should not be included in the statement referred to above.

SPECIAL NOTES
1. According to para 14.4 under Chapter 14—Exhibition of Recoveries of Expenditure in accounts of the
"Second Report of the Team on reforms in the structure of Budget and accounts", Volume I. the recoveries of
expenditure of the department for its functions and activities and also the recoveries of expenditure incurred by the
department of Government for a private party, another department of Government or another Government should
in all cases be treated as revenue receipts of the Government rendering such services or supplies. As per aforesaid
Report of the Team in the revised classification of Government Transactions effective from 1st April, 1974 all the
recoveries made by Police Department on account of services rendered and supplies made to private individuals,
party, departments of Government of India (Civil) and to Railways, Post and Telegraph and Defense are required
to be classified under revenue head viz.,—
"055-Police-Sector B-Non-Tax Revenue (c) other Non-Tax-Revenue (i) General Services-Police Supplied
to other Governments or Police Supplied to other parties", and that money cannot directly be credited
to the General Police Fund.
2. As no money can he directly transferred from the consolidated Fund to Public Account without the vote of
Legislature, provision for contribution to 'Police Welfare Fund' is to be made in every year in the civil Budget
Estimates under the head "255-Police—Welfare of Police Personnel—Contributions to Police Welfare Fund". The
existing provisions have, accordingly, been modified which will come into force with effect from 1st April 1980.
3. With effect from 1st October, 1976 the principles and procedures followed for the settlement of inter-
Governmental transactions on account of supplies made or service rendered by one Government to another [including
a State Government on one hand and another State Government or Government of India (Civil/Railway/Post and
Telegraph/Defence on the other hand] have been set out in the Government of India, Ministry of Finance (Department
of Economic Affairs) letter No. FI(57)-B/74, dated the 12th October, 1976) addressed to the Finance Secretaries of
all State Governments.
*f* ^ *P Hr 1*
Sd/- A.K. ROY,

Accounts Officer, Bihar.
(T.M.I.), Ranchi.
• •

APPENDIX 60
ANNUAL DEPARTMENTAL POLICE REPORT
(RULE 1022)
All Superintendents, Commandants, Range Deputy Inspectors General, all Principals and other Controlling
Officers shall prepare and send this to Inspector General of Police, Bihar, Patna in P.M. Form No. 228 along with
the returns of Appx. 61 by 28th of February of the following year. They Shall give brief descriptions, where
necessary, regarding their difficulties etc. and suggestions for their removal.
Serial Part Paragraph.
Number. Number.
1 Part 1 General
2 Part 2 Permanent and temporary sanctioned/actual
strength.
3 Part 3
Appointment in sanctioned /actual strength.
4 Part 4 Different actual strength under different age
groups.
5 Part 5 Non-police force statement/actual strength
(Permanent/temporary).
6 Part 6 Training in Police Training College.
7 Part 7 䑐 (a) Training in Police Training College/School.
(b) Promotion course, in Police Training Centre.
(c) Refresher Course in Police Training College
Centre.
8 Part 8 Local Police Training Course in Distt./Unit.
9 Part 9 Promotion.
10 Part 10 Non-residential/Residential building.
11 Part 11 Planning concerning buildings.
12 Part 12 Health of Police Force.
13 Part 13 Reward.
14 Part 14 Punishment.
15 Part 15 Departmental Proceedings.
16 Part 16 Defalcations by Police.
17 Part 17 Escape from Police custody.
18 Part 18 Return of transport and communication.
19 Part 19 Inspections.

Serial Part Paragraph.
Number. Number.
20 Part 20 Supervision.
21 Part 21 Traffic Control and Road Safety.
22 Part 22 Town patrolling by Police.
23 Part 23 Expenditure on Police.
24 Part 24 Welfare, Police relief and Welfare fund.
25 Part 25 Police Co-operative Society.
26 Part 26 First Aid.
27 Part 27 Games.
28 Part 28 Public Relations, Co-operation, Research and
Development Work (relations with the Press and
public).
29 Part 29 Relating to neighbouring country, neighbouring
State, inter-district co-operation.
30 Part 30 呐 Scientific investigation, study and research.
31 Part 31 Information relating to medals and decorations
awarded to Police Officers and men.
• •

APPENDIX 61
STATEMENTS AND RETURNS
(RULE 1022)
List of Returns to be furnished with the annual report by District/Railway Superintendent, Principal, and Deputy
Inspector General.
1 Statement 'a' Part 1 Return of cognizable cases (P.M. Form No. 179).
and Part 2
2 Statement ‘aa’ Part 1 Return of persons concerned in cognizable cases (P.M.
and Part 2 Form No. 189)
3 Statement ‘b’ Part 1 Return of non-cognizable cases (P.M. Form No. 181).
4 Statement 'b' part 2 Return of persons concerned in non-congnizable cases
(P.M. Form No. 182).
5 Statement 'c' Property stolen and recovered (P.M. Form No. 183).
6 Statement ‘cc’ Statement showing classification of thefts and robberies
according to nature of property involved (P.M. Form
No. 184).
7 Statement 'd' Sanctioned Police Force and cost incurred on it (P.M.
Form No. 185).
8 Statement 'e' Statement showing the equipment, discipline and general
internal management of the force (P.M. Form No. 186).
9 Statement Statement of the strength and cost of the village watch in
the several districts of Bihar with figures of the rewards
and punishments (P.M. Form No. 187).
10 Statement ‘f’ Statement concerning crime of 5 years (P.M. Form No.
188).
11 Statement 'ff’ Classification of theft and robbery by stolen properties
(P.M. Form No. 189)
12 Statement 'g' Statement of railway crime for 5 years (P.M. Form No.
190).
13 Statement 'h' Juvenile delinquence statement (P.M. Form No. 191).
14 Statement of unnatural death cases other than homicide
[P.M. Form No. 192(a)].
15 Suicide [P.M. Form No. 192(b)].
16 Prosecution (Statement of sessions cases) [P.M.
Form No. 192(c)].

17 Prosecution (Statement of false cases) [P.M.
Form No. 192(d)].
18 Result of prosecution of cases as a result of false
oath [P.M. Form No. 192(e)].
19 Statement of persons committing crime while
on bail [P.M. Form No. 192(f)].
20 Statements in forms sent to Central Bureau of
Investigation [P.M. Form No. 193(a) to (p)].
List of additional returns to be submitted with the annual reports by
Superintendent of Railway Police.
21 Statement of security cases (P. M. Form No.
194).
22 Statement of accident cases (P. M. Form No.
195).
23 Statement of collision cases (P. M. Form No.
196).
24 Statement of different forms of theft (P. M. Form
No. 197).
25 Statement of obstruction cases (P. M. Form No.
198).
Statement of prosecution in accident cases (P.
M. Form No. 199).
..

APPENDIX 62
LIST OF REGISTERS AND FILES TO BE KEPT IN DIFFERENT OFFICES AND ORDERS OF
DISPOSAL OF THEM.
(Rule 925(B))
The name of register or file Under P.M. Schedule and Period of preservation
which Form No. Form No.
rule shall
be kept
1 2 3 4 5
(A) SUPERINTENDENT'S OFFICE
Personal Diary ... 64. 87. 448. 5 47, F. No. 1 3 Year
626 and
Inspection Register 1297. ... 42, 135 4 47, F, No. 2 Permanently

Register of Absconders ... 118,883 16 47, F. No. 3 Until all offenders entered in it are
arrested or a new register is made
out and on orders of Supdt. This is
also applicable to Thana registers
Register of Missing Persons ... Appendix 223 47, F. No. 4 5 Years.
81
Certificate of verification of Monthly ... 124 24 47, F. No. 5 5 Years.
Cash Accounts.
Form of application for appointment as ... Appendix 42 131 47, F. No. 6 It will be kept with Service
Steno Sub-Inspector/Assistant and/ or and 51 Book.
Typist A.S.I, in Bihar Police.
Form of Travelling Allowance escort, ... 1002 235 47, F. No. 7 10 Years
reward and his acquittance roll
Extension of Stay in India ... 877A(5) 236 47, F. No. 8 As per Government ORDER
Register of visit of additional places ... 877A(5) 237 47, F. No. 9 4 Years
Procession Licence ... 23 1 47, F.No. 10 2 Years
Escort Requisition ... 335(a) 97 47, F. No. 11 One year after the last Railway/Bus
Railway warrant ... 536,575 98 47, F.No. 12 warrant is issued.
Bus warrant ... 575A 98A 47, F.No. 12A (used and unused books shall be
kept under lock and key).
Nomination Rolls ... 646,649 102 47, F.No. 13 It will be kept in Service Book
Form of Sanction of pension up to and ... 822A 113B 47, F.No. 14 10 Years
below the rank of Havildars.
G.P.F. Pass Book for Insprs. And ... Appendix 87 242 47, F.No. 15 Permanently with the Subscribers.
ranks below them
Index of Crime ... 879 117 47, F.No. 16 10 Years.
Quarterly statement of advances on ... 982(d) 134A 47, F.No. 17 5 Years.

account of Pay, T.A. and Festival.
Register of departmental buildings ... 1149 172 47, F. No. 18 Permanently.
Advice Slip ... 937 124 47. F.No. 19 5 Years.
Cash book of Police Office ... 939 125 47, F. No. 20 10 Years.
Cash Account Certificate ... 942 126 47, F.No. 21 4 Years.
Register of pay and allowances .... 968 134 47, F. No. 22 10 Years.
heidover
APPENDIX 62 Contd.

The name of register or file Under which P.M. Schedule and Period of preservation
rule shall be Form No. Form No.
kept
1 2 3 4 5
From of special report number 1 of 1010 40 47, F. No. 23 According to Rule 1027.
Crime
Special Report Register 1011 41 47, F. No. 24 30 Years.
History Sheet 1012 42 47, F. No. 25 It will be kept with Dossier.
Confidential Character Roll 924 51 47. F. No. 27 (i) Five years after Death or
retirement.
(ii) 12 years after dismissal or
removal.
Card-Index of General Provident Fund 139 47. F. No. 28 Permanently

Appendix 87
Register of lands and buildings 1149 177 47. F. No. 30 Permanently
Application for Surrender under head 928 238 47. F. No. 31 2 Years
Extra Grant
Weekly statement of wandering gangs 440 88 47. F. No. 32 3 Years
for the week ending
A.A. Report Appendix 60 228 47. F. No. 33 10 Years
and Rule 1019
Application for house/land rent 951(b) 239 47. F. No. 34 2 Years
Application for admission in Sri Appendix 91 224 47. F. No. 35 2 Years
Krishna
Police Bal Vidyalaya, Hazaribagh.
Pay and Acquittance Roll 964 132 47. F. No. 36 6 Years
Abstract Acquittance Rolls 965 133 47. F. No. 37 10 Years

Pay memorandum of District Police 963 133 A 47. F. No. 39 3 Years
Force
Annual confidential report 1018 144 47. F. No. 42 After Retirement of death – 5 Years
Statement of unnatural deaths 192(a) 47. F. No. 47(a)
other than homicide.
(a) Sex, age group and number of 192(b) 47. F. No. 47(b)
suicides.
© Prosecution (Statement of Sessions 192(c) 47. F. No. 47(c)
Court cases). Appendix 61 3 Years
(d) Prosecution (Statement of 192(d) 47. F. No. 47(d)
False Cases).
(e )Statement of cases prosecuted 192(e) 47. F. No. 47(e)
for false taking of Oath.
(f) Statement of Crime committed 192(f) 47. F. No. 47(f)
while on bail.
Bihar Police Budget Appendix 64 202 47. F. No. 48 5 Years
Fly-Leaf of Records 1030 145 47. F. No. 49 According to Rule 1027

Muster Roll 962 128 47. F. No. 50 10 Years
Monthly statement of complaints 1210(d) 205 47. F. No. 51 2 Years
received in S.P's Office
Receipt Book Rule 92 of 23 53. F. No. 175 Permanently
Treasury
Manual
Agreement form with Bus owners Appendix 31 A 98B Not Printed Till Cancellation

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
The name of register or file Under P.M. Schedule Period of
which rule Form and preservation
shall be No. Form
kept No.
1 2 3 4 5
Form of requisition of Troops/B.S.F./ C.R.P. etc. 621(b)(i) 99 Not 1 Year.
and (ii) printed
Attendance Register 877 118 53, F. 1 Year

No. 73
Statement of Immovable property as on First 706(b) and 150 53, F. It will be kept with
Appointment/31st March, 19 104(e) No. 81 Service Book.
Receipt Register 906(b), 119A 53, F. 3 Years
912(a) No. 1
Despatch Register 913(a) 1I9B 53, F. 3 Years.
No. 2
Statement showing arrival and departure of Gazetted 886 120 Not 1 Year
Police Officers. printed
Log Book of Assistants/Clerks 906(c) 120A 3TT. F. 3 Years
No. 7
Security Bond 993 135 Not Till essential.
Printed
Security Bond 993 136 Ditto Ditto
Security Deposit form 994 137 Ditto Ditto
General Police Fund 쇠 999 138 Ditto 3 Years after the

last page entry.
Roll of men to whom it is recommended that new 1087(c) 163 Ditto 1 Year.
medals should be issued at their own expense to replace
those lost
Form of committee Report 1107 164 Ditto 1 year
Form of application for administrative approval of 1151(c ) 171 Ditto 3 Years after building
buildings to be constructed departmentally is completed.
Application for a new building 1151(a) 173 Ditto Ditto
Monthly progress report of building work 1155(b) 174 Ditto Ditto

Completion report submitted to the Deputy Inspector- 1155(c ) 175 Ditto Ditto
General of Police of the Range
Fly-Leaf for files of buildings 1157 176 Ditto 1 Year
Statement of quinquennial statement of Railway Crime. Appendix 61 190 Ditto 1 Year

Complaint Book 1210(b) 206 Ditto 1 Year
Half yearly statement giving information about progress of
investigation of cases involving offences (other than
untouchability offences) against members of Scheduled
Castes/Tribes committed by non-Scheduled castes or non-
Scheduled Tribes.

(b) BIHAR SASHASTRA POLICE MANUAL (Commandant's and other offices under it)
See Appendix 5 of Bihar Sashastra Police Manual for concerned Forms of Sch. 47, F. No. 52 to Sch. 47, F. No. 59 and
ahead of Sch. 47. F. No. 250.
(c) COURT OFFICES
Post Mortem Report 209 and Appendix 40 47, F. No. 60 It will be kept with case
78 Clause 4 and 15 records
Arms Register of Court Malkhana 325(e) 68 47, F. No. 61 Permanently
Application for verification of antecedents of under- 270(a) 47 47, F. No. 62 It will be kept with case
trial prisoners. diaries.
APPENDIX 62 Contd.
The name of register or file Under P.M. Form Schedule and Period of
which rule No. Form No. preservation
shall be
kept
1 2 3 4 5
Finger Print Search Slip ... 275(a) 49 47, F. No. 63 After disposal of the
connected case in
Court.
Return of unexecuted Warrants ... 294(b) 50 47, F. No. 64 2 Years.
Register of property received in the Court Malkhana ... 307(a) 51 47, F. No. 65 Till five years
after new register
is prepared.
Daily under trial case report of the Court office ... 308(a) 53 47, F. No. 66 2 Years.
Court Officers' Register of revisions and appeals. ... 312 54 47, F. No. 67 Permanently.
Result of appeal ... 313(b) 55 47. F. No. 68 5 Years.
Register of cases committed to Sessions ... 315뺐 57 47, F. No. 69 Permanently.
Final Memo ... 316 58 47, F. No. 70 It will be kept
with case
diaries.
Register of convincted persons ... 317(a) 59 47, F. No. 71 Permanently.
Index to Register of convinced persons ... 319(a) 60 47, F. No. 72 Permanently.

Court Khatian Register ... 322 61 47, F. No. 73 15 Years.
Despatch cheque ... 341,345 71 47, F. No. 74 5 Years.
Register of P.R. Slip ... 334(a) 70 47, F. No. 75 On return from
concerned P. Ss.
of released
prisoners.
Jail Parade Report ... 350(c) 73 47, F. No. 76 2 Years.
Form for C.I.B. reference ... 418(a) 89 47, F. No. 78 2 Years.
Finger Print Record Slip ... 442(d) 90 47, F. No. 79 Permanently.
Register of unidentified persons sent up by the police. ... 271(a) 48 47, F. No. 80 5 Years.

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
Monthly Crime Review ... 323 62 47, F. No. 81 5 Years.
Objection Memo ... 451 91 47, F. No. 82 After
compliance of
objection.
Security Cases 194 47, F. No. 86 -,
a) Return of cognizable crime (cases). 193(a) 47, F. No. 88(a)
(b) Return of cognizable crime (persons 193(b) 47. F. No. 88(b)
(c) Statement showing district wise and city wise 193(c) 47, F. No. 88(c)
incidence of cognizable crime reported.
(d) Statement showing number of persons arrested 193(d) 47, F. No. 88(d)
according to sex and age groups during the year
(e) Juvenile Delinquency 193(e) 47, F. No. 88(e)
(f) Disposal of Juveniles sent to Court 193(0 47, F. No. 88(0
(g) Property Stolen and recovered under I.P.C. offences 193(g) 47. F. No. 88(g)
(h) Classification of offences against property according 193(h) 47, F. No. 88(h)
to the nature of property stolen. Appendix
193(i) 47, F. No. 88(i) 3 Years
(i) Actual strength as on 31 st December and cost of 61
Police
(j)Police personnel killed or injured on duty. 193(j) 47, F. No. 88(j)
(k) Casualties under Police firing 193(k) 47, F. No. 88(k)
(1) Statement indicating number of cases reports and 193(l) 47, F. No. 88(l)
value of property stolen under Robbery and Dacoity
by place of occurrences.
(m) Particular data statement of Juveniles arrested 193(m) 47, F. No. 88(m)
(n) Statement indicating motive of murder 193(n) 47, F. No. 88(n)
(o) Statement showing the number of victims under 193(o) 47, F. No. 88(o)
different age groups for the crime head 'Rape'. ,
(p) Statement showing statistics of recidivism. 193(p) 47, F. No. 88(p)
Annual return of cognizable crime 䗠՚ 61
Appendix 179 47, F. No. 89
Statement aa Appendix 61 180 47, F. No. 90 Ditto
Annual Return of persons concerned in cognizable
crime.
Statement c Appendix 61 183 47, F. No. 91 Ditto
Property stolen and recovered
Statement d Appendix 61 185 47, F. No. 92 Ditto
Sanctioned strength of Police Force and its expenditure
Statement e Appendix 61 186 47, F. No. 93 Ditto
Annual return showing equipment, Discipline and
general internal management of the force for the year
Statement b Appendix 61 181 47, F. No. 94 Ditto
Annual return of non-cognizable, offences Part I—Return
of cases.
Statement b Appendix 61 182 47, F. No. 95 Ditto
Annual return of non-cognizable crime* Part II—Return
of persons concerned in cases.
Statement cc Appendix 61 184 47, F. No. 96 Ditto
Classification of thefts and robberies according to nature
of property involved
Statement f Appendix 61 188 47, F. No. 97 Ditto
Quinquennial statement of crime
Statement ff Appendix 61 189 47, F. No. 98 Ditto
Classification of thefts and robberies by stolen property.
Statement h Appendix 61 191 47, F. No. 99 Ditto
Juvenile Delinquency Statistics

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
Typist A.S.l's work book 279(e) 49A 47, F.No. 100 2 Years
Monthly statement of recording of evidence of police 177(ii) 32A Not Printed 2 Years
officer in Court.'
Magistrate's General Register of cases cognizable by 314 56 43, High Court Permanently
the police (R)2.
Invoice of non-prohibited arms sent to :he Monghyr 326(b) 69 3, Executive Permanently

Gun Factory. F.No. 129
Register of Processes received for issue 293(b) 225 43, High Court Till disposal but not
Constables Note Book R(9) before 7 years
(d) POLICE STATION

Constables Note Book 89(e) and 477(c) 234 47, F.No. 106 1 Year
List of persons under surveillance Active criminals of 76 25A 47, F.No. 107 10 Year
bordering police-stations
Khatian Inspection Register 42, 70, 131 75D 47, F.No. 108 Permanently
Form of Station Statistics/Thana Khatian 131 75E 47, F.No. 109 Permanently
Index to dossier (modus operandiwise) 356(e ) 75F 47, F.No. 110 Permanently
Command Certificate 90 9 47, F.No. 111 1 Year
Form of Summons Appendix 79 143 47, F.No. 112 It will be kept with case
records
Register of attendance of Chaukidars 110 13 47. F.No. 113 4 Years.
Station Dairy 116 15 47, F.No. 114 3 Years.
Report of attachment of propertv under Section 83, 169(b ) 17 47, F.No. 115 To be filed with case
Cr.P.C. diaries and dealt with as
뺐
laid down in Rule 1027
Register of property stolen and of all articles taken 119, 120, 327 18 47, F.No. 116 Register – Permanently
charge of by the police Receipt- 10 Years
Register of Arms Licenses 130 25 47, F.No. 117 Five years after
completion of the
Register.
First Information Report 143 26 47, F.No. 118 One year after com-
pletion of the book, all
First Information Reports
with final memoranda
and crime .directory
slips attached shall be
taken out, filed with the
case diaries and dealt
with as laid down in Rule
1027 after disposal of
case in Court.
Intimation card 160,174, & 181 82 47, F.No. I18A with case records
Register of cases in which First Information Report is 144 28 47, F.No. 119 30 Years
not recorded
Non F.I.R. Cases Appendix 102 95 47, F.No. 119A After disposal of the
case 3 years.
Case Diary (Non S.R.) 164 30 47, F.No. 120 Vide Rule 1027 after
Case Diary (S.R.) 164 30A 47, F.No. 120A Disposal of case in Court

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
Search list 165 31 47. F. No. 121 It will be kept with case
records.
Charge Sheet 174 32 47. F. No. 122 Shall be dealt with in the same
way as the book of first
Final Report under Section 173, Criminal 181 33 47. F. No. 123 information reports
Procedure Code
Report under Section 109, Cr.P.C 185, 404 35 47. F. No. 124 As in Rule 1027 (d) for 14 years
after the disposal of case in
Court
First Information of a reported case of 199(a) 37 47. F. No. 125 Shall be filed with the cae
unnatural of sudden death sent to Magistrate diaries and preserved as long as
under Section 174, Cr.P.C the case diaries are preserved
vide Rule 1027(b).
Final report of a case of unnatural or sudden 199(b) 37A 47. F. No. 125 Ditto.
death sent to Magistrate under Section 174,
Cr.P.C.
Chalan for use when a dead body is 207 39 47. F. No. 126 It will be kept with case records
sent for examination
Book of Medical Examination of wounded 212 41 47. F. No. 127 14 years from the date of last
persons. entry
Duty Roster 116(g) 15A 47. F. No. 128 3 Years
Report under Section 110, Criminal 185,404 36 47. F. No. 129 As in Rule 1027 (d) for 14 years
Procedure Code. after the disposal of case in
Court
Memorandum of expenses incurred on 210,244,509,1005 44 47. F. No. 130 4 Years
account of travelling expenses and food of & Appendix 78뺐
prisoners at Police-station and on
the way to the hajat at and railway freight for Clause 15(e )
carrying dead bodies to postmortem centres
and other expenses
Surveillance Proceeding 370 96 47. F. No. 131 2 Years
Dossier (Crime Directory, Part I) 356 74 47. F. No. 132 Permanently
Crime Directory Part II (Large) Crime 357,361,365 and 75 47. F. No. 132A Permanently
Directory Part II (Small) Appendix 17 75A 47. F. No. 132A
Sub-Inspector's note book 357(f) 75B 47. F. No. 132B Permanently
Crime Directory Part III 366 76 47. F. No. 132C Permanently
Alphabetical Index to names in Col. 3, CD. 361,365 76A 47. F. No. 133 Permanently
Part II
M.O. Index to CD., Part II 357(a) 77 47. F. No. 133A Permanently
Crime Directory Slip 360 78 47. F. No. 134 Shall first be pasted with final
memorandum or to the
counterfoil of first information
(Rules 316 and 360) and
eventually dealt with in the
same way as the book of First
Information Report.
Enquiry note sheet of person under 371(a) 79 47. F. No. 135

Surveillance 7 Years from last date.
Pickettinn chart. 372 75B 47. F. No. 136 Permanently.

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
Inquest Report 199(b) 38 47, F.No. 137 It will be kept with case
records.
Certificate of despatch from Police Station 240 43 47, F.No. 138 5 Years.
and receipt
Reward Recommendation (Police officers) 857 116A 47, F.No. 139 2 Years.
Reward Recommendation (Non Police) 857 116B 47. F.No. 140 2 Years.
Enquiry slip for B. Cs. 378 80 47, F.No. 141 10 Years.
Misc. enquiry slip 123(a) and 80A 47, F.No. 142 5 Years.
Appendix 81
Clause 10(d) etc
Gang Book 391 84 47, F.No. 143 Permanently.
Police-station wandering Gang Register 389 85 47, F.No. 144 Permanently.
Chalan to accompany cash or property or 307(c ) 52 47, F.No. 145 2 Years.
exhibits when sent to Court office from
police-station.
Wandering Gang Finger Print Slip 391(c ) 86 47, F.No. 146 Permanently.
Hue and Cry notice 151 27 47, F.No. 147 Those issued from the station
itself shall be filed with the
case diaries and dealt with as
laid down in Rule i 027.
Those received from other
stations shall be preserved for
three years.
Supervision Note 48(d) 2 47, F.No. 148 With connected case
records.
Monthly statement giving information about 1023 208 47. F.No. 149 1 Year.
cases involving offences (Other than
untouchability offence) against members of
Scheduled Castes/Sched,uled Tribes 뺐
committed by non-scheduled castes or non-
scheduled tribes
Letter to First Offenders in traffic offences 1299 219 47, F.No. 150 1 Year.
Goonda Register 1315(a) 220 47, F.No. 151 Permanently.
Form of requisition for despatch by rail of 509(b), 207(c) 226 47, F.No. 152 It will be kept with case
dead bodies for Post-Mortem examination. records.
Prisoners Post Card Reports 383(a) 83 47, F.No. 153 Permanently.
Enquiry note sheet of persons under 371(a) 78 47, F.No. 154 7 years after the date
surveillance (for D.C.B.).
Police Information Room (Incident report). Appendix 102 127 47, F.No. 155 1 Year.
Charge-Report 773 3 47, F.No. 156 5 Years.
Statement of the strength and cost of the Appendix 61 and 187 47, F.No. 157 1 Year.
village watch in the several districts of Bihar 102
with figures of the rewards and punishments
given during the year.
Register of arrested persons 171 31A 47, F.No. 158 5 Years after completion.
Arrest Report 172(a) 31B 47. F.No. 159 With case records
Report under Section 107 or 145 Cr.P.C. 185 34 47, F.No. 160 10 Years

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
Form of medical examination in alleged rape 212 and Appendix 41A 47, F.No. 161 4 Years after completion of the
or other sexual offences 79 case.
Intimation of arrest 221(g) '4-1B 47, F.No. 162 5 Years.
Thana Hajat Register 239A(a) 43A 47, F.No. 163 5 Years after completion.
Monthly cash account 124, 1043 22 ' 47, F.No. 165 4 Years.
List of Dafadars and Chaukidars who were 110(d) 14 47, F.No. 166 4 Years.
absent from parade for six months from 1/1
to 30/6 and 1/7 to 31/12.
Register of arms deposited in the Police 325 67 47. F.No. 168 Permanently.
station
Chalan under Section 34 of Police Act 144(a) 29 47, F.No. 170 3 Years after disposal of chalans
of original register.
Identification of Suspects 236(a)(12) 42 '" 47, F.No. 171 5 Years.
Brief 174(b), 264 45 47, F.No. 172 It will be kept with case diaries.
Form of Report under Motor Vehicles Act. 1299(b) 200 47, F.No. 173 Till disposal of the case
First Information Report of Missing Persons Appendix 8 221 47, F.No. 174 Permanently, if not traced
otherwise 5 years.
Final Report of missing persons Appendix 8 222 47, F.No. 175 5 Years.
Missing Person card 'a' Appendix 8 230 47, F.No. 176 Till necessary.
Recovered Person card 'b' Appendix 8 231 47, F.No. 177 Till necessary.
Unidentified dead body card V Appendix 8 232 47, F.No. 178 Till necessary.
Register of unidentified dead bodies Appendix 8 233 47, F.No. 179 Till necessary:
Descriptive Roll of Lunatics 96(b) 10 3, F.No. 503 1 Year.
Certificate to be furnished by the Postal 93(b) 11 Not printed Permanently.
Department for permission to embed an iron
safe or chest in the floor of a police stations
Order of Permission to embed an iron 93(d) 11A Not printed Permanently.
safe/chest in the floor of a police stations 뺐
Annual return showing the condition of the 106, 1015 12 Not printed 2 Years.
trigonometrical survey station (Pillars and
towers).
Report of Intestate Movable Property 121(b) 19 Not printed.

Account of sales of Intestate Movable 121(d) 20 Not printed
Till pending
property.
Chalan of Intestate Movable property 121(e)` 21 Not printed,
Form of communication regarding arrest, 221(f) 42 A Not printed 1 Year.
detention, conviction or release, as the case
may be, of a member of parliament or State
Legislature.
Register of Deserters 231(b) 42B Not printed Permanently.
Descriptive Roll of a Deserter 231(b)(iii) 42C Not printed Till necessary.
Certificate to be signed by Superintendent 219, 1254(d) 46 Not printed It will be kept with case records.
and forwarded with valuable exhibits

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
Bujharat Report 316A© 58A Not Printed 1 Year
Annual statement showing death or 347, 454 72 Not Printed 1 Year

removal from the crime directory of a
convict/convicts vide instruction No. 4 in
P.M.-Form No. 75 or of any one whose F.P
slip/slips is/are on record in the FP. Bureau.
Wandering Gang Constables daily report 392 87 Not Printed 1 Year
Form of order by Magistrate for firing 621(i)(I) 99A Not Printed It will be kept with case records.
Letter despatching viscera to the Forensic 218(a), 1259 212 9,F. No. 35 Ditto.
Report forwarding substances other than 218(a), 1258(2) 213 9, C.M.D.F. Ditto.
viscera to the F.S.L. No. 36.
Post Mortem Examination Report of 218(a), 1259 214 44, C.V.I-No. It will be kept with case records.
Animals. 14
(e) FORENSIC SCIENCE LABORATORY

Receipt for exhibits 1258(3) 210 47, F. No. It will be kept with case records.
180
Forwarding letter of exhibits/Materials to 1258(2) 211 47, F. No 181 It will be kept with case records
Forensic Science Laboratory for
examination.
Examination report of Forensic Science 216(b), 1254(e ) 215 47, F. No. It will be kept with case records
Laboratory. 182
Form for requsition of special messenger to 1258(5) 뺐 216 47, F. No. It will be kept with case records
collect examined exhibits. 183
Report on serological examination by 1258(e) 217 47, F. No. It will be kept with case records
Forensic Science Laboratory 184
Despatch of examined exhibits from Forensic 1258(5) 218 47, F. No. It will be kept with case records
Science Laboratory. 185
(f) RESERVE OFFICE.
Orderly Room Register 824 114 47, F.No. 186 2 Years.
Service Book of the Executive Subordinates 1040 229 47, F. No. 5 Years after death or
187 retirement.
District Order Book 1037 148 47, F. No. Permanently.
188
Proceeding Appeal Register 852(d) 115A 47, F. No. 10 Years.
189
Medical History Sheet 796, 1309 109 47,'?. No. 190 Till in Service.
Register of Target Practice 635 & Appx 36 166 47, F.No. 191 1 Year
Verification Roll 656, 673 101 47, F.No. 192 It will be kept in Service Book
Agreement form of constables 665 106 47, F.No. 193 It will be kept in Service Book
Form of Oath for recruits in Police Force 666 105 47, F.No. It will be kept in Service Book
193A
Register of Medical Examination 672 104 47, F.No. 194 Permanently.
Appointment Certificate 674 107 47, F.No. 195 It will be kept with SB
Discharge Certificate 813 112 47, F.No. 196 10 Years

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
47, F. No.
Discharge Slip . 831 115 5 Years.
I96A
Punishment Register .. 850 116 47. F. No. 197 3 Years.
Memorandum of officers ordered to visit
.. 1035 147 47. F. No. 198 1 Year.
the guards.
Leave Register .. 807, 1047 154 47. F. No. 199 One year after completion.
Application for leave (Non-Gazetted 47. F. No.
.. 791(e) 107 A 1 Year.
Officer). . 199A
Leave Certificate .. 1047(e) 155 47. F. No. 200 2 Years.
Register of promotion, reduction and
.. 1049 157 47, F. No. 201 4 Years.
casualty of Police and ministerial officers.
Medical certificate under Article 49. Civil
It will be kept with Service
Service Regulations or Rule 53 of Bihar .. 656(b) 103 47. F. No. 202
Book.
Service Code.
.. 1067(b).
Issue Form No. 161 47, F. No. 203 4 Years.
1083(b)
Register of receipt and issue of clothing .. 1067(b) 160 47, F. No. 204 3 Years after completion.
.. 1067(a), 1080, One year after receipt of a new
Clothing Hand Book 162 47, F. No. 205
1984 book.
Ammunition Register 1110 168 47, F. No. 206 5 Years after completion.
Indent for Departmental stores .. 1125 170 47. F. No. 207 3 Years.
Distribution Register of Government
.. 1045(d) 123 47. F. No. 208 10 Years.
Property.
Against men who have died,
.. 828 & destroyed.
Proceeding files 178 47. F. No. 209
Appendix 49 Against others,
5 years after retirement.
뺐 47. F. No.
Stock and Store Register .. 1045(a) 122 A 10 Years.
209A
Promotions, reductions, with holding or
forfeiture of increments, reversions, leave,
.. 886 121 47. F. No. 210 1 Year.
transfers and casualties in the Bihar Police
during the week ending Saturday, the…..20
Monthly statement of Force .. 1034 146 47, F. No. 211 1 Year.
Annual statement of requirement of clothing
... 1077 158 47. F. No. 212 5 Years.
and other stores.
Annual Return of Arms. Ammunition and
... 1125 169 47, F. No. 213 5 Years.
stores.
Roll showing the names of employees who
will retire during the twelve months from the ... 812 111 47. F. No. 214 5 Years.
1st April.
Pension and Gratuity Statement ... 815 113 47. F. No. 215 3 Years.
Annual Indent of clothing and Stores ... 1078 159 47, F. No. 216 5 years.
Requisition for reserved accommodation on
... 544(a) 93 47, F. No. 217 1 Year.
Railway.
Medical Leave Card ... 796 110 47. F. No. 218 3 Years.
Daily register of diet supplied to the patients
... 958 129 47. F. No. 219 4 Years.
in the Police Hospital.

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
Monthly abstract of cost of Diet supplied to the
... 958 130 47, F. No. 220 4 Years.
patients in the Police Hospital.
Disposition Register ... 1038 149 47. F. No. 221 5 Years.
Hospital Register ... 1046(c) 152 47, F. No. 222 4 Years.
Bed Head Ticket ... 1046 153 47, F. No. 223 2 Years.
Proceedings of a committee held at ... 1044, 1091. 1094 165 47, F. No. 224 4 Years.
to inspect and pass examine/condemn ... & 1095
Arms Distribution Register ... 1103 167 47, F. No. 225 5 Years after
completion.
Reward Register ... 861 B(b) 201 47, F. No. 226 5 Years.
Joint Index of Reward and Punishment ... 1041(c) 203 47, F. No. 227 5 Years.
Registers. Request Register ... 623(n) 204 47, F. No. 228 2 Years.
Daily Parade Statement ... 1033 227 47. F. No. 229 1 Year.
Annual Return of Target Practice (Application) ... 637 Not printed 1 Year.
100
by Musket .410 for District Police.
Annual Return of Target Practice by Rifle .303 ... 637 100 A Not printed 1 Year.
for District Police.
Annual Return of Target Practice (Application) ... 637 100B Not printed 1 Year.
by Revolver ,38/Pistol 9 M.M. for police
officers and selected Havildars and constables.
Medical certificate for non-gazetted officers in ... 796(f) 108 9, F. No. 43 1 Year.
superior service recommended for leave or
extension or commutations of leave.
Roll showing the names of police-officers who ... 812(a)(1) 111A Not printed 1 Year.
will superannuate during the period falling
between next 18 months to 36 months from 1st
April.
Roll showing the names of police officers who ... 812(a)(2) 뺐 111B Not printed 1 Year.
will superannuate during the next
18 months from 1st April.
Quarterly statistical report in respect of pension ... 815 113A Not printed 1 Year.
and gratuity.
Casual Leave register ... 1048 156 53, F. No. 79 1 Year.
(g) RAILWAY POLICE OFFICE.
Certificate of passengers detained for a Police It will be kept with
enquiry etc ... 489 94 47, F, No. 230 case records.
Annual Statement of Railway Accidents 195 47, F. No. 231
Annual Statement of Railway collisions 196 231
Annual Statement showing different classes of
To be disposed of
thefts committed on Railway, 197 231
... Appendix 61 Administration
Annual Statement of obstruction cases in
report is printed.
Railways. 198 231
Annual Statement of prosecutions in accident
199 231 j
cases for the year.
Register of Railway accident cases ... Appendix 79 240 47, F. No. 232 Permanently.
(H) SUBDIVISIONAL POLICE OFFICERS'/INSPECTORS’ OFFICES
Monthly summary of work of Sub divisional 45 5A 47, F. No. 233 2 Years
Police Officer.

APPENDIX 62 Contd.
1 2 3 4 5
Weekly Report on Monday ... 59 6 47, F. No. 235 1 Year.
Daily Report ... 59 6A 47, F. No. 236 1 Year.
Progress Report ... 61, 224(e) 7 47, F. No. 237 3 Years.
Monthly return of Inspection by ... 72, 469(ii) (a) 2 Years.
8
Circle/ Railway Inspector. 47, F. No. 238
Memorandum ... 164(f) 30B 47, F. No. 239 It will be kept with
case records.
Crime Chart ... 880 & Appendix 7 119 Not printed 3 Years.
(i) POLICE RADIO OFFICE
Delay Memo. / ... Appendix 39 81 47, F. No. 241 1 Year.
Police Radio Log. ... Appendix 39 92 47, F. No. 242 1 Year.
Police Radio Station ... Appendix 39 66 47, F. No. 243 1 Year.
In Message Register. Police Radio
Station Appendix 39 65 47, F. No. 244 1 Year.
Out Message Register
Police Organisation Traffic ... Appendix 39 63 47, F. No. 245 1 Year.
Statement
Message Form (Small) ... 1242 207A 47, F. No. 246 1 Year.
Message Form (Big) ... 1242 207 47, F. No. 247 I Year.
Delivery Book (Police Radio) ... Appendix 39 64 47, F. No. 248 1 Year.
(j) VARIOUS OFFICES
Form of Extra grant for ... 928 241 47, F. No. 249 3 Years.
뺐
. .

APPENDIX 63
RULES FOR THE PRESERVATION AND DESTRUCTION OF FILES IN SUPERINTENDENTS'
OFFICES.
(RULE 1026)
The files opened in the office shall be entered into index register according to rules.
In the index register, the main heads as have been shown in column 1 of this Appendix should be kept. The sub-
heads shall be different subjects under them. In one sub-head, there shall be several files. The serial number
shall be according to this register. In the end, the year shall be noted.
For example—
Accounts—Salary-—10—73.
In files concerning criminal cases, the title of the file shall be noted according to the number given in Crime
Index.
The files or registers in which the work has finished, shall be closed and on its covering fly leaf, the seal of ‘A’,
‘B‘ ‘C’ or ‘D’ shall be given by the sectional officer. The statement given below gives the period for which any
file or files shall be preserved for certain periods. For several exceptions, explanations (a), (b) etc. given in the
last page of this appendix should be seen.
Note- Files, papers and correspondence stamped ‘A’ shall be preserved permanently.
Files, papers and correspondence stamped ‘B’ shall be preserved for 10 years.
Files, papers and correspondence stamped ‘C’ shall be preserved for 5 years.
Files, papers and correspondence stamped ‘D’ shall be preserved for 2 years.
뺐
Main head. Sub-heads Period of preservation of records.
1. Accounts (1) Salary, (2) Provident Fund, (3) Tax, (4)
Bonds, (5) Security, (6) Permanent Advance. A
(7) Arrear Salary, (8) Special Salary, (9)
Objection and Retrenchment, (10)
Refundable/Non- refundable G.P.F. Advance,
01) Municipal Tax(a), (12) Property of Dead
Persons, (13) Salary and Allowances of B
Discharged Employees, (14) Salary and
Allowances of Employees on Leave, (15) Other
Charges, (16)Miscellaneous (c), (17) Band
Fund.
(18) Advance Salary, (19) Attachment of
Salary,(20) Travelling Allowance, (21) Motor
Cycle Allowance, (22) Horse Maintenance
Allowance (b), (23) Cycle Allowance, (24)
Festival Advance,(25) Local Allowance. (26)
Cycle Advance, (27)Final Withdrawal of G.P.F.,
(28) Office Expenses, (29) Pre-Audit, (30) C
House Rent, (31) Land Rent,(32) Other Rent,
(33) Budget, (34) Cash Accounts Certificate,
(35) Monthly Statement of Expenditure, (36)
Election Expenditure, (37) Food for Prisoners,
(38) Chaukidari Fund, (39) Amenity Fund, (40)
Welfare Fund, (41) Police Club.

Main head. Sub-heads Period of preservation of
records.
(42) Provision of Dry "Ration. (43)
Travelling Allowances and Daily
Allowance of Chaukidars selected for
Election Work. (44) Rewards. (45) D
Honorarium. (46) Postage. (47) Printing at
Private Presses. (48) Punkha and Punkha-
pullars. (49) Police Sports.
(50) Motor Car Advance. (51) Motor Three years after the advances and
Cycle Advance, (52) Marriage Advance. interest recovered in full.
(53) House Building Advance.
(1) Special Reports of Heinous Crime
(d). (2)Aeroplane Accidents, (3) Crime
Maps and Tables, (4) Crime Reported in
Foreign Countries. (5) Absconding and
Proclaimed Offenders, (6) Suspected A
Persons. (7) Convicted Persons. (8)
Previous Convictions. (9) Police
Registered Prisioners.
(10) Non-special Report Crime, (11)
Railway Accident, (12) Boat or Steamer
Accidents. Cases under Arms and
Explosives Act, (14) Crime Reported in
Other states.. (15) Election Cases, (16) B
Smuggling, (17) Kidnapping Cases. (18)
Prisoners, (19) Crime Reported in Other
Districts.
II. Crime (20) Crime (non-cognizable/non-F.I.R.),
(21) Cases of Road 준
Accidents, (22) Other
Accidents, (23) Cruelty to Animals. (24)
Cases of Profiteering, (25) Hoarding
Cases, (20) Postmortem. (27) Chemical
Examination. (28) Drugging Cases, (29)
Cases concerning Forest, (30) Cases of C
Kidnapped Persons, (31) Juvenile
Criminals. (32) Cases of Lost Property or
Persons. (33) Photo. (34) Pick-pockets.
(35) Wanderers, (36) Crime Review. (37)
Injury Reports.
(38) Crime Conference. (39) Crime Co-
operation, (40) Crime Meeting, (41)
Excise, Salts, Opium and Ganja Cases, D
(42) Cases under Local Laws. (43)
Miscellaneous (e).
III. Personnel (1) Sanction of Permanent and
Temporary Police Force, (2) Permanent
and Temporary 'Ministerial Strength, (3)
Creation of New Posts, (4) Appointment, A
Promotions and Confirmation of Deputy
Superintendent, (5) Service Records, (6)
Police Hospital Establishment

records.
(7) Force Allotment. (8) Promotion and
Conformation of Inspectors. (9) Training of
Dy. Ss P.. (10) Promotion of Superintendents,
(11) Retirement. (12) Departmental Actions
(f), (13) Appeal, (14) Representation, (15) B
Escort Management Register. (16) Increment
Register, (17) Gradation Register. (18) Reward
and Punishment Register, (19) Police Hospital
Employees. (20) Pension and Gratuity
(21) Additional or Special Police, (22)
Training of Havildars. (23) Training,
Promotion and Confirmation of A.S.Is., (24)
Appointment and Confirmation of Sub-
Inspectors. (25) Transfer of Inspectors, (26)
Transfer of Superintendents. (27) Files
concerning D.I.G., (28) Drill Instructions, (29)
Files concerning Punishments, (30) Accounts. C
Hindi and Tribal Languages Examination of
Officers. (31) Police Hospital. Medicines,
Equipment’s. Beds, (32) Police Club. (33)
Welfare and Amenities. (34) Sports. (35)
Correspondences concerning Retirement at the
Age of 58 Years. (36) Election Arrangement
and Force Disposition.
(37) Appointment, Training, Promotion
Transfer. Leave and Deputation of Constables.
䜰է
(38) Promotion, Transfer and Leave of
Havildars. (39) Transfer and Leave of A.S.Is.,
(40) Training, Transfer, Promotion and Leave
of Sub-Inspectors. (41) Leave of Inspectors,
(42) Transfers and Leave of Dy. Ss. P., (43) D
Leave of Superintendents, (44) Charge Report
(45) Orderly Room Cases, (46) Matters of
Discipline. (47) Files of Rewards, (48) Guards
and Escorts, (49) Monthly Statements of Force
(50) Parade Statements, (51) Miscellaneous
(g).
IV. Confidential (1) Landed Properties and Buildings of Police
Department Employees, (2) Moveable Pro-
perties of Police Department Employees, (3)
Character-Roll, (4) Files concerning Passport A
Correspondence, (5) Files concerning
Foreigners. (6) Files and Papers concerning C.
I. D. Controlled and Investigated Cases.
(7) Charge-sheet, (8) Crypstographic messages,
(9) Inspection Note-book (h). (10) Election B
Orders.

records.
(11) Public Relations, (12)
Prosecution of Government Servants,
(13) Special Duty, (14) Special C
Reservation, (15) Inspection Note (h),
(16) Press Conference.
(17) Other Special Reports which
are given by Superintendent.
According to necessity.
(1) Government Orders, (2) Police
Orders, (3) Police Gazette, (4) A
Criminal Intelligence Gazette,
(5) District Circular Orders, (6)
Accountant-General's Circular
Orders, (7) Village Chaukidars and
B
Rural Police, (8) Famine, (9) Flood,
(10) Intestate and Unclaimed
Property.
(11) Weekly, Fortnightly, Monthly,
Quarterly, Half-yearly and Annual
Reports and Statements, (12) Annual
Statement of Establishment, (13) Tour
V. Report Statement and
Diary (i), (14) Brief Monthly Works
miscellaneous Statement of Officers of and above
the rank of Dy. Ss. P., (1.5) Fines for C
Offences, (16) Cash Chest of Postal
Department, (17) Immigration, (18)
䜰է
Melas and Exhibition, (19) Ferry and
Toll. (20) Municipalities, (21)
Correspondence by Dak, (22)
Pilgrims.
(23) Tour Programme, (24)
Reports and Returns of Agriculture,
Season, Crops and Rainfall, (25) D
Contagious Disease, (26) Epidemic,
(27) Miscellaneous
(1) Land Acquisition. (2) Original
Work of House Construction (Major).
(3) Planning Estimate, (4) Buildings
of Police Stations and Town
Outposts, etc., (5) Police Lines, (6)
A
Barrack. (7) Other Building, (8)
Construction of Original Buildings,
VI. Building (9) Limit and Jurisdiction of Police
Stations, Circle Inspector,
Subdivision and District.
(10) Rents of Land and Buildings,
B
(11) Tank, Well and Water Supply.
(12) Officers Quarter, (13) Railway
C
Quarter, (14) Minor Works

records.
(15) Quarters of Sub-Inspectors and Assistant
Sub-Inspectors, (16) Repairs, (17)
Miscellaneous. D
(i) Traffic.
(1) Establishment, (2) Traffic Signals. A

(3)Road Signs, (4) Zebra Crossing etc., (5)
Traffic Road Signs, (6) Traffic Round Abouts,
(7) Constructions and Repairs, (8) Office C
Expenses, (9) Miscellaneous.
(ii) Transport.
(1) Purchase of Motor Cars, Motor Launch and
A
Motor Cycle, (2) Petrol Pump, (3) Workshop
(4) Maintenance Card. B
(5) Petrol and Lubricant, (6) Spare Parts, (7)
Major Repairs, (8) Condemnation of Motor
C
Cars, Motor Launch, Motor Cycle, etc. and their
auction.
(9) Minor Repairs. (10) Miscellaneous.
D
(iii) Uniform.
(1) Clothing Stores, (2) Corresponding Changes
A
in Clothing
(2) Stock Register of Clothing and Committee
Report Book, (4) Booklet, Despatch Form, etc.
VII. Supply and Transport B
(5) Knitting Workshops, (6) Contract and
Mortagage Bonds. 䜰է
(7) Tender for Police Uniform, Indent,
Forecast (8)Repairs. C
(iv) Store
(1) Arms Workshops, (2) Purchase of
A
Horses.
(3) Purchase of Tents, Kanat, Tarpaulin,
B
Dari, etc.,(4) Purchase of Furniture
(5)Allotment, (6) Petromax, Handcuff and
Lock, etc., (7) Estimate of Arms,
Ammunition, Explosive, etc.. (8) Military
Uniform, (9) Teargas Materials, (10)
Distribution of Arms, Ammunition, C
Explosives and Teargas Materials, (11)
Equipment’s of Mounted Police, (12)
Declaring Horses as Unserviceable.

records.
(13) Miscellaneous Works. (14)
Declaring Materials
Unserviceable, (15) Sayeece, (16) D
Purchase of Straw. Fodder and
Green Grass.
VIII. Receipt Dispatch and Index Register. (2) Special Report
Typing. Index Register. (3) Files
A
concerning Purchase of Typewriter
Machines
(4) Crime Index (5) Files
concerning Repairs and
B
Unserviceable Type-writer
Machines.
(6) Receipt and Dispatch Register. C
(7) History Sheet of Type-writer Till the machines are in order and
Machines after two years of their being
unserviceable.
IX. Records, Stationeries including (1) Allotment and Supply of
B
Forms. Stationeries.
(2) Allotment and Supply of
C
Forms.
Explanations.—(a) All correspondences regarding the䜰assessment

է
of municipal taxes of police buildings and
payment thereof should be preserved permanently.
(b) Orders sanctioning the grant of any fixed travelling, horse or pony allowance to be preserved
permanently.
(c ) Subjects of accounts which do not come under any of the sub-heads named above to be treated as under
miscellaneous sub-head, but several for example Summons as given in Rule 965((g) shall be preserved for
two years only.
(d) Heinous crimes need not be separately indexed, as a special report register is maintained. The files of fully
detected and false cases may be destroyed after three years, except cases of dacoity, poisoning and drugging,
mail robbery and counterfeiting coins, stamps or notes in which-professional criminals are concerned and in
all serious cases which are partially traced or are untraced or in which offenders have absconded shall be
treated as permanent records. The files may, however\be examined every tenth year, the retention or
destruction being left to the discretion of Superintendents who will be guided by the probabilities of their
being useful in the future or otherwise.
(e ) All other subjects of ordinary crime which do not come under any of the subheads of "Crime" to be
treated as under "miscellaneous".

(f) Papers about suspension, degradation or dismissal to be preserved till the preparation of pension rolls
Or till the men leave the force.
(g) Subjects not coming under any of the sub-heads of "Personnel" to be treated as under miscellaneous.
(h) The orders passed and their execution being noted in the inspection report book.
(i) Correspondence arising out of tour diaries may be transferred to their proper beads and dealt with
accordingly.
Note.—The tiles and registers etc. on subjects have been mentioned in a general way. In addition to this, there
shall also be other subjects on which files may be opened and the responsibility for their destruction shall be
on Office Deputy Superintendent or Office-in-Charge.
堠̸

APPENDIX 64
LIST OF RETURNS, STATEMENTS. REPORTS, ETC. SUBMITTED BY THE INSPECTOR-GENERAL TO GOVERNMENT AND OTHER OFFICERS
AND BY OTHER POLICE OFFICERS TO THE INSPECTOR-GENERAL OR THEIR SUPERIORS.
(RULE 1051)
Sl. Description of returns, Date
Authority Remarks
No statement, etc. From Through To When
(a) Daily Report
1 Supervision note and Test Supervising Proper channel Superintendent Daily Rule 48(d) Form No.2.
note officer of the
Case
2 Daily report (cases reported Circle Sub divisional Superintendent / Daily Rule59, 1341 From No.6A
daily) Inspector police officer/ District
Sub divisional Magistrate
Magistrate
3 Muffasil Diary Sub-Inspector, ….. Circle Inspector Daily Rule 87 From No.5
Assistant
Sub-Inspector
4 Station Diary Officer in …. Circle Inspector Daily Rule 116 From No. 15
charge of P.S.
5 Case diary Investigating Circle Inspector Inspector Daily Rule 164 From No. 30
Officer S.D.P.O, From No. 30A
Superintendent
6 Daily under-trial case report Court officer …. Superintendent Daily Rule 308 From No. 53
7 Diary of Reserve Inspector, Reserve Reserve Superintendent Daily Rule 626 From No. 5
Reserve Sub-Inspector Inspector/ Inspector
Sub-Inspector
8 Daily Parade Statement of Reserve ….. Superintendent Daily Rule 1033 From No. 227
headquarters force Inspector,
9 District Order Book Reserve ….. Superintendent Daily Rule 1037(d) Date wise in
Inspector, the register
10 Information’s received in Control Room ….. Superintendent Daily Rule 1225
Control room and action officer
taken on them

(b) Weekly Report
1 Weekly report of cases Circle Inspector S.D.P.O. and Sub Superintendent/ On every Rule 59(a) From No. 6.
divisional Magis- District Magis- Manday
trate. trate
2 Register of cases of Sessions Court Court Officer … Superintendent Every week Rule 312(c) From No. 54
3 Register of Sessions Cases Sessions Court Assis- Public Prosecutor Superintendent Every week Rule 315(a) From No. 57
tant Sub-Inspector.
4 Conviction sheets Court Officer Sub divisional Once in a week Rule 317(e) From No. 59: It
Judicial Magis- Will be entered
Trate. In the register
Of convicted
Persons.
5 Jail Parade Report Court officer Superintendent Every Monday Rule 350(h) From No. 73
6 Statement of wandering gangs Officer Incharge of PS. Circle Inspector Superintendent Once in a week Rule 400(a) Form No. 88. To be
published in Criminal
Investigation Gazette.
7 Ditto. Superintendent Criminal Once in a week Rule 400(a) Ditto

Investigation
Department
8 Confidential Report Officer incharge of P.S. Circle Inspector S.D.P.O. Weekly Rule 1017 …
9 Personal Diary of the Inspector Circle Inspectors ... S.D.P.Os. On the first day Rule 64 From No. 5.
of the nextweek
after week end.
10 Informations of promotion, Superintendent Dy.I.G,C.l.D. Inspector- Every Saturday Rule 886 ……
reversions, etc. General.
(C) Fortnightly.
1 Progress report of those cases in which Circle Inspectors … S.D.P.O. After 15 days Rule 61 From No. 7.
copy of me case diary is not sent direct
to Superintendent and the case is not
completed in . 15 days.
2 Crop report Officer Incharge of Inspectors … … Appx.5. ..

P.S.

Authority Remarks
(d) Monthly
1 Tour diary of Superintendent of Superintendent … D.I.G. first week of Rule 45(b) …
Police with statement of next month
inspection.
2 Tour diary of AS.P. and Dy. S.P. … Superintendent first week of Rule 45(c) From No. 5-A.
A.S.P. and Dy.
next month
S.P.
3 Statement of inspections done by Superintendent … Range D.I.G. first week of Rule 46 …

Superintendent of Police with next month
his tour diary.
4 Station Diary Circle Inspector … Superintendent End of the Rule 60 From No. 15
Month.
5 Provisional appointment of 2 Superintendent Deputy Inspector- From Inspector- After end of the Rule 967 From No. 28 of
ordinate police and members of General General to month in the Bihar Treasury
Sub Ministerial Staff. Accountant- first week of Code I, Vol. II
General. next month
6 Inspection statement Circle Inspector … Superintendent End of the Rule 72(a) From No. 8.
Month.
7 Malkhana statement Officer Incharge of … Court officer Every Month Rule 119(b) From No. 18.
The P.S.
8 Cash account Officer in-charge of Court Superintendent Every Month Rule124(e) From Nos. 22
The P.S. Sub-Inspector Seventh of the An 24
Officer-in-charge To be published in
of Superintendent Month. Rule 146(q) Criminal Investi-
The P.S. Gation Gazette in
9 Monthly statement of forged coins …………………. Circle Inspector …………….. ………………. …………… Form prescribed
and currency notes. Superintendent C.I.D. 15th of the Rule 887, In the manual.
month Part4(e),(f). To be submitted
To C.B.I. accord-
Ing to Appendix
86.
10 Monthly statement. Of evidence in Court officer … Superintendent Every Month Rule 177 From No. 32A.
Court

Authority Remarks
(d) Monthly
11 Statement of pending cases in A.P.P. Grade II or A.P.P., Grade I Superintendent first week of Rule 348(c) Sample of the
Court A.P.P., Grade III the month From with rule.
12 Statement of unserved warrants Ditto … Superintendent first week of Rule 294(b) From No. 50
the month
13 Conviction sheet Court Officer … Headquarter Court first week of Rule 317(e) From No. 59 for
Office. the month Entry in the con.
viction Register
14 Index Register of convicted Court Officer … Headquarter Court End of the Rule 319(c)
persons Office. Month.
15 Monthly Crime Review Superintendent Range D.I.G. Criminal Inves- On the 7th day Rule 323(b) From No. 62.
(in-cluding TigationDepart- Of every month.
Railways) ment.
16 Malkhana Statement Officer incharge … Court Monthly Rule 327(a) From No. 18.
of P.S. MalkhanaIncharge.
17 Finger Print Slip Director, F.P.B. … CID Monthly Rule 325(e) From given in
The rule.
18 Jail Release Notice Jailor … Court Officer On first and Rule 352(a) From No. 70
Third Saturdays
Of the month.
19 Advance Patrolling Chart Officer incharge … Inspector By the 25th day Rule 377A(h) …
of P.S. Of each month.
20 Statement of Pension and gratuity Superintendent … Inspector- In the first week Of Rule 815 From No. 113
General the month.
21 Monthly cash account certificate Superintendent … Dy. I.G. 10th day of the Rule 942 From No. 126
Month.
22 Statement of foree Circle Inspector … Superintendent By 21st day of Rule 963 From No. 133A
Each month.
23 Statement of Railway warrant for Officer incharge … Magistrate Monthly Rule 1005(b) …
lock-tip prisoners. of P.S. D.I.G.
24 Statement of Police Force Superintendent … ……………. Monthly(1st day Of Rule 1034 From No. 146
Inspector-General each month.)
25 Registers concerning Instructions Reserve Inspector … Superintendent 10th day of each Rule 1037(e) …
(Reserve office) Month.
26 Progress reportof construction of Superintendent D.I.G. Inspector-General Every month. Rule 1146(b) From No. 174
new buildings and repairs of old
buildings.

Authority Remarks
27 Monthly progress report till Superintendent D.I.G. Inspector-General By 10th day of Rule 1155(b) Form No. 174.
constructions of the building each month.
is complete. Superintendent
…………….....
28 Complaints received against Commandant Dy. Inspector- Inspector-General Every month Rule 1210 Form No. 205.
………………
Principal
Superintendent
29 Monthly Crime Review ……………… … Range D.I.G. In the first Rule 323 Form No. 62.
Dy. I.G. …………… week
Inspector-General of the month.
……………
D.I.G, C.I.D
30 Statement of action taken on Dy. I.G., C.I.D … Inspector-General Every month Orders of To be returned to
important cases reported by Inspector- C.I.D. after I.G.'s
Investigation Department. General. perusal.
Superintendent
ա
31 Statement of Expenditure of …………….. Dy. I.G. Inspector-General By 6th day of Rule 943 Form Nos. 176
Department. Commandant and the month and and 178 of Sche-
Principal if it be that of dule LI II
February. Then
by the end of
the month.
32 Statement of conviction and Superintendent D.I.G, C.I.D. Inspector-General End of every Appendix Published in
rewards. 53-Clause Police Gazette.
month 10 Rules 830
and 886
Superintendent respectively.
33 Statement of income andexpendi- ………………. … Inspector-General Every month Appendix …
ture under additional Police head. Superintendent And Accountant 59, Cl. 6.
General

Authority Remarks
(e) Quarterly
1 Officer incharge of S.D.P.O.
Co-operation report of Village P.S. Circle Inspector . Quarterly Rule 1278
Volunteer Force. Superintendent
S.D.P.O.
2 2 False evidence charge and Court officer Superintendent Quarterly Rule 182(d)
prosecution.
3 Expenses incurred in feeding pri- Officer incharge of Proper channel Superintendent Quarterly Rules 210, 244 Form No. 44.
soners and charges for carrying P.S. 509 and 1005.
dead bodies to postmortem
centre.
4 Finger print slip Director, F.P.B. Criminal Central Finger Quarterly Rule 335(e)
Investigation Print Bureau.
Department.
5 Quarterly statement of retirement Superintendent Assistant to I.G. Quarterly (By Rule 815 Form No. 113
10th day of
next month).
6 Quarterly statement of Arrear Drawing officer Accountant- Quarterly Rule 982(d) Form No. 134A.
՝
pays, Travelling allowance and General
Festival Advances.
7 Enquiry report of clothing kept in A.S.O. … Superintendent First-fortnight Rule 1082 Form No. 160
stock. ………………. of each quarter.
D.S.P.
(f) Half Yearly
1 Absentee statement of Officer incharge of Proper channel Superintendent 1st week of the Rule 110(d) Form No. 14.
Chaukidars P.S. month following
the half year.
2 Statement of unnerved warrants Court officer Superintendent In the months Rule 294 (b) Form No. 50
of April and
October.
3 Review of Gazetted and non- Police Department Personnel De- Twice in a year Rule 854A (5)
Gazetted officers. partment (0.M. First by 15th
Section) Secre- April and
tariat, Patna. second
by October.
4 List of Acts and other regulations Superintendent Inspector- Every year in Rule 925(a)
General January and
July.

Authority Remarks
5 Reports relating to Assistant Ss. P. A.Ss. P. and Dy. Inspector-General 1st May for 1st Appendix IV
and Dy. Ss. P. due to appear in . half-yearly exa- and Rule 20
- the half-yearly departmental Government mination and of the De-
examination. Ss.P. 1st September partmental
for second Examination
half-. Rules, 1961.
yearly examina-
tion. 16th May
and 16th
Septem-
ber for- 1st and
2nd half-yearly
examinations
respectively.
6 Statement of changes in the Ditto Government 1st April and 1st Vide Govern-
Strength sanctioned by I.G. October. ment order
for period exceeding six No. 356-PD.,
months. (P.M. Appendix 2, dated 29th
SI. 24). ՝ April. 1911
7 15th May Notification In case of police

List of officers recommended Ditto State Government . No. 9 Press/ Medal for gallan-
for Police Medal. 26th October 73, dated tary, it should be
27th January submitted within
1972 one year of
occurrence.

(g) Yearly
Superintendent Divisional
Commissioner.
1 Persons and cattle killed by wild ……………………..... District State Government At the end of . Rule129(a) … …..
animals and snakes. Commissioner Magistrate
2 Statement of persons licensed District Magistrate …. Officer-In-charge of Ditto Rule130(a) … Magistrate’s
under Arms Act. P.S. From No. 170A
3 Bujharat register Superintendent …. D.I.G. and C.LD. At the beginning of the Rule316A … From No.58.
year
4 Comparison of Index Sub-divisional Court officer. …. Head-quarter court At the end of the year. Rule319(d) … …
officer.
5 Annual enquiry of convicted Officer In-charge of P.S. Inspector Superintendent Every year in July Rule316 … From No. 77
persons and removal of names
Ditto. …. Court officer At the end of the year. Rule364(a) … From No. 72
Ditto. Court officer Head-quarter Superintendent Ditto Ditto … Ditto.

Court Officer.
Ditto. Superintendent …. C.LD. Ditto Ditto … Ditto.
6 Co-operation meeting of S.P. Superintendent D.I.G Inspector General Every year before 1st Rule408(c) … …..
January.
7 Deletion of useless and old Superintendent …. Officer in charge of Every year in the month Rule421 … …..
informations. Intelligence Bureau. of August.
8 Annual Statement of deaths Sadar Court Officer, …. F.P.B …… Rule454 … From No. 72.
amongst convicts and ex-convicts
9 Annual statement of Target Superintendent …. Range D.I.G. Every year between first Rule637 …FromNos.100
Practice and 15th of May. .100A
10 Statement of Officer incharge of P.S. and …. Superintendent Every year by the month Rule706(b) … From No.150
movable/immovable, property other officers. of the month of October.
11 List of those employees who are …. Assistant to I.G. Every year Rule812(a)(1) … From No. 111
Superintendent to retire within 12
months from I st April.
12 List of those police officers who Superintendent …. Assistant to I.G. Every year Rule812(a)(1) … From No.
are to retire within 18 to 36 111A
months from 1 st April.
13 List of those Police Officers who Superintendent …. Assistant to I.G. Every year … … From No.
are to retire within 18 months Rule812(a)(2) 111B
from 1st April.

APPENDIX 64—Concld.
Due
Serial Description of returns. From Through To When Authority Remarks.
No. Statements, etc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(g) Yearly.---Contd.
14 Verification of Stationery Clerk in charge …. Superintendent Every year in Rule 923 (b)
Articles March.
15 Final writing of Character Roll Superintendent …. Rule 924(j)
and to Communicate adverse --------------------- Inspector-General Every year by 30th
Remarks. D.I.G. June.
16 Great Trigonometrically Survey Superintendent …. District Magistrate Every year in
--------------------- …………………………. November.
District Magistrate Director, Geodetic ………………………… Rules 106 and
Research, Dehra- Every year by 1015
Dun. 1 st Januarv. Dito. Dito
17 Remarks on Subordinate S.D.P.O. … Superintendent By 30th April Rule 924(a) Form No. 151
Inspectors, S.Is.and A.S.Is.
18 Remarks on subordinate officers Superintendent Proper Channel Inspector-General By 30th June Rules 1018 Form No: 144 or
and Doctor of Police Hospital in prescribed form.
and 1311(4)
19 (I) Review concerning crimes Superintendent …. Inspector-General In the month Rule 1019 Appendices 60
Of January. and 61.
(II) Departmental Matters Superintendent
..
20 Annual Crime Report “ …. District Magistrate By the end of Rule 1020(a)
.January.
“ “ … Range D.I.G. By the end of Rule 1020(b)
February.
“ “ … Inspector-General By the end of Rule 1020(c)
March.
“ Inspector-General … Government By the end of June. . Rule 1020(c)

21 Departmental Report Superintendent/Com- … Inspector General/ By the end of Rule 1022 Appendix 61
mandant/Range Central Intelligence June. June
D.I.G/Directors Bureau.
F.S.L
22 Annual Indent for clothing and Reserve Inspector … Superintendent Every year in Rule 1041(f) ….
Stores July.
23 Verification of Pay Bill, Pay and Superintendent, etc. … Inspector General 1st July Rule 1077(a) Form No. 158
acquittance Rolls.
24 List of requirements of uniform “ D.I.G Concerned Store Rule 1078 Form No. 159
incharge
25 Replacement report of missing, Superintendent … Inspector-General Every year in Rule 1087(c) Form No. 163
Lost or damaged Medals. July.
26 Number of Motor Vehicles and Superintendent … Inspector-General Every year in the Rule 1180 Appendix 60, CI.
report of purchases or additional month of April. 18
vehicles
27 Annual Administrative Report D.I.G … Inspector-General … Rule 1022 Appendix 60.
on those points which are under
supervision of D.I.G).
28 Indent to teargas equipment Squad Officer … Dy. S.P., Central Arms Every year by 1st Rule 1090 In prescribed
and ammunition Store. May form.
29 Inspection Report of Police Chief Medical officer … Superintendent … Rule 1046 ….

Hospital.
30 Statement of recovery and expense … Inspector-General … Appendix 59 Form No. 138.
for additional Police force. Superintendent
31 Estimate of Police Budget All Estimate officers “ Every year by 15th Budget Manuai form No. 202.
July. Chapter I, Rule
I and Rule 928
32 Annual Report on the condition of Officer incharge of P.S. Circle inspector Superintendent January Rule 160 of …..
village boundary marks cadastral ly Superintendent ……………………… Chaukidari
surveyed areas District Magistrate. Manual.
33 Reports of destruction of letters of Superintendent …. D.I.G 7th June. … …..
appointment of discharged police
officers and men.
The report shall be in following words:—
"Certified that I have examined the file of appointment certificates taken from (discharged) policemen whether of the district or town police, with the casualty register and
having found that every man's certificate was in the file I saw die whole file was destroyed.

APPENDIX 65
UNIFORM
(RULES 1052 & 1064)
Part 1
A
The following is the extract from Indian Police Service (Uniform) Rules, 1954 as amended up to date.
* * * * * * *
SCHEDULE
1. Review Order— When officers are on mounted duty, this consists of peak cap, jacket, whistle and lanyard, breeches,
field boots: (optional), spurs (optional), khaki shirts-blue tie, khaki socks, Sam Browne belt and sword, medals and
decorations. These shall be worn on all State ceremonies (e.g., public arrivals and departures of the President or the
Governor, presentation of Guards of Honour on such occasions), at ceremonial parades or whenever full dress is ordered.
When officers are not on mounted dutv, this consists of—
Type (A).—Peak cap. jacket (gaberdine or drill), whistle and lanyard, slacks of the same material as the jacket,
brown ankle-boots/shoes, khaki shirts, blue tie, khaki socks, Sam Browne belt and sword, medals and
decorations.
Type (B).—Peak cap, shirt (Khaki cellular), slacks (Khaki drill or cotton terene or khaki gaberdine cotton),khaki
socks, shoes, Sam Browne belt and sword, whistle and lanyand, ribbons, medals and decorations.
Note— The type of Review Order to be worn on any occasion may be prescribed by the Inspector General of the
State or Force
2. Working Dress.—
Type (1).—Peak cap. jacket, slacks of the same material as the jacket (gaberdine or drill or khaki gaberdine
cotton), whistle and lanyard, shoes/ankle-boots, khaki socks, khaki shirt, blue tie, cloth belt of the same material
as the jacket! Or Sam Browne belt and ribbons.
Type (2).—Peak cap, bush shirt with cloth belt, slacks, socks and shoes/ankle-hoots, whistle, lanyard and
ribbons.
Type (3).—Peak cap, shirt with Sam Browne belt (with or without jersey) or Web belt, slacks, socks, shoes/ ankle-
boots, whistle, lanvard and ribbons.
Type (4).—Peak cap.shirt (angola or cellular), Web belt (with or without jersey), slacks (gaberdine or drill), socks
and shoes/ankle-boots/jungle; boots.
Note.— The type of Working Dress to be worn may be decided by the Inspector-General of the State or force.
3. Mess Dress.— This shall be worn at messes, at official public entertainments, or when invited to meet the President or
Governor at dinner or at an official function, formal or ceremonial occasions, unless Review Order is specifically ordered.

It shall consist of—
(a) Black short buttoned-up coat with black trousers for winter and white short buttoned-up coat with white trousers
for summer.
(b) Medals.—Miniatures will be worn for mess functions, the bottom edge of the bar to touch the top edge of the
left breast pocket. For State functions full size medals will be worn.
(c) Footwear.—Plain black leather Derby shoes with plain toe-caps with five pairs of eye-lets.
4. Head Dress.—Peak cap. Khaki gabardine [whenever khaki is mentioned the shade will be spinner Vegan No. (1)], 4 1/2total
depth, diameter across the top. 10 3/8" for a cap fitting 21 3/4'' in circumference, the top to be 1/ 8" larger or smaller in
diameter for every 1/4" by which the cap may vary in size of head above or below the before mentioned standard, e.g., for
a cap 22 1/4 in circumference, the diameter across the top to be 10 5/8" and for a cap 21" in circumference, the diameter to
be 10", the sides to be made in four pieces and to be 2 1/8" deep between the welts. Indian Police Service pattern badges of
silver metal to be worn in the center of the band in front. The cap to be set up on a band of stiff leather or other material 1
3/4" deep. Chain strap of brown leather 3/8" wide buttoned on two garget buttons of the Indian Police Service pattern placed
immediately behind the corners of the peak.
As an alternative to the peak cap, officers may wear pagri of khaki silk or muslin or Beret cap of the colour prescribed for
each State or Force. Officers of the rank of D.I.G. and above will wear a dark blue'band with the badge appropriate to their
rank:
The Director, Intelligence Bureau, Government of India, Inspector General of Police, Deputy Directors. Intelligence Bureau;
Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspectors, General of Police, Deputy Commissioners of Police and Superintendent of Police
who are entitled to wear the State Emblem and two stars, will wear a dark blue band of woollen material to be placed
between the two lower wealts with silver embroidered Indian Police Service crest. Chain strap of brown leather. Officers of
the rank entitled to wear a blue band and embroidered crest on their peak caps will, if wearing pagri, wear a similar blue
band embroidered crest on the pagri.
5.Jacket.—Khaki drill/gaberdine, cotton or cotton terene (during hot weather) and khaki gaberdine, woolen or woollen
terene (during cold weather) single breasted, cut as lounge coat to the waist, very loose at the chest and shoulders but
fitted at the waist, military skirt to bottom edge. A silver plated hook on each side at the waist. Length as in ordinary u ;lian
lounge coat, i.e., covering the seat Collar to be cut as in an ordinary civilian lounge coat. Two cross path breast pockets
above 61//2', wide and 1V-P deep to the top of the flap,with a 2%* box pleat in the centre fastened at the top with a small
Indian Police Service pattern button; flap, with button hole to cover pockets 2%" deep and 6/2" wide. Two expanding
pockets below the waist (pleats at the sides) 9V* wide at the top, 10/4" atthe bottom, 8" deep to the top of the pocket,
fastened at the top with a smalllndian Police Service pattern button; flap, with button hole to cover pockets, 3!4" deep and
10%" wide, the top of the pocket to be tacked down at the corners in such a manner that pocket can be expanded at the
top also if necessary. Four medium Indian Police Service pattern buttons down the front. The buttons should be so fixed
that the bottom-most button covers the naval and the topmost button fixed one-third distance between the .naval and the
position of the tie-knot. Pointed cuffs, 5" high at the point and 2l/4" behind. Shoulder straps of the same material as the
garment fastened with a small Indian Police Service pattern button. The jacket to be worn with a soft or semi-stiff collar and
shirt and dark blue sailor knot tie.
6.Trousers (Slacks).—Khaki drill/gaberdine, cotton-tereneor khaki gaberdine, woollen or woolen-terene to match jacket,
without turn-ups and shaped-from instep to heels, the bottom to measure 16 to 18 inches.

7. Breeches (Bedford or ' Jodhpur Type).—Khaki cotton cord to be worn.
8. Boots, Ankle.—Ankle, plain brown leather with plain toe-caps and seven or nine pairs of eye-lets.
9. Shoes.—Plain brown leather Oxford shoes with plain toe-caps and five pairs of eye-lets.
10. Boots, Field.—Brown leather, soft legs stiffened to a depth of 4 to 6 inches from the top laced at the
instep, with nine pairs of eye-let holes, brown leather garters; no gusset at the top of the leg and no toe-caps. One
strap held by a loop at the back top to keep the boot in position.
11. Spurs (Optional for Mounted Duty only).—Light hunting, with brown leather Straps and shields and
brown leather under straps.
12. Belts.—Sam Browne of Army Regulation pattern but with silver mountings or Web belt. Cloth belt of the
same material as the jacket with silver mountings may be worn with the working dress when revolver is not
carried.
13. Sword.—Infantry pattern with half basket hilt in white metal and device "I.P.S." and State Emblem.
14. Sword Knot.—Brown leather with acorn.
15. Scabbard.—Brown leather, infantry pattern.
16. Whistle .— Of the police pattern, to be worn attached to a dark blue round plaited lanyard and carried in
the left breast pocket.
17. Badges of Rank.—Silver metal. The State Emblem to be 5/32" by ¾” The stars to be of the "Star of
India" (Five pointed) pattern and 1" broad. The Deputy Directors, Intelligence Bureau, Commissioners of Police
and Deputy Inspectors-General of Police shall wear the three stars in the badges of their rank on the shoulder strap
in the form of an equilateral triangle with apex upwards. The strap should be slightly frosted but without any
design in centre. The crossed sword and baton will be worn so that point of the sword is to the front, and the edge
of the blade outwards or towards the arm. The sword should measure 1--" and the baton P/V.
Embroidered badges of rank, worked in dark blue silk thread, may be worn when wearing informal working dress at
the time of riots, dacoit operations and such other duties.
(a) Director Intelligence Bureau Crossed sword and baton and the
State Emblem and one star.
(b) (i) Director, Central Bureau of Investigation Crossed sword and baton and the
(ii) Director-General, Central Reserve Police State Emblem.
(iii) Director-General, Border Security Force
(iv) Director-General, Security.
(c) (i) Inspector-General of Police of the States and the Crossed sword and baton and
Union territories of Delhi and Mizoram.
one star.
(ii) Additional Inspector-General of Police
(iii) Joint Director, Intelligence Bureau
(iv) Additional Director/Joint Director, Central Bureau of Investigation,
(v) Commandant, Central Forensic Institute
(vi) Director. National Police Academy (vii) Inspector-General, Border Security
Force/Central Industrial Security Force/Central Reserve Police,
(viii) Special Inspector-General, Indo-Tibetan Border Police

(d) (i) All other officers drawing pay above the The State Emblem and three stars.
time scale including Selection Grade.
(ii) I.G. of Police of all the Union territories

other than Delhi and Mizoram.
e) (i) Superintendents of Police in the Selection The State Emblem and two stars
Grade,
(ii) All officers drawing pay in the senior time-
scale who have put in 15 years' service and above.
(f) (i) District Superintendent of Police The State Emblem and one Stars .
(ii) Commandant of a Battalion
(iii) All officers drawing pay in the senior time-
scale who have more than 10 years' and less than 15
years' service.
(g) All officers [other than those mentioned in (f), (i) and The State Emblem
(ii) above] drawing pay in the senior time scale who have
10 years' service and less.
(h) Assistant Superintendents of Police in charge of a Three stars.
subdivision or holding any post certified to be of
equivalent status or who have 5 years' service and
above.
(i) Assistant Superintendents of Police with more Two stars.
than 2 years' but less than 5 years' service and
(a) not in charge of a subdivision or (b) not holding
post of equivalent rank referred to in (h) above.
(j) Assistant Superintendents of Police with less than 2 One star
years' service.
Note.— The term 'service' refers to year of allotment.

18. Length of service in clauses (d) to (h) denotes the length of service (actual or assumed) in the service. In the case
of direct recruits selected on the results of competitive examinations the term means actual length of service in the
service. In other cases, i.e., war service recruits, emergency recruits or officers promoted to the service, the t.rr*n refers
to the assumed length of service in the service and will, therefore, exceed the actual length of service in the service by
the period for which credit is given to the officers for purposes of seniority in the service.
19.Where the grant of any badge of rank is dependent on the passing of an efficiency bar, the officers must have
passed that bar.
20.The badges of rank to be worn by an officer should be related to the rank that he actually occupies either
substantively or in an officiating capacity in a police post. In the case of an Indian Police Service officer who is on
deputation to a non-police post the badge of rank to be worn by him should be related to the rank of the post which he
occupied substantively or in an officiating capacity in his own State immediately prior to such deputation; while in the
case of an Indian Police Service Officer who is on deputation to a higher police post outside the State, he should be
allowed to wear the badge of rank of the higher post even while he visits his own State on official duty or otherwise.
21. Members of the Indian Police Service shall wear a departmental silver badge LPS. in half inch block letters at the
base of the shoulder strap.
22. Belt.—Second shoulder strap to the Sam Browne belt. To be worn when revolver is carried on the right side.

23.Revolver or (at the option of each officer) an automatic Pistol.—With brown holster and ammunition pouch of
leather.
(The revolver and ammunition pouch shall not be worn with Review Order unless specific orders to that effect are
issued).
24.Helmet (tor informal working dress).—Army khaki tent club pattern, with a pagri of six-folds of khaki with a dark
blue flash, a quarter of an inch wide at the top between the helmet and the pagri, the whole when tied not to exceed three
inches in width. No metal fittings. Brown leather straps 3/8" wide.
25.Bush Shirts.—Infantry pattern, of khaki drill, cellular or twill, with khaki bone buttons, the size and shape of which
shall be the same as those prescribed for the infantry pattern of bush shirt, and will have—
(a) two breast pockets 6 1/2" x 5 1/2" with three point flaps (fastened by one button) with a centre pleat 1 1/2"
wide, flap being 5 1/2" long by 2 1/2" deep:
(b) two lower side inner pockets with slanting flap. 8" long. 2 1/2'" deep and 1" backward slant;
(c) full length sleeves with single cuffs each having one button;
(d) plain back without pleats, with 1 vent at centre of back at bottom. 10" long;
(e) the shirt open all the way down the front with 5 buttons showing and fastened by button holes in a
reinforced edge 1 1/2" wide, the top button being a dummy one:
(f) stand and fall collar cut in one piece, measuring 3 1/4" wide at the back and 4" at the front, when
finished.
(g) adjustable shoulder straps, which should be slipped on to the shoulder through a loop;
(h) loops at the side seams, to take a detachable belt; and
(i) length down to the level of the knuckles when the fists are clenched and fully extended downwards.
26.Gorget Patches.—Officers wearing the State Emblem and two stars and officers wearing the State Emblem and
three stars, should wear gorget patches of dark blue woollen material with a central silver stripe: and officers of higher
ranks should wear similar gorget patches with a silver oak-leaf pattern central stripe.
27 Jersey.—Khaki woollen with two buttons in front.
28 Shorts.—Khaki drill with two cloth extended straps and side buckles waist band 2W' in width.
29 Shirts.—Khaki, cotton-cellular or twill, cotton terene or, angola with two breast pockets of the jacket pattern,
with Khaki bone buttons when worn under the jacket. All shirts should be of Khaki Popline.
30 P.T. Vests.—White.cotton or woollen half sleeves for probationary officers under training.
31 Putties Ankle.—Khaki woollen of the Fox's spiral pattern.
32 Hose Tops.- Khaki woollen.
33. Socks.—Khaki cotton or woollen or mercerized.
34 Stockings—Khaki woollen.
35 Overcoat (optional).—Khaki drab mixture cloth; milled and waterproof double-breasted, to reach to the
point of the knee. 18 to 29 inches slit at the back with small saddle flap. Turndown collar 2" deep, with lapel and step,
fastening with one hook and eye. Four large buttons on each side, three to button and one under turn. Two button pockets
with flap, one inside breast pocket at each side sword slit at left side; loose turn back cuffs of single material: 4 1/2" deep
shoulder straps of the same material as the garment fastened with small buttons. Badges of rank and buttons in silver
metal. The collar to be provided with a cloth tape to button across the opening at the throat when required. The coat to
be lined with drab flannel. The cloth will be that specified for the State in which the officer is serving.
36. Gloves.—Tan. regulation pattern, to be worn, if necessary.
* * * * * *

APPENDIX
The Indian Police Service Device for use on badges and on buttons.
Badges
For cap. 1 5/8inches in height.
For collar, 1 1/4 inches in height.
BUTTONS
Convex, die struck and embossed.
Large..................................................... 40 lines.
Medium ................................................30 lines.
Small ................................................... 24 lines.
Gorget ................................................... 20 lines.
The pattern of Indian Police Service shoulder badges.
I.P.S.
SIZES OF GORGET PATCHES For Jackets.
(Right) (Left)
For shirts and busshirts.
(Right) (Left)
P.M.-III—19 For car-flags, see part

B. Some details of uniform about different ranks are given below :—
1. Deputy Superintendents — The uniform of Deputy Superintendent shall be identical with that of
Assistant Superintendents with the following modifications:—
(i) Cap badge shall contain the letters to indicate State service in place of I.P.S.
(ii) Badges on the shoulder shall contain letters which will be of Vi inch in width. Buttons shall also
contain letters
(iii) Dy. Ss. P. of five years and above shall wear on shoulder strap three stars, confirmed Dy. Ss. P.
two stars and Probationary Dy. Ss. P. one star.
Officiating Ss. P. and Additional Ss. P. will use the same badges of rank as laid down for officers of
the I.P.S. considering their approved seniority.
2. Inspectors — The same dress as of Deputy Superintendent but with Inspector's badges of rank and
ribbons. In case of ceremonial dress, khaki tie shall be used with Tunic etc.
In case of working dress, Beret, Bush-shirt and slacks can be used. If shirt is worn in place of bush-shirt,
web belt can also be used.
3. Sub Inspectors.—Sub-Inspectors will wear the same dress as Inspectors with following modifications:—
(a) Ceremonial dress.—Sub-Inspectors armed and unarmed in district police shall use forage cap
i.e. cap on which there is black peak with khaki drill cover with a black band above the peak
apart from tunic, shirt, tie, etc. Sub-Inspectors armed (Trg) in District Armed Police and S.Is.
(armed) in Bihar Sashastra Police, also known as Niab Subedars shall wear beret and not forage
cap.
(b) Working dress — Same as of Inspectors.
4. A.S. Is. And below — The details of uniform of ranks of and below A.S.Is. are given in the chart in Part
II. Only few details not included therein are given below. Measurements of various types of uniform
included in items for central purchase are noted in Bihar Sashastra Police Manual Appendix 4 and
tender form for supply of articles required by Inspector-General of Police.
(a) In working dress, Inspectors (unarmed), Sub-Inspectors (unarmed) and A.S.Is. and all ranks in
Bihar Sashastra Police shall use khaki beret. Reserve Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors in District
Armed Police shall use blue beret. Whether in working or ceremonial dress, Bihar Sashastra
Police Subedars and Niab Subedars and other ranks below shall use green beret, Constables in
District Armed Police shall use blue beret but in police-stations, etc., red beret.
(b) Cap Badge —Inspectors/Sub-Inspectors/A.S.Is. shall use badge with Ashok Emblem in silver
as given in picture No. 2.
Havildars/constables shall use this badge made of brass.
(c) Shoulder Badge.—Badge of silver form shall be used with three stars for Inspectors, two for S. Is. and
one for A.S.Is. with ribbon. This will be at distance of 3A inch from the sleeve join with the shoulder
strap. Samples of shoulder badge, star and ribbon are given in picture Nos. 3, 4, and 5 respectively.

(d) For carrying revolver, holster and pouches with web belt may be used. In case of cloth belt of the
same material as the bush-shirt, a separate holster with revolver shall be used. Length of web belt will
be 40" and width 2" with a buckle.
(e) On parade. Reserve Armed Police as well as unarmed police personnel under training can use khaki
cellular shirts and K.D. shorts or slacks along with ammunition boots.
(f) Constables in district police shall wear badge on shoulder strap as below to denote the numbers and
districts where posted as per P. M. Rule 1070.
For district police see picture No. 6 and for railway police picture No 7. Similarly, see picture Nos. 8 and 9 for
Bihar Sashastra Police and Bihar Mounted Police respectively.
(g) Sword is to be carried on full dress occassion or when in command of an armed guard. It shall be of
length 32/4" and 1" in breadth near hilt, silver semi basket hilt with the monogram of the service for
which it is to be used. "When the sword is not worn, the frog shall be detached.
(h) Shirts.—For S. Is. and up to Inspectors, shirts (infantry pattern) shall be open in the front while for
A.S.Is./constables it will be open up to 3 buttons from the top only with two breast pockets and open
neck.
(i) Footwear.—Shoes for Inspectors/S. Is. shall be of plain brown leather with no toe cap. Ammunition
black boots and jungle boots shall be with toe cap. Ammunition boots shall be with hob nails and toe
plates. Brown ammunition boots used by Assistant Sub-Inspectors and higher ranks will be without
toe cap.
(j) Chevrons (for coats) I bar—1 stripe 1" white cotton braid on khaki backing.
II Bars-2 stripes as above at ½” spacing.
III Bars-3 stripes as above, total width 6/2”
Small Chevrons (for shirts): I bar—1 stripe ¼” white cotton braid on khaki backing.
II Bars-2 stripes as above at 1/8" spacing.
III Bars-3 stripes as above.
Lance Naiks Naiks and Havildars shall wear it on right upper arm; point downwards and 9/2" from
sleeve head.
(k) Sash of scarlet colour-For ceremonial occasions, the guide shall wear 3 1/2 wide scarlet wool webling
29" x 2 = 58" long with 9" fringe at each end and woven at the fringe 1" wide, 2" long and 3/4” at the
top.
(1) Great Coats.—For Havildars, Constables and A.S.Is. see design below:
Rate of fabrication and cloth allowed.
Khaki, Irish freeze cloth 3V£" double (1) Width of the cloth 54"-55"-2 yds.
stand-up collar fastening at the throat and 10 inches,
with 2 large hooks and eyes, 5 button-
holes left front, 5 eyelets right front, (2) Width 52"-53"-2 yds. and 14 inches,
10" double half belt at back with 3
holes on left place, 3 buttons holes on (3) Width 48"-2 W yds.
right place. 6" turned up cuffs. Two
shoulder straps with 2 button -holes. Lining cloth khaki khadi 1/2 yd

Size
... ... 1 2 3 Special
Length ... ... 48" 47" 46" 49"
Chest ... ... 52" 51" 50" 53"
Sleeve ... ... 34" 33" 32" 35"
Waist ... ... 57" 56" 55" 58"
Round ... ... 66" 65" 60" 68"
Neck ... ... 19" 18" 17" 20"
Back ... ... 20" 19" 18" 21"
Width of collar ... ... 6 ½” 6 ½” 6 ½” 6 ½”
For S. Is. and above, See CI. 35 of Part IA (optional)

(5) Equipment.—Batons for G.R.P. constables shall be 18" in length by 5" in circumference at thickest part of
end tapering to 3" at the handle. It shall be between 8 and 12 oz. in weight to be made of seasoned sal wood.
Baton thong.—Leather 16" long and slightly over 1/8" thick, broad at one end with button hole cut
out, at the other end a wooden button (or ball) W in diameter threaded and secured by aknot at the end
of the thong.
Baton frog.—Double loopped web 7" x 1%" suspending a circular piece 2" wide in diameter made
according to thickness of baton 4" from the bottom. The circular portion is "button hole'* punched 1"
down from the top edge and 5/8" wide loose strap placed so as to enable the circular portion to be
strapped up to grip of baton. The loop of suspending strap is sufficient to allow the butt to pass
through.
Crowd dispersing sticks for riot duties shall be issued as per Rule 1360 (a).
For khukri given to B.S.R 1, see picture No. 10.
Lathis - {For constables) Cane 5'-2" or 4' long and 3/1”in girth, at ends bound with brass and with plain
brass knot and ferrul,
Umbrellas.—Calcutta Police pattern black with spare white cover for use for Traffic Police.
Umbrella braces - Calcutta Police pattern, web with brass clip and web umbrella carriers adjustable 32" to 36".
Armlets.— White drill, shaped like a half sleeve—Size I—Length—Inner side of arm 17l/2", breadth at
shoulder end 10" with tapes running through for tying and at wrist end 8'/2".
Size II.—As size I except breadth at shoulder end 8V2".
Ground sheet.—Khaki water proof canvas 7'x 4' with 2 ¼” hem. A large brass eyelet in each reinforced corner
and one at the middle of each side
Mosquito net.-Bleached netting- Medium mesh with long cloth top and 12" long cloth border [(6'/2' x 3!/2 x 2]
fitted with ten single tying tapes 3'-3" x !/2".

omen Police.—See Rule 1286 and Part II.
Bihar Police Radio.—See Rule 1237 and Part II.
Police Hospital.—See B.S.P. Appendix 4.
Blankets. —Woolen—Scarlet.
Nursing Orderly.—Coat: White drill coats with blue Cuffs.
Size Roll of Coats
I II III
Length 44" 43" 42"
Sleeve 34" 33" 32"
Chest .................... 47" 45" 42"
Waist ..................... 43" 41" 39"
Neck 17" 1614" 15l/2"
Putt .................. 18" 17!/2" 17"

C
The design of the prevalent car-flag of Inspector-General and Additional I. G. of Police will be as below which is
amended form of car-flag mentioned in Rule 1385:—
The design of car-flag of Dy. I. G of Police will be as below :-
(2) Design of Star Plates as given in the letter No. VI/25013/9/78-GPAII, dated 31st March, 1978 from the Deputy
Secretary to Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs to Home Secretary, all State Governments and Union
territories is given below :•—
(a) The plate will be painted in Duco Rivera Blue colour (b) the size of star will be 2 5/8" and it will be of cast metal
chromium and (c) the size of star plate will be 18" x 4 1/2" and it will be of 14" gauge metal sheet.
Instruction.—Car flags and miniature star plates may be used when I. G/Deputy I. G is travelling on duty whether in
uniform or in Mufti within or without jurisdiction.
• •

APPENDIX
PART
2 3 4 5 6 7
B.S.P. D.A.P. O.R.
Serial Item A.S.I. Hav./ Const Hav. Const. Hav/ Const. Driver Hav./
No. Scale Life Scale Life Scale Life Scale Life Scale
Life
1 BERET CAP 2 2yrs. 2 2yrs. 2 2yrs. 2 2yrs. 2 2yrs.
(Khaki) (Green (Blue) (Red (Blue)
) )
2 Khaki cellular shirt 2 1 yr. 4 1 yr. 4 1 yr. 4 1 yr. 4 1 yr.
3 Jersey—Grey, 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs.
Khaki-Woollen,
Full Sleeves, 'V
neck.
4 Great Ceat 1 6 yrs. 1 6 yrs. 1 6 yrs. 1 6 yrs. 1 6 yrs.
5 Water Proof Coat 1 5 yrs. 1 5 yrs. 1 5 yrs. 1 5 yrs. 1 5 yrs.
6 P.T. Vest … … 2 1 yr. … … … … 2 1 yr.
(for B.S.P.
)
7 Slacks Wollen 1 4 yrs. 1 4 yrs. 1 4 yrs. 1 4 yrs. 1 4 yrs.
8 K.D. Slacks 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs.
9 K.D. Shorts 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 1 2 yrs.
(for trainees)
10 Web Anklet (in 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind.
pairs) (for trainees)
11 Socks … … 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. … … 2 1 yr.
Cotton/Nylone 闠
White
(in pairs)
12 Boot Black with … … 1 2 yrs. 1 2 yrs. … … 1 2 yrs.
Hobnails
(in pairs.)
13 Shoes (black) … … … … … … … … 1 1 yr.
Civilian pattern
without Toe Cap.
14 P.T. Shoes (in … … 1 9 1 9 … … … …
pairs) months months
15 Web Belt 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind.
16 Blankets-Woollen, 1 3 yrs. 3 3 yrs. 3 3 yrs. 3 3 yrs. 3 3 yrs.
7'6"x5'
17 Ground Sheet 1 8 yrs 1 8 yrs 1 8 yrs 1 8 yrs 1 8 yrs
18 Mosquito Net 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs.
19 Kit Bag—White … … 1 5 yrs. 1 5 yrs. … … 1 5 yrs.
Canvas
(General) (45"
width).
20 Boot Polish … … 3 1 yr. 3 1 yr. … … 3 1 yr.
(Black) (Big)
21 Boot Polish 2 1 yr. … … … … … … … …
(Brown) (Big)
22 Metal Polish 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr.

23 Boot Brush, 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr.
6'/2"x2'/4"
24 G..C. Buttrns 10 Ind. 10 Ind. 10 Ind. 10 Ind. 10 Ind.
Plastic Khaki
with rings.
25 Whistle—white … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … …
metal, Metro¬
politan Police
Pattern for
Lance Naik and
above.
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
G.R.P. Traffic Lady I.G.’s Office Mounted Police Radio Remaeks.
Hav. Const. Hav. Const. Hav. Const. Orderly sashatra
Police
Scale Life Scale Life Scale Life Scale Life Scale Life Scale Life
2 2 yrs. … … 2 2 yrs. 2 2 1 2 yrs. 2 2 Khaki for
(Maroon) (red) (red) yrs. (green) (Khaki yrs. B.S.P.I
for
operators)
4 1 yr. … … … … 2 1 yr. 4 1 yr. 4 1 yr.
1 3 yrs. … … … … 1 3yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3yrs.
1 6 yrs. 1 6 yrs. 1 8 yrs. 1 6yrs. 1 6 yrs. 1 6yrs.
(Blue)
… … … … … … … … … … … …
1 4 yrs. 1 4 yrs. … … 1 耐 4yrs. 1 4 yrs. 1 4yrs.
2 2 yrs. … … … … 1 1 yr. 1 2 yrs. 2 2yrs.
2 2 yrs. … … … … 1 1 yr. 2 2 yrs. 1 2yrs.
1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … 2 1 yrs. … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … 1 1 yr. … … … … … …
… … … … … … 1 1 yr. 1 9 … …
Month
1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind.
1 8 yrs. 1 8 yrs. 1 8 yrs. 1 8yrs. 1 8 yrs. 1 8yrs. “Holdall” in
Rule
1086 (1) & (f)
Substituted by
Ground Sheet.
… … … … … … 1 5yrs. 1 5 yrs. … …
… … … … 3 1 yrs. … ... 3 1 yrs. … …
… … 2 1 yr. … ... … .. 3 1 yrs. 2 1 yr.
2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr.
…
10 Ind. 10 Ind. 10 Ind. 10 Ind. 10 Ind. … …
(Blue)
1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … … 1 Ind. … …

APPENDIX 65-Contd-
PART-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
26 Whistle Lanyard K. Cord … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … …
for Lance Naik and above.
27 Cap Badge Brass (Small) … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind.
28 Cap Badge Silver 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
29 Shoulder Badge Silver 2 Ind. … … … … … … … …
30 Star Silver 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
31 Brass Number with … … 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind.
shoulder badge.
32 Boots Black leather with … … … … … … … … … …
spurreet at the top of Heel
at the buck without Toe
and Hobnail (in pairs).
33 Plumes … … 1 1 yr. 1 1 yr. 1 1 yr. 1 1 yr.
(Red) (Red)
34 Hunter Boots (in pairs) … … 1 1 yr. 1 1 yr. 1 1 yr. 1 1 yr.
35 Fibre Glass Helmet … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
(Green) (White)
36 Khaki Hose-Tops, Woollen 1 1 2 3 yrs. 2 3 2 3 2 3
22" long (in pairs). (for training) yrs. yrs. yrs.
37 Angola Shirt 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 1 3 1 3
yrs. yrs. yrs.
38 Shoulder Badge Brass … … 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind.
39 Normal Braces L/R … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
40 Bayonet Frogs … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
41 Haversacks Web … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
耐
42 Strap Supp. Web L/R … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
{Normal Braces) (in pairs).
43 Strap Shoulder Haversack … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
L/R. (in pairs).
44 Web Amm. Pouches for … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
Rifle
(in pairs).
45 Pack Web … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
46 Water Bottle … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
47 Water Bottle Carrier … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
48 Chevrons for Lance Naik … … 2 2 yrs. 2 2 2 2 2 2
and above. yrs. yrs. yrs.
49 Lota Brass … … 1 Ind. … … … … 1 Ind.
(For B.S.P)
50 Thali Brass … … 1 Ind. … … … … 1 Ind.
(For B.S.P)
51 Blanco Web Khaki 2 1 yr. 3 1 yr. 3 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 3 1 yr.
52 Blanco for P.T Shoe … … 3 1 yr. 3 1 yr. … … 3 1 yr.
accord¬
ing to colour of P.T. shoes
Supplied.
53 P.T. Shorts White Drill … … 2 2 yrs. … … … … 2 2
(For yrs.
B.S.P)

APPENDIX 65-Contd-
-II
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … … 1 Ind. … …
(blue)
1 Ind. … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind.
… … … … … … … … 1 1 yr. … …
… … … … … … … … 1 1 yr. … …
1 1 yr. … … … … … … 1 1 yr. … …
… … 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
(White)
2 3 yrs. … … … … … … … … … …
1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs.
2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. 2 Ind. … …
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind.
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. … …
… … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. … …
… … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. … …
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. … …
2 2 yrs. 1 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 2 2 yrs. 3 2 yrs. … … 1 for great coat
耐 and one for shirt
(Golden)
etc.
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. … …
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. … …
3 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 3 1 yr.
3 1 yr. … … … … 3 1 yr.
… … … … … … … … 2 2 yr. … …

APPENDIX 65-Contd-
PART-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
54 Rifle Sting Web … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … … …
55 Socks Khaki Woollen 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr.
sizes between 9 1/2" to
11" with reinforced
heels (in pairs).
56 Light brown shoes in 1 1 yr. … … … … … … … …
pairs without Toe Cap
with laces.
57 Khaki Celluiai Bush 2 2 yrs. … … … … … … … …
Shirts
58 Ribbon Red/Blue 2 Ind. … … … … … … … …
59 Revolver Holster Web 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
60 Pouches for Revolver 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
Ammn.
61 Revolver Lanyard 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
62 Bush Shirt Belt Buckles 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
Silver.
63 K.D. Haversack 1 3 yrs. … … 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs.
64 Brown Boots in pairs 1 3 yrs. … … … … … … … …
(only training)
in
65 Baton … … … … … … … … … …
66 Baton Frog … … … … … … … … … …
67 Baton Thong … … … … … … … … … …
68 K.D. Overall … … *1 3 yrs. *1 3 yrs. … … 1 3 yrs.
69 Blue Drill Overall … … *1 3 yrs. *1 3 yrs. … … 1 3 yrs.
70 White Cellular Shirt … … … … … … … … … …
耐
71 Jersey Woollen Blue … … … … … … … … … …
72 Blue Drill Slacks … … … … … … … … … …
73 Traffic Umbrella … … … … … … … … … …
74 Umbrella Cover. … … … … … … … … … …
75 Umbrella Braces … … … … … … … … … …
76 White Sari Blue … … … … … … … … … …
Bordered
77 Blue Popline Blouse … … … … … … … … … …
78 Chust Salwar White … … … … … … … … … …
79 Khaki Popline Kurta … … … … … … … … … …
80 Blue Dupatta … … … … … … … … … …
81 Black Sandal (in pairs) … … … … … … … … … …
82 White Drill Coat … … … … … … … … … …
83 White Drill Breeches … … … … … … … … … …
84 Deleted. … … … … … … … … … …
85 Khaki Kulha-with … … … … … … … … … …
golden embroidery 8"
deep with four brass
eyeletted ventilating
holes ½ " diameter
86 Pagri Khaki-Shode No. … … … … … … … … … …
1, 6 yds. long and 32"
(min.) width.

APPENDIX 65-Contd-
-II
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
… … … … … … … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind.
2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. … … 2 1 yr. 2 1 yr. 1 1 yr.
… … … … … … 1 1 yr. … … 1 1 yr.
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. … … 1 3 yrs. … … … …
… … 1 1 yr. … … … … … … … …
1 Ind. … … … … … … … … … …
1 Ind. … … … … … … … … … …
1 Ind. … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … … For armourers
only
… … … … … … … … … … … … For armourers
only
… … 4 1 yr. … … … … … … … …
… … 1 3 yrs. 1 3 yrs. … … … … … …
… … 2 1 yr. … … … … … … … …
… … 1 3 yrs. … … … … … … … …
… … 1 1 yr. … … … … … … … …
… … 1 Ind. … … … … … … … …
… … … … 2 1 yr. … 耐… … … … …
… … … … 2 1 yr. … … … … … …
… … … … 2 1 yr. … … … … … …
… … … … 2 1 yr. … … … … … …
… … … … 2 1 yr. … … … … … …
… … … … 2 1 yr. … … … … … …
… … … … … … 4 1 yr. … … … …
… … … … … … 4 1 yr. … … … …
… … … … … … … … … … … …
… … … … … … … … 2 2 yrs. … …
… … … … … … … … 2 2 yrs. … …

APPENDIX 65-Contd-
PART-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
87 Khaki Breeches of Chord … … … … … … … … … …
88 Pattis Khaki shade No. … … … … … … … … … …
1.size 8' x 4' fitted with a
Khaki Cotton tape 72" long
3/4" wide.
89 10 Flat Buttons (Plastic) … … … … … … … … … …
with rings.
90 Khaki Jhabba with golden … … … … … … … … … …
embroidery 4 1/2" wide 1"

chain plus 2" loose cord
Sewn on to double khaki
pagri cloth 10" x 4 1/2" of
the
same material as khaki
pagris.
91 Stocking up to knee woollen … … … … … … … … … …
khaki with reinforced heels.

92 Tin trunk … … … … … … … … … …
93 Khaki plastic buttons for 14 1 yr. 10 1 yr. 10 1 yr. 10 1 yr. 10 1 yr.
Shirts/Bush shirts.
94 Wide awake Hats (Gurkha … … 1 7 yrs. … … … … … …
Armed Police) with brown
leather chin strap as used by
Gurkha regiments but
without cotton webbing hat 耐
band. Sizes between 18" and
22".
95 Boot laces—-leather black … … … 1 Ind. 1 Ind. … … …
or brown 36" long or as the
case may be (in pairs.)

APPENDIX 65-
Contd--II
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
… … … … … … … … 2 2 yrs. … …
… … … … … … … … 3 2 yrs. … …
… … … … … … … … 2 1 yr. … …
… … … … … … … … 1 1 yr. … …
… … … … … … … … … … 1 1 yr.
… … … … … … … … … … 1 Ind.
10 1 yr. 10 1 yr. … … … … 10 1 yr. 10 1 yr.
(White)
… … … … … … … … … … … … For B.S.P.I only
… … 1 Ind. … … … … 1 Ind. … …
(Brown)

APPENDIX 66
ORDNANCE STORES FOR USE IN DISTRICT POLICE.
(RULE 1089)
Scales of arms and ammunition and instructions for preparation and submission of indents (See Government of India,
M.H.A. letter No. 10/2/53-Police, dated the 16th November 1953).
I. Controlled Stores—Class "A".
1. Yardstick of Arms.
(a) For use by unarmed police (OR.), Musket .410 Bore with Bayonet No. 1 or Pattern .03—for total
strength of Force.
(b) For use of district armed police. .303 Rifles (Rifle No. 1 MK 03/1 or Rifle number 4 All Marks) with
Bayonets and Scabbards—One Rifle with bayonet and scabbard for each Havildar. Naik and Constable
(including driver) at the rate of one per head.
(c) Officers of and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors and some selected Havildars, Naiks and
Constables. One Revolver .38 or Revolver No. Mark 1. i.e. Mark VI or IV and Mark VI. .455 or Pistol
Browning F N 9 mm per head.
(d) Pistol signal (very light 25 mm)—3 Pistols for every 100 rifles (or muskets) and one for each police-
station.
(e) Trainees—One rifle/musket for each trainee according to the sanctioned strength for the training
establishment.
(f) For each selected constables and for trainees above that rank, one Revolver .38A455 and 9 mm for
each 10 trainees shall be kept.
For training, Rifle No. 2 Mark 4/1.22" shall be kept also at the rate of one rifle for every 20 trainees.
2. Yardsticks of Ammunitions.
A.
耐
Categories of ammunition. Service Practice per
Per
weapon Capita Trainee
(i) Ammunition of .410 Bore Musket 50 30 30
(ii) Ammunition of .303 Rifle … 100 40 40
(iii) Ammunition of .38 Revolver … 30 30 30

(iv) Ammunition of .22 Rifles … … 10 10
The number of ‘service' ammunition will depend on the number of arms sanctioned so that the authorised stock of
such ammunition is not depleted and the number of ammunition for 'practice’ and ‘training’ shall also depend on the
number of officers and men and the category of arms for which these are required. Indents for adequate, dummy rounds
for training and blank rounds. 10 blank rounds per 100 rounds per annum shall also be placed. Blank rounds may be
utilized in training for Women Police and for other purposes.
(v) Pistol Signal I "or 25 mm.

Type Service Per weapon Practice per annum
(a) Illumination … … 12 rounds 1 round per 14 men
(b) Red … … 4 rounds 1 round per 20 men

(c) Green … … 3 rounds 1 round per 20 men
(B) For definition of "Service" and "Practice" ammunition, see Rule 1110. The stock of practice ammunition to
be held on charge at any time in each district may not exceed the number of rounds shown in the
foregoing scales.
C. While indenting for arms for (i) service and/or (ii) training and (iii) for their ammunition, the relevant
information as required in Rule 1090 (a) shall be shown separately.
II. Uncontrolled Stores—Class "B"
1. The scale of materials allowed for maintenance and cleaning of small arms, as laid down in table 14 (I.A.F.F.
980—301) in August. 1964 is given below :—
TABLE 14
Item No. Part/Catalogue No. Designation Scale
1 2 3 4
B _________ B Section B—1
Pull throughs
1. 0520 Cord Single 1 weight per 10 Pull throughs.

耐
2 0521 Gauze—"A" 1 per 2 Pull throughs.
B ________ C Section B—2

3. 3491 Flannelette 0.9 metres per month per rifle/musket
0.3 metres monthly per Pistol/Revolver.
IHA Section H—I(c)
4. 0513 Mineral Jelly G.S. 0.3 kg. per rifle/musket half-yearly.
5. 0031 Grease R.D. 1179 0.3 k.g. per rifle/musket half-yearly.
6. 0514 Rifle Oil" A" 0.6 Litre per 40 Pistols/Revolvers
monthly.
N.B.— (a) In case rifle oil is not available, engine oil S.A.F. 30 may be used but as soon as rifle oil is available, use of S.A.E.
30 is to be stopped.
Raw Linseed Oil ........................... As required (to be locally Purchase

(b) The scale of materials for light and heavy preservation of arms has been given on page 24 of the
booklet "Instructions for Maintenance and Security of Arms and Ammunition" issued by Bihar
Police.
(c) The scales shown in column 4 represent initial issue and subsequent requirements will be obtaine:
on the basis of actual consumption during the past three months Unit holding will not excee;
one month's requirement at a time.
2. For care and preservation of small arms in which Rifle No. 1, No. 2, No. 4 and .410 bore Musket are
included, the initial maintenance scale of parts had been laid down in pages 1 to 9 of Table 891.A.F.F
980/301 in December, 1957 and SA/C 505 No. 1 in April 1960 which were circulated under Inspector
General of Police, Bihar memo. No. 15476/0 l-7-27-64(S), dated the 30th October, 1964 and memo.
No. 11825/71 -7-27-64(8), dated the 23rd August, 1965 respectively. These have been given in
Appendix
7 of Bihar Sashastra Police Manual. Subsequent indent may be placed for the components which fall
short after replacing unserviceable and lost components.
3. For cleaning and preservation of Pistol/Revolver, the initial maintenance scale of components has
been laid down in E.M.E. ARS(1)/S.A./B 175 according to which all articles shall be kept in district.
III. Miscellaneous.
Tear Gas, Binoculars, etc. are to be kept according to scale given in Manual/Orders concerned. See Bihar
Sashastra Police Manual, Appendix 7.
N.B.— A Rifle having .803 Calibre actually means that the diameter of its bullet is .303 inches but the word inches is
understood. Only in C.G.S. system sign of measurement is indicated.
• •

APPENDIX 67
RULES REGARDING POLICE MEDALS
(RULE 1088)
The rules for the award of (a) President's Police Medal for (i) Gallantry and (ii) Distinguished Service and (b) Police
Medal for (i) Gallantry and (ii) Meritorious Service and similar medals for Fire Services are given in the notification (673)
No. 3 (President), dated the 1 st March, 1951 and sent to all State Governments in M.H.A. memo. No. 1/111/76-GPA III.
Extract from it are given below :—
* * * *
The President's medal shall be circular in shape, made of silver with gold gilt, one,and three-eighth inches in
diameter, and shall have embossed on the obverse the design of the President's Flag, a shield in the centre and words
"President's Police Medal" above and "India" below the shield along the edge of the medal separated by two five pointed
heraldic stars. On the reverse, it shall have embossed the State Emblem in the centre and the words "FOR
GALLANTRY" or "FOR DISTINGUISHED SERVICE", as the case may be along the lower edge and a wreath joined by
a plain clasp at the top along the upper edge. On the rim the name of the person to whom the medal has been awarded
shall be inscribed.
* * * *
2. The Police Medal is similar but made of bronze and shall have embossed on the obverse the State Emblem
in the centre, and the words "Police Medal" above and the State motto "Satyameva Jayate" in Devnagari script at
the bottom of the State Emblem. On the reverse, it shall have embossed "For Meritorious Service" or "For Gallantly"
exactly at the centre enclosed, between two parallel straight lines connected at either end to each other by a concave
line and the words "Indian" above and "Police" below.
3. (a) The President's medal is awarded for (i) "Conspicuous gallantry in saving life and property or in preventing
crime or arresting criminals", (ii) "Special service in dealing with serious or widespread outbreaks of crime or
public disorder", (iii) "Prolonged service; but only when distinguished by very exceptional ability and merit".
(b) The Police medal will be awarded for (i) conspicuous gallantry, (ii) valuable services characterised by
resource and devotion to duty including prolonged service of ability and merit.
4. Both the medals are suspended in the manner given in Rule 1059. However, in case of President's medal for
“distinguished services" the riband shall be half blue and half silver white, while in case for award for exceptional courage
and gallantry, it shall be half blue and half silver white but the two colours will be separated by a vertical line 1/8" in
width.
Similarly in case of Police Medal for meritorious service, the riband shall be\dark blue with a narrow silver stick on
either side and a crimson stripe in the centre and in case of gallantry, each of the blue portions of the riband shall contain a
silver line down in the middle.
5. It shall be competent for the President to cancel the award and also to restore it later if required. Every
person to whom the said decoration is awarded shall before receiving the same enter into an agreement to return
the medal if the name is cancelled as aforesaid.
6. The number of President's Medal and Police Medal other than gallantry shall b-s roughly 90 and 400 for
each year but there shall be no limit on medals tor gallantry.

7. When a recipient of either of the two medals for gallantry performs another act of gallantry, he shall be
given a Bar to be attached to the riband by which the previous medal is suspended. For each Bar awarded, a small
silver rose shall be added. In case of recipient of President's Medal, for each Bar, the silver rose shall be with gold
gilt.
8. Recommendations for award should be sent to reach Government of India by 26th October or 15th May
each year.
9. The order of precedence in wearing various medals is given in notification No. 9 Pres/73, dated the 27th
January. 1972 whose extract is given below :—
* * * *
*
(14) The President's Police Medal for gallantry.

* * * *
*
(17) The Police Medal for gallantry.

* * * *
*
(29) The President's Medal for distinguished service.

* * * * *
(32) The Police Medal for meritorious service. 袐

* * * *
*
10. The minimum period of service to be rendered before award of Police Medal and President's Police
Medal other than those for gallantry is 15 and 20 years of service respectively. There is no such minimum period
for award of medals for gallantry.
11. Every recommendation should have a comprehensive but not lengthy citation in eleven copies though the
Certificate about there being no censure and integrity Certificate accompanying it shall be in two copies only.
Details of punishment should also be furnished. The Annual Confidential Roll need not be sent.
12. The President's medal for gallant; y shall carry a monetary allowance of Rs. 60 per month and for every
Bar Rs. 30 per month. Similarly, a Police Medal shall carry a monetary allowance of Rs. 40 per month and a Bar
Rs. 20 per month.
Where a recipient is in receipt of the allowance at the time of his death it shall be continued for life or till remarriage
of his widow. In the case of a posthumous award of the Medal or a Bar, the allowance shall be paid, from the date of the
act for which the award is made to the widow for her life or till her remarriage.
When the award is made posthumously to a "bachelor the monetary allowance shall be paid to his father or mother
and in case the posthumous award is made to a widower, the allowance shall be paid to his son below 18 years or
unmarried daughter, as the case may be.
13. Recipients of Medal shall be exempted from renewal fee of their private firearms if any even after retirement.

• •
APPENDIX 68
DEPARTMENTAL STORES.
(RULE 1118)
In the District Police Stores, the following departmental articles shall be kept:—
(1) Armed Police.—Khaki web equipment—Consisting of waist belt, braces, three ammunition pouches,
straps for securing haversack to belt at bottom, haversack and rifle sling, web bayonet scabbard with
frog and lathis as for district police.
(2) Steel Helmet with Vizar.
(3) Shield Netting,
(4) Shin Guard.
(5) Lathis for constables—Cane 5' 2" long, brass bound at the top with 3A" nails driven side ways to keep
the Ferrule on, Circumference to be not less than 4l/2,' or more than 4%".
N. B.— Umbrellas, umbrella braces, etc. are now included in items as part of clothing.
(6) Tent, Tarpaulin and Durries, etc. distributed as follows :—
Designation of Officers. Item and Type. Size. Number admissible Remarks.
Inspector-General and Swiss Cottage tent 14'x 14' 2 For orderlies.

Deputy Inspector- Double flap tent 14'xl4' 2 For steno clerks.
General F.S.tent 8'x8' 1 For Swiss Cottage tent.
Durry 14'xl4' 1 For double flap tent.
Tarpaulin 14'xl4' 1 For double flap tent.

Superintendent of Police S-C. tent 14'xl4' 1
Durry 1
14'xl4'
1 For steno clerks.
F.S. tent 8'x8'
2 For orderlies.
Double flap tent 14'xl4'
2
Tarpaulin 14'x 14'
1
Tarpaulin 8'x8'
Assistant Superintendent S.C. tent 14'xl4'
of Police and Deputy
Superintendent of Police Durry 14'xl4' 1
who are incharge of F.S. tent 8'x8'
subdivisions. 14'xl4' 1 For steno clerks.
Double flap tent
14'x 14’ 1 For orderlies.
Tarpaulin 1
Tarpaulin 8'x8'
1
Armed Force Double flap tent 14'xl4' 1 For every ten men.
Tarpaulin 14'xl4' 1 For every tent,
Reserve Inspector Shooting Pal 14'xl4' 1 For every Shooting
Tarpaulin 14'xl4' 1
Reserve Sub-Inspector F.S. tent 8'x8' 1 Pal.
and Constables. Tarpaulin 8'x8' 1 For every tent.

APPENDIX 69
GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS FOR WORK BY CONTRACTORS
[RULE 1154(a)]
1. All works proposed for execution by contract will be notified in a form of “invitation to tender” duly
signed by the Superintendent, which will be pasted on a board hung up in the office.
This notice will state the work to be carried out, the items and approximate quantities thereof; the date for
submitting and opening tenders, as also the amount of earnest money to be deposited. There will be note
showing items, if any, to be supplied by the department and the issue-rates.
2. In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed separately by each member thereof,
or, in the event of the absence of any partner, it must be signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of
attorney authorizing him to do so. The usual form of tender in Schedule 36, Form No. 55 used by RW.D.
will be adopted.
3. The amount of earnest money to be deposited will be as follows:—

Rs.
If the amount of the estimate does not exceed Rs. 2,000 ... 50
If the amount of the estimate-exceeds Rs. 2,000 but does not exceed Rs 5,000 100
If the amount of the estimate exceeds Rs. 5,000 but does not exceed Rs. 10,000 200
For each additional Rs. 5,000 or portion of Rs. 5,000 additional earnest money 100
4. Incomplete tenders not accompanied by a treasury challan for the required earnest money will be liable to
rejection. Tender shall bear the name of the work to which they refer written outside the envelope. Cash
deposits for earnest money shall be made in, Government Treasuries and the challan thereof should be
enclosed with the tender.
5. The S.P. or his duly authorised assistant will open the tender in the presence of intending contractors who
may be present at the time and will enter the amounts of the several tenders in a comparative statement in a
suitable form. In the event of a tender being rejected the challan for the earnest-money forwarded therewith
shall thereupon be returned to the tenderer with pay order for the amount of the earnest money.
6. The S.R shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tenders. The material used, when supplied by the
party is to be subject to the approval of Superintendent. In case of bad work, he shall have me option to end
the agreement.
7. The tenderer of the approved tender shall deposit the required amount of the security money within the
prescribed time. The amount of security money to be deposited by the tenderer shall be 10 per cent of the
estimated of the work and from this amount the earnest money already deposited by him shall be deducted.
At least half this security money already deposited shall be deposited by the tenderer within such time as
may be notified to him in writing by the officer opening the tender, failing which the tender shall be liable to
rejection.
8. General rules and form of guidance for contractors are given in Bihar RW.D. [Form F-2] in Schedule 65,
Form No. 61.
••

APPENDIX 70
DISCIPLINE AND APPEAL RULES FOR THE MEMBERS OF MINISTERIAL STAFF AND OTHER RANKS
SUCH AS SECTION OFFICERS, ETC.
(RULE 870)
1. The rules given below shall apply to all members of Subordinate Services except to those for whom special
provision is made.
2. The following penalties may, for good and sufficient reasons, be imposed upon any member of a Subordinate
Service, viz. :—
(i) Censure.
(ii) Withholding of increments or promotion, including stoppage at an efficiency bar.
(iii) Reduction to a lower post or time-scale or to a lower stage in a time-scale.
(iv) Recovery from pay of the whole or part or any pecuniaiy loss caused to Government by negligence or breach of
order.
(iv a) Compulsory retirement (See Rule 824 A)
(v) Fine.
(vi) Suspension.
(vii) Removal from service which does not disqualify from future employment.
(viii) Dismissal from the service which ordinarily disqualifies from future employment, Provided that the penalty of
fine shall be imposed only on menials and inferior servants.
Explanation 1.—The discharge—
(a) of a person appointed on probation, during or at the end of the period of probation;
(b) of person appointed to hold a temporary appointment, on the expiration of the period of the appointment; does not
amount to removal or dismissal within the meaning of this rule as per P. M. Rule 668 (a).
Explanation 2.—The discharge of a probationer, whether during or at the end of the period of probation, for some
specific fault or on account of his unsuitability for the service, amounts to removal or dismissal within the
meaning of the rule.
Note 1.— For the procedure to be followed before an order of dismissal, removal, compulsory retirement or reduction can be
passed, see rule 55 of the Civil Services (Classification Control and Appeal) Rules or P.M. Rule 828(b). In drawing up
proceedings and conducting departmental enquiries, the instructions contained in Rules 165 to 170 of .the Bihar and
Orissa Board's Miscellaneous Rules, 1939, and the detailed instructions in Appendix 49 should be followed.
Note 2.— The procedure to be followed before an order imposing the penalties given in clause 2(i), (ii) above can be passed, is that
an opportunity for a show cause only should be given. See Rule 55 A of the Civil Services (Classification, Control and
Appeal) Rules, published, with notification No. 5172-A, dated the 3rd June, 1950.
3. Any of the penalties mentioned in clause 2 may be imposed on a member of Subordinate Service—
(a) by the authority empowered to impose such penalty; or
(b) If no authority has been so empowered, by the Head of the Department or office having the power to appoint the
member of the Subordinate Sen ice on whom the penalty is to be imposed .

4.. Every member of a Subordinate Service (including temporary Government servants and officers 01 probation) shall
be entitled to appeal to the authority immediately superior to the authority which passed an order-
(a) imposing upon him any of the penalties specified in clause 2;
(b) terminating his appointment otherwise than on the expiry of the period of his appointment or on his reaching
the age of superannuation.
5. No appeal as of right shall lie against an order declining to give an appointment or promotion except as a measure of
punishment to a particular individual, or affecting a transfer on an extension of service.
6. In the case of an appeal against an order imposing any penalty specified in clause 2 the appellate authority shall
consider—
(a) whether the facts on which the order was based have been established;
(b) whether the facts established afford sufficient ground for taking action; and
(c) whether the penalty is excessive, adequate or inadequate; and after such consideration shall pass such orders as it
thinks proper.
7. The authority from whose order an appeal is preferred under these rules shall give effect to any order made
by the appellate authority.
8. Every Government servant preferring an appeal shall do so separately and in his own name.
9. Every appeal preferred under these rules shall contain all material statements and arguments relied on by the
appellant, shall contain no disrespectful or improper language and shall be complete in itself. Every such appeal shall be
submitted through the Head of the Office to which the appellant belongs or belonged and through the authority from whose
order the appeal is preferred and shall be accompanied by a copy of the orders appealed
against.
10. An appeal may be withheld by the authority against whose order it is preferred if—
(1) it is an appeal in a case in which no appeal lies under these rules; or
(2) it dues not comply with the provisions of Rule 9; or
(3) it is not preferred within six months after the date on which the appellant was informed of the order
appealed against, and no reasonable cause is shown for the delay; or .
(4) it is repetition of a previous appeal and is made to the same appellate authority by which such appeal
has been decided, and no new facts or circumstances are adduced, which afford grounds for a reconsideration
of the case :
Provided that in every case in which an appeal is withheld the appellant shall be informed of the fact and the reason for it:
Provided also that an appeal withheld on account only of a failure to comply with the provisions of Rule 9 may be
resubmitted at any time within one month of the date on which the appellant has been informed of the withholding of the
appeal, and such appeal shall not be withheld if it is resubmitted in a form which complies with these provisions.
11. No appeal shall lie against the withholding of an appeal by a competent authority. The authority withholding the appeal,
however, shall report the fact to the next superior authority together with the reasons for withholding the same.
12. The State Government and 1 leads of Departments may, at any time, call for departmental proceedings against their
subordinate as per Rule 853A and reverse or alter the order passed by a subordinate authority.
• •
APPENDIX 71
RULES FOR REGULATING THE METHOD OF RECRUITMENT TO BIHAR POLICE SERVICE
(RULES 645 AND 724-A)
1. The State Government shall decide every year as to how many vacancies in that year shall be filled up by direct
recruitment and how many by promotion of Inspectors. Generally, their ratio should be 50—50 per cent.
The rules of direct recruitment are given in Part 1 and those for promotion from the rank of Inspectors in Part 2.
PART 1 (DIRECT RECRUITMENT)
2. Qualification: Age.—The upper age-limit of candidates is less than 27 years. In case of Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribes, this limit is up to 32 years. The lower age-limit is above 20 years. Candidates who have been confirmed in
Government service shall not be eligible for Bihar Police Service even though they are within the prescribed age-limit.
3. Physical ability.—Height 5 ft. 5 inches and chest measurement (unexpanded) 32 inches. In case adequate number of
Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe candidates of above physical measurements are not available, there shall be provision for
relaxation up to 5' 3" in height and 31" in chest measurement for them.
Every candidate shall have to give a preliminary medical certificate from any registered medical officer in the prescribed
proforma on the application form but the examination of successful candidates shall also be done by the medical board set up by
the Government for which no fees shall be charged.
4. Educational qualification.—A degree (arts, science or commerce) from a University recognized by Government or
any other educational qualification, which the Government may; decide to consider equivalent to the said prescribed
qualification.
5. The procedure for obtaining the application form- and its despatch.—(i) Application form with full particulars may be
obtained from the Secretary, Bihar Public Service Commission, Patna on payment of Re. 1 by treasury challan or crossed
Indian Postal Order.
(ii) Every Postal Order must be crossed.
(iii) The Postal Order must be payable in G.P.O., Patna to Bud get-cum-Accounts Officer, Bihar Public Service
Commission (by designation and not by name) and not to any other Officer.
(iv) Every Postal Order, must bear signature of the issuing Post Master.
(v) Every Postal Order must bear the clear seal of the issuing Post Office.
(vi) The candidates should never deface or mutilate or sign the Postal Orders.
Those Postal Orders which "will not be in conformity with the above instructions, shall not be accepted- The payment of
fee of one rupee can also be made through any Government Treasury of Bihar State under head "051-Public Service
Commission—Examination— Fees (Receipts)". If any candidate sends an advance copy of application the treasury challan or
crossed Indian Postal Order and copies of certificates, degree or diplomas, should be sent along with the advance copy and not
with the application sent through proper channel because it is generally delayed in transit.

It is essential to send the application form with Postal Order or treasury challan to Secretary, Bihar Public Service
Commission, Patna (by designation and not by name) by registered post and not under certificate of posting. The full
particulars of Postal Order or treasury challan should be entered in the application form and in the abstract of application with
the application forms, and
(i) the candidates must send attested copies of certificate of matriculation or its equivalent examination and of
degrees,
(ii) candidates of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes must send an attested copy of the certificate to the effect
that they are the members of that caste or tribe for which they have claimed,
(iii) displaced persons must send 'their original refugee registration card with its attested copy.
The originals of above certificates may be called for from candidates at any time which they must send.
6. Certificate for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.—Candidates of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes must
send with their applications a certificate from any of the officers noted below in prescribed form :—
(i) District Magistrate;
(ii) Sub divisional Officer;
(iii) Project Executive Officer and Assistant Project Executive Officer;
(iv) Block Development Officer;
(v) Anchal Adhikari;
(vi) Circle Officer; or
(vii) First Class Magistrate.
Note. — Those candidates who do not send with their application a copy of the certificate of being the member of. Scheduled
Caste or Scheduled Tribe from the District Magistrate of the district—
(1) in which their parents generally reside on the date of application; or
(2) in which the candidates generally reside for the purposes other than education if the parents have died, must
submit the original and attested copies of such certificate obtained from the D.M. concerned before the
personality test commences.
7. The candidates should send the following documents invariably arranged in the following order:—
(a) The form of abstract of application.
(b) The form of deposit of consolidated fees. On its second copy, attach treasury challan or crossed Indian Postal
Order of required amount.
(c) Original application form.
(d) Attested copy of proof of age.
(e) Attested copies of the certificates of educational qualifications (Matriculation certificate and Bachelor’s degree, or
law degree for judicial service).
(f) Attested copies of character certificate obtained from heads of institutions or Registrars or from any Dean or
Professor in charge of any Department and two recent character certificates from two responsible persons
(who are not relations) and which are not more than six months old.

(g) Candidates of Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe should attach the attested copy of caste certificate.
(h) Attendance sheet of candidates.
(i) Crossed Indian Postal Orders of Rs. 54 or amount of prescribed fees (no fee for Scheduled Caste and Scheduled
Tribe candidates) payable to Budget-cum-Accounts Officer, Bihar Public Service Commission at General Post
Office, Patna or a treasury challan of equal amount. If a candidate belonging to S.C./S.T. has already availed of
two chances without paying examination fee, he will have to pay Rs. 12.75 paise as examination fee.
(j) Recent photograph of passport size of the candidate (about 2" x 2j") in two copies of which one should be
pasted on the attendance sheet at the prescribed place and got attested by any Gazetted Officer and the second
copy should be pasted at the prescribed place in the form of preliminary medical certificate in original
application form and attested by the medical officer filling up the medical certificate.
The application forms not supported with the treasury challan or crossed Indian Postal Order of prescribed fees will be
rejected.
These instructions should be gone through carefully before applications are filled in by the candidates. The
Commission may reject any application form if any of the directions is not followed or if the candidate does not
possess requisite qualification. The application form should be complete in all respects and all necessary papers
should be attached with it.
For wanting paper, no reminder shall be sent to candidates. The application form should be filled up correctly. When any
application is rejected, no appeal shall be heard against it and claim for refund of examination fee shall not be
accepted.
8. Examination.—written examination shall be held according to the syllabus given by the Commission. If there is any
change in the syllabus of examination, its information shall be given to candidates separately.
9. All correspondence in connection with this examination should be sent by designation to Secretary, Bihar Public
Service Commission, Patna and the following particulars must be given in each correspondence :—
(1) Name of examination.
(2) Roll number (if intimated to candidates).
(3) Name of the candidate.
(4) Address given in the application form.
(5) Dale of birth.

(6) Change in the address (if any).
10. Subjects of examination—
Compulsory subjects Marks

(1) General knowledge (with current incidents) ... ... 150
(2) Preliminary general science... ... .... 100
(3) General Hindi... ... ..... 100

In deciding the order of merit of candidates, the marks obtained in compulsory general Hindi shall not be added with
the marks obtained in other written papers and marks of personality test. 'Those candidates who shall not get 30 per cent
minimum qualifying marks in compulsory general Hindi, shall not be considered as qualified in written examination.
OPTIONAL SUBJECTS
Candidates may take only three subjects from groups A, B, C, or D but in no case, more than one subject from group 'A'
and more than two subjects from any other group can be taken.
Group 'A'
Subjects: Marks
(4) Hindi language and literature ... .... ... 200
(5) Urdu language and literature ... ... ... 200
(6) English language and literature ... ... ... 200
(7) Sanskrit language and literature ... ... ... 200
(8) Persian language and literature ... ... ... 200
(9) Arabic language and literature ... ... ... 200
(10) Pali language and literature ... ... ... 200
(11) Maithili language and literature ... ... ... 200
(12) Bengali language and literature ... ... ... 200
Group 'B'
(13) Indian History and Culture (including modern and medieval India) … … 200
(14) World History ... ... ... 200
(15) Geography ... ... ... 200
(16) General Economics (including Public Finance) ... ... ... 200
(17) Political Science ... ... ... 200
(18) Philosophy (including Ethics and Comparative study of religions) … … 200
(19) Psychology ... ... ... 200
(20) Sociology (including Anthropology) ... ... ... 200
(21) Labour and Social Welfare ... ... ... 200
Group 'C
(22) Public Administration ... .... ... 200
(23) International Law, Jurisprudence, Constitutional Law (with 200
special reference to the development of British and Indian
Constitutions)
200
(24) Indian Law (including Hindu Law, Law of Transfer, Evidence Act,
Procedural Law and Indian Penal Code)

Group 'D'
Marks.
(25) Pure Mathematics ... ... ... 200
(26) Physics ... ... ... 200

(27) Chemistry ... ... ... 200
(28) Botany (including Economic Botany) ... ... ... 200
(29) Geology ... ... ... 200
(30) Zoology ... ... ... 200
(31) Accounts ... ... ... 200
(32) Statistics ... ... ... 200
(33) Agriculture ... ... ... 200
(34) Applied Mathematics ... ... ...
200
Personality test
For Bihar Police Service only ... .... ... 100
鶀‫م‬
The appointment of candidates shall be made by State Government on the recommendation of Public Service
Commission.
The training of appointed candidates shall be in Police Training College, Hazaribagh
PART 2 (PROMOTION OF INSPECTORS)
The Board for promotion shall be presided by Chairman, Bihar Public Service Commission which is called Departmental
Promotion Committee, vide Department of Personnel, Government of Bihar resolution No. 22576, dated the 27th November,
1976 [P.M. Appendix 72]. This committee shall nominate Inspectors in twice the number of vacancies to be filled by promotion.
The names of nominated Inspectors shall be arranged generally in order of seniority and if any Officer is placed above in the list
than his seniority warrants, the reasons for special nomination shall be recorded.
Before the Committee holds its meeting, the Inspector General shall send all concerned papers of candidates including
the confidential records to Public Service Commission. The I.G shall send entire papers and confidential records of such
officers also who are being superseded. After scrutiny of papers, the Commission shall send its recommendation to the State
Government. The State Government shall take decision only on this.
• •

APPENDIX 72
SELECTION BOARDS, THEIR COMPOSITIONS AND FUNCTIONS
(RULES—See columns 2, 3, 4 and 5 below.)
Functions
Selection for consideration of next
Composition of Boards senior Board or of Government
Direct appointment of- Promotion of-
for
Promotion of-
1 2 3 4
1.Inspector-General’s Selection Board. Experts of (a) Finger Print Experts of Technical bran- 1. A.P.P. Gr. Ill to A.P.P. Gr. II
President—Inspector-General Bureau (Rule 457-B), (b) Police ches such as Rule 457-B, [Rule 670 (ii)].
Members—Two senior Addl. Inspectors- Laboratory (Appendix 25) and Appendix 25 and 99, etc. 2. Sub-Inspector and Reserve
General (c) Forensic Science Laboratory Sub-Inspector to Inspector and
One Deputy Inspector- (Appendix 99) to Director Reserve Inspector respectively
General from S.C./S.T. (Rule 649).
3. Selection Grade Assistants
Head of office (for experts and
to Section Officers [Rule
Technical wings) or
D.I.G (Admin.) for ministerial officers 864(d)].
4. Promotion of Junior Expert to
Senior Expert in technical
branches if any such as in
Photo Bureau, etc.
2. Central Selection Board.
President—Senior most Deputy Steno. Sub-Inspector and 1. Assistant Sub-Inspector to
Inspector-General Assistant Sub-Inspector Sub-Inspector [Rule
(Appendix 42). 659(d)].
Members—Two other Deputy
Inspectors-General like Typist Assistant Sub-Ins- 2. Havildar to Reserve Sub-
Dy. I.G. Training, Senior-most pector (Appendix 42). Inspector (Rule 660-B).
Dy. I.G. at Patna and 3. Steno. Assistant Sub-Inspector
Dy. I.G.S.C./S.T. for experts to Steno. Sub-Inspector
& Technical wings, Head of office, (Appendix 42).
Dy. I.G. (Admin.) for ministerial officers.

3. Range Selection Board. Reserve Inspector and other Juinior experts in
President—Deputy Inspector-General. Inspectors to Deputy Superin- Technical branches, if any
tendent. (Rule 724-A and Lower Division Clerks in
Members—Two Superintendents Appendix 71) districts, of the range
of another range but in case of technical 2. Sub-Inspector to Inspector [Rule 863 (b)].
department, one Superintendent will be [Rule 649 (d]
replaced by Director of the department. Reserve Sub-Inspector to
Reserve Inspector [Rule 649(d)].
Assistant Sub-Inspector or
Havildar to Sub-Inspector
(Rule 659).
4. Superintendent's Board. Constables (Rule 663

President—Superintendent
Members—Superintendent of another district
of the range and District Welfare Officer.
NOTES.— 1 This Appendix should be read with Appendix 41 which defines Promotion and appointing authority vide Rules 660A and 660(a).
2. This appendix applies to technical branches like Police Radio, Armourers, etc. for equivalent ranks.
3. Promotion of constables to Havildars and to Assistant Sub-Inspectors rests with the Superintendent in districts.
4.For promotion of Inspectors and equivalent ranks to Dy. Superintendents [Rules 646 and 670 (iii)] the departmental promotion
committee shall consist of Chairman, Bihar Public Service Commission as President and (1) Inspector-General, (2) 1
Additional, Inspector-General. (3) 1 Harijan Dy, I.G. or Superintendent and 1 officer of Personnel Department, Government of
Bihar as members. Their recommendations shall not require fresh concurrence of B.P.S. Commission vide Rule 7 of B.P.S.C.
(Executive) Rules, 1957. The procedure given in Rule 742-A stands amended to this effect.

APPENDIX 73
PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN A GOVERNMENT SERVANT IS
SUMMONED BY A COURT TO PRODUCE OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS FOR
THE PURPOSE OF GIVING EVIDENCE
(RULES 355 AND 374)
The law relating to the production of unpublished official records as evidence in Courts is contained in Sections 123, 324
and 162 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (Act I of 1872) which are reproduced below :—
"123.No one shall be permitted to give any evidence derived from unpublished official records relating to any affairs of
State except with the permission of the officer at the head of the department concerned, who shall give or
withhold such permission as he thinks fit."
"124.No public officer shall be compelled to disclose communications made to him in official confidence when he
considers that the public interests would suffer by the disclosure."
" 162. A witness summoned to produce a document shall, if it is in his possession or power, bring it to Court,
notwithstanding any objection which there may be to its production, or to its admissibility. The validity of any
such objection shall be decided on by the Court."
The Court, if it sees fit, may inspect the document, unless it refers to matters of State, or take other evidence to enable it
to determine on its admissibility.
If for such a purpose it is necessary to cause any document to be translated, the Court may, if it thinks fit, direct the
translator to keep the contents secret, unless the document is to be given in evidence; and, if the interpreter disobeys such
direction; he shall be held to have committed an offence under Section 166 of the Indian Penal Code.
2. For the purpose of Section 123 above, the expression "officer at the head of the department" may be held to mean the
head of the office in whose custody the document required by the Court is, and vis-a-vis the Court which demands its
production, that officer should be treated as the authority to withhold or give the necessary permission.
3. In respect of documents emanating (1) from a higher authority, of the Government of India, or the State Government,
or which have formed the subject of correspondence with such higher authority, or (2) from a foreign Government, the head of
the department should obtain the consent of the State/Central or Foreign Government concerned through the usual official
channels before agreeing to produce the documents in Court, or allowing evidence based on them, unless the papers are
intended for publication, or are of a purely formal or routing nature, when a reference to higher authority may be dispensed
with.
4. In the case of papers other than those specified in clause 3 above, the head of the department they claim privilege in
respect of production of document and make a request to the Court accordingly if it relates to matters which are generally
regarded as confidential, or disclosure of which would in his opinion be detrimental to public interest, or to matters which are in
dispute in some other connection, or have given rise to a controversy between Government and some other party (See clause
7).
5. In a case of doubt the head of the department should invariably refer to higher authority for orders.

6. These instructions apply as well to cases in which Government is a party to the suit. In such cases, much will depend
on the legal advice as to the value of the documents, but before they are produced in Court, the considerations stated above
must be borne in mind, and reference to higher authority made, when necessary.
7. The Government servant who is to attend a Court as a witness with official documents should, where permission
under Section 123 has been withheld be given an order duly signed by the head of the department in the accompanying form. He
should produce it when he is called upon to give his evidence, and should explain that he is not at liberty to produce the
documents before the Court, or to give any evidence derived from them. He should, however, take with him the papers which
he has been summoned to produce.
8. The head of the department should abstain from entering into correspondence with the Presiding Officer of the Court
concerned in regard to the grounds on which the documents have been called for. He should obey the Court's orders and should
appear personally, or arrange for the appearance of another officer in the Court concerned, with the documents, and act as
indicated in paragraph 7 above, and produce the necessary certificate if he claims privilege.
Form.......................
Summons from the Court of the..........................................................................................................................................

for the production at ......................................................................................................................................................... of the
Office files relating to the .................................................................................................................................................
(a) I direct .......................................................................................................................................................... to appear

with the files mentioned in the summons and to claim privilege for them under Section 123 of the Evidence Act.
(b) I withhold permission to give any evidence derived from the files for which privilege is claimed under the order.
It should be represented to the Court that these files contain unpublished official records relating to affairs of State for the
purpose of Section 123 and that in view of the provisions of Section 162 of the Evidence Act the files are not open to the
inspection of the Court.
Dated the Signature of sanctioning Authority

Designation

APPENDIX 74
RULES FOR THE DEFENCE OF POLICE OFFICERS IN CIVIL SUITS AND
CRIMINAL PROSECUTIONS
(RULE 716)
1. Superintendent to be informed.—All police officers against whom any criminal prosecution or civil suit is instituted
shall at once inform the Superintendent or corresponding superior officer.
2. Prosecution by a public servant.—When a prosecution against a police officer is instituted by a public servant, the officer
charged will be left to defend himself but Government will defray his reasonable costs in the event of his being acquitted, and it being
shown that his conduct throughout has been free from all blame. If though acquitted of the offence charged, his conduct would not be found
to be free from blame, he shall receive only, such portion, if any, of the costs incurred by him as may seem fit to Government (See Rules
844-849).
3. Prosecution by private persons.—Police officers will always be protected when it appears to Government that they have acted in
good faith but Government does not bind itself to undertake their defence when this is not the case.
When Government declines to defend, it rests with the police officer concerned to take such measures as he considers necessary at his
own expense, but if the verdict of the Court is in favour of the police officer, Government will ordinarily reimburse his expenses. It is to be
distinctly understood, however, that Government do not undertake to pay any except reasonable expenses.
4. Civil suits or criminal prosecutions instituted against police officers by private persons.—In the case of a civil suit or a criminal
prosecution against a police officer in connection with the discharge of his official functions, the following course shall be adopted :—
(a) Procedure in the civil suits.—If any suit is instituted against a police officer for anything purporting to be done in his official
capacity without the notice required by Section 80 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, having been duly served on him he
shall as a rule move the Court to dismiss the suit on the ground that it is instituted contrary to the provisions of that section.
If however, such a notice is given he shall immediately report to his superior officer all the circumstances necessary for
forming an opinion of the case. When the report reaches the Superintendent or the corresponding superior officer he will at
once after making any enquiry that may be necessary, report the facts fully with his recommendations to the District
Magistrate who shall forward the report through the Deputy Inspector-General and if time permits to the Inspector-General
who will forward his recommendations to Government. The Government will pass orders after consulting the Legal
Remembrance.

(b) Criminal complaints.—Section 197 of the Code of Criminal Procedure lays down a special procedure in regard to
criminal prosecutions against certain classes of officers. In those cases there will always be ample time to obtain
the orders of Government as to undertaking the difference of a police officer to whom that section applies and
the same procedure must be followed as in clause (a) above. In the case of criminal prosecutions against other
classes of police officers, it may frequently be impossible to obtain the orders of Government before the
commencement of the proceedings in Court. In that case it would rest with the District Magistrate after
consulting the Superintendent, to decide whether the difference shall be undertaken by Government or not. In
the event of disagreement between the District Magistrate and the Superintendent concerning the difference of
the accused police officer, the District Magistrate shall instruct the Public Prosecutor to appear for the accused
police officer in the initial proceeding and request the Court to postpone the case pending a decision by
Government as to whether he should be defended at the cost of Government or not. In such cases as in all others,
a full report shall be sent to Government as early as possible in the manner laid down in clause (a) above,
stating the course the District Magistrate has decided to adopt.
Note.— In case of Criminal Prosecution against constables the power of Government to sanction difference at the expense of the State
has been delegated to Commissioners of Divisions. The report of the Superintendent of Police and the District Magistrate
will be forwarded by the Deputy-Inspector-General of Police to the Commissioner in such cases.
(c) In cases against officers of the Criminal Investigation/Intelligence Departments or the Railway Police, the
Superintendent concerned will be competent to sanction expenditure in place of District Magistrate if the officer
proceeded against is of the rank of Sub-Inspector or below. Similarly Deputy Inspector- General shall be the
sanctioning authority for officers of the rank of Deputy/Assistant Superintendent
and Government above that rank.
Note.— Attention is invited also to the provisions of Section 42 of the Police Act (5 of 1861).
5. (a) If Government or any local officer acting on its behalf sanctions the difference of a police officer, it would ordinarily
be sufficient to limit it to engage a Government Pleader or a Public Prosecutor at the expense of Government and the
incidental expenses, e.g., court-fees and diet money of witnesses will also be borne by Government. If in any case private
counsel is engaged, the scale of fees to be paid to him will be fixed by the District Magistrate with the sanction of Government.
In petty cases in which appearance in person or with department aid e.g., of the Assistant Public Prosecutor, Grade I is
sufficient, a pleader should not be engaged.
If the police officer wins the case and the costs or damages, or compensation are awarded to him, the expenditure incurred by
Government up to the limit of such costs, damages or compensation shall be refunded by him.
(b) If in a case in which Government have undertaken the difference of a police officer, the decision of the first Court is
against him, the question whether an appeal should be filed at the cost of Government or whether the damages awarded to the
plaintiff or the fine imposed should be paid by Government shall be decided by Government either on the application of the officer
concerned who should move his immediate superior in the matter or on the representation of his superior officer. The latter
should then follow the procedure laid down in Rule 4(a).

(c ) As legal proceedings against police officers, particularly civil suits, must interfere with the discharge of their
public duties and are likely to cause harassment to them, the District Magistrate should request the Court to deal with such
proceedings with the utmost possible expedition.
(d) For the preliminary stages of the difference, the Inspector-General is authorized to sanction an advance up to Rs.
500 to a police officer involved in a case whenever the orders of Government cannot be obtained through the usual procedure
in time.
••

APPENDIX 75
deleted

APPENDIX HINTS FOR
(RULES
Some important items have been listed as general guideline. The more senior officers will be able to look into than from
The Detailed working angle which has to be checked principally by the immediate superior officer or the
Sl. Item Police Station Court Office
No
1 2 3 4
1 Kit Parade Whether changes are made Same as in Col. 3
properly and Defaulters Punished
2 Previous inspection's— Detailed check required Same as in Col. 3
(a) Whether done regularly including some
done by surprise?
(b) Whether inspection note is lucid and to the
point without unnecessary details?
(c) Whether inspection note sent timely and
compliance sent also in time"?
(d) If compliance is partial, note the pending
items.
Knowledge of duties by various ranks Constables and Chaukidar's/ Knowledge of constables in
3 including check of their fitness for promotion Dafadar's knowledge of B.Cs. to procedures is specially to be
generally. be tested. In case of G.R.P. check tested, also of S.I./A.S.I.
if exchange of constables done regarding court procedure.
for recognition of B.Cs. Check if
officer incharge has knowledge
of fire control, lathi, drill and law
4 Examine necessity for changes in jurisdiction Check in details Same as in Col. 3
and increase in sanction in staff and shortage,
if any.
5 Whether orders regarding posting periods Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 2

properly observed
6 Duty-roster—Have duties been fairly Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 2

distributed among staff. Health of staff?
7 (a) Crime figure and Crime map. Give Have B. Cs. been plotted on Overall crime figs, of sub
suggestions for prevention of crime. crime map? divisional or district court to
Have cases on border been be studied as the case may
(b) Crime record. Are entries recorded marked on crime map with be.Whether action has been
properly? names of suspects/convicts? taken, against absconders
Comment on fluctuations in under Section 82, Cr.P.C.
(c )Whether regular enquiries made about crime as far as possible within a month and under
dossier holders? Whether Inspector/.D.P.Os. union-wise. Check Crime Section 83, Cr.P.C. within
have made any check of B.Cs. themselves? Directory and ref. of indices two months and under
specially of some burglars cattle Section 279, Cr.P.C within
lifters, dacoits/robbers three months from the date
the person is shown as
absconding in the CS. or F.
R.?

76
INSPECTION
38—41 AND 70)
only some of these items during inspections. They would examine these more from the administrative angle rather next senior
officer.
Inspector Office S.D.P.O Office S.P’s Office Commandant’s Office
5 6 7 8
Check if Inspector is wearing The non-Gazetted staff only are to The correct method of wearing Same as in Col. 7
Khaki drill of Vigan shade No. 1. appear at Kit parade uniform should be checked. The turn
out of a few men and the condition of
Kit are to be noted. If there is large
scale defect in the fabrication of
uniform, necessary action is to be
taken. It should be checked if Kit
replacement is done according to
plan. The inspecting officers should
make a note of the general condition
of clothing and accoutrements, with
a view to the preparation of an
economical indent for dist./unit.
Same as in Same as in Col. 3
Same as in Col. 3 Same as in Col. 3 Same as in Col. 3 Same as in Col. 3
Whether Inspector has adequate (1) Same as Col. 4. (2) Officers of Nil Nil
knowledge of B.Cs. and law? the ranks of S.P., A. Ss. P. and Dy.
Whether fife has attended some Ss. P. are expected to have know-
Jail Parade and made others to ledge of all forms of drills. They
attend it. In the case of Inspector may be tested in methods of rrg.,
(Armed) knowledge of all aspects squad drill, fire control, principles
of drill and arms etc. are required. of dacoit operations, riot drill etc.
Check whether Inspector has given Same as in Col. 3 Check whether reorganization of Same as in Co.. 7
facts for making out a case for Police force in the district is
increase in the staff required?
Same as in Col. 2 Posting period of non-Gazetted Posting period of non-Gazetted staff Same as in Col. 7
staff to be commented on. to be commented on including
Ministerial staff.
Same as in Col. 2. Check whether Same as in Cols. 5 and 6 Rotation of duties from
Same as in Col. 2
Inspector/SDPO have checked static armed posts to other
night rounds in their areas posts must be checked
Whether a comparison with Nil
maps of previous years reveals any Same as in Col. 5 Same as in Col. 5. Apart from these
marked features of interest? epidemic of special forms of crime,
Whether criminals of bordering such as dacoities, riots, etc. require
P.Ss. shown? organized efforts, directed by
Whether the crime figures are S.P./S.D. P.O.
accurately recorded Whether there
is unusual fluctuation of crime
improvement or deterioration (if
so. the reasons should be sought
for and examined) ? Whether
special preventive measures have
been taken or are desirable
Check up steps taken to rectify
incomplete entries regarding
relatives, associates or descriptive
rolls in dossiers.

APPENDIX
Sl. Item Police Station Court Office

No
1 2 3 4
8 Prevention of Crime- Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 2
Patrols and Pickets—
(a) Have advance patrolling charts been prepared and
has there been sufficient checking of patrols? Are active
B. Cs. not living in crime centres being looked up?
(b) Have patrols been intelligently worked out to suit
changing crime conditions 7 Check the file of command
certificates with mufassil diaries?
(c) Have Inspecting Officers given suggestions after
studying crime situation? Have Inspecting Officers
made night halts in important villages?
(d) Qrganisation of village resistance grounds.
9 Intelligence Work- Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 2
Have good sources been developed and utilized and
information given leading to detection?
Have criminals been visited, particularly convicts in

burglary cases of last one year?
Whether date of release of convicts in Jail is correctly Check actions taken at P.S. Whether the court officer has
10 calculated and steps taken to keep watch on with surveillance sheets. issued P.R. Slip timely?
surveillances, the moment they are released? Check note books of
constables and Havildars
11 Ex-convicts under Section 356, Cr.P.C.—Have rules for Same as in Col... 2. Has the Check if bail able warrant has
these persons been earned out and is any of them out of F.P.B. been intimated? been obtained for the accused?
view? Have cases been registered after sanction by a
Gazetted Officer? 隀 ֲ◌
12 Have co-operation meetings been held and minutes Minute Books of suggestions Nil
recorded and pursued? from Rly. Police and
Vice-versa are to be checked
up.
13 F.l.R.—Whether age of juvenile shown in bracket? Whether plain paper copy Note on delay in receipt of
given to informant? Whether F.l.R. in Court and other
"hue and cry notice" issued? offices. Whether General
Register is properly
maintained?
14 Have Section 157(l)(b), Cr.P.C. been used freely, Check if any case is to be Nil
without abuse? taken up for investigation
which was refused
investigation.
15 Have Asstt. Sub-Inspectors been utilized to investigate Check whether O.C. and Whether Finger Prints of
cases at the spot which should have been investigated by Inspector have taken up unidentified accused taken
S.Is.? difficult and important cases? (Rule 271)? Whether
antecedents verified (Rule
263)?
16 Pending Cases—Reason for pendency to be checked up Check whether prompt Give list of cases in which
and steps taken by officer-in-charge and higher officers investigation in cases is being results of trials not noted or
action not taken regarding
to expedite investigation conducted? Check absconders. Check regarding
counterfoils of Final reports / pendency in Courts.
Charge-Sheets.

76-Contd
5 6 7 8
Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Nil
Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Check on Nil
proper use of S.S. Money
Check whether enquiries are Same as in Col.5 Whether the dates of release in Nil
intelligently made (e.g., it is PR. slips are noted in Dist.
waste of time to look up a Crime Office?
pick pocket at night) ?
Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Nil
Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Whether any co-operation Nil
meeting at inter-dist. level is
required and held?
Whether Inspector has Whether F.I.Rs. are reed, Whether S.P. has at least seen the Nil
entered F.l.R. in Index and promptly and indexed timely crime Index once a week and
forwarded the F.l.R. to ? Whether S.R. register has scrutinized judgments in cases
S.D.P.O. promptly? been resularly seen by of acquittal? "Whether S.P. has
Whether Inspector has S.D.P.O supervised important dacoity and
entered F.l.R. in Index and other heinous offences?
forwarded the F.l.R. to Whether he has done group
S.D.P.O. promptly? supervision of burglary?
One or two cases are to be Check if misuse of powers is Same as in Col. 2 Nil
locally tested and enquiries in evidence
made in villages. Check if
Inspector has done it?
Same as in Col. 3 Nil Nil Nil
Check if investigation of Same as in Col 5 Same as in Col 5 Nil
cases has been properly
controlled and steps taken
for prompt disposal.

1 2 3 4
17 Non-FIR register. Comment regarding Comment on adequacy and Have F.Ms, been issued in these
adequacy in number of cases, percent percentage of conviction and cases? Has the Court Non-FIR
age of conviction and results of magis results of magisterial drives, if register been compared with the
terial drive, if any. any. Magistrate's Non-FIR register?
18 Has preventive action under Section Same as in Col. 2 Nil

110, Cr. P.C. been taken against local
habitual criminals? Have Inspectors
helped in starting B.L. proceedings?
19 Gambling Act and other local nuisances Are local Police paying Is previous conviction being
attention to this? provided in Gambling Act
cases?
20 Road traffic.—Is speed checking being done? No checking is to be done Nil
unless dates are fixed by higher
officers.
21 F.M./F. Fs./Briefs, Daily under-trial re Whether pending list prepared Whether F. Ms. issued promptly
ports, Daily Report quarterly of receipt and to S.P. office? Whether P.R.
non-receipt of F. Ms. work is receiving due attention?
22 Acquittal cases.— Examine if this was due to Was prosecution conducted
In cases which have ended in acquittal, the reasons therefor faulty investigation. properly?
should be examined and if the investigation is at fault advice
and instructions should be given. Case diaries
23 Case Diaries Are the CDs. written regularly Have copies of documents been
and properly? typed regularly for giving to
accused persons?
24 Annual verification of criminals Check whether annual Nil
verification as given in
Alphabetical Index is done?
25 Have good works by rural Police/Police It is interesting to question men who have earned rewards as to the
officers and private persons received actual work performed in earning them. Similarly, the reward
팠◌֬
recognition? statements submitted by S.Is./Inspectors require examination in
conjunctions with the case diaries to determine whether the right
persons have been rewarded ? Sometimes vague recommendations
for rewards are submitted and deserving persons not given due
rewards
26 Absconder register Check whether periodical Check whether Court staff is
enquiries made and replies maintaining track of absconders.
received from other Police Check whether list of absconders
Stations? has been given to Gram Panchayats
vide P.M. Rules 109(bXc), 118,
497?
27 Foreigners' register. Whether up to date instruction as well Same as in Col. 2 Nil
as correspondence kept?
28 Arms and Excise Act cases See PM Rule 71(b) Nil
29 Unnatural and sudden deaths. Have in vestigations under If investigation has been done Have Magistrates disagreed with
Section 174, Cr.P.C. has been conducted when practicable by the A.A.ls., the findings of Police
by the S.I. himself?
30 Station diary Is two hourly entry being made Whether Court over commented
on the station diary in any case ?
31 Goonda Records Is register being maintained? Has Court staff taken interest in
their prosecutions under Section
107, Cr.P.C. etc.?

5 6 7 8
Has Inspector made sample Has S.D.P.O. checked up Study the figures and adequacy Nil
checking of reports under that bailable warrants are of action and if records are kept
Section 34, Police Act? generally not endorsed to properly.
Havildars/constables?
Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col.2 Same as in Col.2 Nil
How any such reports tested by Have S.D.P.O./S.P. Same as in Col.6 Has commandant main-
made a Circle Inspector ? reference about this tained a vigilant eye on
inspection notes. this so far the barracks
of constables are
concerned?
Have Inspector and S.D.P.O. Same as in Col.5 Are dates being fixed by S.P. by Nil
taken adequate steps to check surprise ?
overloading, etc. ?
Whether Inspector has not Whether Daily under-trial Check disposal of F. Ms. in Nil
merely acted as a "Post office? and Daily reports have been Police Office regarding History
but given due comments? locked into? Whether sheet. Whether orders passed on
suggestions made on Brief F.Ms, have been complied with
for fresh investigation? ?
Have acquittal cases been fully Same as in Col.5 Same as in Col.5 Nil
examined for finding grounds of
acquittal.
Are the CDs. studied properly? Same as in Col.5 Same as in Col.5 Nil
Check whether Inspector has Nil Have these statements come Nil
enforced Rule 380. from P. Ss. for check? Are these
usefully checked?
Check whether Inspectors Check whether S.D.P.O.鍐◌֮ Check whether absconder Nil
arranged a simultaneous search helped Inspector in preparing register contains all names and
on one night at all the possible schemes in co-operation with whether absconder-rolls
places where one absconder ay other S.D.P. Os. as in Col. 5. prepared for those who are
be? shown absconding in Index?
Have rewards been declared?
Nil Nil Same as in col. 2 Nil
Nil Nil What check has been exercised Nil

Has Circle Inspector tested and Have S.D.P.O. S.P. Same as in col. 6 Nil
given adequate instruction ? supervised some apparently
suspicious cases
Have station diaries been read Are station diaries checked Same as in col. 6 Nil
and sent to S.D.P.O./S.P. Office in up and comments made?
time?
Has Inspector taken steps to Have supervision of Same as in col. 6 Nil
control them? S.D.P.O./S.P. been adequate
? Has District Crime Office
furnished adequate
materials?

1 2 3 4
32 Have investigations been made locally Same as in Col. 2 Nil
or has the S.I. looked beyond his juris
diction and given thought to possibly
connected crime in other stations ?
33 Fine warrant register Check references to receipt See P.M.R. 294. Moreover as per Rule 31 (b of
cheque number in the case of Criminal Court Rules the entries in the thana
executed warrants. Comment on register regarding realisation of fines imposed
unexecuted and pending warrants in other districts, or in a subdivision of the
same district should be compared with the
entries of fine warrants in the Court Police
office and the D.M.'s cash book once a year
34 Process Register Whether Ws/A. and processes Has comparison of the register been done
have been registered within due between Court/P.Ss
dates?
35 Building, land etc., whether any addition Whether P.S. boundary pillars are Same as in Col. 2
necessar correct and there is no
encroachment? Whether
Malkhana and Jajat are secure
and commodious?
36 Government property, Revolvers and Check G.P. list and Government Check G.P. list and Government arms issued to
Muskets if any at various posts. Note arms issued to officers. officers.
fresh requirements, repairs and replace
ment of articles fit for condemnations.
37 Police Gazette, C.I. Gazette, etc. Whether these are carefuly Same as in Col. 3
Whether lists of recovered/stolen prop studied and understood? Whether
erties are kept under proper classifica police order books and manuals
tions ? are promptly corrected?
38 Orderly Room. Nil Nil

맀◌֯
39 Railway and Bus warrants. Are these Is every issue entered in the Same as in Col 2 for all officers, S.P. is to
kept under lock and key ? Are the signa Station Diary quoting warrant destroy the used counter-foils of Railwa\
tures of officers receiving the warrants numbers? Have all warrants been warrants after one year at the time of
obtained on the counterfoils and cross checked to ensure that the books inspection
reference of Station Diary given ? are intact and numbers
consecutive ?
40 Adequacy of forms, stationery. Check if Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 2
there is unnecessary accumulation of
blank registers and forms.
41 Book of command certificates to be Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 2
checked up and also use of special mes-
senger,
42 Use of Handcuffs. See Rules 241 562. Is discretion exercised wisely in Same as in Col. 3
subjecting prisoners to handcuffs
and are the orders on the matter
obeyed?
43 Complaints Are there too many complaints Have prompt enquiries been made vide Rule 50
against thana staff ? Some
officers of other departments are
to be examined.
44 Malkhana register: Special check is to be Are exhibits kept neatly year-wise Same as in Col. 2 and3, Has malkhana arms
made of arms and valuables kept there. with serial numbers ? Check register been kept up to date and arms sent to
Verification of items with register to be whether it is written up to date Gun Factory, Monghyr, etc.
made and items are disposed off
regularly?

5 6 7 8
Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2 Nil
Nil Nil Nil Nil
Whether S.D.P.O. has
Has Inspector checked that if these personally checked the
Ws/A. are not executed, the execution reports of
grounds are genuine. Nil Nil
notorious absconders in
grave crimes? Same as in
Col. 2
Check the building project files
Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2 and stages of construction. Same as in Co.. 7
Check G.P. list and

Check G.P. list and arms,
comment if there is any
ammunition of Circle reserve, if Same as in Co.. 6 Same as in Co.. 6
purchase of costly furniture
any.
for office or residence
Same as in Col. 3(Whether these
Same as in Col. 3 Same as in Col. 3
are read and explained to staff.) Same as in Col. 7
Whether held? Same as in Col.2. Check if Same as in Col. 6 and if orders

items are disposed of timely. issued are in order? Any variation Same as in Col. 5
in delinquency,
Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2

맀◌֯
Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2 Same as in Co.. 2z`
Has Inspector ever checked escort Has S.D.P.O. taken even
parties during Court hours to Nil Nil
ensure this ? casual interest for observance
of the P.M. Rules ?
Has commandant taken
steps to ensure that armed
Has the conduct of Inspector been Has S.D.P.O. looked onto Has S.P. taken due interest in units sent for Government
impartial? Has he reported against the serious complaints or making some enquiries himself? duties do not accept
defaulters? merely endorsed it to Circle Are the registers maintained and hospitality from
private
inspector? statements submitted? persons?
Has Inspector checked that

-naikhana items are disposed of Have Malkhana statements been Nil
timely? Whether suspicious Same as in Col. 5 received timely?
rroperly recovered is compared
rainst items of stolen property ?

APPENDIX
1 2 3 4
45 Departmental proceedings Has any thana officer been under too many Same as in Col. 3
proceedings?
46 Summary of work, Tour diary Are personal diaries submitted timely and contain Has each A.P.P. maintained
personal diary etc. useful details ? Is any one frequently reporting sick ? register of cases conducted by
him? Comment on each.
47 Village Visitation Has S.I. visited villages as per P.M. Rule 41(9)? Nil
48 Discipline Comment on the discipline maintained and Same as in Col. 3.
exercised by Officer-in-charge over his
subordinates at the P.S. and the measure of
control.
49 Chaukidari Act.—Check on the Have reports on Epidemics been promptly given Nil
working of the Act at the P.S. and at P.Ss? Have apprehensions of land dispute
in the mufassil. been promptly attended to ?
50 Receipt and Despatch Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 3
regiser.—Account
of service stamp. Is pendency
large?
51 Nil
Records.—Whether old records
have Same as in Col. 2
been destroyed according to rule?
Whether records and registers are
prop
erly kept?
52 Gun licence register Whether those who have not renewed their licence Nil
have been served with notice ?
맀◌֯
53 Cash account.—(a) Whether cash Whether vouchers ofmoney sent to court are Have these been properly
balance is correct? Whether available? Whether P.D. Bills are sent regularly checked?
amounts have been disbursed and reimbursed promptly ?
promptly ?
54 Grievances and personal All thana officers should be told at the end of Same as in Col. 2
interview inspection, their defects. This is to be recorded
in Inspection note. Their grievances if any are to
be heard patiently.

5 6 7 8
Nil Nil Has S.P. maintained grip Same as in Col.7
over the proceedings and got
these expedited ? Have
orders been passed
appropriately ?
Has Inspector submitted
Same as in Col.5 Check if
personal diary timely? Has he
touring is adequate Same as in Col. 6 Same as in Col. 6
kept C.L. account properly
without detriment to
for those who report sick?
office work
Has S.P. visited the
Whether Inspector and vulnerable areas of the
S.D.P.O. are visiting crime district and met some
Same as in Col. 5
affected unions to gather persons of the area to form Nil
intelligence? an opinon as to how the
Police administration in run
in the district?
Same as in Col 3 Applies
Same as in Col. 3
to all the posts in their Same as in Col. 6 Same as in Col. 6
charge.
Have S.D.P./S.P. heard
the rural Police at
Has Inspector given adequate the time of their
Same as in Col. 6 Nil
attention to rural Police ? inspections and taken
steps to redress their맀◌֯
grievances ?
Nil Nil Nil Nil
Check Acquittance rolls,
Whether T.A. being vouchers, Abstracts and
drawn promptly ? necessity of expenditure. If
Same as in Col. 7
Nil Whether statement of Budget estimates properly
expenditure sent to S.P.? prepared, Check Cash
Balance Certificate and other
registers
Same as in Col. 2 This may
Same as in Cols 2 and
be recorded for Dy.
Same as in Col. 2 Same as in Col. 2 7
S.P/Inspector.

Special points for S.P./Commandant's Office
(a) Personnel Section
(1) Whether Service Books maintained properly?
(2) Whether leave account in S.B. checked by a Gazetted Police Officer?
(3) Leave and connected register, posting and transfer orders, increments, pension, papers, muster
roll are to be checked.
(4) Parade statement.
(5) Musketry Practice register.
(6) Arms register.
(7) Clothing register.
(8) Committee book.
(9) Disposition register.
(b) Transport Section
(1) Maintenance and upkeep of vehicles.
(2) Petrol statement sent to A.I.-G. or not and whether economy exercised on this?
(3) Whether Bills for private use of police vehicles are regularly being recovered?
(c) General Correspondence
鍐◌
֮
(1) Correspondence with higher formations on policy matter to he checked. Are these left to
headquarters Dy. S.P./A.S.P?
(2) Whether replies to Assembly/Parliament questions are sent timely and on all points
(3) Whether proposal for retention of temporary posts have been sent direct to D.I.-G. in time with
a copy to I.-G. requesting him to send his recommendations to I.G.- so that the sanction may be
included in the second revised Budget?
(4) Whether verification of character and antecedents of recruits to Government services done
expeditiously?
(5) Defect Register/Index to punishment register etc.
(d) Accounts:
(1) Acquittance rolls.
(2) Cash account certificate.
(3) Cash book.
(4) Vouchers, whether defaced or not at the time of passing a hill or payment order.
(5) Accountant's memorandum.
(6) GP.F. cardex.

(e) (1) Police hospital sanitation.
(2) Indoor patient register.
(3) Diet register.
(4) Committee register
(f) Establishment
(1) Whether recruitment being done timely?
(2) Training of probationary S.Is./A.S.P. and of recruits are to be seen by S.P. regularly.
(3) Training classes of constables (P.M. Appx. 35).
(g) Welfare work.
N.B.—For Bihar Sashastra Police Units. See also B.S.P. Appendix No. 8.
맀◌֯
P.M.-III—22
. .

APPENDIX 77
INSPECTION OF PLACE OF OCCURRENCE
(RULE 176, APPX. 78, CH. 42)
1. (a) A scene of crime can be recorded by—

(i) noting its detailed description accurately and precisely in the case diary;
(ii) taking its photographs; and
(iii) drawing a plan or sketch supplemented by explanatory notes appended to it.
(b) Scene of crime should necessarily, be recorded in case diary. But a sketch or photo is useful in giving great details,
where required.
The sketch by itself may not be sufficient as the I.O. may miss certain essential points or may not attach importance to
some which may assume importance later. Therefore a few photographs of the P.O. from different angles and positions can
serve as a better record of the state of things.
(c) A sketch and a photo are each relevant under Section 9, Evidence Act provided in case of Photo, the negatives are
also preserved and in either case, the photographer and plan drawer shall have to depose that all connected processes were
gone through by him. It is, therefore, necessary that they are cited as witnesses.
2. (a) According to "doctrine of exchange" a person committing a crime at a certain place would naturally transfer some
material to the spot or bear them with himself. Thus, a minute observation of scene of crime can trace a criminal from the traces
left by him.
(b) It is important that clues at the spot are not destroyed by the inmates of the house, or by curious onlookers or even by
the I.O. himself. The services of Gram Panchayats and rural ֮ police are to be utilised from time to time to educate the public in
鍐◌
preserving the P.O. Arrangements for properly guarding the P.O. have to be made by the I.O.
3. (a) If the P.O. is indoors, i.e., if the scene of crime is in a specified area like a room or a railway carriage the search is to be
conducted in a definite order, clockwise or anti-clockwise. The door may be taken as a starting point and the I.O. should move
either in a clock 'I i-clockwise manner, revolving round the centre and the roof and the walls to cover the entire space.
(b) If the P.O. is outdoors, that is, when the scene of crime is in an open and wide area, a team, of officers should be
deputed for search work. Such a team may consist of a leader and four members or more. The leader may adopt any of the
following methods of search :—
(i) Strip method.—The whole area to be covered in the search is blocked into a rectangle and the four searchers
proceed along four tracks paralled to one side each of the rectangle.
(ii) Zone method.—The entire area to be searched is blocked into a big square. The big square area is then
conveniently divided into small squares which are then assigned to searchers.
(iii) Spiral method.—The four searchers start from a point just outside the area of the crime scene and move
following each other along the path of a spiral and converging towards the centre of the scene of crime.
(iv) Wheel method.—The entire area is covered by a circle. All the searchers are made to collect at the centre and
proceed along the radius. They will repeat the process depending on the size of the circle.

4. Points to look for.— This will depend largely on the circumstances of each case. Everything that happened during the
commission of crime is to be isolated for incorporating in the description of P.O.
A few points are given below :—
Fibres and fibrous material Stains Documents Dust

1 2 3 4
1. Textiles, i.e. traces of clothing 1. Blood writing. 1. Specimens of Any form of duet ashes, soil,
including individual fibers. hand -1. sand, animal or vegetable
material, e.g., gross, seeds,
sticking to clothes, etc.
2. Human hair 2. Seminal stains Impressions
3. Hair of animal 3. Urine, saliva, sweat, Type-written
tears, sputum, etc. documents.
4. Hairs, Furs 4. Chemical substances
5. Feather, etc. 5. Paint.
6. Wood splinters, asbestos, fibres 6. Oil, grease, etc.
and fragments of various materials
of safes, papers
Marks Fire-arms Poisons Objects
1 2 3 4
1. Finger prints. Fire-arms Vomiting. In counterfeit coining cases,
metal or metal, fittings in
clothings..
2. Footprints. 2. Cartridge cases Purging. Other materials noted
in P.M. AppXv24.
3. Tool marks 3. Bullets. ⣰◌
֮ Food remnants. Metal sticks or other
igniting material in
arson cases
4. Teeth marks Wads. 3. Empty phials.
5. Tyre marks. Stray pellets. Drinking glass.
6. Mould marks on counterfeit coins Bullet marks. 5. Chemicals.
7. Articles out Signs of burning on 6. Seeds, powder,
victim and marks on etc.
clothing.
8. Marka indicating struggle Signs of burning of
Powder on hands or
sleeves of suspects
9. Filed out numbers.
10. Blotting paper, carbon etc.
5. Special characteristics in certain offences, etc.—(i) In arson cases, the fire brigade may disturb the scene of crime
but every effort should be made to reconstruct the scene as it was before the occurrence. The point of ignition should be shown
on the map.
(ii) In case of automobile accident, following points are to be looked for and should be given in the map.:— Braking and
skid marks, broken parts from vehicles, e.g., fragments of glass from headlights, chipped flakes of paints and enamels, hub
cap, door handle, evidence of dragging in clothings of deceased or injured, position of vehicles or of victims after accident and
the dimension of vehicles, width of road, natui of road surface, width and nature of the katcha portion of the road,

if visibility is obscured by hedges, fences, walls, poles, etc.. their measurements, portions of fixed objects, e.g. trees, telegraphs,
telephone and electric poles having bearing on the incident. traffic signs, gradient, i.e., slope of hill road.
(iii) In cases of murder due to rioting over land dispute the position of boundary pillars and the title to land are 10 be noted.
In most cases, the body of the victim will be the starting point for search. From this point, I.O. should work onwards in ever
widening circles, making careful examination of the floor, walls, ceiling, etc.
In cases of hanging and strangulation, the human eye may not be able to perceive the slight mark of redness on the neck
produced by the presence of soft ligature but the photography of neck may quite successfully express it.
In suicidal hanging, it may be possible to find traces of fibre from the ropes in the hands of the victim which will not he the
case of a homicidal hanging i.e., when a dead body is hung up by a rope to give it a colour of suicide. Moreover, if the beam is
examined it may show that the rope has moved up from below as the body has been hauled up after tying it in the neck. In a case
of suicide if the person slides down a rope, the fibres will be directed downwards. Moreover, I.O. is to search for letter(s), etc. in
suicide cases. Again in some homicide cases, scratches will he found in the ground and outer side of arms, on the elbow and the
feet rubbing on the ground on account of violence caused by the assailants. Again, in some cases of suicide, the person inflicts
some injuries on himself or swallows poison to kill himself but failing or finding delay ultimately hangs himself. Generally, one
knot in the ligature indicates suicide, two knots suggest homicide, three or more definitely of homicide. In case of throttling, the
impression of thumb is on one side of the front of the neck and that of four remaining fingers on the opposite side.
In case the right hand of the assailants is used, the mark of the thumb will be placed on the right side of victim and the
marks of the four fingers on the left side. In case the left hand of the assailant is used, the marks shall be opposite to this.
The mark made by the thumb shall be higher than the marks made by the fingers. The marks of different finger may also be
placed higher or lower.
The case of throttling can never be accidental. This can be a case of suicide only in cases of lunatic or in. case of persons
suffering from epilepsy. 쏠◌֯
(iv) For Railway accident cases, details are given in Appendix 79.
(v) In cases of fracture of glass, it should be kept in mind that a blow would break it along the radial lines, starting from the
point of application of force. These radial features originate on the opposite surface of the glass. The glass then begins to bend
and when the limit of elasticity is reached, the glass breaks in concentric lines. The concentric features originate on the side of
the application of the force. It is thus possible to determine whether the glass has been broken from within or without.
When window panes are broken by exposure to heat, its speciality is that characteristic wave-shape fractures are observed.
In such cases, the curved lines are very feebly developed and generally the glass splinters fall in the direction of the source of the
heat. Thus, if pieces of glass are found .on the floor of a room it may be due to fire inside. For lifting and examining it, See
Appendix 78 clause 1(b) (13).
6. A sketch map and/or photo should be prepared before a dog squad and/or a F.P. expert has been pressed into service at the
scene of crime. While making a record of inspection of P.O., I.O. should make a detailed record about time, weather conditions,
etc. In all cases, the following must be observed, i.e. the spot whence the witnesses have seen of could have seen anything and
places where traces or clues were found and where these were not found though these could be expected to be found there. The
noting of purely negative facts are not to be neglected, for on the one hand, these raay lead to positive inferences and on the other,
reassure that these were not altogether forgot-

ten. Thus, if traces of blood are mentioned as having been found in the room of murdered man; it is not sufficient merely to
enumerate these in case diary or sketch but what has not been, found must also be stated as for example, there is no bloody
water in the wash basin or any imprints of blood stained fingers or hands; or if the report concerns a search for papers of
compromise, which have not been found, it must be stated that no ash of burnt paper has been found in the fire place. In
defalcation cases, negative facts like "absence of mention of defalcated amount in hand in cash book" at the bottom is to be
noted in order that the defalcated amount is not shown in hand by subsequent interpolation.
7. General instructions for all types of sketches.—(a) (i) Give title to the map, i.e. case reference with names of parties,
date, name of the person drawing the sketch with his signature, date and time.
(b) (i) The magnetic north and not Geographical north should be shown by an arrow on the map with the help of (i)
Compass or by (it) setting an existing cadastral map of the area with the ground.
(c) If any graph paper has been used for showing pool of blood separately, it should be indicated on the plan also. For
example, if a certain number of drops of blood have dried upon a plank and these are to be depicted, then a separate graph
paper can he used to show the blood in a magnified form and the overall area can be shown separately also on another graph
paper showing the blood on this sketch map in smaller size. Use of graph paper
makes drawing of sketch map easy as given below :—
If graph paper is not readily available, I.O. can prepare one by drawing equidistant perpendicular and horizontal lines on a
piece of paper. As for the object to be put on the graph, some nails or pegs should be put at equidistant places on all its four sides
in the form of a rectangle or square and then the nails should be connected with strings without disturbing the exhibits to be
plotted. The relative positions of exhibits with the thread will help in plotting on the paper.
(d) A drop of blood striking a surface at right angles gives rise to a symmetrical star-shaped pattern of secondary spatters
completely around the resulting spot. If the drop strikes the surface at an angle other than 90 degrees,the spatter will be
disgeometrical and the spot will assure a spear shape. The effect will be heightened by greater velocity of drop and smaller
angle of incidence.
In a crime of great violence and struggle between the victim and the suspect, the blood may be expected to have a wide
distribution at the scene of offence.
(e) Punctilious accuracy of measurements is to be followed. One distance should not be measured by paces or
conventional bamboo length i.e. laggi and the other in the same sketch by measuring tape. As far as possible, all measurements
should be by proscribed tape and done by the I.O. The scale of measurements used in the map is to be indicated. The man
should not be completed by memory. It should be drawn at spot, care being taken to see that

not only correct distances are shown but also true angles of cross-roads, junctions and angles between various articles.
Measurements should be done from one or two fixed points like survey pillar, a wall, etc., but where no such fixed point is
available, it can also be done from an imaginary line by "Co-ordinate method".
(f) Anything observed by the I.O. can be shown on the map/plan but points derived from witnesses should not be plotted
therein. These can be mentioned in a separate and different annexure to the map. No plan or map is to be drawn on case diary
form but on a separate sheet of paper. Articles, marks, etc. on the map should be indicated only by alphabets like a, b, c. etc., and
details of these symbols are to be shown in the margin or bottom or in an annexure to the map. The map should be drawn
before detailed examination of all witnesses because consequent delay in such examination may disturb the exhibits, etc., on
the scene of crime. A preliminary examination of a few witnesses may be done before, drawing the map. If necessary, another
map can be drawn after examination of other witnesses also and then both the maps are to be attached with the case diary.
(g) If a photograph has been taken, the position of photographer is to be marked on the sketch
(h) When sketching large outdoor portion of a country the conventional signs used on the maps, printed by Survey of
India (Appendix 7) or those used in the cadastral maps may be used.
(i) If it is necessary to show walls, roofs, etc., i.e., when material exhibits are found on walls, roof, windows, doors, etc.
or when the sketch of interior of a room with details on the ceiling and the walls are to be shown, the "plastic cross-projection"
method is useful.
8. A aeries of photographs may be required to be taken for a full description of scene of crime as noted below:—
(a) A few extra photos giving in general a view depending on the circumstances of each case should be taken.Points of
entry, exit, flight, pursuit, etc. become important in certain cases and should be photographed for a better reconstruction of
crime.
(b) The photos of deceased, either of victim or of a criminal, should be taken showing significant aspects of the body
and its relationship to the surroundings. Additional photos of the body to facilitate identification and character of wounds may
also be necessary in such cases.
(c) Sometimes, high-powered camera and artificial illumination may be necessary in a dark room where occurrence
might have taken place. The whole area may have to be filmed.
(d) To give an accurate idea of distances, a tape may be photographed along with the other items by keeping it at
appropriate places.
• •

APPENDIX 78.
PACKING AND DESPATCH OF EXHIBITS

[RULES 167 (III). 205, 207(c), 217. 219, 272 AND CHAPTER 42.]
1. Packing.—(a) The knowledge of correct method of handling exhibits precedes the knowledge of packing them. If
handling is careless, packing becomes useless. The general rule in handling an article is to do as little as possible and to do it in
such a way as to leave the article as nearly as possible in its original conditions. At first, the I.O. is to decide how best to handle
an article in order that it does not disturb or obliterate any trace left by the person using it previously. Thus, the article should
be held only by such pails as are unlikely to have been touched by the previous user whose finger prints may be on them. Before
handling or touching or altering the position of an exhibit, a minute record in writing and if necessary, a photograph of the exact
spot where it was found h to be made. While arrangements for lifting the exhibits are being made, it is necessary to preserve
them. It may be necessary to cover with broken pitchers, etc., traces of blood/foot prints, etc., specially if they are in the open.
Thereafter, the objects should be handled one by one. The following special precautions are laid down :—
(i) A tumbler should be lifted with one finger on the rim and the thumb under the base.
(ii) A piece of broken glass should be held only by the edges.
(iii) A bottle should be lifted with one hand on the rim of the neck and the other hand under the base.
(iv) A knife or a fire-arm should be lifted with the fingers at the end of the blade and the handle.
(v) Pieces of paper, hairs and fibres should be lifted with forceps.
(vi) Charred/torn papers with still legible writings on them should be fixed on tracing paper or placed flat between two
sheets of glass of similar sizes on which a bed셠of gum can be spread. If necessary, the burnt paper may be made
◌֥
slightly damp so that it spreads easily. Such papers should be picked up with a folded piece of paper.
(vii) In case of fire-arm the packing will depend on the position of "safety catch" and cartridge case whether it was fired
or not. If the cartridge is found loaded or misfired it should be removed with as little manipulation as possible. In
no case, the trigger is to be pressed. In case of cartridge being fired and rendered harmless, the bolt or cartridge
need not be taken out as it may damage the markings on the fired cartridges in the chamber.
(viii) Similarly, tools in breaking locks or safes and pliers used for cutting wires,, must not be utilized for packing of
exhibits.
(b) The exhibits are to be sent to places as noted below :—
(i) Chemical, biological, etc. and Ballistics as per Rule 1257 to Director, Forensic Science Laboratory, Government of
Bihar, Patna-80001
N. B.— Central Government (Department of Revenue and Banking) in their memo. No. 74: F. No. 50/53/76-Ad. II, dated the 24th
September, 1976 have intimated that the following are also chemical examiners within the meaning of Section 293,
Cr.P.C:—
(1) Deputy Chief Chemist of the Customs House Laboratories at Bombay, Calcutta and Central Revenue Control
Laboratory, New Delhi and Government Opium and Alkaloid Works, Ghazipur.

(2) General Manager, New Opium and Alkaloid Works, Neemuch.
(3) Shift Chemist (Chemical Ex. Gr. II), New Opium and Alkaloid Works. Neemuch.
(4) The Assistant Chemical Examiners of Central Revenue Control Laboratory, New Delhi. Customs '
House Laboratories at Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, Cochin, Central Excise Laboratories, Baroda, Digboi
ESSO Refinery. Bombay and the Government Opium and Alkaloid Works at Ghazipur and Neemuch.
(ii) Documents are to be sent as per Appendix 25 to Director. Police Laboratory, C.I.D., Secretariat. Patna-23.
(iii) Foot prints, etc., are to be sent to Director. F.P.B., C.I.D., Patna-23.
(iv) Counterfeit coins, etc., to Mint Master, Alipore, Calcutta as per Appendix 24.
(v) Forged notes to Director, Police Laboratory in C.I.D. and then to Manager, Currency Note Press. Nasik Road,
Bombay as per Appendix 79, Clause 10.
(vi) Adulterated food stuff cases and liquor in Excise Act cases may be sent to Analyst and Excise Chemist respectively
in Public Health Laboratory, Patna-4.
(vii) Adulterated food stuff and liquor concerning police cases shall be sent to Forensic Science Laboratory. Patna.
(viii) For opinion on use of cement, sand, etc. in cases of misappropriation of building materials or evaluation of houses,
these are to be sent to National Test House, 11/1, Judges Court Road, Alipore, CaIcutta-27.
One kilogram of building construction material such as cement, concrete cement mixture, cement plaster, etc. together
with 500 gms. of sand and 500 gms. of cement which have been used to prepare the above mixture shall be sent
after keeping them in a bag. A letter should be kept in it in which full details of required tests should be given.
Scheduled fees for test of materials shall be adjusted by book transfer. For smaller projects, See P.M. Rule 1257,1(9).
(ix) Firearms and Cartridges which are of service pattern can be sent for routine examination to Reserve Armed
Inspector, headquarters unless further expert opinion is necessary from Forensic Science Laboratory, vide Rule
1257 (V)(l).
(x) Explosives.—Substances or objects, suspected of being explosives or potential explosives or unexploded bombs
shall be sent to the Controller of Explosives as per instructions in Appendix 26 after being rendered harmless for
which 1 elp of Forensic Science Laboratory Expert may also be taken. Explosives whether exploded or potential
may be sent to Forensic Science Laboratory if it does not involve risk of life. In case of doubt, the opinion of
Controller of Explosives should be taken. See Rule 1014 and clause 45 (b) of Appendix 101.
(xi) Spurious text books are sent to Text Book Committee, Education Department, New Secretariat, Patna.
(xii) For ordinary opinion on gauge of copper wire whether prohibited or not these are to be sent to S.D.O.. Telephone
or the Engineering Supervisor, P. & T (Electric Engineering Branches) as given in Appendix 79 CI. 20). For rest
See Rule 1263(a).
(xiii) For Nuclear Activation analysis. See Rule 1263(c).
2. Distinctive marks.—(a) Each mark or point on one particular article shall have a distinctive mark like A, B, C, etc.
attached to it by stitching a slip on it to signify those marks [Rule 217 (b)]. In case, stitching is not possible, it should be attached
to the article but no mark should be made on the article itself.

(b) Label.—In addition to distinctive marks mentioned above, an article when kept in a packet or box should have a label,
and the particulars of case reference, etc. should be given on it. The case number and name of the deceased or person alive should
be noted on the label.
(c) These labels do not require the signatures of witnesses. Precautions should be taken to tie the labels in such a way as
not to interfere with the examination of exhibit in the laboratory. The labels can be enclosed in transparent cellotapes. Different
articles of one case may be kept in the same jar or packet separately with separate labels on each. If there are more than one such
packet/jar then these may be sent in one box or a bigger packet unless there is possibility of any special exhibit affecting the
other. Thus, articles belonging to accused and victims in the same case should be packed separately if there is possibility of
transference of any stain from one packet to the other. Exhibits after being packed in a box, should be covered with cloth) the
ends sewed together and sewed and sealed at a distance of every third inch. A carbon copy of the forwarding letter should
invariably be kept in the parcel enabling the exhibit to be connected with the respective case, original copy of which will be gent
through special messenger. Exhibits of the case should never be utilised for covering of other exhibits.
(d) The packets should finally be sealed with the official seal of the I.O. If it is not available, it can be sealed with his private
seal also. Seal of key, button, etc., cannot be placed as per Rule 217 (h).
The seals are to be placed in such a way that the packets cannot be opened without breaking the seal. A facsimile of the
seal is to be given in the forwarding note in P.M. form No. 210 separately as noted in Rule 218 (b) (5) and before folding the
forwarding note for despatch, a small pad of cotton shall be placed over and beneath the seal to avoid its breakage. Such a seal
shall be kept safely.
(e) In case of boxes sent by rail or Registered Postal Parcel, a copy of forwarding note sent by post can be kept inside the
box [Rule 218 (a)]. In case of the latter, the Postal Receipt is to be preserved for production in Court when required.
(f) "Control Sample" should be clearly labelled as such.
偐5
3. Precautions.—(a) The packing is to be done in such a way as to counteract the possibility of the following:—
(i) Loss during transit; (ii) contamination from packing or outside sources; (iii) mechanical damage due to jolting
or crushing; and (iv) risk of damage due to leakage, explosion, ignition, etc.
(b) For liquids, clean, dry glass bottles with narrow necks and glass stoppers should be used. In case of vomit, excrement
and the like, shall be placed in clean, wide mouthed bottles or glazed jars, and after closing them withthe stoppers or some cover,
candle after being melted shall be poured on it and then covered with Plaster of Paris so that air cannot enter in it and there is no
possibility of spirit being blown off. Thereafter, the mouth shall be tied strongly after covering it with leather or rubber piece and
sealing it. A seal of the Court shall be placed on the cloth tying it if a Magistrate can be available. If a liquid substance (or solid
substance also) is seized at the spot, and no seal of the Court is available, a seal of any witness witnesses together with the seal
of the Investigating Officer shall be used. Similarly in hospital it is essential for Police Officer and the Medical Officer examining
dead body that both should give their seals on the knot tying the bottles containing substance (s).
(c) Special care should be taken to avoid the following faults:—
(i) The use of wet or dirty containers or those with distinctive smell or those having dirty or unsuitable stoppers.
(ii) In sufficient protection of glass bottles or fragile containers during transit. The glass jars and bottles/ phials if
not packed with sufficient cushion to absorb jolts and prevent rattling during transit are

likely to be smashed. It is, therefore, essential that these should be packed with jute, saw dust, etc., in a wooden
box wrapped in cloth cover and sealed.
( iii) The use of thin card-board boxes which cannot be securely closed and which are liable to be crushed in transit.
Thus, the packing material is to be of sufficient strength to withstand rough handling. Different material objects
require different types of packing materials.
(iv) The use of ordinary envelopes for sending powders Unless these are in very small quantity.
(v) The lavish use of sealing wax. If polythene bags are used for volatile substance, which are inflammable materials,
care against fire is to be taken by special messenger carrying it.
Note.— In case samples of petrol, etc. are required to be taken from dealers, two bottles of required amount shall be seized and
sealed with the seal of raiding party as well as of the dealer. One bottle shall be left with the dealer after taking receipt
from hi m and the other is to be sent to Forensic Science Laboratory. The quantity of samples which are sent for
examination of adulteration should be at least 750 mili-litres.
(d) The integrity of exhibits and "Control Samples" must be safeguarded from the moment of seizure up to the completion
of examination in the laboratory. This is best done by packing, sealing and labelling immediately. In case these are sent by
special messenger, it is necessary to prove the continuity of the integrity of the samples and messenger will have to testify in
Court that what he had received was sealed and delivered in the same condition in the laboratory and the latter must certify that
they have compared the seals and found them to be correct.
4. Toxological.—(a) ft) In cases of suspected arsenic poisoning or in cases of persons addicted to arsenic since long
cuttings from nails and hair should be forwarded in dry condition. Traces of arsenic poisoning can be found
even in disinterred bodies after several weeks.
(ii) As (far as possible, the entire stomach washing as per 薐 Rule

◌֭ 1261 (c) should be sent for examination. If this volume is
large, at least 500 mili litres should invariably be sent taking care not to omit any particle or sediment settled at the bottom.
(b) Urine, both anti and post-mortem should be preserved and sent. In veronal poisoning, etc., about 75 per cent of the
poison is excreted in the urine and much of this before death. See Note to Rule 205 (b).
(c) For collection of vomit by scrapping earth See Rule 1260 (a).
5. For cattle poisoning cases, See Rule 205(c) and RM. Form No. 214. Examination of dried cattle dung which should be
sent -without the addition of spirit, may be useful. As a matter of fact, some cattle poisons rarely require the addition of spirit
for their preservation and this should be added only when necessary. A piece of the stomach, about a pound in weight, the
reticulum and a portion of the liver (about two pounds in weight! Should be cut off and placed in a clean glazed jar or bottle
which should be chilled in ice.
Note.— Pure rectified spirit can be obtained on permit from Excise Commissioner, Patna. Care should be taken that no vessel
containing fluid matter is quite filled and that bottles containing viscera with rectified spirit should not be more than
three quarters filled 80 that the viscera may be well shaken with spirit during transit.
6. Chemical.—Where the sample is alkaline liquid such as solution of caustic soda or caustic potash, a glass stopper is
unsuitable and should be replaced by an accurately fitting rubber of plastic stopper. Care must be taken to avoid the use of
stopper fitted with internal discs of metal foil in the case of acids and of stoppers fitted, with rubber, disc in the case of
substances-such as petrol, benzine, chloroform, or paraffin.

. Packing for Biological Examination.—(a..) In case of moist stains of blood, a small portion of it should be cut out from
stained area and placed in a test tube, to which normal saline (0.9 per cent Sodium Chloride Solution)should be added. The
same should be stoppered and sent to the laboratory.
If blood is found in large quantities, transfer the blood with a clean eyedropper to a clean test tube with 1/5th vol. of
normal saline and close with a stopper.
(b) If semen stain is found in a moist condition remove as much seminal fluid as possible milking into a test tube. Add
distilled water just to cover fluid, put a stopper on the tube and send to laboratory. If this is not possible the procedure given in
(c) below is to be followed.
(c) These should be dried thoroughly and as rapidly as possible even by exposing them to sun, not directly but in shade
and by avoiding artificial heating. A note should be made as to the slate when found (e.g. whether blood noticed in fluid stage
or after clotting). Then the garments should be folded so as to place the stains as fiat as possible after covering them and stitching
with sheets of paper or cotton in such a way that unstained portions of clothing do not get contaminated by stained portion. If
the cloth is folded or twisted on the stained portions, the stains being brittle, may fall out or in case of semen, the spermatozoa
may lose their shape. In cases of exhibits that become brittle on drying, these should be carefully packed in cotton wool without
folding before being placed in a wooden box.
When an article is damp at the time of despatch it should be covered with wax cloth. Rule 219(2)(c).
In cases of death from shooting the tissues which require to be examined for traces of lead should be sent in leadfree
containers. A specimen of the unaffected tissues from the same body should also be sent, if possible. Pieces of tissues for
microscopical examination should not be more than V*n thick and be placed in a 10 per cent solution of Formalin in normal
saline (Formal saline) or in Zenker's solution.
8. Stained areas on articles of furniture and permanent fixtures
Ṡ֮◌ like doors and windows should be cut out with the help of
a carpenter if necessary, care being taken not to disturb the stains. These cuttings are to be uniform and of thin shavings and cut
by chisel and each has to be packed separately.
In case of furniture, if the Investigating Officer feels that-he is not able to tell which is a blood stain and which is not, he
should send the entire article.
9. (a) In case of blood stains on plaster or dried mud, all the dried blood crusts and the plaster or soil just, underneath, the
stain lifted in the same way as in Rule 1260 are to be sent after keeping in a clean soft paper or cellophane envelope but care
should be taken to avoid breaking the earth crust by rough handling. Clods of earth can also be packed carefully in cotton wool
or polythene bags. About one pound of well stained earth is ample for examination, An equal quantity of stain free earth is also
to be sent as "Control Sample'', Any worm or insect in the earth must be removed.
(b) As noted in Rule 219(2)(a), blood on hard surfaces should not be rubbed or moistened. [See Rule 1262(a)].
However, a clean scalpel may be used to scrap blood .from the surface and then keep it in a packet or put in a test tube
with distilled water. In case of polished surface like glazed tiles permanently fixed on the floor etc., it can be removed by
moistening a small one inch square of white., unstarched cotton fabric such as an old handkerchief with either distilled water or
physiological saline (0.9 per cent solution of sodium chloride) and slowly rubbing the stain off on to this. This fabric should be
allowed to dry at room temperature before being sent for examination.
(c) In case of dry leaves, it should be embedded in a mass of plasticine with stained side projecting uppermost: It should
be sent packed in a pill box with dry cotton and then in a large box to prevent crumbling off the stains.

(d) If blood is found on a person or animal, moisten a clean piece of blotting paper or white fabric, 2 or 3 inches square
with salt solution (two teaspoonful of common salt in a quarter of water) and allow this to lie on the stain until the paper or
cloth is stained. Dry it in normal atmosphere and pack as before.
10. Clipping of pubic hair, which should be clipped close to skin, having seminal stains may be sent as they are after
drying in air in shade and wrapped in papers and packed in an envelope [See CI. 15(e)]. Swabs are used for lifting semen from
vaginal canal provided the victim agrees to medical examination as per Rule 215(b). These may be sent after proper drying. From
the other parts of body, seminal stains may be either scrapped by means of scalpel or may be lifted with a swab soaked in a saline
solution. These should be dried before sending to laboratory. Slides prepared from vaginal and cervical swab should be dried
and wrapped separately in a paper.
11. Control Sample.—(a) It is the standard material seized at any scene of crime from near the place of find of the physical
cine, for eliminating the matters unassociated and unconnected with the crime and physical clue.
(b) Blood samples may be taken out from the body of victim or accused provided that person has given consent in
writing before a Magistrate (Rule 215).
(c) The control sample can be sent in the manner given below :—
(i) Blood from living persons (victims or accused) (about 0.25 cubic centimeter) should be dried on chemically pure
filter paper. The blood is to be dried quickly but not in the sun. An unstained part of the filter paper should also
be sent.
(ii) About 0.5 cubic centimeter of clear serum is to be taken from a. test-tube in which blood (about 3 cubic
centimeter) has been allowed to clot under sterile conditions without disturbing the contents.
(iii) About 5 cubic centimeters of 5 per cent suspension of red blood cells in saline. In the alternative, 0.5 ex., of
serum turbid with red blood cells is taken after
薐◌֭ shaking the contents of the tube, the clear serum having been
removed.
(iv) Even a thick drop of blood sample taken on chemically pure filter paper as in (i) above and dried in the shade
would be sufficient.
(d) If liquid blood is to be sent, it should be sent in a sterile (auto clave) bottle in the refrigerator and pent to the laboratory
immediately. It must not be kept long at room temperature. If refrigeration is not possible, a piece of cloth soaked in the blood
and dried properly is much more suitable than liquid blood in a bottle.
(e) A separate label is required for "Control Sample" so that it is not confused with exhibits. A stain free portion,
clearly marked as "Control", for each item should also be sent but labelled separately.
12. Physical Examination (Rule 1263).—(a) Dust can be collected directly on a filter paper by means of a vacuum
cleaner and soil can be lifted by a spatula or spoon. Superfluous materials like stone chips, drug leaves, etc. should not be
mixed.
(b) For small samples of dry materials.—Clean labelled envelopes can be used provided these can be sealed in a manner
so that contents dc not spill out and get contaminated. For samples of dust and powder clean test tubes with well fitting stoppers
are suitable.
(c) Bigger objects like glass articles, stone slabs, metal pieces, etc. can be sent safely packed in suitable wooden crates.
(d) Fragments of broken glass should be embedded in plasticine as noted in clause 9(c).
Note.— Other exhibits available in minute quantities can be sent in folded filter papers, i.e. dirt, soil particles, metal fragments,
paint flakes, scrapping under the nails, wood fragments, paste, plaster etc.

13. Ballistics Examination (Rule 1264).- {a) The inside of the fired empty cartridges sent for ascertaining use of suspected
weapon, can be marked by the Investigating Officer for identification as described in Appendix 79,Clause B(i) (g). In addition
to this, card containing signatures of witness/witnesses and of the Investigating Officer should be tagged as noted in clause 3
(b).
(b) Live cartridges (including misfired) should be labelled by tagging a card as described in sub-clause (a) above except
that the inside of the cartridge cannot be marked. These can be marked on the outside of the cartridge. The percussion caps of
both fired and live cartridges must be protected against rust by applying grease to prevent damage of surface and straitions.
The live cartridge can also be sent in envelopes duly marked and sealed using separate envelopes for each cartridge.
(c) The fired bullets if recovered and sent should be marked at the bottom and not on surfaces, and sent duly protected in
cotton wool in marked envelopes. If more than one bullets have been recovered, each should be packed in separate envelope
duly marked. Shots and pellets are too small to permit individual markings and therefore, these should be sent in separate
boxes bearing markings.
(d) While sending muzzle loading guns, the percussion cap, powder, pots and wads should be taken out and packed in
paper with identifying marks.
14. For burnt or charred papers, see clause l(a)(vi). In case of forged notes or documents care should be taken that the
papers are not folded unnecessarily [See Appendix 25, Clause 8 (c)].
15. Medico Legal.—(a) Sprinkling of common salt freely underneath and all over the dead body and not exposing the
body to the sun may help in preventing further rapid decomposition while sending it for post mortem examination. Another
method is to sprinkle with formalin, diluted to 10 per cent and to soak the body with strong solution of chloride of lime in
water. If the distance of mortuary is too long, it should be sprinkled with the dry powder of chloride of lime or with carbolic
powder but care should be taken to see that the body is saved from flies and is sent by a fast conveyance. See also Rule 207(c).
薐◌֭
(b) In the case of parts of a human body, immersion in spirit may be useful except in cases as noted in Rule 219(2)(b)
and instruction No. 23 in P.M. Form No. 40.
(c) For carrying dead bodies by train, instructions are given in paragraph 801,I.R.C.A. Coaching Tariff No. 21, part 1
according to which a corpse will not be conveyed by train unless (a) it is securely kept in airtight coffin and (b) accompanied
by a Registered medical practitioner's certificate showing that death has not been caused by an infectious disease. Some
responsible person on payment of fare must accompany the body. For carrying dead bodies suffering from cholera, etc. a
separate wagon in goods train is to be provided and in no case this is to be kept in a Brake Van or passenger compartment. (RM.
Form No. 226).
16. Bones taken from partly burnt bodies are to be packed without fracturing them. Before packing them, it may be useful
if the M.O. and I.O. jointly see the location of different bones at scene of recovery [Rule 207 (a) (iii)].
17. Finger prints of dead persons.—(a) Skins from the fingers of criminals are to be taken out by doctor as given in Rule
272 and sent in separately numbered envelopes. Before the finger skins are taken out, these should be washed with alcohol and
Benzine or methylated spirit as soon as a dead body is found. In case the fingers are greasy or oily, these are to be washed
with Ether. Where fingers are too dirty they should be gently washed with cloth dipped in warm water.
If there is rigidity in the fingers or wrists, their joints should be bent repeatedly until they become sufficiently flexible. In
case of difficulty, ink may be applied directly to the fingers with a rubber roller and the prints taken by holding a paper fixed on
a stout cardboard. Small pieces of paper 2" x 2" mav also be pressed over the inked fingers

and pasted over the finger print slip in proper columns. If the fingers cannot be rendered pliable, it may be possib . to take the
prints with the help of the "Curved spoons". See also the book "The Finger Print in Scotland Yard Mr. Cheril.
Taking of finger print with the help of curved spoon.
(Diagram No. 1)
(b) If the finger (and its skin) appear too much distorted and dried up, its partial boiling in hot water will facilitate taking
of finger prints.
If the shrinkage does not disappear, keep the fingers or hands immersed in a dilute solution of Sodium Hydroxide (1
to 3 per cent) for a short time and then dip the hands or fingers in warm water. This is advised when shrinkage is not so
apparent that keeping the fingers for a long time in Sodium Hydroxide may destroy the ridges
(c) Even after this, if the prints are not found adequately clean and decipherable, the medical officer holding post mortem
examination should be requested that the distalmost phalanges of the fingers should be cut as fol
lows:—:
(i) Make an incision across the middle part of the middle phalanx to cut the skin through and through.
薐◌֭
(ii) Dissect out the skin (actually separate it) from the underlying tissue (just as a cap may be taken off the head) either
by averting the skin or by making two or one clean lateral slits. Note that this separation of the skin should be
carried out only upto the distal interphalangeal joints.
(iii) Cut across the distal interphalangeal joint without damaging the skin, i.e., from under the separated skin [as
mentioned in (ii) above] and thus have an intact distal phalanx with its overlying skin undamaged and thus
also have the distal half of the skin of middle phalanx dangling from its base (like a hollow tube plugged
distally by the distal phalanx).

(iv) Suture the cut ends tightly by close-set, catgut or silk thread to close the hollow tube of skin behind the distal
phalanx.
(d) It would be advisable to take fresh prints of the separate digits just before putting them in preservative solution
(This will be the second set of finger prints).
(e) (i) When the specimen is bottled, the finger tips only should be placed in a separate container properly that is in
labelled containers. None of the containers should have in it any other part of the dead body
preserved.
(ii) The separated part is to be put in preservative solutions which is to be prepared at follows :-
Ten per cent solution of Formaline in normal saline. The latter will consist of sodium chloride, 0.85 grams in distilled
water 100 c.c. The above Formaline will be commercial Formaline (40 per cent) of which 22 c.c. is to be taken
and added to 75 c.c. of normal saline as prepared above.
(f) When body is partially decomposed.—(i) Severe the fingers (through M. O.) and keep them in properly labelled
bottles containing saline solution (strong) Here, use of formal dehyde is not advocated. Then clean the fingers with xylene or
soap and water but the operator should be careful not to destroy the ridges by destroying the upidermal layer of the skin. Then
take the prints. If necessary, continue the process of hardening and softening asadvised earlier.
(ii) If the shrinkage cannot be overcome, damp the fingers pressing hard the roller on them. For plastic regeneration of
digital extremities when skin is shrunk but no; decomposed :—
Inject glycerine or air (between 1 and VA c.c.) with a Hypodermic Syringe in the subcutenous layer of skin. One puncture
should be made on the top of the finger and one below the end of the phalange. When the skin has become fulbons (like a
bulb) seal off then two small punctures with the use of scotch tape otherwise the glycerine or air will escape. Then take the
prints.
셠◌֥
(g) If the body is floating in water, the skin from fingers may be peeled and kept in spirit or alcohol.
(h) As soon as the specimen is received at the Finger Print Bureau, the finger-prints should be again recorded. This will
be the third set of finger prints.
18. Some methods of packing articles containing finger prints are given herewith. If these articles carry blood stains or
contain other substances, these can be packed in the same manner.
When the article on which a finger print is found is portable, it should be securely and carefully packed before despatch
to the Finger Print Bureau. It is most essential to ensure that no damage is caused to the print in packing or transit either through
careless handling or by friction from the packing materials. In deciding on the method of packing, the Investigating Officer
should ask himself the question whether the method chosen is adequate to prevent the obliteration of the print and/or damage
to the article in packing or transit. Each article should be packed separately.
In packing the material objects, always use. if possible, screws instead of nails and make use of instruments given in
Investigation Box.
(a) Candle.—As marks on candles are generally useless unless impressed into the little trouble need be taken in packing.
The candle may be safely wrapped in cotton wool and enclosed in a wooden box. It is however better

If candle is putbetween two boards horizontally and sent in the
manner given in diagram
(b) Bottle.—There are several ways of packing a bottle. In

every case, there should be no difficulty in securing the
neck-end of the bottle. A screw through the end of the box
into the cork will do this.
Method 1.—The bottom of the bottle is secured by the means
of four corks which are stuck to the bottom of the box by
means of sealing wax. The corks will adhere in a surprising
manner provided the wood is slightly roughened. Two corks
are first fixed to the bottom, the bottle is placed in position
and then the remaining two corks are fixed. All the four
corks must touch the bottle. Tapering corks as shown in
diagram No. 3 should be used, as this ensures that the point 䜀-
of contact between the corks and the bottle is reduced to the
minimum.
Method 2.—The ends of the bottle are inserted into the holes
made in two thick pieces of wood, and a thin piece of wood
is fixed across the outside of each opening to prevent the
article from passing through. The two pieces are then
screwed to a base board which again is screwed to the base of
a wooden box. See diagram No. 5.

(c) Knife : Method 1.—A shallow box, slightly less in length than the knife is all that is required for packing of this article. The
knife is inserted diagonally as shown in diagram No. 6.
Method 2.—The knife is battened down to a piece of wood and held in place by string or cord as shown diagram No. 7. The
cord is passed over such parts of the knife which do not possess latent prints.
(Diagram No. 7)
Method 3.—A knife can also be sent after packing horizontally into two flat perpendicular boards as given in diagram No. 8.
(Diagram No. 8)
(d) Firearms.—A twine is passed over the knurled grip and at the muzzle end near the front sight where no latent prints are
present. See diagram No. 9.
P.M.-III—23

(e) Tumbler or Drinking Glass.—Four thin nails are driven through a piece of plywood so that the bottom of the glass
or tumbler just fits into the space bounded by the nails. Again four nails are driven through another piece of plywood according
to the diameter of the top portion of the glass or tumbler. The space formed by the four nails thus encloses the top portion of the
glass or tumbler. In order to prevent the glass from falling, the plywood covers are held in place by fine wire or twine from the
top piece to the bottom piece of wood as shown in diagram No. 10.
(f) Electric bulb.—Fix to a base board larger than the diameter of the bulb, an electric lamp holder of the "screw-on"
type. The bulb, can then be fitted into the holder as shown in the figure below. The base board can then be screwed to the inside
of a box of convenient size as shown in diagram No. 11.
19. Method of packing Foot-print.—(a) Different methods of making casts of footprint by Plaster of Paris,
molten wax, etc., are given in P. M. Appendix 23.
(b) A foot-print cast is brittle. The cast should be kept in wooden box on strips of small pieces of soft wood and then
covered with cotton wool and paper cuttings or with saw dust. On the cover of the box, words "top" and "bottom" should be
written so that the box is not overturned unnecessarily.
20. List of important instruments in an investigation box is given below. Where "Iodine fuming gun" is kept
in the box the Iodine Crystals should be kept separately out of the box to prevent damage to other instruments.
These 'items' are useful for packing the exhibits also.—
In the LID Compartment:
1 Powder brushes Two pieces.
2 Clamping boards, 30 x25 cms Two pieces.

3 Ditto, of size 28 x 23 cms. Two pieces.
4 Ditto, of size 25 x 20 cms. Two pieces.

5 Graph papers Two sheets
6 Cellophane sheets, 25 x 23 cms. . 6 pieces.
7 Cellophane envelopes, 12.5 x 10 cms. 6 pieces.
8 Brown craft paper 1 sheet.
9 Manilla envelopes 6 pieces.
10 White paper. 24 sheets..
11 Brass edged scale, 30 mms. One piece.
In the Tray:
1 Magnifying glass One piece
2 Grey powder, in bakelite screw cap bottle. One piece.
3 Black powder, Ditto One piece.
4 Stout twine One reel.
5 White tape 붰 ֲ◌ One reel.
6 Lacquered copper wire, reel One piece.
7 Tongs. N. P. Size 15 cms. One piece.
8 Scalp One piece.
9 Clamp brass with bolt and nut 4 pieces.
10 Forceps, size 12.5 cms. 1 piece.
11 Glass cutting knife 1 piece.
12 Penknife 1 piece.
13 Torch bulb 1 piece.
14 Screwdriver 1 piece.
15 Scissors 1 piece.

16 Soap, with soap case 1 piece.
17 Towel 1 piece.
18 Hand glove 1 piece.
19 Two cells Torch light 1 piece.
Under the Tray:
1 Measuring tape, steel, 2 metres 1piece,
2 6Plaster of Paris (Kg. packing) 1 kg.
3 Specimen tubes, F.B. 9x2 cms. 2 pieces.
4 Drawing pin. brass 1 BOX
5 Filter paper 1 box
6 Torch light cells (spare) 2 pieces
7 Sealing wax, stick 薐◌֭ 1 piece
8 Plasticine, 225 gms. 1 packet
9 Pencil 1 pieces
10 Linen tape, 1 metre 1 pieces
11 Finger print kit box, containing following:—
Inking Roller 5 cms. 1 pieces
Inking slab 1 pieces
Thumb Impression ink 1 pieces

APPENDIX 79
INVESTIGATION
(RULE 167)
GENERAL
A. The foremost principle is to remember that conclusions are to be arrived at different stages of investigation from patent facts as
they are found during investigation and the I.O. is not to form an opinion from accidental statements of almost no significance and often
purely hypothetical from which he may find difficult to get rid of
B. (i) The detection in any case is based on following data :—
(a) Obvious knowledge attributable to the criminals.
(b) Motive.
(c) Opportunity.
(d) Time of Operation.
(e) Dress and Descriptive Roll of the criminals.
(f) Their dialect.
(g) Implements used.
(h) Nature of violence used.
(i) Nature of articles stolen or aimed at.
(j) Mode of arrival and retreat by the criminals.
薐◌֭
(ii) Probable physical causes that may be associated with different forms of crime and instructions for drawing the sketch and
taking of photo of scene of crime are given in Appendix 77. The methods of packing exhibits are given in Appendix 78. The form of
summons for calling a person for evidence is P.M. Form No. 143.
C. Regarding use. of dog squad and identity kit, see Appendix 83 and Appendix 21, clause 10 respectively.
I. MURDER AND UNNATURAL DEATHS.
(Rule 199)
(1) Legal aspect.—(i) Lawful homicide includes cases falling under the General Exceptions (Sections 76 to 92andl00,I.P.C).
(ii) Unlawful homicide includes—
(a) culpable homicide not amounting to murder (Section 299);
(b) murder (Section 300).
Causing the death of a child in mother's womb is not homicide if it is done with the consent of the mother and after taking opinion
of two doctors independently when there had been a failure of contraceptive or ill health of mother and it is then a case of medical
termination of pregnancy. In cases not covered above, causing death of a, :hild in the mother's womb is not homicide but is a case of
criminal abortion or miscarriage.
In case of discovery of the dead body of a new born child which appears to be a case of murder, the medical officer is to be
consulted for opinion on whether the child was still-born or born alive.
(iii) Rash and negligent homicide (Section 304-A). (iv) Abetment
of suicide (Sections 305 and 306,1.P.C.).

An insane person who might have committed a crime in lucid interval is to be kept under observation for the M.O. to form
a definite opinion.
(2) (a) For recording dying declaration (Rule 169) with a tape recorder if possible, dis-internment of dead bodies
[Section 176(3), Cr.P.C], deaths in Police custody [Rules 203(6)], death of foreigners [Rule 203(a)]. un - dentified dead
bodies (Rule 272 and Appx. 78 clause 17), holding P.M. exam. [Rules 203(h), 207, Section 174(3 Cr.P.C. and P.M. Form
No. 40] and for sending its report (Rule 209), sending viscera (Rule 216), instructions are given already.
In P.M. Form No. 38 (Inquest) Col. 10, where an I.O. cannot come to a correct finding on the face of it as M the cause of
death, it is advisable to leave it to the M.O. for a finding. In dead body challan (P.M. Form No. 39). a brief history of the case
is to be noted but it should be ensured that important data or details are not missed.
(b) A requisition should accompany the Dead Body Challan for preservation of viscera in all suspicious cases and in cases
of victims being unidentified. This would not, of course, be necessary in regard to the victims or" accidents, serious rioting,
fatal assault on the spur of the moment, indisputably accidental deaths due to falls, etc. It has, however, to he borne in mind
that there may be cases where murders have been committed in various way.- and body subjected to look like accidents, e.g.,
thrown on the road to be crushed by passing vehicle, or railway track to be torn to pieces by the running train.
(c) See Rule 203 for unnatural deaths. However, in the event of occurrences like air raids, earthquake, flood, epidemic,
etc., when casualties are heavy, it will be difficult for the police themselves to conduct investigations in all such cases under
Section 174(i), Cr.P.C. In such cases, separate inquest is to be held for each body involved in the catastrophe though one report
is to be submitted for all such dead bodies.
(d) First of all the victim is to be examined to make sure that death has actually occurred. In case of slightest suspicion
of there being life, help from a doctor should be obtained at once.
(3) Wounds.—(a) Fracture of rib or any bone may  beֶ◌ detected on X-ray and where evidence is found of an assault of
that nature and no opinion of doctor has been given, the doctor may be requested for the same.
(b) The difference between incised and lacerated wounds is given in Medical Jurisprudence and police office- should also
know that sometimes wounds on bony prominences with blunt weapons like split bamboo may pro duce an wound similar to
an incised wound. The lacerations are minute and may be seen with a pocket lens carefully.
(c) Injuries to internal organs without any external appearance may be found on liver, spleen, etc. For example passing of
a cart wheel or a motor car wheel over the abdomen may leave no marks of external injury on the abdominal walls on account
of its yielding nature.
(d) Gun shot wounds.—When a bullet is lodged inside the body, there is only one wound of entrance and the other wound
of exit' is absent. When fired from a close range say within 6 feet, the wound of entrance shows charring of skin, singering
of hair and tattooing of the margins. Rifle wounds are much more extensive than shot guns even if a bullet is used in the latter
case. The exit wound of a rifle shot is so big and extensive that it cannot be mistaken.
The distance from which a firearm was fired can be judged as follows :-
(i) Scorching, blackening, tattooing, singering and one single injury known as 'rat hole' are seen in case of shot guns
when the distance is from near contact to about 4 feet. The distance also may be further determined from cone
of dispersal, location of empty cartridge, felt wad, etc., by a ballistics expert

(ii) If a light revolver is used for suicide, it may be found firmly held in the hand due to cadaveric spasm but in a
case of murder, the weapon is generally not left at the scene of crime unless it has been dropped.
(4) Infanticide.—See P.M. Form No. 40. instructions in clause 22 and Rule 205(f)(iii)-Legally, there is no distinction
between homicide and infanticide. Common methods of latter are (i) Asphyxia-Suffocation, throttling, etc., (ii) immersion
of child's mouth and nostrils in milk or pressing it with the breast (an easy method) or cutting the cord and either not tying
it at all or not tying it properly which causes it to die. If the alleged mother is traced out, she should also be sent to the
medical jurist for finding out if there are signs of recent delivery in her and whether the period of puerperium falls within
ex-trauterine age of the child.
(5)Death from violent asphyxia.—(a) Homicidal hanging vrs. suicidal hanging—See Appendix 77, clause 5 (iii) and
Rule 205 (d)
(b) Suicidal poisonings vrs. Homicidal poisoning.
As given in inspection of P.O., Appendix 78,1.O. has to look for a parting letter, reason for taking the poison and the
nature of the poison to suggest if it is suicide. Previous enmity or other motives for the crime and the nature of the poison
used will suggest; homicide. Opium per mouth or morphia by injection, potassium cyanide and copper sulphate are
commonly used for suicide due to facility of administration and quick death, while Arsenic, Dhatura seeds and Aconite root
are used for homicide. Substances having strong corrosive action or bad taste or smell such as acids, etc., are never used for
homicide. If poison is not administered surreptitiously it will involve force leading to injuries on other parts of body. Pila
Kanail (yellow oleander) is used for criminal abortion by keeping in the genitals and if death has been caused on account of
it, it becomes relevant for enquiry.
(6) Suffocation.—It is a form of violet asphyxial death
◌֥ by closure of mouth or nostrils, depletion of oxygen in
atmosphere or due to inhalation of carbon monoxide, etc. Vomitted food matter may be drawn into air passages during
swallowing and food may get into air passages. It is also caused by inirusion of foreign bodies in the air passage (choking).
The incident may be caused either by accident or by force on victim.
In the latter case, due to resistance of victim, there will be marks of violence, e.g., bruises, abrasions round legs, cheeks
and scratches about nose, fracture of ribs, etc.
(7) Drowning Cases.—See P.M.R. 255(e). A body decomposes half the rate in water than in air but once the body is
taken out of water, its decomposition in 1 day will be equal to 7 to 8 days of decomposition in air. If body remains submerged
for long in. water due to its being tied in bricks and gunny bag, etc., or in damp soil decompo sition is checked and it gets a
waxy looking appearance, greasy feet, etc., called Adipocere. From this change, approximate time of death can be given
even after 2—3 months. The common cause of death in drowning is Asphyxical, i.e., water entering the stomach and lungs
but if death happens by shock, fright, epileptie fit, skull fracture or epilepsy (sudden, paralysis in high blood pressure/among
old people) there may not be any water in the stomach or if present, it may be water drunk by the person before drowning.
Presence of water in stomach, there fore, is not a positive sign of drowning. If water, gravel or certain types of weeds and
vegetation are found in the bronchi near their entrance into the lungs, it is surely a case of death by drowning. Thus, I.O.
should collect the
weeds and vegetation from the water for subsequent comparison with any material found in the lungs and stomach. When
decomposition sets in a, drowned body, gas of decomposition in the intestines pressing from above and those of the stomach
pressing from within squeeze out the stomach content, food water, etc., though the mouth and the stomach may be found
empty on post-mortem. However, by such examination it will be possible to state whether the person was alive before

entering into water or the person was already dead and dead body was then thrown into water. In a case of drowning, the
presumption is in favour of accident and also suicide. However, in homicidal drowning, the victims are generally children and
infants and. in accidental drowning, victims are mostlty non swimmers but in rare cases, swimmers also die trying to save non-
swimmers.
(8) (a) Death due to arson.-—In a case where body is not completely burnt out, marks of injuries may be found and a
medicolegal expert may possibly ascertain whether death preceded the fire by examining the wind pipe into which soot particles
will not. enter if the person was dead before the fire. It is, an important clue to determine the truth or falsity of a murder case.
(b) Death due to lightning.—The clothings may be burnt or torn off the body. At times, there may be found streaks of
renders which appear arranged like the branches o£ a live called arborescent marks or lightning prints.Ornaments, coins, etc.,
become fused by the action of electric current and produce marks of burns on the skin immediately under them. Steel articles
are magnetised. Shoes, if worn at the time, may burst open.
(c) Domestic Electric Current.—Death is mostly accidental. Electric burns resemble, more closely post-mortem burns than
ante-mortem burns.
(9) Suicide.—In a suicide, there may be cases where an individual made a number of trial cuts at places other than the
one where he made the fatal cut. There is nothing to prevent a murderer who has knowledge of these circumstances from
adding superficial cuts after making the fatal one in order to give the impression of a suicide. However, presence of two or
more serious wounds may be signs of homicide.
When a person is left handed, he commits suicide by cutting his abdomen from right to left. If he is right handed, he
◌֥
commits from left to right.
(10) (a) Rigor mortis.—After death, the body remains supple or soft for about 2 hours (average) and then rigor mortis
(cadaveric rigidity) starts from the head downwards. It takes about 2 hours to develop fully and lasts for about 20 hours. It
then starts disappearing in the same order, viz., from above downwards.
(b) Instantaneous Rigor Mortis (Cadaveric Spasm).—In some cases when the person is in a state of great excitement,
e.g., a person committing suicide by cutting his throat or a soldier in action the state of primary relaxation is absent and rigor
mortis starts instantaneously. This phenomenon is of great medicolegal importance.
(11) Estimating age of blood stains.—This is determined by the amount of coagulation, drying and change in colour that
has taken place. In general, the older the blood stains are the blacker they become.
(a) Age is determined by the number of teeth and sockets. Height is determined by multiplying the length of a bone
recovered, if any, with a certain multiple. "Superimposition of skull" can also be done in Forensic Laboratories with the help
of photographs for helping in identification.
(b) Sex among other things in skeletons is determined most reliably by the two pubic bones and the sacrum.
The latter is short and wide and sharply curved forwards in the lower half in case of female and long and narrow and uniformly
curved forwards along its whole length in case of male.
(12) Action under Section 107, Cr.P.C. against witch doctors (i.e. "Jangurus") may prevent murder of so- called
innocent witch.

2 (I) DACOITY AND ROBBERY
(1) Preventive, measures.—Dacoities. robberies or other professional crimes will recur unless detected and gangs
liquidated.
Real prevention, therefore, lies in detection. Other measures are—
(a) General and also selective patrol—Sometimes armed patrolling is to be done to restore confidence
and intercept dacoits. Normally, half union batch patrol of rural police is the only practicable solution
in dark period and occasionally in bright period, as noted in Appendix 8.
In Datmin and tribal areas in Santhal Parganas etc., patrolling is done in day time on account of obvious difficulty in
case of rains as well as possibility of meeting snakes and other wild animals at night. Moreover, these dacoities
sometimes occur in day time and villagers are forced to pay cash as "fines".
(b) Blocking roads and approaches as given in Rule 377.
(c) Surveillance of active criminals, both local and foreign.
(d) Unobtrusive watch in brothels, drinking shops, river ghats, melas, Bazar, railway stations, hotels and
other likely places or public resort or loose and bad characters specially in dark period. Special powers
are given for this under Section 23, Police Act.
(e) Unobtrusive watch over known or suspected receivers of stolen properties.
(f) Bad livelihood cases in batches or single.
(g) Watch over harbourers of criminals who are liable under Section 216-A, IPC for prosecution.
◌֥
(h) Scrutiny of gun licences and examining stock of ammunitions to prevent supply of arms and ammunitions by
undesirable persons to criminals.
(i) Anti-Dacoity operations.
(j) Setting up Village Resistance groups as given in Rule 1278.
(k) Keeping a set of reliable informers but precautions are to be taken against them who may try to cheat police. For
this it requires some training in handling criminal sources, police officers should not lose temper on "informers"
if the information is found to be false.
(1) Watch on prosecutions pending in Court.
(m) In all cases where convicts of cases under Sections 399/400/401/402,1.P.C. and Arms Act are to he released,
information is to be sent to C.I.D. by P.R. Officers before release so that they are photographed.
(n) Keeping a watch on Akharas where sometimes training is given for committing dacoity.
(o) Watch on manufacturers of country -made arms.
(p) A liberal grant of gun licences in crime affected areas to deserving persons.
(q) Reformatory, factories and institutions are to be set up for rehabilitation of dacoits and their new generation.

(2) Preliminary Investigations.—(a) Thorough knowledge of crime by a study of Modus Operandi [including"war cry""]
and maintaining proper crime maps.
(b) Prompt recording of F.I.R. noting therein important details.
(c) As soon as a dacoity case has been registered, constables should be sent in different directions to inform chaukidars
to make secret enquiries. Those chaukidars should also be asked to inform other bordering chaukidars who in turn will
inform others. These chaukidars should also be told to mobilise at the P.O. where the Investigating Officer by that time might
have also reached. He should ask each chaukidar in loneliness and then give him specific names to keep secret watch. While
doing this, the I.O. must not divulge his theories to complainant or chaukidar.
(3) Examination of the scene.—Efforts should be made to find the places of assembly of the culprits before occurrence
and also to follow through line of approach and retreat as far as possible for clues. Stumps of cut bamboos near the place of
occurrence might indicate that some of the criminals bad assembled there and had not come prepared from their homes.
Informations are to be collected for purchase of abnormal quantity of bidis, betels, drinks, foodstuffs, etc. which indicate
the places of association before the occurrence and may spot out the local contact of the gang.
(4) (a) The M.O. Bureau should be consulted for past cases of similar M.O. The specific points of Modus Operandi are
(i) class of persons attacked/property, (ii) method of entry, (iii) means employed, (iv) object of committing crime, (v) time of
occurrence, (vi) style and (vii) Tale (posing as an agent etc. or as police officers in association with others or alone), (viii)
Transport, (ix) Trade mark i.e. things done after crime has been committed. It must however be understood that cases with
slightly different modus operandi in the same locality may be the work of one and the same gang. Too many gangs will not
work in a single area. Small significant clues in divergent modus operandi will give the identity of gang. A gang may have some
new members always which may cause difference in modus operandi but small clues tallying in every case might give out
which gang is active.
 ֶ◌
(b) Crime maps with particular reference to the movements of wandering gangs in C.I. Gazettes on or about the date of
occurrence are to be studied. Effort is to be made to find out some contact of foreign gang in police- station area such as (i)
relationship, (ii) friendship, etc. Once the contact is located, the detection is solved.
(c) If there is false implication or information the motive behind this is to be found out but at times, there may
not apparently be any motive and due to false notions in mind, the names are given out.
(d) Rewards from "secret service funds" are to be given to informers liberally. It is to be realised however that there cannot
be adequate reward in terms of cash for all informations leading to recovery due to limited Govern ment funds. However,
some criminals volunteer to give information to an Investigating Officer on account of differences over sharing of booty, etc.
(e) Road dacoities, bank dacoity, river dacoity, etc. require special types of investigation and some may occur in broad
day light. In any dacoity, mass arrests without proper grounds are prohibited and unless real culprits, are brought to book,
further crime cannot be prevented.
(f) Prisoners in custody for similar crimes are to be interviewed.
(5) Generally, a gang does not walk more than 10 miles from the place of assembly to the victim's house. If the gang is
suspected to have travelled from a long distance by bus or train, a list of those suspected reasonably in past cases occurring
within a radius of 20 miles from the place of occurrence in last ten years should be made out for enquiries for a local link who
invited the gang.
If the gang is suspected to have come from a short distance, all convicts and suspects of dacoity cases who are residing
within a radius of 10 miles from there should be made out for enquiries.

(II) BURGLARY. THEFT AND OTHER PROPERTY OFFENCES
(i) Peculiar Characteristics of Burglary.—(a) There is an important difference between dacoity and burglary or theft. The
dacoits operate in gangs and it is comparatively easy to detect it as even one suspect if arrested and properly interrogated might
become an approver and give some clues hoping to get pardon under Section 306, Cr.P.C. which is not applicable to burglars
except in limited number of cases triable in the, Court of Sessions. Burglars operate singly or in small groups and the detection
of all gangs is more difficult. The techniques in a dacoity case are few while in burglary and theft cases, these are too many. The
various methods of entering through door, window, etc. without disturbing victims require special skill and efficiency in their
professions which is his modus operandi. There should thus he group study of burglary cases.
(b) Specialisation.—Even in case of same M.O., i.e. sendh cutting, some specialise in cutting big or small holes, some in
rectangular, square or circular holes. If there is a round and small hole, it might indicate that the burglar is a lean and thin person
or a teen-aged boy who goes inside and unbolts all doors or windows for others to enter.
(c) "Bagli" or boring hole in the wall to open the latch of the door is generally resorted to by wandering gangs.(Appendix
12). Opening lock with false keys is done usually by ex-servants, neighbours or those skilled in it but not by aristocrats in this
crime. Breaking the lock is usually done in flat type of houses in day time when inmates are away. Sendh is the usual easy
method in which at least 4 men are required. Roof hole in the premises of a shop requires only two men i.e., one man to go down
and send articles through a rope to another on the top. In case of newly designed decorated grills, cloth rinsed with strong acids
may be used to melt the soldered joints of plates or rods in the same way as slow burning cow dung is kept at the bottom end of
the rods in wooden frames to make the end free. Sometimes a stick is also designed in such a way that when it is pulled, it takes
the shape of a ladder to be placed against the wall of first or higher flats with the help of balcony and costly things arc pulled out
by hand or another stick with a hook. Again, if a burglar has tried to break a window and cut the rods at several places it would
show that the cutter did not have prior knowledge of the particular weak rod in the window. It might also show the burglar is not
a past master in art.
Expert and audacious criminals commit extraordinary acts
◌֥ not associated with the object of crime such as disturbing beds
by resting on them, consuming food, committing nuisances, poisoning dogs. Expert burglars smoke cigarette which does not
glow but gives a smoke which when puffed on the face of victims makes them sleep more deeply.
(d) Method of concealment of stolen property.—The concealment is done : (a) below the floor, (b) inside the walls
(specially in mud built houses), (c) in the thatch of the roof, (d) under flower beds, (e) under dirty and torn rags giving appearance
of a quilt, (f) under or top of some tree, (g) under a stone in a lonely place (usually done by wandering gang), (h) under a nebulous
heap, (i) in shallow ponds etc. A metal detector can help in locating it in some of these places.
(e) Varying M.Os.—Sometimes, a gang of criminals consisting of "experts" on different forms of crime, (example
wandering gangs) commit different types of crime by accident depending on different situations. Thus, if a house of mud is found
on the way. they would cut by a "Sendh Cutter". If in course of thieving expedition for long distances they would find an
impregnable house, they would out window bars or in desperation commit robbery as the gang has to depend on money for
subsistence.
(f) Exceptions.—There are no doubt some apparent exceptions. A criminal might have started as a cycle lifter and after
being convicted in a case, picked up association with others inside the jails and learnt an art of commit ting another crime like
burglary. A burglar might as well adopt a new crime of cheating, an entirely different M.O. than either burglary or theft. This is
done also to defraud police, more so because the new technique of crime employed is easy and convenient to adopt. However,
if a criminal is sufficiently wary to vary his methods, he seldom does so completely.

(g) Property stolen.—It is however important to mention the nature of property stolen as it is to indicate what type of
property was not touched by the culprit. If no theft took place the reason why no property was taken away should be carefully
gone into because the thief was either disturbed or he did not get the property he was after.
(h) Prevention.—If there is an outbreak, note (i) its frequency and time, prevalence in particular season and place, (ii)
peculiarity in the crime, (iii) similarity in modus operandi and in (iv) nature of stolen property (causes may be non-reporting
or suppression of crime), (v) famine conditions, (vi) influx of outside criminals during melas, etc., (vii) sudden dislocation of
labour in industrial areas causing loss of employment or lock-out, etc., (viii) defective preventive patrol apparent from lot of
indiscriminate arrests under Section 109/110, Cr.P.C. and (ix) lack of proper supervision over work of thana staff and their
connivance, if any. A special squad for investigation of burglary cases is to be set-up. False or exaggerated cases are reported:
for making claims on Insurance companies.
(i) Education.—Public are to be educated by crime exhibitions (Rule 1208) leaflets etc. in anti-crime measures and
made aware of safety devices in doors, windows, etc. They should be specially asked not to keep valuables in a room which
is not occupied by inmates but to send them to banks etc.
(ii) THEFTS
(A) Copper wire thefts
(a) Legal aspect.—See Appendix 101, clause 59 and clause 60. For getting expert opinion whether a, recov ered copper
wire is of Standard Gauge or not, a sample of 30 cms. of lengh of wire should be sent to Telegraph Department as given in
Appendix 78, clause l(b)(iii). The help of Forensic Laboratory should be obtained if opinion is required for comparison of
tool marks on cut ends with the recovered instrument as given in Rule 1263
(a). It can also be checked if the circular facial cut ends of recovered copper wires coincide or not. The die marks on the
surface of wire which are caused when the wire is drawn in the form of fine striations or linear marks can prove under a
comparison microscope that the recovered piece came from the same stock. Such an examination can also be done in any
◌֥
Science College in eliminating cases before sending to expert.
(b) Stolen copper wires are used in manufacture of brass utensils. These wires after being cut are sometimes sent by
Railway Parcels with "Self delivery" in fake names to far off places from outlying Railway Stations near the place of
occurrence. Traps should be laid at destinations to catch persons who come to take delivery. Toddy hawkers expert climbers,
vagrants, etc. and dismissed P. & T. employees in neighbourhood of P.O. often indulge in cutting wires at isolated places or in
removing underground Railway Traction Wires or P. and T. cables.
(c) If the cut wires are detected lying at a place, an unobtrusive watch is to be maintained to catch criminals
when they visit the place to collect the same.
(d) In places such as lonely spots where copper wires thefts have repeatedly taken place, the officer should make
arrangements with the co-operation of the staff of Electricity, P. & T. as the case may be, for arranging a concealed vigil
with portable telephone sets. When the portable telephones are connected to the wires and the offenders cut the wire, a
peculiar buzzing sound is heard, indicating the direction when they should rush and apprehend the culprits redhanded.
(B) Pick-pockets
(a) Some notorious pick-pockets come from 'Mediterranean region and I.C. P.O. has a list of veteran crimi nals for
watch at the time of international meetings.
(b) Often the victim's attention is diverted by some act as lightening cigarette, elbowing chin or hitting body and
spectacles, thrusting or pinning umbrellas, trampling foot, posing as a fellow passenger offering smoke or eatables and the
articles are moved by cutting the packets with blade etc. This often happens near counters of Banks or shops or in crowds
watching dancing girls in melas or among people engaged in hearing interesting speeches of salesmen.

(c) Persons arrested redhanded should be interrogated for discovery of the gang. The public is to be educated to form a
'Queue' system at bus stands, cinema counters, milk booths, etc. and photos of pick-pockets should be displayed at such places.
Generally pick-pockets have an offensive appearance and have fine long fingers which they use as a pair of scissors. They
often carry a coat or rag to hide their hands.
(C) Theft of priceless antiques, etc.
(a) Sometimes, stolen bronze images from temple or stone coins from museum, etc, are concealed in nearby ponds or
bushy growth from where these are removed secretly later to "Curio dealers" for being smuggled abroad.
(b) The C.B.I, also maintains microfilms of important art objects in this country for identification. For giving information
to I.C.P.O. after theft [see Rule 410(11) (g)]. The custom authorities at air ports/docks, etc., should also be alerted to be watchful.
(D) CATTLE THEFTS.
Sometimes big sendhs are cut in mud walls in villages to remove several heads of cattle in one night and returned after
taking some money {i.e. panha) or sold in distant cattle markets or butchered overnight. Animals are at times flayed alive at
night near the place where they are kept tied for their skin with/without their tongues having been cut. The gang is composed of
experts in this trade whose lists should be kept at police-stations. As evidence is generally of identification, descriptions of
missing or stolen cattle must be recorded immediately. See Form given in Rule 123(d) for missing cattle.
3. ARSON
(a) The investigation must firstly make sure that the fire was not accidental. The fire, if not accidental, may have been
caused by the victim himself or by some other person. A fire set to his own house maliciously by any person so that it may
spread to other houses in the neighbourhood and, thus, cause damage to them, would also come within the purview of Section
436,1.P.C. A fire which has been set by a mentally deranged person
◌֥
would not bring this person within the mischief of Section
435 or 4361. P.O. But on this point investigation should be clear to show that the accused was in fact, suffering from mental
derangement and had caused fire while so deranged mentally. Enquiries into the previous conduct of the accused are necessary.
(b) The Investigating Officer should invariably try and locate the point of fire. This can be done by a careful examination
of the place of occurrence and in this work the assistance of the local Fire Service Officers or even the experts of the Forensic
Science Laboratory may be enlisted. These enquiries can be useful only if preliminary information regarding the person who
first saw the fire and the action that he took to extinguish it, is known. Other persons, who came to the spot of fire at the early
stages, should be examined carefully to obtain as far as possible, an accurate account of the nature and descriptions of the fire.
(c) If the fire was caused accidentally, it may be due to dropping of cigarette ends or even match sticks half lit in a careless
manner. The fire may also be a resultant of electric short circuit. Therefore, the power line should be carefully checked.
(d) In case of an intentional fire, the reason may be to obtain benefit of fire insurance or to cover a crime or malicious act.
Therefore, the motive for the arson should be investigated fully.
(e) In arson cases, generally the culprit wishes to establish an alibi and, therefore, "delayed action" method for setting fire
may be used. This should be investigated fully. The fire may be caused by planting phosphorous, or using liquids such as
gasolene or Ether with low flash point, which do not require open flame for ignition, or applying gases which mixed with air
possess excellent ignition properties or setting of mechanical devices such as

clock mechanism or using ropes or toilet papers, etc. soaked with alcohol or similar fluid to spread the fire after mild
ignition. Enquiry on these points would, therefore, be very important.
(f) Some other important points of investigation are given below :—
(i) The fire incident should be worked out backwards and, in particular, traces of smoke and charring should be
observed bearing in mind that fire generally travels vertically rather than horizontally unless fairly cumbustible
material is available in the neighbourhood, in a lateral position. In the case of wood, the burning of any one
side of the wooden material would indicate the direction from which the fire came. In this matter, the presence
of varnish on the wood would also be helpful in indicating the direction from which the fire started.
(ii) Doors and windows should be examined carefully to determine whether they were locked before the fire started
or they had been forced open to cause arson.
(Hi) Whether fire extinguishing equipment, if available, was functioning or was deliberately put out of order?
(iv) Whether there was any possibility of spontaneous combustion?
(v) What was the behaviour of the persons in the neighbourhood and if there have been previous fires of that nature
in the neighbourhood?
(vi) Whether any valuables were also burnt or were removed before the arson?
(vii) Whether gas lamps and such other fittings were in order and if there was any smell in the neighbourhood after the fire
e. g. of gasolene, phosphorous, kerosene, terpentine, or other cumbustible material?
◌֥
(viii) Whether items of little value were burnt and the more valuable items were saved ?
(ix) Whether there is any indication of the burning of Cash Books, Ledgers, and records specially on the eve of audit
when there is suspicion of defalcation having taken placer?
(x) Whether any person is taking special interest in the Police enquiries and the reasons for the same?
(xi) Were there any time fuses in the area?
4. RIOT CASES.
(a) Legal aspect.—The ingredients of the offence are indicated in Section 146,1.P.C. If force or violence is used by a
member of the unlawful assembly which is not in conformity with the common object of the assembly, the responsibility for
the act will rest specifically on the individual concerned. It is necessary that the common object of the unlawful assembly is
fully investigated. It would be explicit to show whether by use of language, slogans, exhortations, signs, placards, pamphlets,
etc. or even by general conduct and conversation, it can be reasonably inferred that the assembly was acting conjointly for
committing the unlawful act. A mere show of force is also not adequate but violence should be resorted to If the assemly splits
into two parties with different common object, they cannot be tried together as each has a separate common intention.
(b) It is necessary to get from each complainant an exhaustive list of witnesses and if there are common witnesses relied
by both the parties, they may give a faithful account of what happened.

The Investigating Officer should decide which version of the two recorded cases appears to be true and what material
evidence is available to prove the case or disprove the counter case. Then only charge-sheet should go in one case. But if it is
found that both the parties acted in a premeditated manner and exceeded the right of private defence when there was time to
take recourse to public authorities, then charge-sheet may go in both the cases. Unless there is clear evidence to this effect,
charge-sheeting of only one case may be advisable depending on facts of the case and it indicate that the police have gone into
the matter in depth and drawn conclusions based on solid evidence. The decision in this matter should be taken carefully in
consultation with superior officers. The statement of each witness should be recorded carefully and the position of the witnesses
named should be recorded so that it may be determined if they should be reasonably expected to know all facts. This is
conveniently done on a sketch map.
(c) Where counter cases are investigated, the evidence of the witnesses need not bb recorded in detail in both the case
diaries. A reference to the statements in one diary could be made giving details in the other diary.
(d) An attempt should be made to seize the relevant weapons of assault. This would give a clue to the injuries found on
the wounded persons.
(e) As identification chart is very important, the statements of witnesses indicating identification and weap ons of assault
carried should be entered into a chart to enable assessment of the evidence to be made. That some identification is uncorroborated
or there is contradiction on the point in the prosecution evidence would be very-valuable for evaluating the evidence of
witnesses.
(f) The best way is to prepare a memo of evidence and judge its quality against each accused so that unimpor tant accused
are not sent up in C.S. In the chart, it should be shown specially against each accused whether he (1) was arrested red-handed,
(2) was identified by name or on T.I. parade by any of the injured P.W. (3) had injuries on his person, (4) was found with any
incriminating evidence, such as weapon, blood marks and other medico legal
evidence or other objects, etc.  ֶ◌
(g) In regard to the injuries, if the use of fire-arms is in the evidence, the wads of the gun cartridges recovered should he
preserved as these give clue to the origin of the weapon, viz. whether it was a breach loader or muzzle loader. See Rule 1264
and Appendix 78, clause l(vii). So far the necessity of identification of suspects is required, see Appendix 77, clause 5(iii).
(h) Whenever theft is also involved, the matter should be carefully proved if the removal of property was the principal
motive as that would bring the incident under the category of Docoity. The I. O. must not give any indication wf an attempt to
treat a dacoity case as a case of rioting with theft. To this end the types of persons involved in the crime are important points
viz. whether they are lathials or of rioting type of criminals who operate for committing theft. Any confusion in the line of
thinking on the points u likely to result in complete misdirection of investigation.
5. RAPE AND UNNATURAL OFFENCES.
(RULE 205.)
(a) Legal aspect.—It should be noted that an offence under Section 376 is also made out in case of an intercourse by a
married man with his wife if she has not attained the age of consent (15 years). Therefore, the age of the victim is of considerable
importance and evidence must be collected to establish the same. In this matter, mere medical opinion (ossification test) is not
adequate. The other items should also be investigated, e.g., registration of birth, school certificate, etc. Consent given for sexual
intercourse' as t result of immaturity or misunderstanding cannot be construed as a valid evidence of permission and in such a
case, the provisions of Section 376 will be attracted.

(b) Check of body.—Marks of violence, if any, on the body of the victim and the culprit should be specially noted and.
in particular evidence should be recorded on the capacity of the victim or the culprit to cause such injuries. These injuries
will mainly be found in the region of the face or the mouth and possibly on the neck, elbows, back and abdomen. See P. M.
Form No. 41-A.
(c) Attention must also be paid to the likelihood of bringing false charges after making self-inflicted injuries with foreign
bodies on the genitals of the female concerned and also by creating scratches on arms, breasts anc abdomen.
(d) The report about the character of the female would be important that is, whether she is habituated to sexual intercourse
with or without payment of money or for any other consideration.
(e) Unnatural offence.—Both participants if human are liable for prosecution, the passive agent for abetting the offence
if it has been done with mutual consent. There are a few eunuchs who are found appearing in woman's costume, and ostensibly
live by singing, but habitually trade in sodomy as passive agents.
(f) Neither the victim nor the accused can be compelled to submit to a medical examination against his/her consent. The
complainant should be clearly made to understand that his unwillingness to submit to medical exami nation may cause evidence
to suffer considerably in absence of suitable corroboration.
(g) Previous conduct.—Enquiries should also be made if the accused has previous conviction for similar offences or
any complaint had been earlier made and recorded in the Station Diary or any other record on the basis of which the habit of
the accused may be proved in the matter.
(h) Miscellaneous.—Enquiries must be made to find out whether the victim was rendered unconcious or put under the
influence of intoxicants or was overpowered by other means to submit to the intercourse. The examination of the place of
occurrence would indicate the possibility or otherwise of offence being committed at the place of occurrence
6. POISONING CASES.
◌֥
[RULE 205 (b)]
(a) Law on the subject.—Offences fall under Sections 328, I.P.C. and 319, I.P.C. and under Acts noted in Appendix 101,
clause 47. Mere administration of any poison or drug either through food or by injection or by inhalation such as through
chloroform. Ether etc. is punishable although no hurt may be actually caused. Cases of drugging by Professional Criminals are
Special Reports (Appendix 3, clause II). If it occurs at railway premises information is to be sent to C.I.D. as given in Rule
488(d) (2).
(b) Symptoms.—These are generally—
(i) Vomitting, purging and abdominal pain;
(ii) Coma;
(iii) Tingling of the skin, tongue and throat; and
(iv) delirium and clutching at imaginary objects.
There may be such other symptoms as general or partial paralysis, dilation or contraction of the pupils of the eyes,
difficulty of breathing and blue colour in the face and in finger tips. The I.O. must try to render first-aid treatment where
possible and send the patient to the nearest doctor. Some of the first-aid treatments are given below:—
(1) Acid.—As an antedote a saturated solution of magnesium sulphate can be given to drink. No effort is to be made
to produce vomiting as the Acid in its return passage through mouth might cause further burning.

(2) Alkali.—Potassium Permanganate solution should be given to drink,
(3) Opium.—Vomitting should be induced by giving salt solution with plenty of potassium permanganate solution
to drink.
(c) It must he remembered that there are diseases Which, may produce symptoms similar to those of poisoning but in cases
of poisoning, the symptoms appear suddenly and generally, make their appearance after food, and if several persons have taken
the same food or drink, they show similar symptoms with certain exceptions.
(d) The mode of collection and preservation of exhibits is given in Appendix 78 and Form No. 40. The Investigating
Officer should not use vague terms like '"Suspicious death" or "Death by poisoning" etc. in the column "History of the case"
but must give probable poison that might have been used so that the doctor performing the post-mortem examination can
preserve viscera or that part of the body which is required for such an examination. Moreover I.O. should give requisition to
send viscera to chemical examiner quickly even if the Medical Officer does not think that such an examination necessary.
(e) Cattle poisoning.—See Appendix 78 and Rule 205 (c).
7. RAILWAY CRIMES.
(a) Railway crimes may be broadly divided into two major heads:—
(i) Collisions, Derailments etc. including sabotage cases.
(ii) Offences relating the railway property and in particular those dealing with the booking of miscellaneous goods on
the railways and their delivery.
(b) For (a) (i). Police Officers should be conversant with rules in clauses (c) to (e). For a (ii) it is also necessary I that the
general method of working of Railway Stations and administrative officers is understood by G.R.P. officers I so as to appreciate
the points on which investigation is to be made in cases involving misuse of railway tickets, I wrongful release or diversion of
wagons, defalcations by railway employees, etc.
◌֥
Collisions, derailments, etc.
(c) The "General Rules", "Subsidiary Rules", and "Station Working Rules" cover the operations of trains. They are issued
respectively under the authority of the Railway Board, the Railway administration concerned, and the Divisional
Superintendent. Investigating Officers should be conversant with these rules so as to appreciate the items on which
investigations are called for in accident or sabotage cases. The Station Working Rules are of special significance as these are
framed separately for each Station and indicate the rules and procedures to be observed in operations of all trains, locomotive
and rolling stock within the station limits. The station-map gives at a glance thetracks, fixtures of signals, and points within the
railway limits. This should be carefully studied while investigating each case occurring within the station-yard limits. A register
in P.M. Form No. 240 of railway accidents kept at all railway police posts may also give useful informations. Additionally, hand-
books for (1) Switchmen and Cabinmen, (2) Guards and (3) Station Inspectors are available and reference to these would also be
necessary. Accident Manual whose extracts are in Appendix 29 should also be studied, (d) Officers posted to the G.R.P. and to
the Special Railway crimes Squad of the C.I.D. should be fully conversant with the special features of railway operations and,
in particular, they must understand the implication of the following :—
(i) The Block system,
(ii) Warner, M.A.U.Q. (i.e. Multiple Aspect Upper Quadrant) signal and other signals
P.M.-lII—24

(iii) Facing, Trailing and Fouling points.
(iv) Treadle, Catch trap, and other safety devices.
(v) Buckling of Hails, kinks in Rails, Fracture point of Rails.
(vi) "Hunting" etc. of engines

(vii) Tokens and their exchange.
(viii) Rail sleepers, Fish-plates, Dog spikes, and other track-fitments.
(e) The "Permanent Way Department", which deals with laying and maintenance of tracks, culverts andbridges, the
"Power Department" which deals with Locomotives and their maintenance, the "Traffic Department"which concerns the
operations of the rolling stock, and the "Commercial Department" which deals with the booking of goods etc. are the four
important wings of railway operations with which Investigating Officers are concerned and they should, therefore, be fully
alive to the implications of the working of these departments on theinvestigation of railway cases.
(f) In regard to derailments etc. including accidents in the Stations yard-limits, the investigation should clarify if the
shunting operations were performed according to the rules. It should be checked if "private numbers" were properly exchanged
before the reception of a train and whether "Block forward" and "'Block Back" messages were exchanged. The "private
numbers" have ,to be entered in a separate book called "Private Number Book", which should be consulted. In case of setting
of points it should be checked whether the Points-man had exchanged "Tokens" with the A.S.M. In particular, it has to be
checked whether the Fouling point was locked before permis sion was given for the train to approach the Station. It is necessary
that the line is kept clear for about 440 metres from the Home Signal.
(g) In case of accidents, etc., outside the station limits, the following points deserve special note :—
璠َ
(i) Whether there was "hot axle"? In this contingency, there is a sharp whistling sound emanating from the axle which
should attract the attention of the driver and the Guard. The train should be stopped forthwith and should not
be hauled to the next station for detaching the wagon or compartment concerned.
(ii) If the coupling of the Units was defective?
(iii) Whether the track including its banks appears to be in sound condition and the ballast was properly packed? The
depth of the ballast should be 18, 12 and 6 inches in Broad Gauge, Metre Gauge and Narrow Gauge Lines
respectively.
(iv) Whether the sleepers were defective, that is, burnt out or rotten?
(v) Whether Fish-plates were correctly fixed and fitted?
(vi) Whether the Rail Gauge was in order? The measurement of the gauge from the point of derailment backward for
about 500 metres is necessary. If the gauge is not in order, derailment automatically takes place.
(vii) Whether there was a buckling of rails and kinks were observed in the rails?
(viii) Whether springs of coaches are defective? The existence of thumping or streak marks on the surface of rails is
indication of loose springs, which results in derailment. Height of Buffers above rail top must be within 3' 4'/2"
and 3' 7/2". If it is more, derailment may occur.

(ix) The Engine-Repair Book (available in the engine) and the History Record of the Engine (kept in the Loco-shed)
have to be scrutinized to determine the defects, if any. Also the service-sheet of the driver kept by the Loco-
Foreman has to be checked about the "technical" antecedents of the driver.
(x) Trains Signal Register giving record of arrival and departure of trains at stations, the station diary of the A.S.M.
on duty at the Railway Station, and the Guards' Journal should be checked and seized, if necessary These give
indication of speed of travel. Very often over speeding can be the cause of an accident.
(h) The vital decision, which is to be taken, is whether the accident was due to sabotage (internal or external) or merely
due to negligence in performance of duty by the railway staff. In most cases this decision can only be taken after the advice
of the experts is available, whether of the Directorate General of Railway Safety or the State C.I.D. The Investigating Officer
"must realise that a careful examination of the P.O. and its observation is of extreme importance. Suspicious or connected
items at or near the RO. have to be taken charge of and apart from preparing a plan of the RO. with the available resources,
photographing of the same from the appropriate angles including close-ups is of prime importance. It has to be remembered
that sabotage generally occurs due to interference with the track and specially the fish-plates. In an accident, the "'point of
fracture" is of prime importance and should be carefully observed and recorded. If the rail was dislocated before the arrival
of the train (i.e. sabotage) there should be sloping dents at the end of the top table of the rear rail (i.e. the rail which is left
intact at the point of fracture). The rail head(s) there becomes rounded at the ending(s) and there is crushing of sleepers below
the rail seat. This rounding can be examined under a microscope, therefore, its preservation is of prime importance, so that this
may be possible. If the ridge at the end of the rail-head (Burrs) remains intact, it is indicative of no prior interference with the
track, i.e., this is not a case of sabotage. It should also be noted that any marks on the rail in the neighbourhood of the point of
fracture also leave corresponding marks on the locomotive wheels. These should therefore be carefully observed and examined.
The plan of the RO., which may be drawn, should indicate all measurements from the point of fracture and should show the
sleepers and the rails in consecutive serials. Railway officers should
汐 ַ◌ prepare plans of the scene of occurrence and the Police
Investigating Officers may be requested to sign them, which should be done only after these have been checked, with the plans
prepared by the Investigating Officer himself so that there are no discrepancies. The distance from the point of fracture to the
point where the engine got down the track should also be specially noted.
(i) Sleepers should be carefully observed for crushing marks of engine wheels. If there was a rail seat at the point of
fracture and if it contains wheel marks, it is a strong indication of sabotage. The fishplate and dog spikes have to be carefully
examined. If it is found that there is no elongation or tearing of holes on the sleepers, there is possibility of sabotage. The find
offish-bolts with nuts fixed on them is generally an indication of tampering by the gang man.
(j) Investigation must clarify the motive if any, involved. This is of special importance; in particular, disgruntled
Railwaymen, difference between. Labour Unions, professional gangs of looters, or political groups may be involved. It should
be noted if the train was carrying V.I.P. or other valuables which could be the target of attack.
(k) The previous trains, which had passed shortly before the mishap at the place of occurrence should be located and
their drivers and Guards should be questioned. Their records should be examined to see if there are any notes about any unusual
items. The engine-tools and gangman's tools (which can be used for tampering with machinery' and fitments) should be
carefully checked. The proximity of the place of occurrence to Jungles etc. should be considered. It may be noted that most
sabotage cases have been reported from places, near a culvert or in an area where there is no habitation, or from a gradient.

Other offences.
(1) In regard to other types of offences which concern the functioning of the railways, e.g., theft from the railway wagons
or passengers trains or diversion of goods wagons with a view to making wrongful gain, the lb 1 lowing points should be
kept in view :—
(i) The locking system adopted for the wagons (E.P. lock) should be examined. Only special types criminals
can deal with the special locks or even railway staff may be involved.
(ii) Bleeding of wagons by introducing specially designed instruments or use of the "hot-knife" for the wagon
seals to effect their removal is possible and should be proved.
(iii) Culprits depredating in passenger trains take shelter on the storage battery box or the under-carriage of
compartment bath-rooms, which should be checked.
(iv) Forging of railway tickets requires special skills and examination of exhibits in the Forensic Scienc
Laboratory is essential. Interpolations, which are likely, should be carefully screened,
8. MOTOR VEHICLES ACCIDENTS.
(1) For examination of the P.O. see Appendix 77 CI. 5(b). The legal aspect is given in Appendix 101, clause35. In
particular the skid marks should be measured as a whole and if there are breaks in the same, only the measurement of the last
skid mark should be taken to indicate the distance covered before the vehicle came to a stop after application of brakes. This
is called Braking Distance. If skid marks of more than one wheel are found, it should be added and divided by the number
of wheels to calculate the average skid mark.
(2) Reaction time.—It is the time taken from the moment danger is seen by the driver, his mind acting about it. the physical
movement in taking his foot off the accelerator to take it to the brake, the actual pressing of the brake pedal and the time taken
for the brakes to start acting, etc. Although it is a very small time less than a second and
in an average driver f of second, the distance travelled during this time is not inconsiderable and increased with the
speed of the vehicle. It is also termed as'thinking distance'.
(3) Vehicles cannot stop dead atonce. A correlation be tween

Thinking Distance and Braking Distance is given in front
N.B.— If there is a good driver and a vehicle in perfect condition

together with good weather-broad daylight, good dry
roads, a vehicle cannot stop in distances less than those
shown and vehicles other than private cars or small vans
may need twice these distance to stop on dry roads.

Similarly, on wet roads, for all vehicles, these distances may be doubled.
(4) Thus the speed may be calculated by the following formula :—
(a) In Hit and Run cases
1. Where 'V? is the speed in miles per hour. "M" is the co-efficient of friction of the road surface, and 'S" is
the length of the skid mark in the feet.
The co-efficient of friction "NT is a variable factor depending on the gradient of the road, nature of its surface,
weather, etc., and has got to be determined by an expert of the Forensic Laboratory.
(b) In cases where the offending vehicle is available:
V = Test speed x
(5) The Motor Vehicle Inspector should be able to report whether the Brakes or Tierod failed suddenly and the accident
was due to defective machinery over which the driver had no control. Sometimes, such damages are done intentionally after
accident to give a defence for the driver.
(6) The Investigating Officer must refer to the driver's records maintained in the Regional Transport Office so as to find
out his antecedents.
(7) Provided the driver In question is available in good time, it is also necessary to have a test made to determine if the
driver was under the influence of liquor or any other intoxicant
9. DEFALCATION CASES.
(a) The Police Officers on informations being given to them from Postal or Railway or concerned departmen tal authority
should start investigation without raising any dispute of jurisdiction. Arrangements can be made to transfer the cases to proper
places according to necessity. In no circumstances there should be delay in investigation.
(b) The investigation should bring out the nature and the extent of boss on account of error in working or neglect of rules
etc. It is, however, for the department concerned to take up the question of realisation of loss from the defaulters.
(c) When cases are registered under Sections 405 to 409,1.P.C. the investigation is prolonged sometimes for the scrutiny
of records or for obtaining of documents from the office of A.G. or other offices. These have been dealt with in the paras below.
In order to expedite investigation, three items of defatcalion limited within a space of 12 months can be selected from an audit
report for inclusion in a chargesheet according to Section 219. Cr.P.C. In other items, supplementary case diaries can be
submitted according to the necessity. There is no need for covering all the irregularities that might have been noted in an audit
report. The Police need not also assume the role of a departmental head in trying to assess fully the gaps found in an audit
report. See Sections 219-221(1) of Cr.P.C.
(d) Scrutiny of records should be done expeditiously. If necessary the assistance of specialist accountants or auditors
should be taken.
(e) How to obtain records in the custody of some other departments :—
(I) Post and Telegraph Offices
The law regarding production of the documents or things in the custody of the Post and Telegraph department is contained
in Section 92, Cr.P.C. The instructions issued by the Director General of Post Offices (Para. 152 Volume V of Posts and
Telegraphs Manual) regarding production of records in the custody of the Post Office are riven in P.M. Rule 168.

This rule does apply to the production of telegraph message drafts which can only be produced under the rules on the
subject given in Posts and Telegraphs Manual, Volume XI, page 83, Chapter II, Rule 152(1).
(II) Audit Departments
The Comptroller and Auditor General of India has issued the following instructions :—
(i) In cases where the Investigating Officer considers that it is not possible to proceed with the investigation without
securing the original documents which are in the possession of Audit Offices, the matter should be reported
by him to the Inspector-General of Police. The latter after carefully satisfying himself that there is sufficient
justification for obtaining the original documents should refer the matter to the Accountant-General concerned
with the request that the required documents be handed over to the Investigating Officer in original. He should
expressly mention that copies including photostat copies would not serve the purpose of the Investigating Officer.
The Accountant-General will then arrange for the required documents being handed over to the police, as early
as possible after retaining photostat copies.
(ii) The responsibility for preparing photostat copies will be that of the Audit Offices.
(iii) In cases where it is considered that documents need not be seized immediately, the Investigating Officer should
make a list of the documents and submit a request in writing to the Treasury Officer, etc. to forward the
documents mentioned in the list in a sealed cover to the Head of the Audit Office (by name). The police officer
should obtain a written acknowledgment from the Treasury Officer, etc. for receipt of the requisition and list.
The documents would thereafter be obtained according to the procedure prescribed in sub-para. 1 above.
(iv) In cases where it is considered that the documents should be seized immediately, the Investigating Officer should
submit a written requisition together with a list of documents and obtain delivery thereof from the Treasury
Officer, etc. The Treasury Officer, etc. should send an immediate report to the Head of the Audit Office. In such
cases the police is to take immediate steps to furnish photostat copies to the Treasury Officer, etc., for being
submitted to the Audit Officer in lieu of the original vouchers for facility of work in the Audit Office.
(Letter No. 17/23/61 -AVD, dated the 29th April, 1961, from the Deputy Secretary to the Government of India,
to all State Governments).
(v) A police officer requisitioning documents through Inspector-General of Police is to keep the following points in
view :—
(a) There must be a certificate to the effect whether or not from the photostat copy of the document or other copies
be;ng requisitioned, the purpose of investigation will be served.
(b) The brief facts of the case leading to the requisition of particular document should be given.
(c) The head of account and the name of Treasury, and voucher Nos. and dates under which the amounts have been
drawn should be indicated. This is necessary to enable the Accountant-General to trace the relevant documents.
(d) After a reference has been made by the Inspector-General of Police to the Audit Office with an endorsement
to the Superintendent of Police concerned, it is for the latter to pursue the matter to get the documents.

(III) Banks
The State/Reserve Banks are reluctant sometime to part with cheques/drafts, etc. which might have been forged out of
fear of being lost. However, in case of this not being available they should be asked to furnish photostat copies and produce
the originals in Courts during trial.
(f) Regarding recovery of defalcated amount from accused, see clause 42-C of Appendix 101. Steps should be taken to
freeze the accounts of accused in different banks/post offices so that the accused may not withdraw the amounts. This can be
done by getting an order served from the District Magistrate on them. Thereafter, an inventory of things in the house, deposits
in bank and landed properties is to be made, Under Section 3, Criminal Law Amendment Ordinance, 1944 (Ordinance No.
38 of 1944), an application supported by affidavit is to be made before the District Judge for attachment of money and other
properties by the State as the accused appears to have acquired these from money procured by commission of the offences,
i.e. those under Sections 161,406, 409,411, 414, 417 and 420,1.P.C.
10. FORGED CURRENCY NOTES CASES.
(RULE 146)
(a) On receipt of information at the police-station about the appearance of a forged note, FIR should be started only if it
appears that there is any possibility in the near future of the identity of the utterer being known. In other case, a Station Diary
Entry followed by General Enquiry should be adequate.
(b) Generally speaking, the following types of equipments should be available where note forgery takes
place:—
(1) Inks of different colours, (2) Paper similar in texture

汐 ַ◌ and thickness to genuine ones, (3) Type figures for
numbering, (4) Powder and washing soda for cleansing, (5) Glass slabs, (6) Wooden blocks., (7) Wax candles,
oil, glycerine, (8) Sand papers, brush, scales, knives, scissors, screw drivers, (9) Photo camera and negatives.
There would be, in addition, perhaps, a treadle machine for printing.
(c) The common defects in forged notes are : (1) difference in quality of paper, (2) water mark, (3) poor printing, (4)
difference in colour and (5) the numbers printed which are generally the same in various notes forged.
(d) On receipt of the forged notes at the police-station, these would invariably be sent to the Superintendent of Police of
the district who would forward them to the C.I.D. for a preliminary examination in the Police Laboratory (See Appendix 25).
The C.I.D. will arrange to send the notes to the Manager, Currency Note Press, Nasik for further examination. These notes
would be received back in C.I.D. after examination where arrangements should be made to send them to the Currency Officer
Reserve Bank of India, Patna, for retention for a period of one year before destruction. However, in the instances in which an
FIR has been started and there is a likelihood of detec tion, the notes with the reports will be sent to the police-station concerned
for keeping with the case diaries.
(e) In each case where the currency notes are retained in C.I.D. for being forwarded to the Currency Officer, Reserve
Bank of India, Patna the concerned Investigating Officer will be required to obtain orders of a Magistrate under Section 457,
Cr.P.C. for their disposal. However, in cases in which the notes are retained by the police- station, these would be dealt with
by the Investigating Officer in the manner laid down for the disposal of exhibits in all cases.

(f) In each case, where F.I.R. has been drawn up and chargesheet is not likely, final form should not be kept pending
for the final expert opinion to be received from the Currency Notes Press, Nasik. This can be sent without waiting for it.
However, whenever there is possibility of chargesheet being submitted, the expert opinion must be first obtained and this
should be kept at the Police-Station along with the case record in which the currency note in question should also be
available.
(g) In investigating these cases a study of the previous incidence and appearance of similar currency notes is important
and this should be done by consulting the C.I.G. in which a monthly statement of the appearance of forged currency notes
is published. Immediate information must be sent to the Office of the Superintendent of Police along with the currency note
in question, which is not required to be retained at the police-station, so that the District Crime Bureau would also study their
records and give indicators. It should be clearly understood that only an expert can declare a particular currency note as forged
and the opinion of an Investigating Officer is not adequate by itself to prove this.
(h) A monthly statement about the appearance of forged currency notes has to be sent to the Superintendent of Police by
the 7th of each month for onward transmission by him to the D.I.G., C.I.D., by the 15th of every month. The Investigating
Officer must study Rule 146 (b) in this connection which lays down the pro forma in which the report is submitted so that
during the investigation the relevant information is duly collected.
11. CHEATING CASES
The Investigating Officer should make himself conversant with the modus operandi adopted by some of the professional
criminals and which are well known (See Appendix 18). Some of these are mentioned below :—
(1) Topka or Bala trick.—- This crime is committed by a gang of three or four persons, who by planting a genuine
piece of ornament persuades the victim in believing
燐 ַ◌ that the item has been found by accident and can be sold to
him at a cheap rate. When the deal is made, the dupe is induced to accept the ornament on payment of the
price but the ornament is changed in the process of being handed over and only spurious piece is given to the
person cheated. There are minor variations also in this trick.
(2) Treasure Trove trick.—The dupe is persuaded to believe that a quantity of gold coins has been found while
digging a tank or foundation, etc. These are offered for sale much below the market value and when the exchange
takes place generally after dark, a pot filled with earth showing some coins on the top is made over.
(3) Note doubling.—In this trick, the victim is persuaded to believe that the currency note can be doubled. At first, a
currency note is soaked in solution of iodine and starch and when it becomes black, it is placed along with
another currency note of equal value, already blackened in the same way from before. Thereafter, both the
notes are kept covering a bundle of equal size blank papers which are tied in between within two glass plates. The
cheat recites Mantra, opens the bundle and washes the currency notes in hypo solution restoring the note which
was given by the victim and also the other one which was introduced by the culprit. The victim is given both
the notes and once he is convinced of the process, he is persuaded to bring more notes which are intended to be
treated in a similar manner. A fake police raid is organised in which the culprits decamp with all the notes and
the victim also runs away out of fear for arrest.
(4) Mystic Healers.—The swindlers in the garb of mendicants persuade the victim to bury ornaments near the
place of worship, and it is reported that the quantity and the number of ornaments would

increase by this worship. This is in fact done also to create confidence. After this, when this process is repeated,
the swindlers decamp with the entire lot of ornaments. In some other cases of this type. the ornaments are
returned, but in this process, they are replaced by base metal ornaments.
(5) (a) Bauriya tricks.—By sleight of hands, genuine coins are changed by base ones and shopkeepers are cheated in
making purchases. Variations in these tricks are used. In some cases, brass beads are replaced in place of gold
beads.
(b) 'Snow Ball' swindle.—Bogus loan banks are started particularly with no capital and on the principle of mutual
help. It consists essentially of enlisting clients who have to deposit small sums of money as entrance fee and also
to pay subscription p vliminary to get loan from the bank. They have to get more clients enlisted. A larger sum of
money is paid to the original client either as loan or as an outright advance. At some stage payment is stopped
on some plea or other. This swindle is practised in various other forms in giving watch as a prize, etc.
(c) In Post Offices (1) frauds are done by getting fake telegraphic money orders sent in connivance with the postal
employees, (2) fraud is also done in extracting items from V.P.P. Parcels by manipulating the seals used on
covers with the help of postal employees handling them, (3) bogus money orders are also introduced in
connivance with postal employees, (4) Saving Banks Accounts are manipulated and money is withdrawn from
certain accounts which appear not to have been operated for some time.
(d) Railway Frauds.—(\) An used railway ticket for a long journey and a new short journey ticket are soaked in
water. The portions of ticket giving the particulars of long journey are planted on the short journey ticket; to be
used as a long journey ticket.
璠َ
(2) The railway receipts are manipulated in connivance with the railway employees and wagons of material are
taken delivery without any payment.
(e) Bogus Public Servant.—This is also resorted to by impersonation. The culprit poses as a Police Officer or Excise
Officer or an Income-tax Officer, etc. and swindles the clients.
(f) In cheating cases, it is necessary to consult the M.O. index carefully to select the names of likely criminals for
enquiry. It has to be borne in mind that cheats would generally adopt several aliases. Therefore, when consulting
alphabetical index, all possible aliases should also be searched for.

APPENDIX 80
LIST OF FURNITURES
(RULE 75)
The following furniture’s shall be kept at a police-station:—

(1) One name plate (As given above in picture).
(2) One notice board.
(3) One wooden table 5' x 3' for each Investigating Officer and Assistant Sub-Inspector and two extra.
(4) One chair for each Investigating Officer and assistant Sub-Inspector and two extra.
爠 ַ◌
(5) One big wooden or steel almirah with good lock.
(6) One box with lock of good quality for each Investigating Officer for the custody of case diaries and
other important papers.
(7) Six hurricane lanterns where no electric is available.
(8) One gong and one hammer for striking it.
(9) One wall clock.
(10) One book-shelf.
(11) One rack for old registers.
(12) Six locks for the malkhana, male and female lock-ups, etc.
(13) One seal complete.
(14) One rack for malkhana.
(15) One rack for records.
(16) Crowd dispersal stick and shield.

(17) Two sets of appliances for taking finger prints or an investigation box (medium or big size) according
to area of Police-Stations.
(18) One call bell.
(19) One crime map of the police-station jurisdiction (vide Rule 131) on wooden board showing current year crime on
one side and the previous year on the reverse and one printed thana map, backed with strong canvas [Rule 76
(15)]. These two maps need not change till they deteriorate with lapse of time.
For Rail Police-Stations, one crime map and one separate yard map are to be kept according to Appendix 7, clause 13.
(20 One crime map in the scale of 1 inch = 4 miles or in metric system.
(21 One strong chest with good lock.
(22 Benches, two for the more important and one for the less important stations.
(23 Rope for securing prisoners—3.
(24 Handcuffs, five pairs for the more important and three pairs for the less important stations at the discretion of
the Superintendent of Police.
(25 One cot for each assistant Sub-Inspector and constable.
(26 One kit-box for each assistant Sub-Inspector and constable.
(27 One Newar bed.
(28 One table.
붰 ֲ◌
(29 Three chairs of which one should be arm chair.
(30 One bath tub.
(31 One wash-basin in a stand with jug, towel and soap case.
(32 One looking glass.
(33 One small wooden cot for taking bath.
(34 One wooden almirah.
(35 Stools-
(36 Tray for keeping papers, for Sub-Inspector and Assistant Sub-Inspector—2 for each officer and 2 extra.
Waste paper baskets—4.
(37
Galvanised iron sheets to all Sub-Inspectors/A.S.I's. for providing a hard surface on which to write whenever
(38 duplication is necessary.
(39 A rack for keeping fire-arms where these are generally kept.
Note.—Item No. 8 must be supplied at least to police-stations at district and subdivisional headquarters. Item 16 is dependent on
the number of constables and Havildars. Items 27 to 35 are supplied to only those police-stations where there is an
inspection-room.

APPENDIX 81
MISSING PERSONS BUREAU
(RULE 415)
1. A Missing Persons Bureau will function in the Criminal Investigation Department with a staff specially sanctioned for
it. At district level, this will be a part of the District Crime Bureau for which extra staff will be posted there. Separate and
detailed orders have been issued by the Inspector-General for proper functioning of these Bureaux.
2. Informations relating to missing persons received at the Police-Stations should be recorded in P.M. Form No. 221 in
triplicate and also in the Station Diary. The informant and others concerned should be carefully interro gated with a view to
ascertaining the places where the missing person is likely to be found. Copies of First Informa tion Reports shall be sent to the
C.I.D. and D.C.B. Requisitions for search of missing person should be sent at once in P.M. Form No. 80-A at places concerned.
Immediate enquiries shall be made (a) at Ashrams and (b) about professional kidnappers. Watch shall be maintained at Railway
Stations., etc. in co-operation with the GR.P. In important cases, a special officer should be sent to make field enquiries from
the missing persons bureau either in the C.I.D. or D.C.B.
3. If the missing person is traced, for which the informant shall also be periodically contacted, immediate intimation
should be sent to all concerned to discontinue search and the pending case should be disposed of. A final report in P.M. Form
No. 222 shall also be submitted as soon as an enquiry has finalised and in any case, not later than 90 days from the date of
recording information.
4. When a requisition has been received at a Police-Station for search in respect of a missing person from another Police-
Station within State or outside either directly or through Missing Persons Bureau at CID/DCB. particulars of such requisition
should be immediately entered in a separate Missing Persons Register
牰 ַ◌ in P.M. Form No. 223 and an officer detailed to look for
him at probable places as noted in clause 2. If the information gives precise particulars which make immediate search essential,
the place should be watched and searched in the man ner given in Section 100. Cr.P.C. Where no such precise particulars are
furnished, it will suffice if the available details are only indexed for future reference. If at any stage, any information is
received that the missing person may be found at any other place, information should be sent there which may be even outside
the State, for example, necessary intimation may be sent to Rail Police-Station, Howrah, Deputy Commissioner of Police, Crime
Branch, Bombay and Missing Persons Squad, PS. Kotwali, Chandnichowk, Delhi, if information is received of a missing
person having gone that side. If wireless messages are sent outside the State by local Police for this purpose, copy should be
sent in Missing Persons Bureau in Criminal Investigation Department. Patna and the Crime Bureau of the district concerned.
5. The Missing Persons Bureau in the C.I.D. will maintain districtwise registers of missing persons in P.M. Form No.
223. The Missing Persons Squad in districts will maintain this register thanawise. A similar register will be maintained of
unidentified dead bodies in P.M. Form No. 233. In addition to this, card indices should also be maintained classified in three
groups as follows with physical peculiarities and photograph :—
(a) Missing persons in P.M. Form No. 230.
(b) Recovered persons whose identity is not established, namely young children, deaf or dumb persons or
truants in P.M. Form No. 231.
(c) Unidentified dead bodies in P.M. Form No. 232.

6. When a missing person of group "a' is recovered or the identity of a recovered person of group 'b' or of an unidentified
dead body of group 'c' is established- the fact will be entered in the relevant card and the card will be removed to a separate
cabinet which will be maintained for '"closed cards".
7. A separate cabinet should be maintained in the Missing Persons Bureau in the C.I.D. for missing persons of other States.
8. The cards will be maintained on the basis of first information and final report received from the Police- Stations from
time to time. The Missing Persons Bureau in the C.I.D. will also index all relevant informations relating to missing persons
which are published in the State C.I.Gs.
9. To make the search of the card indices prompt and fruitful the card indices in groups 'a' and 'b' should be arranged
alphabetically, and in group 'c' according to prominent physical features or identification marks.
10. The C.I.Gs. of all the States, local and All-India Newspapers etc. will be regularly scanned and all information
relating to Missing Persons will be docketed with enquiries in appropriate cases.
11. For information and clues regarding missing foreigners or where missing persons are reported to have gone to
foreign countries, help from I.C.P.O. should be sought as given in Appendix 95.
12. In case the missing person is a juvenile or belongs to scheduled caste/tribe, this should be indicated in red
ink on the top right hand comer of FIR/FR.
• •
᪀◌֬

APPENDIX 82
JUVENILE AID BUREAU

[RULES 415 AND 1318(b)]
1. Aims and Objects.—Juvenile Aid Bureau has been set up with the following principal functions :—
(a) An assessment of the extent of juvenile delinquency by collection of relevant statistics and other data including
material to be collected by sample survey in the areas of operation.
(b) Organisation of preventive measures and co-operation with Social Organisations, for example Child Guidance
Centre at Mandiri in Kotwali P.S. in Patna or at Hazaribagh which have been set up by the Education department.
Similarly co-operation may be kept with Institute of Social Sciences in St. Xaviers in Hazaribagh.
(c) Investigation of important cases involving juveniles in which their interrogation, etc. assumes special
significance. Control of important cases may be assumed by C.I.D. under P.M. Rule 410.
(d) Providing a counselling service in likely cases of delinquency or anti-social behaviour.
(e) Supervision of the enforcement of the Children's Act and the connected statutes.
2. Staff.—(a) Each Bureau will generally consist of one Inspector, two Sub-Inspectors and two Assistant Sub-Inspectors.
Constables, where needed, will be provided from the available staff at the headquarter reserve of the District by the S.P.
(b) The functions of the bureau in the districts will be co-ordinated by the Central Unit at the headquarters of the State
狀 ַ◌unit and will, therefore, form a part of the general staff of the
C.I.D. The District units will function as a fraction of the C.I.D.
C.I.D., in the State.
3. Location.—(a) The Juvenile Aid Bureau is located near the offices of the Superintendents of Police and may even
function in a part of their office building although placed under the general control of the Criminal Investigation Department
though an ideal accommodation for a Juvenile Aid Bureau will undoubtedly be a simple decorated office away from a Police
building as has been done in State headquarters of C.I.D.
(b) The furniture and other materials for day-to-day functioning will be provided to the District branches of the Bureau
by the C.I.D.
4. Supervision and control.—(a) The District Bureau will function as a part of the establishment of the District
Superintendent of Police, who should control their work from day-to-day and also record notes of inspection. The range D.I.G.,
D.I.G.. C.I.D., or a Superintendent of the C.I.D. will inspect these Bureaus once in a year.
(b) Pay and other allowances of the staff will he drawn and disbursed from the C.I.D. headquarters and the D.I.G. C.I.D.
will allot specific duties of local control to the District Superintendent of Police.
5. Records.—The following record will be specially maintained in addition to other registers and reports prepared and
kept in the C.I.D. and its subordinate offices :—
(1) Statement of juvenile offenders arrested for serious or petty offence. This will be recorded in the form given in
Annexure A. Reports will be sent by the Officer-in-charge of the Police-Station to the Bureau.

(2) Card index of all juveniles for whom reports are received in the form prescribed in Annexure 'A'. This will be
done in the form in Annexure 'C.
(3) Personal files shall be maintained for each individual who comes to notice on atleast three occasions. These files
will contain all relevant information about the individual.
(4) Crime Statistics.—These will be maintained in the form prescribed for the Annual Administrative Report. The
figures will be collected from the reports received in the form prescribed in Annexure 'A' and also form the
monthly reviews.
6. The Juvenile Aid Bureau should specially keep a watchful eye on the disposal of cases, in which juveniles are concerned
and, in particular, ensure that orders under the Reformatory Schools Act or Probation of. Offenders Act and The Children's Act
as also under Sections 82,83 and 90,1.P.C. are passed by the trial Courts in appropriate cases. The connected provisions of law.
should be specially brought up before the trial Courts by the Police Pros ecutors.
7. The Juvenile Aid Bureau should take a special hand organizing patrols to curb juvenile delinquency and to counsel the
parents concerned about the anti-social tendencies of juveniles which, have come to notice.
8. The Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors attached to the Juvenile Aid Bureau should be always on the look out for cases in
which juveniles are involved so that in all appropriate instances the investigation is taken over by them after appropriate orders
are obtained from the District Superintendent of Police.
9. The organisation of Boys' club will be specially taken in hand and it should be ensured that in this and allied matters
there is a co-ordination with other organisation, official or non-official employed in this field.
黐َ

ANNEXURE A'
Statement of Juvenile Offenders arrested for serious petty offences
Station…………… Case No. .....................

Date……………… Section of law………..
1 Brief facts of the cases …….. …….. ………. …….
2 Name of juvenile …….. …….. ………. …….
3 Age …….. …….. ………. …….
4 Sex …….. …….. ………. …….
5 Address …….. …….. ………. …….
Country …….. …….. ………. …….
Local …….. …….. ………. …….
6 Education, if any …….. …….. ………. …….
7 Profession, if any …….. …….. ………. …….
8 Income, if any …….. …….. ………. …….
9 (a) Social background of the offender (so far as …….. …….. ………. …….
ascertained by examination of the juvenile or
local enquiry, if practicable)—
(a) Father's or, in his absence, guardian's …….. …….. ………. …….
name and address.
(b) Father's or, in his absence guardian's …….. …….. ………. …….
occupation and income
(c) Whether offender stays with his parents; if …….. …….. ………. …….
so, occupation of other earning members
of the family. 猐 ַ◌
(d ) Size of the family showing the number of …….. …….. ………. …….
members of the family adults, males, females
and children.
(e) Education of other members of the family …….. …….. ………. …….
including parents.
(f) Heredity including past criminal history of …….. …….. ………. …….
the family, if any.
(g )Whether offender has step mother; if so …….. …….. ………. …….
her profession.
(h) Living conditions of the family including number of …….. …….. ………. …….
living rooms, rents and taxes paid, extent of control of the
guardians of the offender.
(i) If mother is working …….. …….. ………. …….
(j) Local environments …….. …….. ………. …….
(k) Type of friends and associates the offender has, etc. …….. …….. ………. …….
10 Result of investigation
11 Result of trial (if the case goes to Court)

(to be filled by the Bureau)
12 Remarks, if any …….. …….. ………. …….

Annexure 'B' is form of juvenile field contact report in Juvenile Aid Bureau Manual
ANNEXURE 'C
Juvenile aid Bureau
Photograph (If available) Name and address Description
History of Juvenile (includes Particulars of parents or

Habits and Associates) guardians.
(On the back)
Juvenile Aid Bureau

Index No. File No. Case No. Particulars of case
汐 ַ◌
Disposal of case
Follow up Report
P.M.III—25

APPENDIX 83
DOG SQUAD
[RULE 410 (ii) (f)(4)]
1. The Dog Squad Manual shall be prepared by Inspector-General in which full details concerning its work and diet etc.,
shall be given. There are in all 50 dogs in the State located at Patna, Ranchi, Bhagalpur, Muzaffarpur. Saharsa. Hazaribagh and
Darbhanga.
2. The purpose for keeping a Dog Squad is to keep a set of trained dogs so that they can trace a criminal on the basis of
smell. In addition to this a programme of imparting training to other dogs in these squads free of cost may also be kept -so that
public may be interested in keeping trained dogs for their safety at night. In crime prone areas, the work of doing patrolling at
night by the dog squad may also be taken up. Dogs specially trained in tracking should not normally be used for other work.
3. The Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department shall be overall in charge of this squad assisted by
one Superintendent of that office who shall maintain watch on these squads in addition to his own works. In addition to this,
one Deputy Superintendent having aptitude in this work shall be posted who shall keep day to day watch on their maintenance
and training etc. This officer shall also be incharge of correspondence concerning dog squad and a few ministerial officers
shall be posted for this work. The Superintendent and Deputy Superintendent shall make periodical inspections of dog kennel
and on its expenditure. A monthly statement of dogs should be submitted to Superintendent of Police (Crime), Patna in the
form prescribed.
4. At district level where the dog squad is located, the Superintendent shall be directly incharge of this squad and its staff
and he shall see that the dogs are kept and fed properly and utilized in a useful manner.
5. AH works connected with the purchase of new dogs and their disposal shall be done by Deputy Inspector- General,
C.I.D. Any other equipment can be purchased from allotted黐funds
َ by local Superintendent.
6. (a) The police force appointed in a dog squad from the rank of constable to Sub-Inspector shall be a closed cadre. If
however, a suitable officer is not available for promotion an officer may be selected by D.I.G., C.I.D. from any district and posted
there under orders of Inspector-General.
Attention shall also be paid for giving promotion for constables and other superior officers of this squad in the general
cadre.
(b) The Superintendent shall recruit employees locally as "Kennel attendants".
7. (a) For every dog, there shall be two constables called "Handlers". For every three dogs, there shall be sanction of
one Havildar.
(b) There shall be one squad for at least three dogs.
(c) In every district headquarters, extra dog squads may be kept keeping in view the work load.
(d) One Sub-Inspector or an assistant Sub-Inspector shall be in charge of each post where dogs are kept. If there be one
squad, an assistant Sub-Inspector can do this work but one Sub-Inspector shall be appointed for two or
more squads.
8. Selection of constables for dog squad.—The Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department shall
make selection from among the constables of the district force on the recommendation of Superintendent (See Appendix 41).
If the selected constables are not willing to join, the dog squad, the Deputy Inspector-

General, Criminal investigation Department may give orders, for appointment from open market to Superintendent under
him who is incharge. In making this selection, persons having past experience or aptitude in this work shall be preferred.
9. The leave reserve of constables and other ranks in dog squad shall be kept in the district but training reserve shall be
attached with the Criminal Investigation Department headquarters.
10. Every constable of a dog squad shall be given preliminary training course of a constable. For officers of
other ranks, the general prescribed promotion programme of each rank shall be applicable.
11. The service record of dog squad employees and their annual confidential record shall be kept in Criminal
Investigation Department. The Deputy Inspector-General. C.I.D. shall be incharge of all medals or other decora tion etc.,
given as reward to dog squad. The annual administration report of thin squad shall be prepared by the Criminal Investigation
Department. The annual confidential record of Sub-Inspector and assistant Sub-Inspector shall be written also by local
Superintendent.
12. For every dog squad, a limit of jurisdiction shall be prescribed. A dog shall be sent generally only within that limit.
13. One vehicle shall be earmarked and kept in police lines for carrying dogs for periodical medical check up and to the
place of occurrence according to necessity.
14. The 'Dog Kennel' shall be specially designed and normally face towards southeast for bright sun shine in winter. Each
kennel shall be roughly 4' x 4'. A small channel of water 2' x 1W shall be made round the building to prevent' insects, etc,
crawling up near the food kept for dogs.
15. Pups born within 5 to 12 weeks are normally purchased

黐َ and require great care at that stage. When their age is three
months, they are given an injection of "Distemper vaccine". In addition to this, they are given twice "Anti Rabbies" treatment.
For normal diet of dogs. See Dog squad Manual.
**

APPENDIX 84
LIST OF COMPETENT AUTHORITY TO PASS ORDERS FOR PUNISHMENT AND SUSPENSION TO

APPOINTED OFFICERS/EMPLOYEES.
[RULES 825 (f)]

Police cadre. Compulsory Suspension Reduction in Other major Minor
retirement or Rank. punishment punishment
removal or
Dismissal.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Constable. .. Superintendent Superintendent Superintendent Superintendent
Superintendent
Lance Naik, Naik and Havildar Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto.
Assistant-Sub-Inspector Dy. I.G. Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto.
Sub-Inspector Dy. I G. Ditto Ditto Ditto Ditto.
Inspector I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G.
Ministerial Staff and Higher
their Ranks.
Lower/Upper Division Clerk Dy. I.G, S.P. S.P. S.P. S.P.
现 ַ◌
Assistants in joint cadre of Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. A. I.G.
I.G/I.G.
Section Officer Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. A. I.G.
Inspector
General.
Registrar/Budget Officer Government Inspector- I.G. I.G. I.G.
General.
Experts (F.PB./Police Lab.

Photo Bureau).
Expert Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. S.P.
Junior Reporter Dy. I.G. S.P. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. S.P.
Senior Reporter Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. S.P.
Statistics Cadre.
Dy. I.G. S.P. Dy. I.G. Dy. I.G. S.P.
Statistical Assistant
Statistical Computer Dv. I.G. S.P. S.P. S.P. S.P.

APPENDIX 85
TRAINING OF MINISTERIAL OFFICERS
[RULE 167 (a)]

1. All ministerial officers appointed initially w i l l undergo a course of training lasting for three months which will be
conducted at their range headquarters by the various Deputy Inspectors-General in regard to the ministerial establishment under
their control. For the office of the I.G.. Police and the offices of other Deputy Inspectors General posted at Patna, this training
w i l l be taken up in the office of the I.G,, Police.
2. The training will consist of the following items :—
(i) The rules of correspondence including receipt and despatch of papers and maintenance of files of correspondence.
(ii) Study of the chapter on ministerial officers, reports and returns, maintenance and destruction of files and registers
in the offices of S. P., the offices of I.G. and Dy. Is.G, and the personnel and Accounts Branch of the
Superintendent's office.
(iii) Typing both in Hindi and English.
(iv) Attachment to the various wings of the office to learn routine work as an assistant to the Section Officer (s).
3. There will be a training course for ministerial officers for the joint cadre of I.G./ Dy. I.G offices selected for promotion
to the rank of Section Officer. This course will last for a period of two weeks and will be conducted at the office of the
Inspector-General of Police. This training will consist of a study of—
(i) Secretariat Rules of Business.
(ii) 붰 ֲ◌ allotments.
Detailed rules regarding preparation of budget and
(iii) General office management and, in particular, the requirements of noting, drafting, and recording of precedent
cases.
(iv) Attachment to some of the wings of the office of the I.G, Police to study their detailed working.
4. There will be a refresher course of training for all section officers in the State which should be gone through by every
incumbent after every period of six years of service in that rank. This course will last for one week and will be conducted in
the office of the I.G. Police. During this training week, the section officer will be attached to various Secretariat offices at the
headquarters of the State to learn their detailed functioning and the manner of inter-departmental references, etc. The details
w i l l be drawn up in the office of the I.G, Police for each programme of training and particularly one Assistant to I.G. of Police
should pay special attention to this programme.

APPENDIX 86
CRIME RECORDS TO BE KEPT AT P.S., S.P. OFFICE. C.I.B. AND TO BE FORWARDED TO C.B.I.
[RULES 415. 439 AND 883-A]
1. The records to be kept in the S.P.'s Crime Office are noted in Rules 882. 882-A, and 883-A. In all cogni
zable cases registered at a P.S.. the information in the various columns of the Crime Index (P.M. Form No. 117) in
various police offices including S.P.'s Office will be filed up from the F.I.R. case diaries, supervision notes, progress
reports. F.F. and F.M. The other records would also be filled up from these papers and allied reports. However, in
cases enumerated in Rule 883-A(c)(3) only in respect of criminals operating in more than one police-station cer
tain additional informations are required as indicated in paras. 2, 4. 5, 9(b), 10, 11(b) of the instructions attacheo
with P.M. Form No. 117. These are to be sent by thana officers to the office of Superintendent with the FIR in
Proforma A, with F.F. in Proforma B and thereafter by the Court police officer with the F. M. in Proforma C. This
will also apply when a resident of this State is concerned in a crime of another State or a resident of another State
is concerned in a crime of this State even if the crime is committed in only one police-station.
2. In the S.P.'s Crime Office, the information received in Proformas A. B. and C will be sorted out and those
relating to cases in which criminals operating in more than one district are concerned these will be forwarded to
C.I.B. where these and the informations contained in the various special reports and crime reviews will be indexed
and recorded as laid down in Rule 415.
3. (a) In cases enumerated in Rule 883-A(c) in serials 10,5(b), (f) and (h), 7.1 (a), (9) (i), (3) (b), 17,8(a), 50).
(3)(c). 22 and 23 (all these are enumerated in Annexure (C) in which criminals operate in more than one State,
these additional informations along with other details noted in columns of P.M. Form No. 117, are to he sent b>
C.I.B. to C.B.I, every month in proformas A, B and C. 琀 ַ◌
(b) The C.I.B. will also prepare quarterly returns from available reports in case given in serial 10 of Rule 883-
A, i.e.. recovery/seizure of all counterfeit coins and also recovery/seizure of all denomination of notes and send
them to C.B.I, for which proformas A. B, and C above will be used.
(c) The C.I.B. will also prepare annual returns In serial 10, i.e. recovery/seizure of forged currency (Indian and
Foreign), and send them to C.B.I.
If no case has been registered in the instances noted above in clause 3 and if there has been any seizure
recovery of counterfeit currency (.see Appendix 79 annexure) or there has been loss or recovery of automobiles,
4. fire-arras, cultural property, etc.. additional information should be sent to the Superintendent's office from
the P.S
for entry in the corresponding cards. In such cases complicity of any criminal may not be clear but proformas A and
B should still be sent (ultimately) to C:B.I.. if the property is likely to go out of the State.
5. (a) In the office of S.P., as noted in Rule 882(b), the information recorded in crime index in respect of the
criminals will have to be indexed in cards (a) name-alias (b) special feature. The form to be used is contained in
Annexure A (in Hindi).
(b) In regard to property stolen/recovered also, separate index cards would be maintained in the form contained
in Annexure B (in Hindi).

ANNEXURE A
NAME CARD.
District .................... Dossier No……………. Finger Print Classification
1. Name
2. Aliases
3. P.S. Case No.
4. Parentage
5. Address
6. Age
7. Modus Operandi
ALIAS CARD.
1. Alias
2. Name under which indexed
3. P.S. Case No.
4. District and Dossier No.
MODUS OPERANDI CARD
1. Modus Operandi
2. Name
J. Parentage
4. District and P.-S. Case No.
5. Dossier No.
SPECIAL FEATURE CARD.
1. Special Feature of Deformities
2. Name of father
3. P.S. Case No.
4. District and Dossier No.
Instructions for Preparation and Recording of the above mentioned Cards.
Name Card One card in respect of each criminal will be prepared and recorded in strict alphabetical order of the
name of the criminal. Separate symbols will be used for absconders etc.
Alias Card If a criminal has more than one alias one card for each alias will be prepared and placed in an
alphabetical order of the alias in the card deck
Modus Operandi Card If a criminal has more than one M.O., different M.O. cards for each M.O. will be prepared.
Cards in the deck will be placed according to M.O. classification.
Special Feature Card If a criminal has more than one special feature one card for each Special Feature will be
prepared and placed in the card deck according to Special Feature classification.

ANNEXURE B
GENERAL PROPERTY (NUMBERED) CARD
1. Code number
2. Name of article
3. Number
4. Description (and engraving, if any)
5. Place of theft /recovery
6. District and P.S. case No.
GENERAL PROPERTY (UN-NUMBERED) CARD
1. Name of article
2. Description
3. Place of theft/recovery
4. Complainant's name
5. District and police-station case No.
6. Additional particular
(Special Marks of Identification, etc.).
AUTOMOBILE CARD
1. Type of Vehicle
2. Engine No.
3. Registration No.
4. Chasis No.
5. Make and Model
6. Date and place of theft /recovery
7. Name of Complainant

CURRENCY CARD
1 Series and Serial No.
.
2. Classification formula
3. Date of detection
4. Place of detection
Instructions for Preparing and Recording of Property Cards.

General Property (Numbered) Card.— One card in respect of each article will be prepared and placed in the card deck
strictly number wise. In respect of certain articles like cycles, weapon, watches, etc. (not automobile card for
which separate card is provided) the code number will be noted which will be the last digit of the number of the
property.
General Property (Un-numbered) Card. — One card in respect of each article will be prepared and placed in the card
deck in alphabetical order of the name of the article.
Automobile Card.—Three cards in respect of each vehicle will be prepared and placed in three separate decks of cards
arranged engine number wise, chassis number wise and registration number wise respectively.
Currency Card.— Two cards will be prepared and placed in two different decks of cards arranged according to (i)
Series and Serial No. of note and (ii) Classification GroupWise respectively.

ANNEXURE C
Periodical Statements required to be submitted by State C.I.D. to C.B.I., in
Performa’s A, B and C.
Monthly Returns:
1. Recovery/seizure of counterfeit currency.
2. Recovery/loss of automobiles.
3. Loss/recovery of fire-arms, ammunition, explosives and cases of explosions.
4. Loss/recovery of Cultural Property—Idols and Antiquities.
5. Cases of cheating and records and cheats.
6. Dacoity in running trains or banks.
7. Cases of kidnapping for begging or ransom with inter-State ramification.

8. Murder of foreigners in running trains.
9. Passport frauds.
10. Professional poisoning in running trains.
11. Robbery in running trains or banks.

12. Theft of mail from train/air.
13. Murder in running train.
14. Escapes.
Quarterly Returns :
1. Recovery/seizure of all denomination notes.
2. Recovery/seizure of counterfeit coins.

Annual Returns:
Recovery /seizure of forged currency (Indian and Foreign).

PROFORMA A.
1. Case reference—
(a) District..........................
(b) Police-Station................................
(c) Criminal No ............................
(d) Year.............................
2. Date of occurrence .....................................
3. Date of F.I.R ...........................
4. Act .....................
5. Section of Law ........................
6. Value of property—
(a) Lost ....................

or
(b) Recovered ......................
7. Rank and name of Investigating Officer. ...................................
8. Whether accused known or not known
9. Number of accused as per F.I.R ......................
10. Police disposal and date ..................................
11. Address of place of occurrence .......................
12. Name of complainant .............................
13. Weekday ..............................................
14. Time of occurrence ................................
15. Type of offence: (a) Major Head.
(b) Minor Head
16. Type of place ..........................................
17. Type of property ......................................
18. Method used .............................. :..........
19. Conveyance used ....................................
20. Motive ...................................................

21. Other Special Features-
(i) ………………………
(ii) ………………………
(iii)……………………..
(iv)……………………..
22. Sex of victim

23. Age of victim
24. Type of victim.
25. Character assumed by the offender.
26. Type of the Criminal.
27. Criminal Number of Accused—
(a) District and police-station.

(b) Year.
(c) Number.
28. Criminal Classification.
29. If General Property Number/Unnumbered-
(a) Type of property.

(b) Quantity.
(c) Make.
(d) Bore/Model.
(e) Number (if numbered property).
(f) Special Marks of Identification.
30. If Automobile—
(a) Type.
(b) Make
(c) Colour.
(d) Model.
(e) Registration Number.
(f) Chassis Number.
(g) Engine Number.
31. If Cultural Property—
(a) Type of property.
(b) Material from which made.
(c) Descriptive particulars.
32. If Currency —
(a) Number of pieces.
(b) Series.
(c) Serial number.
(d) Date of appearance.
(e) Place of appearance.
(f) Type of currency.
(g) Denomination.
(h) Classification group.

PROFORMA B.
1. Name
2. District and police-station of residence
3. Sex
4. Age
5. Father's/Husband's name
6. Religion
7. Caste
8. Tribe
9. Education Level
10. Occupation
11. .Alias—
(1) ................... (2) ................. (3)
12. Address
13. Sphere of Operation—
(1) ................... (2) ................... (3). (4)
14. Physical Features—
(1) Build 䇐
(2) Height in Cms.
(3) Age
(4) Beard
(5) Complexion
(6) Deformities
(7) Eyes
(8) Face
(9) Hair
(10) Moustaches
(11) Nose
(12) Teeth
(13) Location of Burn Mark
(14) Location of Leucoderma
(15) Location of Mole
(16) Location of Scar
(17) Location of Tattoo
(18) Habit
(19) Speech
(20) Dress Habits
15. Associates—
(1) ......................., (2) ........................., (3)……………… , (4)…………….
16. Finger-Print Classification.

PROFORMA C.
1. Date of charge-sheet
2. Age in the charge-sheet

3. Sections of Law in the charge-sheet
4. Whether Abetment/ Attempt/Conspiracy
5. No. of accused charged
6. Date of committal
7. No. of Accused Committed

8. Trial Court
9. Location—
(a) District
(b) Police-station
10. Disposal by Court

11. Case type
12. Case Number 屰
13. Date of Judgment
14. No. of accused convicted
15. Act under which convicted

16. Section (s) of Law
17. Result of Appeal
18. Type of sentence

19. Period of sentence
20. Period of Bond

21. Name of institution to which committed
22. Name of authority to whom committed for supervision
23. Date of release from Jail/Bond.

APPENDIX 87
PROVIDENT FUND ACCOUNT
(RULE 989)
Provident Fund Account of each non-gazetted employee will be maintained in the Accounts Sections of every controlling
officer in one card-index. One clerk/assistant of the section will be responsible for this work. The size of the card-index will
be 11" x 9" and the amount of the Provident Fund deposited during the entire period of service will be maintained on it (see
P. M. Form No. 139).
2. In the Accounts Section, the names of all the subscribers in deduction schedule in Form No. 101 of Sched
ule LIII shall be in order of Provident Fund Account numbers and copies of this schedule will be kept readily
available after getting it cyclostyled. For convenience, card-indices of constables will be arranged in order of their
Brass Numbers in a Tray or Slide and kept in a "Cabinet". Detailed orders regarding arrangements and method of
keeping them have been issued separately. Every month, an extract of schedule of deduction will be given to
concerned employee of Accounts Section so that the amount deducted may be entered regularly in the card of each
subscriber as well as in his Pass Book (P.M. Form No. 242). The head of office will inspect these cards quarterly
and assure himself that the work is being done properly,
3. Amount of Advance (refundable or non-refundable) which is drawn in a certain year, will also be entered on
these cards with T.V. Number. The recovery of refundable advance, which is made in installments, will be shown in
this card-index every month as 7/9 / 55.4 where Rs. 7 is monthly deduction and Rs. 9 is monthly recovery and T.V.
Number is 55 of month of April. The words "Rs." or "T.V. Number" should not be noted.
4. On every schedule of deduction, the T.V. Number must be noted otherwise it will be difficult to correct the
error if any at the end of year.
5. Account slip of each constable will be available from the office of the Director. Provident Fund Directorate,
Finance Department. Secretariat, Patna by the month of September every year. For other ranks it will be received
from the. Accountant-General. On receipt of account slip, the amount shown as deposit during the year will be
compared with the amount shown as deposit on the card-index. Discrepancies will be rectified by the Accounts
Section. Account slips will be made over to employees concerned, so that they may be assured themselves that
their account is correct. If there is any error, it must be reported in detail within 30 days.
6. Belou making over account slips to employees concerned the Accounts Section will note in separate
register giving the name of each employee, the amount deposited and withdrawn, interests accrued and the balance
at the end of the year etc., as shown in account slip. This register will be in the same Form in which account slip is
received.
7. When an employee is transferred to another district, this card-index will be sent along with his last pay
certificate to the district to which he has been transferred. The card-index will be sent in such a manner that it is not
folded. After joining the new district, the force number will be changed, but the Provident Fund Account number,
which is given by the Accountant-General, will not be changed. In the card-index space at three places has been
provided for writing the name of the district and the Brass number. These may be filled up as and when a subscriber
is transferred to another district.

8. It is found that there is delay in final withdrawal of Provident Fund of retired/dead employees The Accounts
Section of the concerned offices should, therefore, submit the application without delay to the Finance Department
or Accountant General as the case may be in prescribed form for the final withdrawal of the amounts of all such employees.
As interest on G.P.F. deposit is allowed only for six months it should be borne in mind that final withdrawal is made within
this period from the date of retirement or death. If, for any reason it could not be made within six months, the information should
be sent to the office of Inspector-General by 10th of every month in the following proforma :—
Name and rank of Account Date of Date of Reasons for
subscriber. number. retirement report. the delay.
or death.
The office of Inspector-General shall take immediate action on all such pending cases.
• •


APPENDIX 88
TRAINING COURSE FOR QUALIFYING AS DRIVERS.
[RULE 1188(b)]
All the training courses laid down would be taken up in separate State Training Institutions—armed or unarmed. If a
separate Central Traffic Training Institute is set up, these courses can be taken up there. This training institute should operate
under the control of the D.I.G. (Training) and would in addition to training of driving staff of the department, take up some
"'Research and Development" work about traffic control, and train traffic control staff of all ranks in special duties connected
with their work. The detailed rules of training programme shall be prepared by them. [See also Rules 6A/6B of Bihar M. V.
Rules, 1940].
2. Constables selected as per Rule 1186 for drivers' cadre would thereafter be put through a twelve weeks course of
training as detailed below ;—
(i) Workshop theory and practice which For first seven days (0900 hrs. to 1200
shall include knowledge of various hrs. and 1600 hrs. to 1800 hrs.).
parts of the car, its lighting and
lubricating system and matters of
roadside repair.
(ii) (a) Training on driving on dual control 21 days,
vehicle.
(b) Solo driving ... 30 days.
(c) Night driving ... 6 days.
(d) Hill or gradient driving ... ៰ 4 days.
___________
61 days.
___________
Each trainee will have about 300 miles of driving practice at the rate of 10 miles for a duration of '/2 hour per day.
(iii) Stationary control of vehicle includ- 7 days (0900 hrs. to 1200 hrs. and 1600
ing items of inspection of vehicle hrs. to 1800 hrs.).
before and after driving.
(iv) Special training should be given on 7 days with lectures followed by practical
piloting distinguished persons and training.
also as to how a "Warning Car" (i.e. an
advance pilot) precedes the convoy to clear
the route to be traversed. The drivers should
learn to transmit the state of traffic on the
road by wireless message to the Control and
to the Pilot of Convoy.
The training is to he given also for piloting by
car as well as for outriding duties with
Motor Cycles and to maintain correct
distance from the V.I.P.'s Car and take
securitv measures for him.
P.M.-III—26

(v) Training in traffic sign and signals and 7 days,
important M.V. Acts and Rules-Refresher
Course and Test.
Diagram of the Testing Track
꺠
A candidate with his light motor vehicle has to enter in reverse position from N' and then to change the position of his vehicle in
the rectangular square and come out in reverse position at 'N' again, without knocking down the polls or crossing boundary lines of
the enclosure.

APPENDIX 89
POLICE RELIEF AND WELFARE FUND
(RULE 1191)
1. Purpose.—The Police Relief and Welfare Fund has been started for affording relief to the members of the
Fund and their dependants and also for the welfare of other serving officers of the Police Department in all its
wings.
2. Management.—(a) The Fund will be administered by a Central Managing Committee comprising of the
following officers who will be ex-officio members :—
(1) Inspector-General of Police—President.
(2) Additional I.G of Police.
(3) D. I.G of Police. Intelligence Department.
(4) Sr. S.P., Patna.
(5) Dy. S. R. P. Patna.
(6) Circle Inspector. Gardanibagh P.-S.. Patna.
(7) One Commandant of B. S. P. Bn. located at Patna to be nominated by I.G.
(8) S.P. Police Radio. H.Q. Patna.
(9) Dy. S. P. Incharge, Armourers Wing at I I.Q.
(10) One S.I. of C.I.D. to be nominated by D.I.G. C. I. D.
(11) One A. S. I. of Central Transport Workshop to be nominated by S.P. I I.Q. (Misc.).
(12) One Havildar of Traffic Wing. Patna.
(13) One Constable to be nominated by D.I.G. C.R.
(14) One Ministerial Officer of I.G. Office to be nominated by I.G.
(15) One Expert of F.P.B./P.L./Photo Bureau to be nominated by D.I.G. C.I.D.
(16) D.I.G. (Admin.)—General Secretary.
(17) S.P. (Welfare) in I.G’s Office— Jt. Secretary.
(b) The nominations where indicated will be made annually.
(c) One-third of the total number of members of the committee will form a quorum.
3. Membership.—Membership of the Fund is restricted to all officers of and below the rank of Inspector and
similar ranks in specialist cadres.
4. Subscription.—(a) The scales of subscriptions and donations will be as under:
Rs. Rs. Subscription annually
Officers drawing 500 and 1,000 24.00
between
Officers drawing 200 and 499 16.00
between
Officers drawing 200 10.00
less than
Superior officers who are not entitled to membership should donate to this deserving cause at the rates indi cated
above, Rs. 16 being added for every slab of Rs. 500 in the salary.

(b) Subscriptions will be realised half-yearly from the pay of the member to be drawn on the first working day
of July and January each year. On receipt of the pay acquittance rolls with the amounts in these months, the
disbursing officers will recover the subscriptions and grant receipts to the individual subscribers. Members would
be well advised to preserve these receipts for a cross check, if necessary. No deduction will be made if any officer
or man declines to subscribe and gives a written application to this effect. These letters will be kept with the S. Bs.
of the officers. The amounts collected with the office copies of the receipts will be sent to the office of the head of
the establishment, namely. Deputy Inspector-General. Assistants to the Inspector-General. Superintendents of Po
lice. Principals. Commandants or Director as the case may be. together with a statement containing the name. rank,
etc.. of the subscribers and the amount subscribed by each. When received, a receipt cheque will be issued for the
entire amount which will also be entered in the cash book whereafter the amount will be remitted to the credit of
the Police Relief and Welfare Fund at the State Bank of India. Patna. In districts other than Patna. the deposit may
be made in the local S. B. I. and the branch should be directed to remit the amount to the Patna branch.
(c) A register (muster-roll) will be maintained by every head of office in the
following form :—
Rank and Name 1969 1970 1971 1972

No.
January July January July January July January July

1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
뿀‫؁‬
. Separate pages will be allotted for separate ranks and in the case of constables the names will be entered in order; of their
number. In this register, the names of all those who are entitled to become members of the Fund will be entered irrespective of
the fact whether they actually subscribe or not; for those subscribing necessary entries will be made in the relevant columns and
these will be left blank or crossed in respect of those not subscribing. A Gazetted Officer will ensure that all necessary entries
have duly been made in this register
(d) After each half-yearly collection, the head of the office will send a statement in the following form to the General
Secretary :—
Rank Sanctioned Total possible Numbers Amount Remarks.
strength. collection actually subscribed.
subscribed.
1 2 3 4 5 6

(e) One-third of the collection will be kept in the original office for utilising locally in accordance with the decision of
the sub-committee indicated in para. 7.
(f) No subscription will be deducted from salaries paid by money order. Recoveries from such salaries will be
kept in abeyance and made at the very first instance when the member receives payment in person. The delay thus caused in
recovering the subscription will not disqualify a member from the category of a regular subscriber.
(g) When a member is transferred from one district/unit to another the relevant extract from the register
(muster-roll) relating to him will be sent along with the Service Book, where corresponding entries will be made
in the register maintained there. As soon as an officer or man is received on transfer or is appointed in a district/unit
his particulars will be entered in the register (muster-roll) without waiting for the next half-yearly subscription to
be realised from him.
(h) To compensate for the extra work involved, the Committee will consider granting suitable honorarium to the
Accountants and the Officers in the Personnel Wing for their extra work.
5. Relief—(a) Regular subscribers to the Fund and their widows, orphans, and dependants, will be entitled to
grants from the Fund in connection with the following:—
(1) Pecuniary distress due to serious illness or other causes through no fault of their own.
(2) Relief to dependants in case of sudden death.
(3) Education of children.
(4) Marriage of orphan girls.
(5) Funerals.
뿀‫؁‬
(6) Maintenance of members and their families when on extraordinary leave on medical grounds.
(7) Any other deserving cause at the discretion of the Committee.
N.B.—A regular subscriber is a member who has regularly subscribed to the Fund from 1st January, 1953, or for the last
three years, or from the beginning of his appointment in the department whichever is earlier.
(b) Regular subscriber will continue to be eligible for grant for one calendar year after retirement.
(c) The Committee has the discretion to fix the amount of relief with due regard to the circumstances of each
case and such relief shall not necessarily be on a fixed scale. In fixing the amount of the grant the Committee will
take into consideration the period or periods for which a member has been regular subscriber during his service.
The amount of relief will be proportionate to the ratio between the total period for which it was possible for the
member to have been a regular subscriber, and the period during which he was actually a regular subscriber.
(d) When fixing the amount of relief the financial position of the person or persons to be given relief shall be
taken into consideration.
(e) As a matter of general principle no money shall be sanctioned for the payment of debts.
6. Welfare.—(a) The managing committee is empowered to sanction grants from the Fund to be spent for the
general welfare of the serving officers and men of the department i.e. for starting and maintaining educational and
training institutions, for increase in number of reserved seats in hospital for T.B. patients, for Libraries, canteens,
General Provision Stores, etc.

(b) All Funds for welfare placed at the disposal of the Inspector General shall be passed on to the Committee I for
amalgamation with their funds and for utilising according to the decisions taken from time to time, Apart of the amount may be
placed at the disposal of the District/Unit sub-committees as well.
7. Sub-Committee.—In every district or establishment a Sub-Committee of P. R-and Welfare Fund will be I
formed comprising of officers mentioned below :—
(i) Superintendent of Police or head of the establishment-—President, (ii) an officer of the rank of Deput} i
Superintendent of Police at H.Q., (iii) an officer of the rank of Inspector at District H.Q., (iv) an officer of the
rank of Sub-Inspector at District H.Q. (v) an officer each of the ranks of A.S.I. Havildar and constable at District
H.Q. (vi) a ministerial officer.
The Officer Incharge of the Welfare Section of S.P.*s Office will be its ex-officio Secretary.
The functions of the Sub-Committee will he to encourage membership of the Fund, to implement the decisions of the
Central Committee, to scrutinize and recommend applications for relief and to make suggestions regarding grants from the
Fund for the General Welfare of the force. They will also grant immediate relief assistance apart from any assistance that
may come from the Central Committee.
8. Applications for relief.—(a) Applications for relief should be submitted in triplicate to the head of the office
under whom the member serves or last served. All applications will be acknowledged as soon as received. The
head of the office will get the particulars mentioned in the application verified and the claim scrutinised. The
scrutiny should include a careful examination of the claims made by the applicant, and it should be ascertained if
the reason for making the claim was such over which the applicant or the member had no control... The head of the
office will then consult the Sub-Committee and forward the application in duplicate to the Central Secretary with
the Sub-Committee's recommendations. The application will then be placed before the Central Committee for
necessary action. The object of the Fund is immediate 뿀‫؁‬
relief and therefore applications at all stages should not be
delayed and will be marked as "top priority".
(b) Applications shall contain a full and clear history of the case and shall include the following :—
(a) Name. age. rank and pa)' of applicant/deceased, (b) Name, age and sex of the dependants, (c) Occupations,
income, property, (d) Circumstances leading to distress/death, (e) Length of service, character and pay. (f)
Details of any insurance policy, (g) Amount at credit in the G.P. Fund, (h) Names of relatives, their occupation,
income and property (complete information of all the relations of the widow as well as deceased should be
given), (i) General remarks .(to be filled in by verifying officer). (j) Period or periods during which the member
was a regular subscriber (to be filled in by the head of the office), (k) Recommendations of the Sub-Committee.
9. Miscellaneous.—(a) The President and the Honorary Secretary of the Central Committee, are authorised to
make small donations, not exceeding Rs. 500 and Rs. 200 respectively in urgent cases to meet immediate needs, in
anticipation of the approval of the Committee. All such cases shall be put up for approval at the next committee
meeting. Similarly the sub-committee President and Secretary may give relief up to Rs. 200 and Rs. 50 respec
tively.
(b) The minutes of the Central Committee meetings will be published in the Police Gazette. The decisions of
the Sub-Committee meeting should be published in the local news sheet. An audited account statement will be
placed in the committee every year in May for acceptance.
(c) Contributions from private individual may be accepted only after the approval of the Government.

APPENDIX 90
POLICE CLUB
(RULE 1193)
1. A Police Club shall be set up in every district headquarters as also in training centre, C.I.D. etc. In addition
to this, there shall be a Central Police Club also.
2. In these clubs, there shall be boarding and lodging arrangements for police officers of every rank who are
attached with the club for staying there temporarily. These clubs should provide for a library, a reading room and
facilities for playing indoor games and for sale of articles of daily use from a shop located in the same building on
a co-operative basis.
3. These clubs shall be the centre of cultural and welfare activities. The Central Control Board of Sports shall
take help of clubs at district level for organising sports there-
4. The rents of buildings of these clubs, whether these are private buildings or Government quarters, cost of
furniture, salaries of cooks and other followers, electric light and water charges shall be paid from the funds of the
club,
5. The managing committee of the police welfare and relief fund at State and district level shall manage their
respective clubs.
6. (a) In every organising committee, a separate treasurer shall be appointed from among the members of the
committee. Police officers attached with every club shall give monthly subscriptions at the following rates. Those
officers who shall be attached with headquarter police centre directly shall send their subscription to the club fund
뿀‫؁‬
of the headquarter centre :
(1) Constable ….. ….. ….. Rs. 1 per month.
(2) Havildar ….. ….. ….. Rs. 1.50 per month.
(3) Assistant Sub-Inspector ….. ….. ….. Rs. 2 per month.
(4) Sub- Inspector ….. ….. ….. Rs. 3 per month.
(5) Inspector ….. ….. ….. Rs. 5 per month.
(6 )Dy. Superintendent ...... ….. ….. Rs. 7 per month.
(7) Superintendent ….. ….. ….. Rs. 10 per month.
(8) Dy. Inspector-General ….. ….. ….. Rs. 12 per month.
(9) Inspector-General ….. ….. ….. Rs. 15 per month.
(b) Collections made from other sources shall also be deposited in this fund.
(c) One-third of the amount which is collected for the central welfare and relief fund which is kept in the
district, etc., shall be deposited with this fund so that in every unit only one fund is available in which the entire
amount should be deposited and all types of welfare works, relief works and sports, etc., may be completed under
the supervision of a working committee.
7. The maintenance of headquarter police club shall be done by the executive committee of the central welfare and relief
fund but the fund allotted for the sports by the Government shall be kept under the Central Sports

Control Board and this board shall be given extra funds according to necessity from the relief and welfare fund in which the funds of
headquarter centre are also deposited so that the work of sports is carried on properly.
8. The accounts of the fund which are available for the club shall be kept in the same manner as it is done for
the accounts in the office of Superintendent of Police and for this work, additional staff shall have to be appointed
for the clubs whose works shall be supervised by the treasurer of the club. That fund shall be audited also every
year.
9. Police Club and headquarters club are places where police officers of every rank shall meet from time to
time and make provision for their welfare and entertainment in a friendly atmosphere. At this centre, there should
not be any discrimination between police officer of different ranks which are not in accordance with rules given in
the rules of discipline of police manual.
10. There should be detailed rules separately for every club and headquarter club according to which this
work should be-carried out. The Police Department shall frame simple rules on the basis of which, rules may be
framed in the district etc.
11. As far as possible, work connected with the welfare of women/children of local police families shall be
done by every club as a welfare centre. For example, learning work and knitting of police clothing shall also be
done.
••
뿀‫؁‬

APPENDIX 91
SHREE KRISHNA ARAKSHI BAL VIDYALAYA
(RULE 1196)
There is an arrangement for imparting education to the Children of the Police Personnel in the Shree Krishna Arakshi
Bal Vidavalaya, specially for the children of the Officers of and below the rank of Inspector and Clerks. There are classes
unto secondary standard in this school. Special attention is given towards discipline, physical education, self-dependence,
teaching craft, etc., besides other conventional subjects.
This school is under the control of the central executive committee of the Police Relief and Welfare fund.
Rules for Admission
1. Only sons of the police personnel are admitted to this school excluding brothers, nephews, etc. who
are not dependent to the police personnel. Special sanction of the Central Police Welfare Fund will be
necessary in respect of the admission of others.
2. Cyclostyled copies of application forms should be obtainable from the Superintendents/Commandants
free of cost. This can also be obtained from the office of the school on payment of 25 paise. However,
the pro forma of the application is laid down in Police Manual Form No. 224.
3. Application form duly Filled in clearly will have to be submitted to the respective Superintendents or
commandants by the 31st October, who will forward them to the school by the 15th November.
4. Only one son of a police personnel will be admitted to this school during one calendar year. In case
admission of more than one son is desired, 줠ؐ special recommendation of the concerned Superintendent
will be sent along with the application so that the admission can be done after obtaining the permission
of the Executive Committee.
5. 40 boys in the Sixth Class and 10 in the Eighth Class will be admitted every year and admission to the
other classes can be done in special circumstances on the approval of the Executive Committee.
6. There will be an Entrance Examination in January on the opening day of the school for the admission
to the Sixth Class; the prior information of which will be given to the applicant in December. Boys
shall have to appear in that examination and on the basis of marks obtained, the First forty boys will be
interviewed. After the report of the medical examinations is received in respect of selected boys,
enrolment will be done in the School.
7. Applications should be received in the school through the Superintendent before the 15th November
for admission to VIIIth class. The Principal will call the applicants to Hazaribagh on proper dates for
examination and on the basis of marks obtained in this examination, the First 10 boys will be admitted
to the VIIIth class. But prior to that they will be medically examined. IF after that, there are seats in the
class, other boys shall be admitted.
8. No action will be possible in respect of admission in case of non-receipt of application through the
Superintendent/Commandant.

9. Transfer Certificate of the school will have to be produced where the boy is reading iFan admission is
to be taken in eighth class. Transfer certificate will have to be produced even for the Sixth class or
else it will have to be declared that the boy hag not read in any school. In such a case, he will have to
bring a certificate of age. However, transfer certificate will be taken on getting an assurance of admission in this school.
10. The following fees will be payable at the time of enrolment:—
(1) Admission Fee:—Rs. 5.
(2) Science Fee if the student offers science in the eighth class—Rs. 6 per annum or in higher classes.
(3) Security—Rs. 10
Note.— (i) The amount of security can be refunded after leaving the school but all items will have to be deposited.
(ii) Every guardian will have to arrange for the following clothing articles or to deposit Rupees 50 in its place from which
arrangement can be made for this :—
Khaki half pant—3, Khakhi half shirt—3. Blue half pant—2, white shirt—2, Plate (Thali), Katora, Mug-one each. Besides,
bed, mosquitonet, wearing cloth, box etc. will also have to be arranged.
11. Every guardian will have to give the following mess charges per month and the expenses of the first
month will have to be deposited at the time of enrolment—
(1) Constable Rs. 15, (2) Havildar Rs. 22.50, (3) Assistant Sub-Inspector Rs. 25, (4) Sub-Inspector Rs. 33. (5)
Inspector Rs. 42, (6) L.D. Clerk Rs. 15, (7)뿀U.D.
‫ ؁‬Clerk/Asst. Rs. 25, (8) Section Officer Rs. 33. (9) Registrar
and Budget Officer Rs. 42.
The persons holding higher ranks than above will have to give Rs. 50 per month as mess charge.
Note.— The sons of the deceased Police Officers who were the employees of the Police Department will not be charged mess
expenses.
12. For absence without permission from the school, a fine of 0.50 paise per day is payable. In case of
continuous absence for more than a month, name of such a boy will be struck oil the roll of the school
and re-admission can be done only on payment of Rs. 15.
13. Students should remain present compulsorily on the opening day of the school after long holidays
otherwise mess expenses for the whole month will be payable and in addition to this absence fine will
be imposed every day under Rule 12. No mess charge will be imposed in case the school is closed for
the whole month. Half mess charge will be imposed for 1st to 15th or 16th to the end of the month.
14. Those boys whose fathers have been discharged from the service will he admitted to the school in the
same way as the boys of the employees of the police department. They will have to forward their
applications through the Superintendent of that place where they worked last,
15. Boys of the police employees, on whom Rule 14 is not applicable or those who need exemption of
any kind, will have to apply to police welfare relief fund, Patna.

16. Other boys can be admitted to Classes VI and VIII in addition to boys of the police personnel in case
seats are vacant in the school. Boys seeking admission in Class VI will have to appear at the Entrance Examination
along with other boys and they will have to meet the Principal with marks obtained for admission to Class VIII.
Such boys will have to apply by the 15th of December on plain paper.
17. On getting the information in respect of admission, such boys have to appear along with the under mentioned
amount and transfer certificates :—
(1) Admission Fees.—Tuition fee of one month.
(2) Tuition fees in rupees/paise per month. (Twice in one year).—
Class 6-7th Class 8th Class 9th Class 9th B Class 10th B Class 11th B
Rs. 2.50 Rs. 4.50 Rs. 4.75 Rs. 5.00 (Arts) Rs. 6,00 (Arts) Rs. 6.50 (Arts)
Rs. 6.00 (Science) Rs. 6.50 (Science) Rs. 7-00 (Science)
(3) Games and other fees—6th to 9th Class—Rs. 3.50, 9th to 11th Class—Rs. 4. in January and
July.
(4) Boarding Fees— Rs. 5 per month.
(5) Mess expenses— As fixed by Government.
(6) Security Rs. 10— Which will he refundable after leaving the School, (See Rule 10).
뿀‫؁‬
Managing Committee.—This school is administered by a local school managing committee under the auspicious of
police relief and welfare fund (PRWF) whose members are the following :—
(1) President- -D.I.G. (TRG)-cum-Principal, P.T.C., Hazaribagh.
(2) Secretary- -Supdt., P.T.C., Hazaribagh.
(3) Member— -One M.L.A. nominated by I.G. Police.
(4) Member- -B.D.O. of the area.
(5) Member— -Principal of the School.
(6) Member— -S.P., Hazaribagh.
(7) Member- -Teachers' representative—One teacher of the school.
The secretary supervises day to day work of the school on behalf of the managing committee. There is an account in
the name of Secretary at the State Bank of India, Hazaribagh where the amount received from all sources is
deposited. Proper amount is remitted for meeting the expenses of the school from Police Relief and Welfare
Fund. Rest of the expenses are compensated from mess charges and grants received from the Education
Department.
• •

APPENDIX 92
RULES FOR THE RECRUITMENT AND PROMOTION OF POLICE RADIO PERSONNEL
(RULE 1235)
1. For recruitment to the rank of Literate Constable (Operator/Technician) the usual method of recruitment as
laid down in Rule 663 will apply but a written test may also be held of candidate after physical test as below :—
1st Paper Hindi and English ... ... 100 Marks
2nd Paper Science (Physics, Chemistry and ... ... 100 Marks
Mathematics).
Each paper will be of three hours duration and minimum qualifying marks shall be 50 per cent.
Their seniority shall be decided on the basis of merit list in the Final Examination of Grade III Course. At the end of
probation period, they shall be eligible for promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector (Radio) subject to passing a
qualifying test and vacancies available. Those who fail in this qualifying test will be slided down in seniority but if they
qualify in the next test they will remain senior to next batch.
2. (a) A.S.Is. are eligible for promotion to the rank of Radio Supervisors (Sub-Inspectors) in Operational/
Technical side subject to the condition that they have passed Grade II Operator/Technician course.
(b) There is also direct recruitment in the rank of Supervisor Sub-Inspector (unarmed) in the same way as
given in Rule 654 but the minimum qualification should be a second class diploma in Radio or Telecommunication
Engineering or B. Sc. with Physics as one of the papers. Direct recruits will have to do initial training as given in
Rule 1232.
뿀‫؁‬Radio is only by promotion on merit from the rank of
(c) The recruitment to the rank of Inspector of Police
Radio Supervisor who have passed Grade I Operator/Technician Course. No training is prescribed for the Cat
egory.
(d) For appointment to the rank of Deputy Superintendent (Radio) by promotion from the rank of Inspector or
direct recruitment, see Rules 645 and 646 respectively. Minimum educational qualification for direct recruitment
shall be graduate in Telecommunications/Radio Engineering/Technology or M. Sc. with Physics or Applied Phys
ics with wireless/Electronics as special paper.
..
APPENDIX 93

TRAINING PROGRAMME
[RULES 681 AND 682(e).]
1. Training Programmes are four-fold in nature:—
(i) Initial on appointments.
(ii) Promotional.
(iii) Refresher.
(iv) In-service specialist.
2. Except for routine programme of target practice and day to day parade and institutional classes, all training
will be imparted at the training institutes in or outside the State.
3. Each Training Institute or Centre should have a detailed book of standing orders based on a standard
training manual, to be prepared centrally and if necessary approved by this Government. Contact should be main
tained with the standing committee on training in the Bureau of Police Research and Development, New Delhi.
4. Each Training should include items of indoor visual training and may also include visits to places of
interest in and outside the State.
5. Some important common subjects for various types of desirable training courses are given in the clauses
below and their syllabus is given in Annexures A, B and C which are also not exhaustive. The periods to be allotted
to different types of courses are to vary according to the necessity of different ranks and also on the educational
standards of trainees. It is however, to be noted that a subject entitled, as for example, "I.P.C." or "National Integra
tion" is noted in all the training courses but it is obvious뿀that
‫ ؁‬bare elementary aspect will be taught to constables,
while more important and detail training will be given to other ranks depending on requirements.
6. Training programmes applicable to various specialised branches of Police are indicated in the connected
chapters. The details will have to be shown in a Training Manual. The training for A. P. Ps. newly recruited are
indicated in Rule 681.
7. (a) Assistant/Deputy Superintendents of Police after 5 years' service should attend a refresher course of
eight weeks at a Police Training College. A second course will be attended after 10 years of service and this should
be of a similar duration.
(b) Reserve and Circle Inspectors selected for promotion to the rank of Deputy Superintendents shall be given
3 months' training at Police Training College. Reserve Inspectors on promotion to the rank of Deputy Superinten
dents shall be given a special Orientation Course so that they are fully acquainted with the subjects concerning
investigation and unarmed police. In the same way, Circlet Inspectors promoted to Deputy Superintendents in the
armed Battalions shall be given an Orientation Course so that they are aware of the organization etc., of the armed
force. In addition to this Deputy Superintendents who have been promoted from armed and unarmed cadre shall be
given instructions concerning supervision in the different branches of District Police Office for 4 weeks.
(c) (i) From Sub-Inspector to Circle Inspector. - For promotion from the rank of Sub-Inspector to the rank of
Circle Inspector, there shall be a Promotion Course for four weeks. In the training period, training shall be given on
supervision and leadership, scrutiny of case diaries of Crime, manner of dealing with organized crimes, departmental,
enquiries and the manner of knowing complaints of public and the method of removing them.

(ii) From Sub-Inspector to Reserve Inspector,—For promotion from the rank of Sub-Inspector to Reserve Inspector,
four weeks promotion course shall have to be done. In this, the trainees shall be taught in (1) company's administration, training
and command, (2) conducting departmental enquiries and (3) leadership and supervision. In this Promotion Course, subjects
concerning human behaviour, etc., shall also be included.
8. Practical Training of promoted Sub-Inspectors.—Those who have been promoted from the rank of Assis
tant Sub-Inspector will do a separate training course for 3 months and will be confirmed according to vacancies
(see Rule 659).
9. Assistant Sub-Inspector to Sub-Inspector Promotion Course.—There shall be three months' promotion
course for Assistant Sub-Inspectors selected for promotion to the rank of Sub-Inspector In this course, special
emphasis should be on supervision and leadership, prevention and investigation of crime (with special reference to
gang cases, heinous crime and scientific aids), social defence, new legislations and Court rulings and maintenance
of law and order.
10. (a) Havildars to Reserve Sub-Inspectors.—A promotion course should be held which will be of three
months' duration. Instructions should be given about the duties and responsibilities of a platoon commander.
Additional subjects to be taught are maintenance of registers, documents etc., of a platoon, duties of reserve office,
platoon and company Drills etc. The Havildars who pass 'the examination shall work as probationers for one year
in the rank of Sub-Inspectors.
(b) Refresher Course.—A four weeks' Refresher Course for reserve Sub-Inspectors will be conducted after every seven
years. The training will be similar to what is given, above.
11. Refresher Course.—All Havildars and Assistant Sub-Inspectors who have put in, seven years of service in
their respective ranks, should he required to undergo at intervals of every seven years, a refresher course of four
weeks' duration including one week at the State Forensic Science Laboratory.
뿀‫؁‬

ANNEXURE ‘A’
______________________________________________________________________________________
Serial No. Subjects for training. Symbol.
1 2 3
______________________________________________________________________________________
Indoor.
I Modern India and the Role of the Police I
A Indian National Tradition IA
B (1) Salient features of the Indian Constitution with I B (1)
special emphasis on fundamental rights.
(2) National Flag, Emblem and Anthem I B (2)
(3) The concept of a democratic, Socialist and secular I B (3)
State.
(4) Political parties, trade unions and other organized I B (4)
groups.
C (1) Political, social and economic changes in India since I C (1)
Independence and their implications for the police,
unarmed or armed as the case may be.
(2) Major social evils and problems with special reference I C (2)
to untouchability.
(3) Disruptive forces—communalism, regionalism, etc. I C (3)
D The economic framework, Agrarian structure land ID
Industrial structure in private and public sectors.
E International relations, Relations with neighbouring IE
countries.
F Role and functions of civil police, armed and줠unarmed,
ؐ IF
according to various ranks.
II Organisation and administration II
A Central Police Organisations and Institutes II A
B General administration and set-up. Relations between II B
the Police, other departments. Gram Panchayats and social
organisations.
C. Local Self-Government Institutions, urban and rural II C
D (1) Organisation of the Armed Police Battalion,company, II D (1)
platoon and section.
(2) Indian Armed Forces, including T.A., N.C.C. and A.C.C. II D (2)
E (1) Organization of the Railway Police and the traffic, II E (1)

crime and special branches and village police.
(2) Organization of women police, mounted police, dog squad, II E (2)

police wireless, Anti-corruption Bureau, District Prosecution
Branch, FP. Bureau, Juvenile Police Aid Units, State Forensic
Science Laboratory etc.
________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________
Serial No. Subject of Training. Symbol.
1 2 3
F (1) Civil Defence/Home Guard unit and co-ordination II F (1)
with them.
(2) Special Constables II F (2)
III Human behavior III
A Understanding human behaviour-individual group and crowd. III A
B Police behaviour towards the public III B
(1) Principles of police conduct (Appendix 37) III B (1)
(2) Selected cases to emphasise the importance of
Courtesy, impartiality and integrity. III B (2)
IV Administration
IV
(a) Badges of ranks, clothing equipment, arms and IV (a)
ammunition, pay and allowances, leave, discipline,
complaints, punishments, appeals, promotion,
rewards, decorations, housing, medical
treatment, retirement benefits, service records
and educational examinations.
(b) Correspondence accounts and records IV (b)
V Police duties
A Causes of Crime VA
B Types of Criminals VB
C Observance and collection of criminal intelligence and VC
other techniques.
D (1) Prevention of crime, beat and patrol뿀‫؁‬ duties, V D (1)
surveillance and attendance at jail parades.
(2) Prevention of crime, B.L. cases, other security V D (2)
proceedings of Cr.P.C.
(3) Investigation, Preparation of F.I.R., Appen- V D (3)
dix 77, consultation of police-station, M.O.B./
C.I.D. /N.C.Bs., Crime records at various
levels. Interrogation of witnesses suspects and
accused persons, statement of confessing accused,
searches and seizures, arrests, T.I. Parade,
writing of case diary, final reports, charge-
sheets, and scientific aids to investigation.
(4) Forensic medicine of which a few important points
are given in P. M. Form 44, Appendices 78 and
79 (specialised crime).
(5) Forensic Science of which a few important
points are given in Chapter 42. Unarmed sub-
inspectors to do practical exercises in lifting
finger and foot-prints etc., in institutional training
and study latest advances when they go for
refresher training.
____________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________
1 2 3
(6) Special and/or organised types crime and their V D (6)

investigation and prevention, like arson, sabotage,
espionage, etc. white collar crime. Some selected cases.
E Service of summons and execution of warrants VE
F (1) Juvenile delinquency V F (1)
(2) (A) Modern concepts in criminology with special V F (2)

reference to criminology factors.
(B) Penology with special reference to probation. V F (2)
parole and corrective institutions.
G (1) Maintenance of order. Control of meetings. V G (1)
processions and crowds. In case of armed S. Is.,
internal security and riot scheme.
(2) Maintenance of order with particular reference to V G (2)
student and labour problems, political agitations
and communal disturbances. Goondaism. eve-teasing, etc.
H V.I.P. arrangement and security. For S. Is. both armed and VH
unarmed, security of vital installations, industrial
establishments, etc.. arc of utmost importance.
‫؁‬
I Guards and Escorts, and in case of training for S. Is. VI
(armed), actual outdoor, work of guarding and escorting
prisoners are to be taught
(1) Police-station routine and records V I (1)
(2) P. R. Work in Court, relevant law is Identification V I (2)
of Prisoners Act, 1920.
J Emergency, relief-assistance in natural calamities. Subjects VJ
of P. M. Chapter 45 to be studied by unarmed S.Is. in detail.
K Fire prevention and fire fighting and in case of armed S. Is., VK
actual outdoor training is to be included.
L First-aid, sanitation and hygiene VL
M Maintenance of Cash Book and study of T.A., Medical Reimbursement VM
and Financial Rules and other accounts.
VI Law: In case of S. I. (Unarmed), some test will be without books also. VI
They will be taught the offences along with similar offences of the same
Act or of other Acts/Laws, if any. See P. M. Appendix 101 also.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
P.M.-lll-27

1 2 3
Few important Acts etc. arc noted below :—

1 A. I..P.C. VI 1 A
B. Cr.P.C. VI 1 B
C. Indian Evidence Act VI 1 C
D. Minor Acts VI 1 D
(1) Anns Act. 1959 VI 1 D(l)
(2) C.T. Act. 1871 ' VI 1 D(2)
(3) Excise Act. VI 1 D(3)
(4) Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 and Rules VI 1 D (4)
(5) Opium Act. 1878 VI 1 D (5)
(6) Indian Railways Act. 1890 VI 1 D (6)
(7) R.P. (U.R) Act, 1966 VI 1 D (7)
(8) Police Acts. 1861. 1888 and 1949 and other VI 1 D (8)
amending acts as given in P.M. Appendix 1 and
Delhi Special Police Estab. Act which are for higher
‫؁‬
ranks.
(9) The Protection of Civil Rights Act, 1955 VI 1 D (9)
(10) The children's Act, 1960 and Young Persons VI 1 D (10)

(Harmful-Publications) Act, 1956.
(11) Public Gambling Act. 1867- VI 1 D (11)
(12) Prevention of Corruption Act, 1947 VI 1 D (12)
(13) Indian Explosives Act, 1884 VI 1 D (13)
(14) Explosive Substances Act. 1908 VI 1 D (14)
(15) Telegraph Wire (Unlawful Possession) Act VI 1 D (15)
(16) Wild life Protection Act, 1972 and Indian VI 1 D (16)

Forest Act, 1927.
(17) Essential Commodities Act. 1955 VI 1 D (17)
(18) Atomic Energy Act. 1962 VI 1 D (18)
(19) Drugs and Magic Remedies (Objectionable VI 1 D (19)
Advertisement) Act. 1954.

__________________________________________________________________________
1 2 3
(20) Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and VI 1 D (20)
Girls’ Act. 1956 and social legislations.
2. A. Revision of important provisions of I.RC. and VI 2 A
Cr.RC, general exceptions and definitions of
Cognisable Offences. Offences relating to
obstruction or deterring public servant from
duty and powers of arrest.
B. New legislation and important new rulings VI 2 B
VII The role of a Police Officer as a supervisor and leader. VII
VIII Transport and Communications— VIII
A. Motor Transport of Armed Police VIII A
B. Types of wireless sets and telephones. Elementary VIII B
Radio Telephony and maintenance and charging of
batteries.
C. Cipher Work VIII C
IX Tutorials, Guest lecturer. Film shows and Library IX
X Management concepts and techniques Outdoor X
Outdoor
I. Physical fitness, outdoor life and toughening— I
A. P. T. IA
B. Route Marches ‫؁‬ IB
C. Obstacle courses and cross country races. For IC
armed constable, include assault course also.
D. Road walk and run ID
E. Swimming IE
F. Asans IF
G. Rock climbing IG
II Drill II
A. Drill with and without arms II A
B. Kit inspection II B
______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________
1 2 3
C. Guard mounting and duties of sentries II C
D. Ceremonial drill II D
III Weapon Training— III
A. 410 Musket III A
B. Riffle but for armed constable Trg., its classification III B
course is included.
C. Range Target Practice course III C
D. Revolver but in case of armed S. I. its classification III D
course is included.
E. L.M.G. including classification course and in case of III E
S. I.. Sten/T. M. G. including classification course.
F. Grenade including lobbing of Hand Grenades and III F
firing rifle Grenades.
G. Handling and firing Mortar III G
H. Lighting machine 9 mm. III H
IV Crowd control— IV
A. Lathi or Cane drill IV A
B. Tear smoke. IV B
C. Duties during melas, processions and crowd IV C
D. Control of mobs and unlawful assembly IV D
E. Use of Gasmasks and Protective equipments IV E
‫؁‬
V Embussing and debussing with or without arms V
VI Traffic control— VI
VII (a) Field craft including extended order drill and route- VII (a)
lining.
(b) Field craft and tactics but in case of armed S.I. VII (b)
training in Section and platoon formations, field
signals, duties and scouts and battle procedure are also to be learnt.
(c) Anti-extremists operations VII (c)
(d) Elementary map reading including use of compass VII (d)

Serial No. Subjects for training. Symbol.
1 2 3
(e) Elementary knowledge of field engineering mines, VII (e)

booby traps, overcoming obstacles and laying of
telephone lines.
(f) Street lining VII (f)
(g) Counter-insurgency operations up to platoon level, VII (g)
patrol and ambush, infiltration and raid, road
blocks and living off the land. Appreciation,
defence general and of a post. Raiding of a
strong hold/hideout.
VIII A. Maintenance and mechanism of Motor Cycle and VIII A
its driving and also to learn cycling.
B. Handling of R/T equipment VIII B
IX Unarmed Combat IX
X Games and athletics X
XI Attachment to social service agencies (minimum of‫؁‬
2 XI
hours on holidays).
XII Equitation, stable management, saddling and bridling XII
XIII Driving XIII

ANNEXURE 'B'
Unarmed Training Courses
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Recruit Constables' Havildars' A.S.ls.' A.S.Is.' promotion Sub-Inspector Referesher course
Constables. refresher course Refresher courses course from Havs. recruits course for Sub-Inspectors
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Rule Period Rule Period Appendix Period Rule Period Rule Period Rule Period
686( 1) 9 months 686(3) 1 month. 93 Clause 1 month. 684(1) 6 months. 681(a) 12 months 681(d) 4 weeks
(11)
1 2 3 4 5 6
Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor

I I I IA IA IA
A
B(l) to B(4) B(1) B(l) B(l) to (4) B (1) (2) B(l)to(4)
(3) (4)
C(l) to C(3) C(l) and (2) C(l) and (2) C (l)(2)(3) C (l) (3) C (l) (3)
D D D
E E E E(3) E E
F F F
II . II II II
A A A A
B B B B
D(1)and(2) D(l)and(2) C
E(l)and(2) E(l)and(2) D(l)and(2)
F(1) E(l)and(2)
III III III III III III
A A A A A A
B B(1)and(2) B(l)and(2) B(l) B(l) B(l)

IV IV IV
(a) (a) (a)(b)
V V V V V V
ABC D(l) D(1) 现‫ ؀‬D(1) F(2) D(2)(3)(4) D(l)to(5)D(6)
D(1) G(2) F(2) (5) and (6) F(2)(A)(B) G
E G(2) I
F(l) H J
G(l) I(1)(2) K
H J L
I(1) K
VI 1AtoC VI VI VI ID(l)to VI1 AtoC VI 2B
lD(l)to 2A 1B (2),(4),(7) and 1 D
18 B C to (20) (l)to(18)
VII VIIIA
IX
Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor
I I I
AtoD A.B.C.D.E. AtoF.
II II II
AtoD B AtoD
III III
AtoC AtoD
IV IV
AtoB AtoC
V
VI
VII (a)
VIII
AB
IX IX IX
X X
XI
XII

___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Refresher course for Promotion course for Promotion course from Promotion course Promotion course
A.Ss. P./Dy. Ss. P. Inspectors to Dy. Ss. P. Sub-Inspector to from A.S.I, to from Constable to
at P.T.C. Inspector. Sub-Inspector. Havildar.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Appendix 93 period Appendix 93 Period Appendix 93 Period Appendix 93 Period Rules Period .
Clause 7(a) 8 weeks Clause 7(b) 3 months Clause 7(c)(i) 4 weeks Clause 8 3 months 660A (i) 6 months
684(2)
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
1 2 3 4 5
Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
I AB(1)(3)(4) I AB(1) I C (2) I C (2)
C(l),(2)and(3) C(l)(2)
D,E,F. E
II II
A, B, D, D. A, B.
III III
AB(1)(2) A,B(1)
IV (a)(b) IV (a)(b)
V C,D (4) (5) (6) V D(4)(5)(6) V D(3)(4)(5)(6) V D(l)to(6) V D(l)to(5)
G(1)(2), J F(2)AB, J, K G(1)(2)&H
VI 2AB VI 2AB VI 2AB
VII VII VII
Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor
IIID IIID
VI A
VII (g)
VIII A X
XIII 滐‫؀‬
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

ANNEXURE 'C
Training courses for armed personnel.
S. I.'s recruits Promotion course Havildarto S.I. Promotion course Promotion course
course from Constable to from S.I. to from Inspector to
Lance Naik. Reserve Inspector. Dy. S.P.
Rule 681 Period 9 Rule 685 Period 3 Appendix 93 Period Appendix 93 Period Appendix 93 Period 3
months (b) (4) months Clause 10(a) 3 months Clause 7(c)(ii) 1 month. Clause 7(b) months
1 2 3 4 5
Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
I A I B(l) I AB(1)
B(l)(2)(3)(4) C(l)(2)
C(l)(3) E
DE
AB
II C ( l ) ( 2 ) F(l) II B II D ( l ) ( 2) 11 D(l) II A. B, D, E
III A B(l) III B 111 A.B(l)
IV (a) IV (a) IV (a) IV (a) (b)

V G(i) V D (3), I. L. V KLM V D(4)(5)(6)
HJKLM F(2)(A)(B)JK
VI 1A,B, V! 2AB
D(l),(3),(4),(6),
(8), (13), 04), 06)
VII VII A t o B VII A VII

VIII ‫؁‬
Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor
I ABCDE I ABC I B
II AD II AD II A
III BandE III BDE HI A t o E III D and E III D
IV A, B, C, D, E IV ABCDE IV A t o E
VII (b)(c)(d)(e)(f) VII (a)(b)(c)(d)(e) VII (g)
(g)
VII A VIII A
IX X
X X X
XII
• •

APPENDIX 94
Blank
킠؋

APPENDIX 95
INTERNATIONAL CRIME POUCH ORGANISATION.
(RULE410)
1. The I.C.P.O. with headquarters in Paris (Telegraphic address : INTERPOL. PARIS) is operating with a
view to collecting, collating and disseminating information about crimes and criminals with an international com-
plexion. Finger-print slips, photographs, and detailed indices are also maintained here. The I.C.P.O. mainly main
tains information connected w i t h the following crimes :—
(a) murder, (b) burglary, (c) assault, (d) theft (including pick-pocketing) and thefts of cars, air-crafts, etc.,
(e) swindling. (0 breach of trust, (g) Banking fraud including fraudulent cheques, (h) trafficking in
women. (i) counterfeiting coin, (j) forged currency, (k) white slavetraffic, (1) planting of letter bombs
and (m) publication of pornographic literature and other materials. The I.C.P.O. also publishes a
review indicating the materials received by them and also maintains a Sub-Office at Hague (Holland)
which specially compiles information about counterfeit currency notes and coins.
2. The I.C.P.O. functions in its affiliated countries through the National Crime Bureau. In India, the C.B.I, is
the National Crime Bureau. The Interpol Division of C.B.I, covers all such correspondence. Therefore, whenever
assistance from a country affiliated to the I.C.P.O. is required, the Police force in India will have to address the
Interpol Division of the C.B.I. However, for non-affiliated countries, correspondence has to be channelised through
the Ministry of External Affairs who will have to be addressed through the State Government.
3. All matters including procedural difficulties affecting crimes in which foreigners are involved or about
criminals, who are foreigners, should be referred to the Interpol Division of the C.B.I, so that the matter may be
discussed at the annual Interpol Convention, if necessary, for evolving appropriate procedures.
㼀0
4. The list of countries affiliated to the I.C.P.O. are available with Government.
5. Whenever finger-prints of foreigners arrested in India are required to be sent to the International Crime
Police Organisation for search, etc., this should be done through the Central Finger Print Bureau, Calcutta which is
a part of C.B.I. In case a foreigner is convicted in this country an extra copy of the finger print slip (and a copy of
the photograph) should be sent to the C. F. P. B. for onward transmission. Whenever an Indian is convicted abroad
and his/her finger-print slips are to be kept in a State Bureau for future reference, these will be received from the
National Criminal Bureau of the country of conviction by the Central Finger Print Bureau and the latter are respon-
sible for transmitting them to the State Bureau for record [See Rule 445(e)].
• •
APPENDIX 96

YARDSTICK FOR SANCTION OF VEHICLES.
(RULE 1184)
The following shall generally be the yardstick for sanction of vehicles:—
(a) Every police-station—One jeep or a motor cycle with side car.

(b) Office of every circle headquarters—One jeep.
(c) Office of every Sub divisional Police Office—One jeep and one Pick-Up.
(d) Office of every district police headquarters—Three jeeps, one heavy vehicle, one prisoners" van and
extra vehicles keeping in view the available force and training reserve so that. 30 per cent of the
striking reserve can perform journey by 3 Tonner vehicles and 50 per cent by Pick-Up vehicles. For
Patna and Ranchi, each will have two additional jeeps.
(e) Office of Range Deputy Inspector-General away from State headquarters—Two jeeps together with
four Pick-Ups and one three Tonner as range reserve.
(f) Extra vehicles should be provided in every district or unit keeping in view the number of employees
and vehicles, so that whenever any vehicle gets damaged or becomes unserviceable, any vehicle may
be used in its place Such a provision should be twenty per cent of the total number.
(g) The number of vehicles at headquarters as State reserve shall be kept according to necessity.
Note.—No police vehicle shall be allotted to any individual officer. Luxurious staff cars should not be purchased as
these are less useful than jeeps. In district headquarters these may be kept in Police Lines for better maintenance find concerned
officers in clauses (a) to (c) above may requisition them for‫؁‬raids and during emergencies for a limited period. Officers drawing
conveyance allowance must maintain their own conveyance for official work. See Rule 85.
For annual return of vehicles, See Form No. 18 of P.M. Form No. 228.

APPENDIX 97
AIRCRAFT NATIONALITY MARKS
[RULE 1381(h)]
These signs are found written in form of groups of Capital alphabets in Roman script. In a group of alphabets that is "VT-
Aus”, the first two alphabets "VT' are indicative of nationality while the last three alphabets "Aus" are indicative oi'' registration.
Afghanistan … … … … YA
Argentina … … … … LV
Australia … … … … VH
Austria … … … … OE
Bangladesh … … … … S2
Belgium … … … … OO
Relgium Congo, Peoples Republic of … … … … TN.
Bolivia ... … … … CP
Brazil … ... ... ... PR PT
Burma ... ... ... ... XY, XZ
Canada ... ... ... ... CF, C
Sri Lanka ... ... ... ... 4R
Chile ... ... ... ... CC
China (Peking) ... ... ... ... B
China (Taiwan) ... ... ... ... N with their national
and number
Colombia ... ... ... ... HE
Cuba ‫؁‬... ... ... ... CU
Czekoslovakia ... ... ... ... OK
Denmark ... ... ... ... OY
Dominican Republic ... ... ... ... HI
Equador ... ... ... ... HC
Egypt ... ... ... ... SU
El Salvador ... ... ... ... YS
Ethiopia ... ... ... ... ET
Finland ... ... ... ... OH
France ... ... ... ... F
Greece ... ... ... ... SX
Guatemala ... ... ... ... TG
Haiti ... ... ... ... HH
Honduras ... ... ... ... HR
Iceland ... ... ... ... TF
India ... ... ... ... VT
Indonesia ... ... ... ... PK
Iran ... ... ... ... EP
Iraq ... ... ... ... YI
Ireland ... ... ... ... EI. EJ

Israel ... ... ... ... 4X
Italy ... ... ... ... I
Japan ... ... ... ... JA
Jordan ... ... ... ... JY
Korea (Republic of) ... ... ... ... HL
Lebanon ... ... ... ... OD
Liberia ... ... ... ... EL
Luxembourg ... ... ... ... LX
Libyan Arab Republic ... ... ... ... 5A
Mexico ... ... ... ... XA,XB,XC
Netherlands ... ... ... ... PH
Netherlands Antilles ... ... ... ... PJ
Surinam ... ... ... ... PZ
New Zealand ... ... ... ... ZK,ZL,ZM
Nicaragua ... ... ... ... AN
Norway ... ... ... ... LN
Pakistan ... ... ... ... AP
Panama ... ... ... ... HP
Paraguay ... ... ... ... ZP
Peru ... ... ... ... OB
Philippine ... ... ... ... PP
Poland ... ... ... ... SP
Portugal ... ... ... ... CS,CR
Saudi Arabia ... ... ... ... HZ
Spain ... ... ... ... EC
Sweden ... ... ... ... SE
Switzerland ... ... ... ... HB
Syria ... ... ... ... YK
Thailand ... ... ... ... HS
Turkey ... ... ... ... TC
Union of South Africa ... ... ... ... ZS,ZT,ZU
United K:ngdom Colonies and ... ... ... ... VP,VQ,VE
Protectoidtes.
United States ... ... ... ... N
Uruguay ... ... ... ... CX
Venezuela ... ... ... ... YV

APPENDIX 98
MESSAGE WRITING
(RULES 1242 AND 1244)
Messages will be written on P.M. Form Nos. 207 and 207-A. This can be done by an officer of or above the rank
of officer-in-charge of a police-station.
Messages connected with law and order matters only should be sent out. Daily reports of routine nature should
not be transmitted through Police Radio. However, the messages noted below are normally allowed for transmission
on the Police Radio set:—
(1) Crime and Criminals.
(2) Escorts by Police Personnel.
(3) Corruption cases.
(4) Descriptive Rolls of Deserters; Military /Police.
(5) Foreign Nationals—Passport Verification/Movements.
(6) Crime Statistics.
(7) Failure of State Radio Stations.
(8) Demand and deputation for Police Personnel in emergencies.
(9) Tour Programmes and Visits of V.I.Ps. (for example, Ministers, Envoys etc.).
(10) Information relating to 'Missing' persons (such as children, disabled persons)—
Efforts by police to trace them.
(11) Movement of Police Officials on duty.
(12) Casualty/Death of Police Personnel.
(13) Communal incidents. 킠؋
(14) Strikes.
(15) Movement of personnel under C.I.D. vigilance.
(16) Violation, of Narcotics Laws and Measures.
(17) Opening of fire by police or among parties.
(18) Escape of prisoners.
(19) Stay of execution of condemned prisoners.
(20) Outbreak of riots in prisons.
(21) Hunger-strike of prisoners/labourers, etc.
(22) Movement of prisoners/criminals.
(23) Public meetings/processions/demonstrations.
(24) Any emergent message, like natural calamity, epidemic, floods, fire, etc.
SEMI-LAW AND ORDER MESSAGES OF POLICE ADMINISTRATION
1. Appointment-and postings in the police ranks and statistics relating to strength. Promotions, demotions,
etc. of Police Personnel.
2. Police courses, Training, etc.
3. Character Rolls. Service Books, etc. of Police Personnel.
4. Police Officers' conference—Inter-State and Intra-State.
5. Police business indirectly related to "Law & Order".

SERVICE MESSAGES
Messages relating to communication and technical maintenance of the police Radio Grids including Inter-State Police Wireless
such as daily equipment reports, etc. and other technical service matters.
INSTRUCTIONS
Messages should be issued only when the urgency of situation so requires and not as a routine matter. Mes-sages must be precise
and in telegraphic language and use of words like 'Please', 'Grateful', etc. must be avoided.
Lengthy and detailed reports should be sent through a special messenger or by post as is feasible. The words, Sitrep 1600
peaceful' may be used for conveying briefly on wireless that a certain situation is peaceful at 1600 hrs.
Routine Reminders. Summons, etc. should on no account be sent by Police Radio.
•
㼀0

APPENDIX 99
FORENSIC SCIENCES LABORATORY, BIHAR, PATNA- RECRUITMENT RULES FOR STAFF
(RULES 1255)
(a) TECHNICAL (GENERAL)
Name of Classifi - Sanctioned Age limit Educational and other Minimum Method of In case of Promotion Appointing
post cation strength of for direct qualification required for educational and recruitment grade/ post from authorities and
post recruits as direct recruit other whether by direct which promotion is constitution of
on next 1st qualification recruitment or to be made Selection Board
january required for promotion
promotees
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Scientific Class 3 Non- 17 19-27 Essential— B. Sc. with B.Sc. By promotion (i) Director. Forensic
Assistant or Gazetted years appropriate combination from the rank of Science Laboratory
Technician technical of subjects having at Laboratory Bearer (ii) Through a Board
least 45 per cent marks or by direct --- constituted by
in aggregate. recruit-ment. Director consisting of
himself, one senior
member of his
establishment and one
Desirable— Experience S.C./S.T. officer of
of working in a his Department or in
recognised laboratory. case of not being
available an officer of
equivalent status from
another Department.
Scientific Class 3 Non- 18 21-25 Essential—M.Sc. in the Same as given 50 percent by Experience of Ditto
Assistant or Gazetted Years appropriate subject or for direct promotion and 50 working as a
Technician technical B.Sc. with appropriate recruits in Col. per cent by direct Laboratory Assistant
com-bination of subjects 5 of this chart recruitment. for six years in the
having two years same section of
experience of working in Bihar F.S.L.
a recognised laboratory
Desirable— (i)
Experience of research
work. (ii) Experience of
working in a Forensic
Science Laboratory.

Senior Class 3 Non- Technical Ditto Essential—(i) M.Sc. in B.Sc. in having 50 per cent by Experience of Ditto
Scientific Gazetted Officers the appropriate subject. six years promotion and 50 working as
Assistant/ 17 Senior (ii) At Least 3 years of experience of percent by direct Scientific
Technical Scientific experience of work in a working in the recruitment Assistant/Technician
Officer. Assistants recognised laboratory. same section of for six years in the
3 (Three) Bihar F.S.L. same section of
Desirable— (i) Bihar F.S.L.
Experience of research
work as evinced by
published papers,
(ii) Experience of
Science laboratory.
Senior Class 2 20 21-27 Essential—(i) M. Sc. in B.Sc. having a 50 per cent by With six years (i) State Government,
Scientific Gazetted Years the appropriate subject minimum six promotion and 50 service rendered as (ii) Through Bihar
Officer (ii) At least 3 years re- years of percent by direct Senior Scientific Public Service
search/analytical experience of recruitment. Assistant/Technical Commission.
experience in a working in the Officer in the same
recognised laboratory. same section of section of Bihar
Bihar F.S.L. F.S.L.
Desirable— (i) Ph.D.
degree/experience of
research work as evinced
by published papers,
(ii) Experience of
Science Laboratory.
Assistant Not less than 9 Upper age Essential— (i) M.Sc. in M.Sc. with at Promotion failing With six years Ditto
Director Class 2 limit 30 the appropriate subject. least six years which direct service rendered as
Gazetted. years ( ii) Atleast 5 years of experience of recruitment. Senior Scientific
research/analytical ex- working in a Officer in the Bihar
responsible
perience in a recognised capacity in the F.S.L.
laboratory. same section of
Bihar F.S.L.
Desirable— (i) Ph. D.
degree of an Indian or
Foreign University, (ii)
Research expe-rience as
evinced by published
papers, (iii) Experience
of working in Forensic
Science Laboratory.

Appendix 99- Contd.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Deputy Class I I Upper age Essential— (i) M.Sc. in any M.Sc. with at Promotion With six years (i) State
Director Gazetted. limit 40 of the appropriate subjects, least six years failing which service rendered as Government
Years (ii) Seven years research/ of experience of direct Assistant Director (ii) Through Bihar
analytical experience in any working in a recruitment. in Bihar F.S.L. Public Service
branch of Forensic responsible Commission
examination capacity in
Bihar F.S.L.
Desirable—(i) Ph.D. degree
of an Indian or Foreign
University.
(ii) Experience of
working in a
Forensic Science
Laboratory.
Director Class I I Upper age Essential— (i) M.Sc. in any M.Sc. degree Promotion With 6 (six) years Ditto
Gazetted. limit 40 of the appropriate subjects, with at least 15 failing which Service rendered
Selection Years (ii) 10 years research/ years of direct as Deputy Director
Grade analytical experience in any experience of recruitment. in Bihar F.S.L.
branch of Forensic working in a
responsible
Desirable— (i) Ph. D. degree capacity in
of recognised Indian or Bihar F.Sc.
Foreign University, (ii) Laboratory.
Experience of working in a
responsible capacity in
Forensic Science Laboratory

SUBJECTS FOR RECRUITMENT IN VARIOUS SECTIONS OF FORENSIC APPROPRIATE SCIENCCE
LABORATORY, BIHAR, PATNA
Director M.Sc. in Chemistry, Physics, Bio-Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, Microbiology or

Anthropology (Physical).
Dy. Director Same as Director.
Assistant Director (General Chemistry) M/Sc. (Chemistry).
Assistant Director (Physics) M.Sc. (Physics).
Assistant Director (Instruments) M.Sc. (Physics) with specialisation in Electronics
Assistant Director (Biology) M.Sc. [Zoology, Bio-Chemistry or Anthropology (Physical)]. .
Assistant Director (Serology) M.Sc. in Bio-Chemistry, Zoology or Microbiology
Assistant Director (Ballistics) M.Sc. (Physics, Mathematics).

.
Assistant Director (Toxicology) M.Sc. (Chemistry).
Assistant Director (Explosives) M.Sc. (Chemistry).
N.B.—In all the above the M.Sc. degree should be atleast Second Class. The educational qualification is relaxable for Government servants for
promotion up to Senior Scientific Officer unless otherwise mentioned.

Appendix 99- Contd.
(b) TECHNICAL (PHOTO DIVISION)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Junior Class 3 One Upper Essential— Matriculate with Promotion failing Class 4 post (i) Director, F.S.L.,
Photo- Age- limit (i) Matric (Science)with a atleast 6 (six) which direct Bihar.
grapher 27 Years three-year diploma in years experience recruitment. (ii) Through a Board
Photography, in Photography in constituted by
(ii) Experience in Bihar F.S.L. Director consisting of
Photography of nest Less himself, one senior
than six years. member of his
establishment, one
Desirable—(i) S.C./S.T. Officer of
Experience of Crime his department or/
Photography/ Forensic and in case not being
Photography. available an officer
of equivalent status
from another
department
Laboratory Class 3 One Ditto Essential— (i) B.Sc. with (a) Matric Promotion failing Junior Ditto
Assistant. Physics/3 years diploma (Science)/ which direct Photographer of
in Photography of a 3 years diploma recruitment Bihar F.S.L.
recognised institution in Photography.
(ii) Aptitude in Photo- (b) 6 (six) years
graphy. experience in
Photography in
Desirable— Experience Bihar, F.S.L.
of Photo-graphic work
Photo- Class 3 One Ditto Essential (a)B.Sc. (with Promotion failing Lab Assistant Ditto
grapher (i) B.Sc. (with.Physics)/3 Physics)/3 years which direct (Photography)
years diploma in Photo- diploma in recruitment of Bihar F.S.L.
graphy of a recog-nised Photography.
institution. (b)6 (six) years
(ii) 6 (six) years experience in
experience in Photography in
Photography. Bihar F.S.L.
Desirable— Experience
of forensic photography

Senior Class 3 One 21 to 25 Essential— (i) B.Sc. B.Sc. or Promotion failing Photographer of Ditto
Scientific Years (preferably with Physics Matriculate with which direct Bihar F.S.L.
Assistant or Matric a degree or diploma in recruitment
three years' diploma in Photography
Photography of a with at least six
recognised institution) years experience
in Bihar F.S.L.
(ii) Six years experience
in various branches of
photography.
Desirable-Working
experience in Forensic
Science Laboratory
Photography/Crime
Photography, etc.
Senior Class 2 One Upper Age Essential— (i) B.Sc. B.Sc. or Promotion failing S.S.A/T.O. of (i) State Government
Scientific (Senior) limit 30 (preferably with Physics Matriculate with which direct (Photography) of Bihar.
officer years or Matric a degree or diploma in recruitment Bihar F.S.L. (ii) Through Bihar
(photo- three years' diploma in Photography Public Service
graphy) Photography of a having at least Commission.
recognised institution) Ten years
experience in the
Bihar F.S.L.
(ii) Ten years experience
in various branches of
photography.
Desirable-Working
experience in Forensic
Science Laboratory
Photography/Crime
Photography, etc.

Appendix 99- Contd.
(c) NON-TECHNICAL STAFF- FORENSIC SCIENCE LABORATORY,BIHAR,PATNA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1. (i) Peon Class 4 14Tempy. (i) 18-27 (i) Seventh Class pass Nil Direct Nil ((i) Director, F.S.L., Bihar.
(ii) Chovv- 2 yrs. (i) Knowledge of cycling recruitment (ii) Through a Board
kidar (ii) Upper constituted by Director
(iii) Sweeper 1+1 age-limit consisting of himself, one
(iv) Farash 2 35 years senior member of his
(v) Atten- 2 for establishment, one S.C./S.T.
dant Scheduled Officer of his department
(vi) Packer 4 Caste/ or/ and in case not being
Tribe available an officer of
Candidate equivalent status from
another department.
2.Laboratory Class 4 17 Ditto (i) Seventh Class pass Ditto Nil Ditto
Bearer (ii) Should be prepared to handle
viscera, blood; semen, Urine,
Stool, Vomit etc. during ---
laboratory work.
Desirable— Matric with Science
3 Gas Class 4 1 Ditto Essential— Ditto Nil Ditto
Operator (i) Class VII Pass (ii) Knowledge
of working of automatic petrol
gas plants and explosive ---
behaviour of inflammable
vapours.
Desirable— Experience of
working on gas plant in a
laboratory.
4 viscera Class 4 2 Ditto Essential— Ditto Nil Ditto
Cutter (i) Class VII pass
(Harijans) (ii) Should be prepared to
handle, cut, macerate, extract ---
purifying human and animal
viscera.
Desirable— Experience of
working in a Mortuary.

5 Animal Class 4 1 (i) 18—27 Essential— (i) Seventh Nil Direct Nil Ditto
House years, (ii) Class pass (ii) recruitment
Keeper Upper age- Experience of working
limit 35 in rearing of and
years for maintenance of
Scheduled laboratory animals e.g.,
Caste/ rabbits, guinea pigs,
Tribe white mice, frogs, etc.
candidates.
6 Daftari Class 4 1 Ditto Essential— (i) Seventh Nil Ditto Nil Ditto
class pass
(ii) Knowledge of the
work of office daftari.
7 Treasury Class 4 1 Ditto Essential— (i) Seventh Class Promotion failing Peon of Bihar Ditto
Sarkar (i) Non-Matriculate pass. which direct F.S.L. with
(ii) Knowledge of (ii) Knowledge recruitment experience of
cycling of cycling. Treasury work.
Desirable—
Experience of Treasury
work in a Government
Department
8 Class 3 1 Ditto Essential— I.Sc. I.Sc. with 5 Ditto Class 4 post Ditto
Storekeeper Desirable— Experience years experience
of handling Scientific of working in
Stores, maintenance of Bihar F. Sc.
stock books, etc. Laboratory.
9 typist Class 3 2 Ditto Essential— (i) Matriculate Promotion failing Class 4 post Ditto
(i) Matriculate with 5 years which direct
(ii) Knowledge of experience of recruitment
typing 30 words per working in bihar
minute in Hindi. F.S.L
Desirable—
Typing 40 words per
minute in English.
10 Lower Class 3 5 Ditto Essential— Matriculate Matriculate with Ditto Class 4 post Ditto
Dn. Clerk as noted in P.M. Appx. atleast 5 years'
51. experience of
Desirable— Knowledge working in Bihar
of typing Hindi 25 F.S.L. and
words per minute and aptitude for
English 30 words per office work.
minute.

Appendix 99-Contd.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Accoun- Class 1 (i) 18—27 Essential— (i) Director, F.S.L.,Bihar,
tant 3 years (i) Matriculate Matric with 5 Promotion L.D. Clerk (ii) Through a Board
(ii) Upper (ii) Passed Preliminary and years experience failing which with constituted by Director
age-limit Final Accountancy of handling direct experience consisting of himself,one
35 years examination conducted by Accounts in the recruitment of accounts senior member of his
for the Revenue Deptt. office of Bihar work. establishment and one
Scheduled F.S.L. S.C./S.T. Officer of his
Caste/Tribe Department or in case not
candidates. being available an officer
of equivalent status from
another department.
12. U.D. Class 1 Ditto Essential—
Clerk. 3 (i) Matric Matriculate with Ditto L.D. Clerk Ditto
(ii) Five years' of office at least five years
experience in a private firm experience of
of repute/local body/Govt. working in Bihar
office as a clerk. F.S.L. as L.D.
Desirable— Knowledge of Clerk.
typewriting Hindi 30 words
per minute and English 40
words per minute.
13. Head Class 1 Ditto Essential—
Clerk 3 (i) Graduate Matriculation Ditto U.D. Clerk Ditto
(Selection (ii) Five years' of office with at least 5
Grade). experience in a private firm years experience
of repute/local body/Govt. of working in the
office as a clerk. office of Bihar
F.S.L
14. Liaison Class 1 18—27 Essential—
Officer. 3 years. (i) Graduate Matriculation Deputation Upper As above
(ii) Five years' experience in with at least 8 from C.I.D. of Division
a Private Firm of years experience an Officer of (Selection
repute/local body/Govt. of working in the the rank of Grade).
office in Liaison work. office of the Inspector of
Bihar F.S.L. Police.
For all appointments in Charts (a), (b) and (c), the upper age-limit is relatable by 2 years for S.C./S.T. candidates and for Govt, servants as per rules. Period of probation for direct
recruits in Gazetted rank is 2 years and for ministerial and other non-gazetted ranks one year. For those promoted period of probation is one year in all case

APPENDIX 100
ASSOCIATIONS
(RULE 712)
POLITICAL DEPARTMENT
(GENERAL BRANCH)
NOTIFICATION
The 20th July, I960
No. A/A1-102/60-P.G—2079.—In exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution,
and in supersession of all previous instructions on the subject, the Governor of Bihar is pleased to make the following rules,
namely :—
THE BIHAR GOVERNMENT SERVANTS' (RECOGNITION OF SERVICE
ASSOCIATIONS) RULES, 1960.
1. Short title.—These rules may be called the Bihar Government Servants' (Recognition of Service Associations)
Rules, 1960.
2. Definitions.—In these rules, unless there, is anything repugnant in the subject or context—
(a) "The Government" means the Government of Bihar;
(b) "Government Servant" means any person to whom the Bihar Government Servants' (Conduct) Rules,*
1976 apply.
3. Service Associations already recognised.—A Service Association which has been recognised by the Government
before the commencement of these rules and in respect of which the recognition is subsisting at such commencement shall
be deemed to have been recognised by the Government under these rules and shall continue to be so recognised unless and
until the recognition is withdrawn under Rule 6.
4. Conditions for recognition of Service Associations.—No Service Association shall be recognised by the
Government after the commencement of these rules, unless all the following conditions are satisfied, namely :—
(a) An application for recognition of the Service Association is made with all the information relevant for such
recognition;
(b) The Service Association is formed primarily with the object of promoting the common service interests of its
members;
(c) Membership of the Service Association is restricted to a distinct category of Government servants having
such common interests, all such Government servants being eligible for membership of the Service
Association;
(d) No person, who is not a Government servant, is connected with the affairs of the Service Association;
(e) The executive of the Service Association is appointed from amongst the members only; and
(f) The funds of the Service Association consist exclusively of subscriptions from members and grants, if any,
made by the Government, and are applied only for the furtherance of the objects of the Service Association.
* 1956 substituted by 1976 by The Bihar Government Servants' Conduct Rules, 1976

5. Conditions subject to which recognition in granted—Every Service Association recognised or deemed to have
been recognised under these rules shall comply with the following conditions, namely :—
(a) The Service Association shall not send any representation or deputation except in connection with a matter
which is of common interest to members of the Service Associations;
(b) The Service Association shall not espouse or support the cause of individual Government servants relating to
service matters;
(c) The Service Association shall not maintain any political fund or lend itself to the propagation of the views of
any political party or politician;
(d) All representations by the Service Association shall be submitted through proper channel and shall, as a normal
practice, be addressed to the Secretary or Head of the Department of Office;
(e) A list of members and office bearers, an up-to-date copy of the rules and an audited statement of accounts of
the Service Association shall be furnished to the Government annually, through proper channel, after the
general annual meeting so as to reach the Government before the 1st day of July, each year;
(f) Whenever the Service Association proposes to make any amendment to its rules, it shall send immediately a
copy of the draft amendment to the Government in advance for their scrutiny and approval. The Government
may allow only such amendments to be made in the rules of the Service Association as are not inconsistent with
these rules;
(g) The Service Association shall not amalgamate, unite or affiliate itself with any other body, without obtaining
previous permission of the Government;
(h) The Service Association shall not start or publish any periodical, magazine or bulletin without the previous
approval of the Government;
(i) The Service Association shall cease to publish any periodical, magazine or bulletin, if directed by the Government
to do so on the ground that the publication thereof is prejudicial to the interests of the Central Government or
the Government of any State or any Government authority or to good relations between Government Servants
and the Government or any Government authority;
(j) The Service Association shall not do any act or assist in the doing of any act which, if done by a Government
servant, would contravene any of the provisions of Rule* 8 of the "Bihar Government Servants' (Conduct)
Rules, 1976:
(k) The Service Association shall not address any communication to a foreign authority except through the
Government, which shall have the right to withhold it, and
(1) Communications addressed by the Service Association or by any office-bearer on its behalf to the Government,
or a Government authority shall not contain any disrespectful or improper language.
6. Withdrawal of recognition.—If in the opinion of Government a Service Association recognised under these rules has
failed to comply with the conditions set out in Rule 4 or Rule 5, the Government may withdraw the recognition accorded to
such Association.
7. Relaxation.—The Government may dispense with or relax the requirements of any of these rules to such extent and
subject to such conditions as it may deem fit in regard to any Service Association or class of Service Associations.
8. Interpretation.—If any question arises as to the interpretation of any of the provisions of these rules, it shall be
referred to the Government whose decision thereon shall be final.
By order of the Governor of Bi
M.S. RAO, Chief Secy.
*Rules 4-A and 4-B substituted by Rule 8 of the Bihar Government Servants' (Conduct) Rules, 1976.

APPENDIX 101
DUTIES OF THE POLICE UNDER SPECIAL ACTS

(RULE 925)
1. The list of Acts to be kept by the police in various offices is given in Appendix 55. All police officers are expected to
study these enactments with a view to enforcing their provisions.
CENTRALACTS.
The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act (24 of 1958).
2. Police officers should protect archaeological sites and remains. Whoever without dim authority destroys, removes,
injures, alters, defaces, imperils or misuses a protected monument, or removes from a protected monument any sculpture,
curving, image, relief, inscription, or other like object is liable for prosecution under Section 30 of the Act, which is cognizable,
and bailable. (See Rules 105 and 307.)
The Administration of Evacuee Property Act (Act XXXI of 1950).
3. All offences under this Act are cognizable. It is the duty of the police officer to prevent wilful destruction or unlawful
misappropriation of evacuee property. If anybody commits this offence, he is liable for prosecution under Section 32 of the Act.
This Act provides penalty for failure to surrender evacuee property.
Under Section 38, previous sanction of the Central Government or any authorised officer is required for prosecuting any
offender under this Act.
The Aircraft Act (22 of 1934).
4. Under section 7 of the Act, the Central Government is to make rules for investigation of accidents. In the case of any
accident, an information is to be given to the nearest aircraft authority and arrangements are to be made by local police to guard
the debris and send injured persons to hospital. (See Rule 1381.)
The Antiquities Act and Art Treasures Act (52 of 1972).
5. If any person, himself or by any other person on his behalf exports or attempts to export any antiquity or art- treasures in
contravention of Section 3 of the Act, he will be liable under Section 25(1) of the Act. In such cases, •help of I.C.P.O. can be
taken as noted in Rule 410 (g).
No prosecution for an offence under sub-section (1) of Section 25 shall be instituted except by or with the sanction of such
officer of Government as may be prescribed in this behalf.
The Arms Act (54 of 1959).
6. (a) (1) If a person is carrying arms, a police officer can arrest him without warrant under Section 19 of the Act, for not
giving name and address and under Section 20 for suspicion of unlawful use.
(2) Under Section 22 of the Act, search warrant is required for search of premises for recovery of arms.
(b) Whoever acquires or has in his possession any fire-arm in contravention of Section 3 shall be punishable under Section
25 (l)(a) of the Act. In such cases, prior sanction of the prosecution by the District Magistrate as provided under Section 39 is
essential.

(c) Section 26 provides for punishment for secret contravention of any of the provision of Sections 3, 4, 5,6, 7. 10. 11 and
12 of the Act. For offences under this section sanction of the District Magistrate is not required unless the offence is for
contravention of Section 3 of the Act (Unlicensed arms).
(d) If the arms used is without license, even the sanction of D.M. is necessary for offences under Section 27 of the Act.
(e) Under Section 31. there is provision for enhanced punishment for any offence on reconviction. (See Rule317.)
(f) Section 35 of the Act provides for criminal liability of persons in joint occupation of premises if aware of the existence
of arms therein.
(g) All the offences under the Act are cognizable.
(h) For sending confiscated arms to gun factory, SeeRule 326. For exemption to police officers regarding license to
possess arms, See Rule 697. For escort of fire-arms in transit, see Rule 539.
(i) For inspection of shops dealing with arms. Indian Arms Rules have been framed by the Central Government under
Section 44(2) (k) of the Act.
Armed Forces (Emergency Duties) Act (J5 of 1 947).
7. (a) In this connection, see Rule 621 (a)(ii) also, according to which, requisition for army may be given to nearest army
officer for quelling a riot.
(b) Not only for dispersal of unlawful assembly but also for maintenance of law and order and essential services, troops
may be called out in aid of civil officers, if Border Security Force and Central Reserve Police prove inadequate or are not
readily available.
The Border Security Force Act (47 of 1968).
8. (a) This Act provides for the constitution of force and offences for violation of provisions of Act including t'-al by their
own "Security Force Courts*'.
(b) Under Section 60, whenever a written application is received from Commandant for arrest of an offender of this Act,
the police officers shall aid in the apprehension and delivery of such a person.
(c) Under Section 61(1), the Commandant shall give information of desertion on which the deserter is to be apprehended
and delivered into the custody of the force.
(d) Under Section 61(2) any police officer may arrest without warrant any person reasonably believed to be a deserter and
shall bring him without delay before the nearest Magistrate. [See Rule 231 (b)].
9. (a) Departmental rules have been provided for use of Border Security Force in aid of civil officers, for which see Rule
621(a)(ii). Such force should not be utilised as plain cloth men or for lathiduty but only for armed duty. The officers of the force
shall have full authority to make their own disposition of force.
(b) Help of Border Security Force can be taken in natural calamities like floods, drought, rail or air accidents and other
emergencies.
The Central Reserve Police Force Act (66 of 1949).
10. (a) A member of the Central Reserve Police Force is liable for prosecution under Sections 9 and 10 of the Act if he in
any manner indulges himself in any mutiny against the State or deserts the force or quits the sentry post, displays cowardice or
incites others, etc. Such offences are cognizable and non-bailable.

(b) For Central Reserve Police Force Rules. 1955, refer to notification No. S.R.0.499, dated the 24th February. 1955 of
Government of India Gazette, Pan II, page 393.
(c) For details regarding use in aid oil civil officers, see Rule 621 (a)(ii) and clause 7(b).
The Cantonments Act (II of 1924)
11. (a) Section 57 deals with unauthorised possession of spirituous liquor within a cantonment which in case of
reconviction is liable for enhanced punishment, (See Rule 317.)
(b) Any police officer can arrest without warrant if the offence is committed in his view. This is bailable.
(c) See Rule 1344(b).
The Cattle Trespass Act (I of 1871).
12. (a) Under Section 10, all police officers shall, when required, aid in preventing (i) resistance to legal seizures and
(ii) rescues from persona making such seizures.
(b) Under Section 14 of the Act, the officer incharge of police-station on receipt of a report of unclaimed impounded
cattle kept there for more than a week, shall take necessary action for its disposal.
(c) No police officer shall, directly or indirectly, purchase any cattle at a sale under Section 19 of the Act.
(d) Under Section 24 of the Act, forcible opposing of seizure of cattle is cognizable and bailable.
The Customs Act (52 of 1962).
13. (a) Provision has been made under Section 103 for X-ray examination of suspected persons for detection of secreted
goods. A police officer should aid and assist a Custom Officer in execution of the provision of this Act.
(b) For seizure of a vehicle carrying contraband goods, see clause 35(c).
(c) Under Section 4 of the Act the Central Government may issue declaration in respect of such officers as it thinks fit to
be officers of customs under Section 4 of the Act.
(2) For arrest/release on bail, see Section 135 (b)(i) read with Schedule I (Part II) Cr.P.C. and clause 17 (a).
(3) For keeping items in Malkhana, see Rule 120. The special or general order of the I.G. is necessary for keeping a
property in Malkhana.
The Child Marriage Restraint Act (19 of 1929).
14. Under Section 12, Court may, on a receipt of complaint from police that a child marriage is going to be arranged,
issue an injunction prohibiting the marriage.
Civil Defence Act (27 of 1968).
15. (a) Under Section 3 of the Act, Civil Defence Rules, 1968 have been framed and published in the Gazette of India, Part
II, Section 3(1), dated July 10, 1968 (GSR No. 1277).
(b) Penalties under Rule 20 may be substituted by the Central Government in exercise of the power conferred under
Section 3 of the Act as modified by sections of Defence of India Act in "Emergencies" and for which necessary notification
would be issued by GrihMantralaya. Then the contravention of Civil Defence Rules would be cognizable and non-bailable.
(c) See Rules 1266—1268 and Clause 21.

The Copyright Act (14 of 1957).
16. Under Section 63 of the Act, complaint is to be filed in Court for selling spurious books after test of such books by
Education Department. Section 64 empowers a police officer not below a Sub-Inspector to seize spurious books.
The Central Excise and Salt Act (I of 1944).
17. (a) Under Section 103, Cr.P.C. a police officer can obtain a search warrant for search and seizure of non- duty paid
"Excisable Goods" and hand it over to the nearest Central Excise Officer.
(b) A person arrested by a police officer or handed over to him by a Central Excise Officer can either be released on bail or
forwarded to Magistrate under Section 20 of the Act.
The Dangerous Drugs Act (2 of 1930)
18. (a) Various types of offences relating to coca, opium, etc., are punishable under the Act and on second or subsequent
convictions, enhanced punishment is provided under Sections 16 and 17 of the Act. (See Rule 317).
(b) Under Sections 23 and 24 of the Act, any police officer above the rank of constable is empowered to (i) search a
person, (ii) enter and search a place and seize the incriminating thing under this Act. They have also powers of arrest.
(c) Information about traffickers in important cases should be promptly given to the C.B.I, through the State C.I.D.
However, in every case, a return is to be submitted to Narcotics Commissioner as noted in Rule 260(b).
The Delhi Special Police Establishment Act (25 of 1946)
19. (a) The Central Bureau of Investigation is constituted under the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs
resolution No. 4/31/61-T, dated the 1st April 1963 for the primary purpose of investigation of offences involving the Central
Government employees which are specified by the Central Government under Section 3 of the Delhi Special Police
Establishment Act. The C.B.I. Manual Rule 27 provides for the issue of notification from time to time for taking up investigation
by C.B.I, of certain categories of offences under I.P.C. and other laws.
(b) Cases of international ramification are also investigated by Central Bureau of Investigation. (See Rule 410).
(c) The Central Government, Ministry of Home Affairs may on the request of the State Government direct the Central
Bureau of Investigation to take up investigation of any important case or enquiry even against a State Government employee.
[See clause 49 (e).]
The Drugs and Cosmetics Act (23 of 1940).
20. (a) Police officers can carry out a raid and take samples of suspected sub-standard drugs under Section 23 of the Act in
company with Drug Inspector. After this, these are required to be sent by the Drug Inspector to Government Analyst for test.
Subsequently the Drug Inspector will file a complaint in case of necessity as provided under Section 32 of the Act. Enhanced
conviction is laid down under Section 30 of the Act.
Drugs and Magic Remedies (Objectionable Advertisement) Act (21 of 1954)
(b) It is an Act to control advertisement for drugs for certain purpose of remedies which are alleged to possess magic
qualities. Sections 3 to 6 are cognizable and bailable.

The Defence of India Act and the Defence of India Rules
21. (a) Under clause (1), Article 352 of the Constitution, "Proclamation of Emergency" is done for the whole of Union of
India or any part thereof for civil defence against any form of hostile aggression by a foreign power and such measures are taken
as required during or after it. If necessary, Defence of India Act shall be promulgated and Defence of India Rules shall also be
framed under it, on emergency being revoked, "Act" and "Rules" lapse.
(b) See clause 15(b).
The Police (Incitement to Disaffection) Act (22 of 1922).
22. (a) Section 3 of this Act, provides penalty for causing or attempting to cause disaffection towards the Government
among the members of Police Force or breach of discipline among them. Under Section 5, no prosecution can he launched
without the prior sanction of District Magistrate.
(b) Under Section 4, nothing shall be deemed to be an offence under this Act which is done in good faith for promoting
the welfare or interests of any member of a Police Force by any association formed for the purposes of furthering the interests
when such an association is recognized by the Government. {See Appendix 100).
(c) In this Act, Section 2 defines a "Member of Police Force" as one who is enrolled for the performance of police duties
under any enactment specified in the "Schedule".
(d) This Schedule includes those recruited under the Police Act, (5 of 1861) and Bengal Military Police Act (5 of 1892).
The Employees Provident Funds and Family Pension Fund Act (19 of 1952).
23. (a) This Act provides for institution of a Fund for employees in factories and in other establishments.
(b) Under section 10 of the Act, protection has been given against forfeiture of GP.F. in any decree involving insolvency.
[See Rule 989].
(c) Under Section 14, penalties have been provided for non-payment of G.P.F. money. Habitual offenders can he
reported against under Section 110(f) Cr.P.C. (See Rule 989).
The Essential Commodities Act (10 of 1955).
24. (a) Orders are issued under Section 3 concerning distribution and sale of specified commodities at prices fixed for
them. A F.I.R. has to be registered under Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of the Act for violation of these orders. A public servant other
than a police officer has the option to file a complaint in Court. direct.
(b) When Defence of India Act is put in operation under Article 352(1) of the Constitution declaring a state of
"emergency" and Defence of India Rules are issued thereunder for similar control of commodities, F. I. R. under Defence of
India Rules can be registered at police-station for an offence under the Act/Rules.
(c) The offences under this Act shall be bailable or non-bailable according to Schedule II of Cr.P.C.
The Explosive Substances Act (6 of 1908) and Indian Explosives Act (4 of 1884).
25. (a) The difference between offences under Indian Explosives Act (4 of 1884) and The Explosive Substances Act (6
of 1908) is that under the former Act, the explosion in reference may have been caused or explosives may have been stored or
used in violation of the condition of license or without license, while under the latter Act, these have been maliciously used or
kept for endangering life or causing serious injury to property. A thana officer

should exercise discretion in registering a case under any of the two Acts; for example, for an explosion, a case may be
registered either under Section 5 of the Indian Explosives Act or under Section 3 of Explosive Substance Act hut not under both
depending on the intention of accused. For action to be taken in cases of serious explosions, see Rules 102(a) and 1014.
(b)For prosecution under Explosive Substances Act, sanction of the District Magistrate as authorized by the Central
Government in their letter No. 23/9/76-G.P.A.V. Government of India, M.H.A., dated 16th January, 1979 S.O. No. 35S3 is to
be obtained before submission of charge-sheet. For this purpose, S.P. has to submit proposal^ in duplicate containing full facts
of the case, circumstances as contained during investigation, evidence against each accused together with copy of the report of
the Controller of Explosives to District Magistrate.
Even in cases in which final reports have to be submitted, prior approval of Range D.I.G., is to be obtained.
(c) A Circle Inspector and an officer-in-charge of a police-station have to inspect explosive shops periodically as given in
Rule 71(b) and Appendix 26 respectively.
(c) For instructions on packing and handling of exhibits and for other detailed rules see Appendix 78.
The Extradition Act (34 of 1962).
26. (a) This is an Act to consolidate the law relating to extradition of fugitive criminals.
(b) "Extradition Treaty" is defined under Section 2(d) of the Act as a treaty or agreement relating to extradition of fugitive
criminals made by India with a foreign State.
(c) Chapter II of the Act deals with the mode of return of fugitive criminals to foreign States and Common wealth
countries (not covered in Chapter III).
(d) Chapter III deals with the mode of return of fugitive criminals to Commonwealth countries with whom there is
extradition agreement.
(e) Chapter IV deals with the mode of return of accused or convicted persona from foreign State or Common wealth
countries to India.
The Indian Electricity Act (9 of 1910).
27. For theft of electric energy, a case can be registered at a police-station under Section 39 of the Act read with Section
379,1.PC. on the report of a Government Electrical Inspector or the authorized officer of the Electric Supply Department or any
aggrieved person. The offence is cognizable and non-bailable.
Fatal Accident Act (13 of 1855).
28. See Section 357 of Cr.P.C.
The Foreigners Act (31 of 1946), The Registration of Foreigners Act (16 of 1939),
The Passport (Entry into India) Act (34 of 1920), The Passport Act (15 of 1967) and The Citizenship Act (57 of 1955).
29. (a) Under Section 3 of Foreigners Act, Section 3 of the Passport (Entry into India) Act, Section 24 of the Passport Act
and under Section 18 of the Citizenship Act, separate rules have been framed respectively for stay, entry, exit, movement of
foreigners of different countries; method of acquiring passport for entry and for going out of the country; and finally for
determining acquisition or termination of Indian Citizenship and the method of acquiring citizenship.

(b) Under Section 3(2)(cc) of the Foreigners Act, the State Government may order any foreigner not to remain in India or
physically deport him under Section 3 of the Act. The Central Government have notified "Foreigners (Report to Police) Order,
1971". Under clause 2 of the Order, every householder shall report to the officer-in-charge of a police-station about the
arrival of any foreigner to his place. A violation of such rules or any other provision of the Act is punishable under Section 14
which is cognizable and non-bailable.
(c)(i) For illegal entry of any person into India case under Section 3 of the Passport (Entry into India) Act read with Rule 6
of Passport Rules, 1950 is to be instituted. Section 14 of Foreigners Act is to be added.
(ii) If any person leaves India without valid travel document, a case is to be registered under Section 12 of the Passport
Act which is bailable. Sanction of Central Government is required before submission of charge-sheet under Section 15 of the
Act for which S.P. is to move D.I.G., I.D. with full facts.
(d) Under Section 4 of Passport (Entry into India) Act and under Section 13 of Passport Act, any police officer not below
the rank of Sub-Inspector can arrest a person violating the conditions of passports without warrant and search any place or
person and seize any passport or travel documents.
(e) Under Section 17 of Citizenship Act, a person making false representation is liable but this is not a cognizable
offence.
(f) All Officers-in-charge of police-stations are to maintain a register in which names of all Pakistanis along with other
details like dates of arrival/departure, registration permit No., etc., are to be noted. A monthly statement is to be submitted to
S.P.
(g) For expulsion of a foreigner, see clause 36(a).
The Indian Forest Act (16 of 1927)
30. (a) The breach of Rules made under Section 41 of the Act is punishable under Section 42 of the Act. Before trial, the
Divisional Forest Officer will be informed. These convicts are also to be entered in the Conviction Register according to Rule
31.
(b) Under Section 52 of the Act when there is reason to believe that an offence under the Act has been committed in
respect of any forest produce, such produce, together with all tools, and conveyance used in commit ting any such offence, may
be seized by any forest officer or police officer and he should make a report of such seizure to the Magistrate and- to his own
departmental superior.
(c) Any police officer who vexatiously and unnecessarily seizes any property on the pretence of seizing property liable
to confiscation under this Act shall be punishable under Section 62 of the Act.
(d) Any police officer under Section 64 of the Act may, without an order from Magistrate and without a warrant, arrest
any person against whom a reasonable suspicion exists of his having been concerned in any forest offence punishable with
imprisonment for one month or upwards except offences under chapter 4 unless such Act has been prohibited under clause (c)
of Section 30.
The Identification of Prisoners Act (33 of 1920)
31. (a) A person who has been convicted under Section 3 or a person who has been arrested under Section 4 in
connection with an offence punishable with imprisonment for one year or more or who has been bound down under Section
109/110, Cr.P.C, or who has been arrested under Section 5 of the Act for action under these provisions of Cr.P.C. and other
offences which are enumerated in Rule 330 shall be require to give his measurements, finger prints or photographs, etc. to a
police officer of and above rank of S.I.

Under Section 7 of the Act, the finger prints etc. may be preserved even after acquittal or discharge under the specific orders of
D.M. or Judicial Magistrate.
(b) Resistance to taking such measurements is punishable under Section 186,I.P.C.
(c) According to Jail Manual Rule 578, photograph or measurement of a prisoner shall be taken in presence either the
Superintendent of Jail or the Jailor who shall give his signature on the slip on which these are recorded. The measurements shall
include finger, thumb, foot and toe impressions and measurements of any part of human body used in an anthropometric
system of identification.
(d) For procedure relating to taking of Finger Print slips of female prisoners, see Rule 344 (c).
The Indian Income Tax Act (43 of 1961)
32. (a) Section 139 requires submission of annual returns by those who are liable for assessment.
(b) If a false return is filed, the Government officer is liable under Section 276 of the Act but the complaint is to be filed
in Court by an officer of Income-tax Department.
The Lepers Act (3 of 1898).
33. (a) Action can be taken under Section 9 of the Act to prevent preparation and sale of food, etc., by a leper. Similar
action cart also be taken under Section 269,1.P.C. which is cognizable and bailable.
(b) A pauper leper should be preferably taken charge of by a police officer in the early hours in the morning so that it may
not be necessary to keep him in Thana lock up. He will be sent to an Asylum for quick medical treatment either through a
Magistrate or without him in exceptional cases.
The Indian Lunacy Act, 1912 (4 of 1912)
34. There are three classes of lunatics:—
(i) Those who are dangerous and wandering at large,
(ii) Those who are cruelly treated and not in proper care and control,
(iii)Those who are homeless and wandering.
Under Sections 14 and 15(3) of the Act, those under serials (i) and (iii) above can be sent to an Asylum. In case of those
under serial (i), relatives, if available, may be asked to pay the cost of maintenance of lunatic under Section 15 of the Act.
Similarly, the relatives can be asked to take care of those falling under serial (ii) above otherwise they will be liable for
punishment.
See Rules 96, 577, 578 and 585 for custody of lunatics and their escort in case of being carried by rail, road, etc.
The Motor Vehicle Act (4 of 1939).
35. (a) Under Section 91 of the Act, the State Government have framed the Bihar Motor Vehicles Rules for execution of
provisions of the Act. In this State, the Bihar and Orissa Motor Vehicles Taxation Act (2 of 1930) and rules framed thereunder
give the rates of taxes to be charged and penalty for non-payment.
(b) (i) Under the VIII schedule of the M.V. Act., Maximum speed of a public passenger bus and other vehicleiis given
and other vehicles is given and special checking of speed should be done with the help of stop watches.

(ii) The M. V. Act Schedule IX gives Traffic signs. See P.M. Appendix 9 for Traffic Rules.
(c) (1) A vehicle can be seized in the following circumstances under Section 129-A of the Act:
(i) Under Section 22, for non-registration.
(ii) Under Section 42, for plying without permit but ordinarily incase of plying beyond the route given in the permit,
the vehicle need not be seized.
(2) A vehicle can also be seized if it is suspected to be a stolen property or is involved in commission of an offence or
under Sections 66 and 70, Bihar and Orissa Excise Act (2 of 1915) or under Sections 6-A and 7(b), Essential Commodities Act
(10 of 1955) or under Section 115(2) of the Customs Act (52 of 1962) (if the market price of smuggled goods is at least equal
to the value of vehicle).
(d) Under Section 86(3), in case of a private car driven by owner, 10 days' time should be given for production of relevant
documents. See also Section 106 (2-A) of Act for seven days' time for production of Certificate of Insurance. The State
Government vehicles are exempted from Insurance like Central Government vehicles but they have to pay taxes.
(e) A police officer in uniform may arrest without warrant any person who commits in his view, an offence punishable
under Sections 116 (driving recklessly), 117 (driving under state of drunkenness) and 126 (taking vehicle without authority of
owner). There are other provisions also for arrest under Section 128 of the Act.
(f) For ordinary cases of rash and negligent driving involving no injury or damage to property, the operators responsible
for it can be more effectively and expeditiously dealt with under Section 116, M.V. Act instead of being sent up in chargesheet
under Section 279,1.P.C. Besides, previous conviction in a trial under Section 279, I.P.C. is not admissible whereas this can be
proved for enhanced punishment under Section 116, M.V. Act.
Such cases dealt with under Section 116, M.V. Act are to be included in the statistics of accidents by motor vehicles.
(g) Under Section 106, M.V. Act. the Investigating Officer is empowered to get details concerning the insurance of a
vehicle from the owner.
Under Section 109 of the Act, the officer-in-charge of a police-station or a registering authority shall furnish on payment
of requisite fee the details of the vehicle, names and address of the person using it at the time of accident to an affected person
or to an insurer for settlement of compensation.
(h) In all motor vehicle accident cases in which a charge sheet is submitted the Investigating Officer is to send with it, a
filled up application form of compensation within time-limit for it. The compensation application should be forwarded by the
Court officer to the Claims Tribunal (i.e. the District Judge). As per Government order No. 1/ CI-6018/65-PP—11835, dated
the 19th October, 1966 (vide Annexure B), the Prosecutor of the Police Department is to appear before the Claims Tribunal to
take up the cases of poor victims.
The form of application for compensation is given in M.V. Rule 3.
(i) (i) Under Section 15 of the Act, a licensing authority, after giving a person an opportunity of being heard, may make an
order disqualifying that person from holding a driving licence for a specified period. Such an order shall be published in the
Police Gazette.
(ii) Similarly, in appropriate cases the officers of and above the rank of Dy. S.P. can after personal checks initiate action
for cancellation of permits of transport operators.

(j) Where a person is convicted of any criminal offence in connection with the driving of a motor vehicle, such
particulars shall be endorsed on any licence held by the offender, as well as in the register kept for issue and renewal of driving
license.
(k) If there is any evidence of connivance by the owner of the vehicle, a full report should be sent to the transport
authority for taking departmental action and for blacklisting him for offences committed under Sections 123 and 126 of the
M.V. Act after a show cause.
(1) The M.V. Prosecution reports in Form Schedule XLVII-Form No. 173 should contain in column 7 the appropriate
sections of the Act and Rules. A brief note describing the offences should also find mention.
(m) The Sixth Schedule of the Motor Vehicles Act gives the registration marks of vehicles of different States of Union of
India and its territories. This can be a useful guide for tracing the ownership of any vehicle by referring to State Transport
Commissioner of the area concerned.
(n) Foreign Motorists are entitled to visit this country on international driving permit and also on domestic driving
licenses according to the provisions of International Convention on Road Traffic, issued by the Contracting States. This is a
reciprocal arrangement for Indian citizens going abroad and in India licenses for this are issued by District Magistrate.
(o) Wearing of helmet properly is compulsory for Motor cyclists/Scooterists under M.V. Rule 156(a) except for Sikhs
having pagris.
The maintenance of Internal Security Act (20 of 1971.)
36. (a) Under Section 3(1) of Maintenance of Internal Security Act, provisions have been made for detention or expulsion
of any person including a foreigner with a view to preventing that person from acting in any manner prejudicial to the defence
of India, security of the State or the maintenance of public order or for maintenance of supplies and services, essential to the
community.
(b) For this purpose, a report may be submitted by any police officer to District or Additional District Magistrate.
The Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act (34 of 1971).
37. This is an Act to provide termination of certain pregnancies by registered medical practitioners, not with standing
anything contained in Sections 312—316,1.RC.
Metal Tokens Acts (I of 1889).
38. (a) This is an Act for the protection of coinage and prohibition of making by private persons, pieces of metal to be
used as money.
(b) Section 4 provides penalty for unlawful making of such pieces of copper or bronze, etc. It is cognizable and bailable
but if the offender has got a previous conviction to his credit, the offence is non-bailable and he is also liable to enhanced
punishment. {See Rule 317).
Military Laws : (i) Army Act (46 of 1950), (ii) Navy Act (62 of 1967) and (Hi) Air Force Act (45 of 1950).
39. (a) These deal with the offences committed by members of the respective forces.
(b) The rules for dealing with military offenders as also for arrest of deserters are given in Appendix 14 and Rule 231 (b).
The procedure for arrest of deserters is also given under Sections 104 and 105 of Army Act.

The official Secrets Act (19 of 1923) as amended by Act 24 of 1967.
40. (a) Section 3 provides penalties for spying for any purpose prejudicial to the safety or interest of the State and
abetment of this offence is punishable under Section 9.
(b) Under Section 4, communication with foreign agents shall be evidence of commission of offences pro vided in
Section 3.
(c) Under Section 5, wrongful communication of secret official code, sketch plan, etc, shall be punishable.
(d) Under Section 6, unauthorized use of uniform for gaining admission to any prohibited place is punishable.
(e) Under Section 7, interference with police or members of armed force engaged on guard, sentry duty, etc., in a
"Prohibited place" is punishable.
(f) Under section 10, penalty for harbouring spies and those concerned in offences under Sections 3 and 9 are provided.
(g) Under section 11(1) search warrant shall he issued to an officer not below the rank of an officer in-charge by name to
search any premise and to seize any document, etc. Under section 11(2), such a search warrant can be issued by S.P. to any
police officer in emergency. Offences under Sections 3, 5, 7,9 and 10 are cognizable and non- bailable.
(h) According to Section 13(3), prior order of the State Government is necessary for prosecution for any of the offences
under Section 5 and in which there is no connection with a prohibited place or a foreign power. In the other remaining cases,
orders of the Central Government are necessary for which S.P. is to move D.I.G., I.D. with full facts including evidence.
The Opium Act (1 of 1878).
41. (a) Under Section 14, any police officer superior in rank to a constable can search and seize opium unlawfully kept
or concealed after taking search warrant under Section 19. Such a search has to be done between sunrise and sunset under
Section. 14.
(b) Illegal cultivation or possession of opium, is punishable under Section 9 of the Act, which is cognizable and
non-bailable.
42. A. Criminal Law Amendment Act 1932—See Rule 1337(g).
42. B. Criminal Law Amendment Act 1972—See Rule 1359(i).
42. C. Criminal Law Amendment Ordinance (38 of 1944).
Under Section 3 of the Ordinance, the State Government is to authorize a Government Advocate to move the District
Judge for the attachment of money or other properties of an accused of a defalcation case which has been acquired out of the
impugned Government funds. See Appendix 79(9) (f). This Ordinance is in force according to Section 5 of India (Central
Government and legislatures) Act, 1946 and it has been adopted under Section 18(3) of Indian Independence Act, 1947 and
finally incorporated by Article 372(1) of Constitution.
The Police Act (3 of 1888).
43. (a) This Act has been passed with a view to relaxing the provisions of Act V of 1861 which restricts the employment
of a police officer outside the police establishment of which he is member. According to Section 2 of the Act the Central
Government may create Special Police District, embracing parts of two or more States.

(b) Under Section 3, a police officer employed beyond the State to which he belongs, exercise his powers, functions,
privileges and liabilities in the new State in the same way as the police officers of the new State would do.
The Police Act (64 of 1949).
44. This Act provides for the constitution of a General Police District embracing two or more Chief Commissioner States
and for the establishment of a Police District. Therefore, it is one of the amendments of the Police Act. -
The Indian Post Office Act (6 of1898).
45. (a) Under Section 52 of the Act theft, dishonest misappropriation, secret destruction or throwing away of postal
articles by any officer/person employed in the post-office is punishable. The offence is cognizable and non-
bailable.
(b) Section 10 prohibits sending of explosive articles by registered parcel (See Appendix 26).
The Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act (69 of 1971).
46. (a) Insult to Indian National flag and constitution of India in any manner (whether by words either spoken or written
or by acts) shall be according to Section 2.
(b) Prevention of singing of Indian National Anthem or causing disturbance to any assembly engaged in such singing is
punishable under Section 3 of the Act.
(c) The offences under Sections 2 and 3 are cognizable and non-bailable.
N.B.— Though not a part of the Act, following facts arc noted for the general guidance : The National Flag is rectangular and
of tricolour in which at the top there is deep saffron colour, in the centre there is white and at the bottom of all there is
deep green colour. All the three parts of the flag are equal. In the centre of the flag, i.e..in the white portion there is a
wheel printed on it in deep blue colour. The length of the diameter is equal to the width of white colour and the number
of spikes in it is 24.
Ordinarily, the flag shall be hoisted on Courts, secretariat and other government and special buildings. If.maybe hoisted on
all days from sunrise to sunset. Only on special occasions flag may he hoisted on such buildings even at night. Unrestricted use
of national flag may be made on occasions like Republic Day and its succeeding national week and on Independence Days and
birth-day of Mahatma Gandhi.
The Poisons Act (12 of 1919)
47. (a) The Act regulates the importation, possession and sale of things which are declared as poison under Section 5 of
the Act.
(b) Penalty for unlawful importation, possession and sale is provided under Section 6 of the Act which is non-cognizable
but entails enhanced punishment on reconviction (See Rule 317).
The Press and Registration of Books Act (25 of 1867).
48. (a) Under Section 3 of the Act, every book or paper printed within India shall have printed legibly on it the name of the
printer and the place of printing and the name of publisher and the place of publications.
(b) Violation of the above provision is punishable under Section 12 of the Act. The offence is non-cognizable.
Note.—Where a literate author of a pamphlet distributes the same, he must be held to be the publisher of that pamphlet.

Police may utilize this law to take action against those who circulate defamatory and seditious leaflets without complying
with the provisions of the Act.
The Prevention of Corruption Act, 1947 (2 of 1947).
49. (a) Under Section 5(2), any public servant who commits criminal misconduct by accepting or demanding bribe or
advantage in the discharge of his duty shall be punishable.
(b) According to Section 5-A, no police officer below the rank of a Deputy S.P. shall investigate any offence punishable
under Section 161, 165 or 165-A of the Indian Penal Code or under sub-section (2) of Section 5 of this Act without the order of
a Magistrate of the first class or make any arrest without a warrant under Section 5-A(2). The Investigating Officer can inspect
Banker's registers for ascertaining the deposits made in a Bank but this also can be done only on the authority of S.P.
(c) Under Section 6 previous sanction is necessary for prosecution under Section 161, 164 or 165 I.P.C. or Section 5 of
this Act which should be obtained before submission of chargesheet. Such sanction shall be given by the Central Government
or State Government or authority which would have been competent to remove the public servant from his office at the time
when the offence was alleged to have been committed.
(d) For obtaining sanction, a copy of F.I.R. and gist of evidence is to be given so that the sanctioning authority may "apply
its mind".
(e) A special police-station at the headquarters of Anti-Corruption Department is located at Patna where a, case under the
aforesaid section can be registered. For Central Government employees or undertaking, the C.B.I, is to register cases under the
aforesaid sections though it is not legally barred for State Government employees to take up cases against Central Government
employees and vice-versa.
The Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act (59 of 1960).
50. (a) Whoever mutilates or kills any animal in an unnecessarily cruel manner or keeps any place for animal fighting or
baiting any animal or releases any animal from captivity for shooting, match, etc., is liable under sub- Sections (1)(1), (l)(n) and
(l)(o) of Section 11 respectively and on reconviction within 3 years is liable to enhanced punishment under the same sections.
{See note to clause 88.)
(b) Under Section 12 of the Act, practising "Phooka" or "Doomdev,, on any milch animal is punishable.
(c) The offences under Section 1 l(l)(b), (n) and (o) and Section 12 are cognizable and bailable under Section 31 of the
Act but according to Section 36 of the Act chargesheet should be submitted within 3 months from the date of commission of
offence.
(d) Section 34 of Police Act provides penalty for offences similar to Section 11 of this Act provided this section remains
in force.
(e) Under Section 31 any police officer, not below the rank of Sub-Inspector may search any premises for an offence
under Section 11 (1)(1) of the Act and may seize skin or the head attached thereto. Similar power has been given under Section
32(2) for offences under Section 12.
(f) Under Section 33 of the Act, a District, Superintendent of Police may issue search warrant to a police officer not
below the rank of S.I. in connection with any offence under the Act.
(g) Under Section 34 of the Act any police officer above rank of constable may seize an animal and produce the same for
examination before a Magistrate or an authorised veterinary doctor in case of suspicion of an offence being committed in
respect of any animal.

(h) The Inspectors of the Society for the prevention of cruelty to Animals have instructions to send carbon copies of their
reports to the Court officers in order that they may enter them in the Non-FIR register immediately.
Probation of Offenders Act (20 of 1958) and Reformatory Schools Act (8 of 1897).
51. (a) Probation officers have been appointed by the State Government in several districts under Probation Act. As
soon as a juvenile below 21 years of age is concerned in an offence, information is to be given to this officer. (See Section 360,
Cr.P.C.)
(b) A prosecutor should apply to Court during trial to call for a report from probation officer under Section 7 of the Act
with a view to finding out whether the offender can have the benefit of (i) release on admonition or (ii) bond of good conduct
instead of sentencing him to any punishment.
(c) Under Reformatory Schools Act (i) a boy, convicted for any offence punishable with imprisonment for life or
imprisonment and who is under 15 years of age at the time of such conviction, shall be sent to Reformatory School by Court
authorised under Section 8 of the Act; (ii) under Section 31 of the Act, provision has been made for release of girl offenders
under certain circumstances; and (iii) the provisions relating to escape, etc., from Reformatory School are similar to those of
Borstal Institution as noted in clause 70(b).
(d) Remand homes are set up separately for boys and girls under Section 417, Cr.P.C. Under trial boys and girls below
15 years of age are to be kept in remand homes. Apart from this, orphan children below that age, who need care and protection,
are to be sent there. [See clause 58 (d).]
(e) For trial under Children Act (60 of I960), see Section 27, Cr.P.C.
The Indian Registration Act (16 of 1908).
52. In this Act, Section 81 imposes penalty for any fabrication in the documents by registering officer and/or his staff.
Section 82 deals with penalty for making false statement, false copies, and false personation.
A prosecution for an offence under this Act may be commenced by or with the permission of I.G. of registration. The
offences under Sections 81 and 82 are cognizable and non-bailable.
The Railway Protection Force Act (23 of 1957).
53. The Railway Protection Force has been constituted by Central Government to provide better protection and security
of railway property.
(b) For powers of arrest, see Section 12 of this Act. Such a person arrested, shall be taken without unnecessary delay to a
police officer or in his absence to the nearest police-station under Section 14 of the Railway Protection Force Act, 1957.
The Railway Property (Unlawful Possession) Act (29 of 1966).
54. (a) "Railway Property" is defined in Section 2(d) of the Act and it includes any goods, money or animal, etc. in
charge or in possession of railway administration.
(b) Section 3 provides penalty for unlawful possession of railway property and on reconviction, there is provision for
enhanced punishment (Rule 317). Under Section 5, all offences are non-cognizable but the Railway Protection Force Officers
investigating a case will exercise the same powers as that of an officer-in-charge of a police-station investigating a cognizable
case.
(c) No case of Railway Property (Unlawful Possession) Act is to be investigated by any officer other than a Railway
Protection Force Officer and if any railway property is recovered within jurisdiction of some other police- station, information is
to be sent to the nearest Railway Protection Force unit.

The Representation of People Act (43 of 1951).
55. (a) Under Section 130 of the Act on the date of polling canvassing in or within one hundred metres of a polling
station is prohibited.
(b) Under Section 132, misconduct during polling hours is punishable.
(c) Under Section 135(1) whoever removes ballot paper out of polling station is liable for punishment.
(d) Any Returning Officer, or any other person employed therein shall be punishable under Section 136 for an electoral
offence as provided in that section.
(e) Offences under Section 129(3), 130, 132(3), 134(1), 135(1) and 136(2) are cognizable and bailable Be sides this,
Section 171,1.P.C. too deals with offences relating to election of which 171-E and 171-F are cognizable and bailable.
(f) This Act applies to elections for Parliament and State Legislatures.
The Indian Railways Act (9 of 1890)
56. In this Act. the following offences are cognizable as per Section 131 :—
(i) Section 100—Railway servant while on duty in a State of drunkenness.
(ii) Section 101—Endangering safety of persons by railway servant on duty.
(iii) Section 108—Interfering with means of communication by a passenger in a train.
(iv) Section 112—Fraudulent travelling without proper pass or ticket.
(v) Section 119—Entering carriage or other place reserved for females.
(vi) Section 120—Drunkenness or nuisance by any person in railway carriage or premises.
(vii) Section 121—Obstructing railway servant in his duty.
(viii) Section 126—Maliciously wrecking or attempting to wreck a train.
(ix) Section 127—Maliciously hurting persons travelling by railway.
(x) Section 128—Endangering safety of persons travelling by railway by wilful act or omission.
(xi) Section 129—Endangering safety of persons travelling by railway by rash or negligent act or omission.
(xii) Section 130(1)—Endangering safety of persons travelling by railway by children under the age of 12 years.
Note.— (i) Acts of children below 12 years endangering safety of persons travelling by railway do not come under the exceptions of
Sections 82 and 83, I.P.C. but for such offences, the father or guardian of the minor will be required to execute a bond to
prevent the minor from being again guilty of any of those offences.
(ii) Sections 126 and 128 provide for enhanced punishment on reconviction.
The Police Force (Restriction of Rights) Act (33 of 1966).
57. (a) This Act restricts certain rights conferred by Part III of Indian Constitution in their application to the members of
Police Force.

(b) Section 3 provides restrictions respecting right to form association, freedom of speech, publication of literature etc.
The offences under this Act are, non-cognizable. (See Rule 712 and Appendix 100.)
The Suppression of Immoral Traffic, in Women and Girls' Act (104 of 1956).
58. (a) No officer below the rank of Dy. S.R, can investigate a case under this Act.
(b) According to Section 14. all the offences punishable under this Act shall be cognizable and except Section 3, all are
bailable.
(c) Arrest without warrant under Section 14 and search under Section 15 may be made only by an officer not below the
rank of Dy. S.R When arrest is to be effected by an officer other than the Dy. S.R in his absence, the Dy. S.R shall give that
subordinate officer in writing an order specifying the person to be arrested and the offence for which arrest is being made. The
officer arresting the person must show the authority to the person to he arrested and explain its substance. In emergency, a
police officer not below the rank of Inspector can arrest the person concerned but he is to inform the Dy. S.R as soon as
possible.
(d) Females arrested under this Act should be sent to "Protective Home" after obtaining orders from Judicial Magistrate.
'Protective Home' is different from "After-care Home for Women" which is set up by the State Welfare Department and is
meant for kidnapped and rescued girls or those suffering from physical and social handicaps such as orphans, helpless
widows or female ex-prisoners requiring help or lame women, etc. [See clause 51 (d).]
(e) Enhanced punishment is provided under Sections 5, 6, 7 and 11 of the Act. (See Rule 317.)
The Indian Telegraph Act (13 of 1885).
59. (a) Any person intentionally damaging or tampering with any telegraph line or post or intercepting any message or
obstructing its transmission is liable under Section 25.
(b) Any telegraph officer unlawfully disclosing message is liable under Section 26. Both the offences under Sections 25
and 26 are cognizable and non-bailable.
(c) Under Section 33 power is given to State Government to employ Addl. Police in places where mischief to telegraphs
is repeatedly committed and to realise the cost from inhabitants.
(d) Section 95, Cr.P.C. gives the procedure by which a telegram, letter etc. can be searched for and obtained from P. & T.
authorities by the district Superintendent of Police.
The Telegraph Wires (Unlawful Possession) Act (74 of 1950) and the Telegraph Wires (Unlawful Possession)
Amendment Act (15, 1962).
60. (a) Under Section 2 of the Act, copper wires of gauges between 147 and 153 or 196 and 204 or 294 and 306 pounds
are defined as Telegraph wires whose possession under Sections 5 and 6 of the Act, is punishable.
(b) Under Section 7 of the Act, a complaint is to be filed in competent Court (no Court-fees required) by S.D.P.O. or
such other police officers or sub divisional officers and officers of the Telegraph Department who are specially authorised in
Central Government (Ministry of Communications, and P. & T. Department) notification No. S.R.O. 1819, dated the 15th
November 1961. Such a complaint is no bar to registering another case under Section 414,1.PC. or any other section of law.
The sub divisional officers of Telegraph and Telephone Departments can be examined in Court as experts [See Appx. 79(2)
(II)(ii) A.

(c) The police must report to the nearest telegraph office all accidents to the telegraph and telephone lines, which come to their
notice, as it is of utmost importance that communication when interrupted, should be rapidly restored.
The Indian Treasure Trove Act (6 of1878).
61. The duties of police under this Act are given in Rule 104.
If the finder of any Treasure fails to give notice, the person is liable under Section 20.
Protection of Civil Rights Act (22 of 1955).
62. (a) Under this Act, Sections 3, 4, 5,6 and 7 are cognizable and under Section 10 of the Act abettor shall be punishable
with the punishment provided for in the section. Whoever on the grounds of untouchability prevents any person (s) professing
the same religion from entering any place of public worship shall be punished under Section 3 of the Act.
(b) Whoever on the ground of untouchability refuses to admit any person professing the same religion in any shop, hotel
etc. or to give access to river, cremation ground etc. or to give any public conveyance or entrance in . Dharmshala or the use of
jewellery and finery shall be punishable under Section 4 of the Act.
(c) For the purposes of Section 3 and Section 4, persons professing Buddhist, Sikh or Jain religions and Adivasis etc. shall
be deemed to be Hindus.
For other sections noted below, persons of other religions cannot be denied the facilities of public institutions established
and maintained for the benefit of general public
(d) Whoever on the ground of untouchability refuses or discriminates against any person in admission to any public
institution like Hospital etc. shall be punishable under Section 5 of the Act.
(e) Whoever similarly refuses to sell any goods or refuses to render any service shall be punishable under Section 6.
(f) Whoever prevents any person from exercising any right accruing to him by reason of the abolition of untouchability
under Article 17 of the Indian Constitution or incites any person to practice untouchability shall be punished under Section 7 of
the Act.
Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (37 of 1967).
63. (a) Under Section 2(g) as amended by Criminal Law Amendment Act. 1972 unlawful association is defined as an
association which has for its object any unlawful activity and is intended to disrupt the sovereignty and integrity of India.
(b) According to Section 14. offences under Section 10 (for being member of an unlawful association), 11 (for dealing with
funds of an unlawful association), 12 (for contravention of an order made in respect of a notified place) and 13 (for abetment
etc.) are cognizable and except Sections 11 and 13 all are bailable.
N.B.—for other provisions of Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1972 [See Rule 1359(i)]
The Inland Steam Vessels Act (1 of 1917)
64. SeeAppx. 11-A.
The Wild Life (Protection) Act (43 of 1972).
65. (a) Section 50(1) of the Act authorises any police officer not below the rank of a Sub-Inspector to—
(i) require any person to produce a captive animal, wild animal, meat, trophy, etc. or any licence, permit or other
documents granted to him or required to be kept by him under the provisions of ti and to seize them, if necessary;

(ii) stop any vehicle to conduct search or enter upon and search any premise;
(iii) arrest any person without warrant and detain him if required for an offence under the Act unless he is satisfied
that such person shall appear and answer any charge before a forest officer or a judicial Court which may be
preferred against him;
(iv) inform the concerned officer authorised under Section 55 of the Act so that the latter may file a complaint
before the Judicial Magistrate.
(b) The officers in charge of Garu, Latehar, Barwadih, Bhandaria and Mahuadanr police-stations have special obligation
to protect wild life in the "Palamau Tiger Reserve".
(c) Undert Section 17, no person shall use any artificial light for the purpose of hunting, except when specially authorised
to do so under a licence in the case of camivora over a kill.
(d) Under Section 51, there is provision for reconviction [See Rule 129 (c)].
The Young Persons (Harmful Publications) Act (93 of 1956).
66. (a) Under Section 2 of the Act. "harmful publication" means any publication encouraging a young person under the
age of 20 years to commit offences or acts of violence or cruelty, or act in any other similar manner.
(b) Sale of such publication is punishable under Section 3(c) of the Act which is cognizable and bailable.
(c) Any police officer may seize "harmful publication" under Section 6(1) but for entry and search of any place for the
seizure of harmful publication, a search-warrant is necessary for a police officer who shall not be below the rank of
Sub-Inspector.
(d) Sale, exhibition, advertisement, etc. of any obscene literature is punishable under Section 292,1.P.C. and in case of
such sale, etc. to a young person below 20 years, it is punishable under Section 293,1.RC.
(e) Causing annoyance to anybody by obscene act or song is punishable under Section 294,1.RC.
(f) Sections 292, 293 and 294,1.RC. are cognizable and bailable. Section 292 and Section 293 provide for enhanced
punishment on reconviction.
The Forward Contracts (Regulation) Act (74 of 1952)
67. (1) This is an Act to regulate the conditions for delivery of movable goods at a future date which is known as "Forward
Contracts".
(2) The "Forward Market Commission" set up under Section 3 of the Act may make requisition for docu ments under
Section 8(3) from a body of persons engaged in forward contracts.
Failure to comply or give correct returns is punishable under Section 20(a)(ii) of the Act.
(3) Under Section 2(m), "Specific delivery contract" means a contract in which the future date of actual delivery, the
type or quality and the price of goods are fixed.
(4) Under Section 18, no person shall organise or assist a trading organisation in the performance of non transferable
specific delivery contract without receiving actual delivery of the goods.
Violation of this is punishable under Section 20(d).

(3) (a) Under Section 15 of the Act, forward or future contracts in certain goods notified by the Central-Government,
are illegal and void in certain circumstances.
(b) Under Section 17. future contracts in certain cases may be prohibited.
(c) Under Section 19, certain agreements for purchase sale etc. of goods in future may be prohibited.
(d) Violations of Sections 15, 17 and 19 are punishable under Section 20(e).
(e) Section 21, provides penalty for owning or keeping a place used for entering into forward contracts in goods.
(f) Under Section 23 of the Act, the offences mentioned above are cognizable and bailable.
(g) Under Section 22A, a Court may issue a warrant to a police officer, not below the rank of S.I. to search a place but this
section does not debar police from exercising power of search under Section 165, Cr. P.C.
(h) Assistance in investigation of a case may be obtained from Director, Forward Markets Commission, Government of
India, "Everest" 3rd Floor, 100 Marine Drive. Bombay-2.
The Foreign Exchange Regulation Act (7 of 1947).
68. (a) This is an act to regulate (i) certain payments, drawn in Indian currency but payable in foreign currency and (ii) the
import and export of currency and bullion.
(b) Under Section 2-B of the Act, any police officer may exercise powers of Enforcement Officers, delegated to him.
BIHAR ACTS.
The Bihar Anatomy Act (7 of 1961).
69. When a patient dies at a hospital under Government control and the body is not claimed by the near relatives, the
officer authorised in that behalf must deliver the body to an approved medical or teaching institution for an anatomical
examination and dissection. It shall be the duty of all police officers under Section 7 of the Act to render all reasonable
assistance to any authorised officer to obtain possession of an unclaimed body. [See Rule 211(2).]
The Bihar Borstal Act, 1961 (11 of 1962).
70. (a) Under this Act, provision has been made for the establishment of "Borstal Institutions" for the detention and
training of adolescent offenders between the ages of 15 and 21 years who have been convicted of any offence except those
punishable with death. Under Section 5 of the Act such detention is limited for a maximum period of five years.
(b) When an inmate has been discharged from the Institution under Section 13 on the understanding that the person will
abstain from crime but it is decided to review this order subsequently and if that person fails to return to the Institution he may
be arrested without warrant by a police officer, not below the rank of Sub-Inspector under Section 16.
(c) If an inmate escapes, the person is to be arrested under Section 17 without warrant and the offence will be cognizable.
(d) Detention of a person for the first time under Section 12 shall not be regarded as conviction for the purpose of any
disqualification attaching to a conviction for any offence. (See clause 51 )

Bihar Control of the use and play of Loud Speakers Act (12 of 1955).
71. (a) Under Rule 2 framed under Section 10 of the Act Government notification No. A/A-2-112/55-P.G.— 2793. dated
the 27th December, 1955 was issued by which the District Magistrate/S.D.O/s and the Chief Executive Officer of Patna
Municipal Corporation have been designated as '"Prescribed authority'" noted in Section 2 of the Act who can give permission
for the use of loud speaker. Further, according to that notification, no loud speaker can be used within 440 yards from the outer
compound of hospital and 220 yards from any other prohibited area listed in Section 3 of the Act.
(b) Any Magistrate is to take cognizance on a complaint filed by a police officer or the person aggrieved by an offence
under the Act.
(c) Any police officer not below the rank of A.S.-L, who finds a loud speaker being used unlawfully, may seize it and
release it on a bond of the claimant.
The Bihar Essential Services Maintenance Act (1 of 1948)
72. (a) Under Section 3 the State Government may declare any class of employment to be an essential service for
maintenance of services, public safety or order
(b) Under Section 4, an employee who disobeys a lawful order and under Section 5 any persons, causing disaffection
towards Government, are liable.
(c) Offences under Sections 4 and 5 are cognizable but the latter is non-bailable.
The Bihar and Orissa Excise Act (2 of 1915)
73. (a) The State Government have framed rules under Section 89 for proper execution of provision of the Act which is
printed under the head "Bihar and Orissa Excise Rules".
(b) Under Section 26(1), of the Act. the D.M./S.D.O. may require any shop to be closed for the preservation of the
public peace.
Similarly under Section 26(2), any police officer above the rank of constable or any Magistrate who is present,may require
such shop to be kept closed if any riot etc. is apprehended in the vicinity of anv such shop. In the event of such a closure being
ordered information is to be given immediately to the District Magistrate.
(c) (i) Section 47 provides penalty for unlawful import, export, transport, manufacture, sale etc. of any excis able article
defined under Section 2(6) of the Act.
(ii) Other important cognizable offences are ns follows:—
Section 49 : Altering any denatured spirit.
Section 55 : Illegal possession of intoxicant.
Section 56 : Illegal consumption in chemical shop.
(iii) Powers of seizure of any article and of arrest of any person without warrant far offences under the above sections,
which have been conferred upon police, are given under Section 70 of the Act.
(iv) Under Section 87 of the Act. the State Government have framed rules for submission of charge-sheet ir all the
above cases only by the officer-in-charge of a police-station.
(d) Under Section 65 of the Act. enhanced punishment after previous conviction has been provided if the offence be
under Sections 47, 49, 55 and 56 of the Act. (See Rule 317.)

(e) Under Section 75, every officer of the police is bound to give immediate information to an excise officer regarding
breach of any of the provisions of the Act. In this (Connection, see Section 72 of the Act. Similarly ever) village Chaukidar and
Dafadar shall be duty bound to give reasonable aid to any Excise Officer in carrying out the provisions of this Act.
(f) Under section 66 provision has been made for seizure of conveyance also used in carrying excisable article against the
provisions of the Act, besides utensils, apparatus etc.
(g) See Rule 260(2)(b) and clause 35(d).
The Bihar Fire Service Act (37 of 1948).
74. (a) Under Section 5 of the Act, every member of Bihar Fire Service shall on appointment get a certificate from the
I.-G. Police who has power under Section 22 to make rules for training etc. of the force.
(b) Under Section 8, provisions have been made for penalty for violation of duty, cowardice, etc. on every member of
Fire Service and under Section 16 for making a false report of outbreak of fire on public. Both the sections are
non-cognizable.
(c) Under Section 10, a police officer not below the rank of A.S.-I. and any member of Bihar Fire Service not below the
rank of Head Fireman can remove any person who interferes. He can close any street and take other actions as noted in the
section for suppression of fire when it breaks out (see, Rules 101 and 1272.).
Bihar Government Premises (Rent Recovery and Eviction) Act (20 of 1956).
75. (1) (a) The Act provides for collection of rent from persons in occupation of Government premises and for eviction.
(b) Under Section 3, allotment of a premises can be cancelled and after that action under Section 4 is to be taken for
eviction. In other cases, eviction proceedings may be started for unauthorised occupation of such pre mises.
(c) Section 12 is penal for contravention of any of the provision of this Act or any order made thereunder. .
(d) Under Appendix 8, clause (ii)(b)(e) of Bihar Service Code, an employee is required to vacate his quarter after one
month of transfer/retirement, etc. Action can be taken for eviction under this Act if an officer refuses to obey the order.
The Bihar Home Guards Act (20 of 1947).
76. (a) A home guard, when called by the District Magistrate under Section 4 in aid of the police force, shall be under the
control of officers of the police force. Under Section 5 a home guard called under Section 4 shall have the same powers,
privileges and protection as an officer of police appointed under any enactment for the time being in force and he is a "Public
Servant" under Section 12 of the Act, (See Rule 1282.)
(b) If a member of home guard disobeys an order, he is liable under Section 10 which is cognizable and bailable.
(c) Bihar Home Guard Rules, 1953 have been framed under Section 13 of the Act.
Under Rule 18(ii), for prosecution of a home guard the report from Investigating Officer shall pass through the
company Commander of H. G. to D. M. for obtaining sanction. (See Rules 1269—75.)
The Bihar and Orissa Motor Vehicles Taxation Act (2 of 1930).
77. (a) This is an Act to impose tax on motor vehicles and Bihar and Orissa Motor Vehicles Taxation Rules. 1930 have
been framed under Section 14 of this Act for purposes of laying down procedure for payment of tax. display of tax token, etc.

(b) Power to stop vehicle for checking whether tax has been paid or not is given under Section 11 of the Act to an officer
not below the rank of Sub-Inspector.
(c ) Under Section 5, a motor vehicle used solely for the purposes of agriculture is exempted from tax.
(d) Similarly under Section 10 of the Act, the State Government have power to exempt certain motor vehicles from
payment of tax for example big bull dozers in mining areas, vehicles of World Health Organisation, etc., are exempted.
The Bengal Military Police Act (5 of 1892), Bihar and Orissa Military Police Manual, 1933, the Bihar Military Police
(Amendment) Act (12ofl953) and Government notification No. IV/Ri-1024/68-PP—l3361, dated the
24th November, 1970.
78. (a) "A Bihar Sashastra Police Manual" is separately provided.
(b) Under Section 5 of Bengal Military Police Act. 1892. a Military Police Officer who excites a mutiny or disobeys
lawful command while on "active service" is liable for punishment. Section 2 of the Bihar Military Police (Amendment) Act,
defines the meaning of "active service" given in Section 2 of original Act.
The Bihar Official Language Act (Bihar Act XXXIX of 1950).
79. Under Section 2 of the Act, subject to the provisions of Articles 346, 347 and 348 of the Constitution of India, the
language to he used for the official purposes of the State shall be Hindi in Devanagri script.
Bihar Language of Laws Act (Bihar Act XXIII of 1955).
79-A. Correspondence shall be done in Hindi with the State Governments with whom there is understanding for doing
correspondence in Hindi. Letters shall be sent in Hindi to other State Governments also but for their convenience, an English
translation shall also be sent with it.
The Village Chaukidari Act (Bengal Act 6 of 1870), The Bihar Panchayat Raj Act (Bihar Act 7 of 1948) and The
Bihar Gram Kutchery Rules, 1962.
80. (a) The legal duties of the Chaukidars are defined in Section 39 of the Village Chaukidari Act, 1870 and in Rules 153 to
163 of the Chaukidari Manual, 1911. Section 40 of the Chaukidari Act, gives the procedure on arrest by a Chaukidar to take him
to the police-station. Item 10 of Section 39 of the Act requires the Chaukidar to obey the orders of Mukhiya in regard to keeping
of watch within his village and matters connected with his duties as Chaukidar. Rule 103 of the Manual requires the
Chaukidar to assist the Panchayat in the collection of Chaukidari tax and to obey the lawful orders given to him by the
Panchayat, Section 39 of the Act and Rules 156,158,163 and 163-A and 232 of the Bihar Chaukidari Manual govern the
control of Thana Police on the chaukidars. For cooperation between thana police and Panchayat, see Rule 408. According to
Rule 233 of the ChaukidariMahjaal the police is to be acquainted with the panchayats in their jurisdictions and to seek the
asistance of Panchayats in the performance of their duties and should not treat the Panchayats in any way subordinate to
police.
(b) Section 8 of the Bihar Chaukidari Manual gives the scales of punishment and the procedure of awarding
punishments to rural police.
(c) Rules 110, 111 and 112 of the Police Manual prescribe how the Thana Police are to utilize them for collecting and
disseminating information about crimes, criminals, breaches of the peace. Rule 161 of the Chaukidari Manual strictly prohibits
the employment of Chaukidars as private servants in menial capacity.

Though the Village Chaukidari Act is the foundation of this organisation, the rural police in Chotanagpur, has special provisions
for them and are governed by the Chotanagpur Rural Police Act, 1914. It is the responsibility of Superintendents to draw the
salary of rural police in their areas.
(d) Rural police of SanthalParganas is organised under the Rural Police Regulation, 1910. According to this the
Parganaits in Damin areas exercise certain powers to investigate certain cognizable offence under the jurisdiction of Gram
Panchayat.
(e) Under Rule 25 of the Bihar Panchayat Volunteer Force Rules, 1949. all police officers of gazetted rank of a district
are to inspect the volunteer force and send their inspection notes to district Panchayat Office and the Mukhiya. (See Rule
1277.)
(f) The list of cases triable by Gram Panchayat is given in Rule 263(c).
(h). Under Section 14(i) of the Bihar Panchayat Raj Act, 1947. the responsibility for fighting burglaries and dacoities is
included as one of the compulsory duties of the Gram Panchayat. Under Section 26 of the said Act, all able bodied males of a
village between the ages of 18 and 30 years are to join the volunteer force. The chief officer will prepare a chart of the duties
required to be performed by the members of the force.
(i) For reporting births and deaths, see Rule 126.
Bihar Prevention of Beggary Act (I of 1952).
81. This is an Act to check begging and to reclaim children accompanying beggars and make them useful citizens.
(b) Under Section 4 of the Act. any police officer not below the rank of an A.S.I, may arrest any person found to be
begging.
(c) Under Section 5. such a person is to be produced before a Magistrate who may release him after due admonition or
order him to be detained in Beggars Home at Patna City or at other places fixed for it.
The Bihar Preservation and Improvement of Animals Act (2 of 1956).
82. (a) Under Section 5(1), every village Chaukidar or Dafadar is to report to police station about any infective animal
and the officer-in-charge is to report this to Veterinary Officer at once.
(b) Section 3. provides that no person shall slaughter a (i) cow. (ii) calf, (iii) bull, (iv) bullock or (v) she-buffalow
provided the prescribed authority may allow slaughter in case of serials (iii), (iv) and (v) above the age of 25 years if it becomes
incapacitated.
(c) violation of Section 3 is penal under Section 4 which according to section 36 is cognizable and bailable but
charge-sheet is to be submitted either by the prescribed authority or at his orders. According to Rule 27 of Bihar Prevention and
Improvement of Animals Rules framed under Section 38 of the Act. the prescribed officer should not be below the rank of Dy.
S. P.
The Bihar Prohibition of Smoking (Show Houses) Act (10 of 1954).
83. (a) No person shall during the 'prohibition period’ which commences thirty minutes before the beginning of the
entertainment in the show houses and ends with the termination thereof, smoke in the auditorium.
(b) Any police officer not below the rank of Sub-Inspector can eject summarily from the auditorium, a person who is
found smoking and who does not desist from smoking when directed by police officer. Such a person may be arrested if be
resists ejection
P.M.- I I I— 30

The Bihar Sales Tax Act (19 of 1959).
84. (a) This Act consolidates the law relating to levy of tax on sale and in certain cases purchase of goods in
Bihar. Under Section 46 the B.S.T. Rules. 1959 have been framed for proper execution of the Provisions of the Act.
(b) Under Section 38, a dealer is liable for offences under the Act which are cognizable and bailable but
chargesheet is to be submitted after obtaining previous sanction of the Commissioner of the department.
Agrarian and Labour Laws.
85. (a) The important laws concerning land are enumerated in Rule 1335.
The share of a Bataidar (under-raiyat) in kind is given therein as three-fourth of the produce of such land under certain
circumstances.
(b) The Bihar Workmen's Protection Act (33. I948) and other labour laws are given in Rule l36l (a).
The Bengal Ferries Act (1 of l885).
86. (a) The Bengal Ferries Act and the Bengal Ferries Rules made under Section I5 of the Act regulate both (i)
public ferries i.e.. managed wholly by the Government or operated by contractors and (ii) ferries belonging to private
persons.
(b) Under Section 6(b) the State Government may take possession of a “private ferry“ and declare it a “public
ferry” and under Section 34 of the Act. the Magistrate of the district may take possession of any boat for facilitating
transport of officers or troops or their baggage, animals etc in emergency and pay such compensation for the use thereof
as provided therein.
(c) Under Section l8 of the Act, the Magistrate of the district may fix tolls (fare) to be charged from persons,
animals, vehicles. etc. for crossing by any public ferry and may declare that certain persons etc.. be exempted wholly or
party from such payment. [See Rules H78. 698 and 550 (b).] A list of such tolls shall be fixed in a conspicuous place
under Section 19.
(d) Under Section 22, the Divisional Commissioner is to make rules for private ferries for the safety of
passengers etc.
(e) Under section 27, a person crossing by any public ferry without payment of toll, etc., and under Section 30 a
person navigating a public ferry or stacking timber in a rash or negligent manner are punishable. Any police officer may
arrest without warrant any such person and may detain a ferry. for offences under Section 30. The offences are
non-cognizable.
The Private Fisheries Protection Act (Bengal Act N0. 2 of 1889).
87. Any person who fishes in arty private waters without any right to do so and does any act for the purposes of
catching or destroying fish is liable for offence under Section 3 which is cognizable and bailable. [See Rule 317 (b) (6)
(5)-]
The Bengal Public Gambling Act (II of 1867).
88. (a) Under Section 2, the State Government have extended its application to different towns of the districts by
notification.
(b) Under Section 1, a “common gaming house" means a walled enclosure etc., which the owner uses for profit.
For search in such premises a warrant under Section 5 can be issued by a Superintendent of Police to an officer not below
the rank of S.I. Such a warrant cannot be endorsed to any other officer.

(c) The owner of a gaming house is liable under Section 3 and anybody found therein is liable under Section 4 of
the Act.
(d) Under Section ll. a police officer may apprehend without warrant any person found gaming-in any public lace
or setting any bird or animal to fight for money.
Note.— In case there is no such fight for profit, it may be liable under Section 11(1) of Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals Act. [See clause 50 (a).]
(e) Section 11 is cognizable and bailable. Under Section 13, provision is for enhanced punishment in case of 1
reconviction.
(f) Under Bihar and Orissa Treasury Manual, para 167(b) a prosecutor may apply at the time of judgment to give
a portion of the amount seized in the raid to members of raiding party after the expiration of period of appeal. Not more
than Rs. 100 only to be awarded.
Prisoners (Bihar Amendment) Act, 1966.
89. (a) Under Section 31-C of the Act the l.G. Prisons is competent to direct that for any special reason, a
prisoner may be released temporarily for a period not exceeding fifteen days (excluding the time required for journeys)
either with or without pre-conditions on a bond with or without sureties.
(b) Under Section 31-D of the Act if the prisoner does not surrender after expiry of the stipulated period. he may
be arrested by any police officer without a warrant.
(c) Under Section 3|-E, the State Government may make rules regarding conditions for supervision during the
period of release.
(d) Applications of prisoners for release on parole on the grounds of serious illness or death of a near relative
should be disposed of very expeditiously. All parole applications should be forwarded by the Superintendent of Jail to the
District Superintendent of police (Copy to I.G. Prisons) concerned direct with a request to verify whether the release on
parole is desirable from the law and order angle. The report of the S.P. should be sent within four days to the
Superintendent of the Jail and the I.G. Prisons. The District Superintendent of Police should have enquiries made only on
one specific point. as to whether the release is likely to affect peace in the locality; the other matters being left for
verification by Probation Officers. Generally, verification from police Department is required only at the time of first
release on parole. In subsequent release, if any the Prisons Department need not ask for police verification.

APPENDIX 102
MISCELLANEOUS FORMS
The following Police Manual forms on subjects noted against each which could not be included in P. M. Vol. 1 before
Are included in P. M. Vol. 2 :
P.M. Form Subject Reference.

No.
95 Form of prosecution report in Non-F. I. R. case … … … Meant for reports excluding
reports in P. M. form Nos.
35 to 37 and 200 etc. This
can be used for Non-F.I.R.
reports under Section 160
I.P.C., etc.
127 Incident Report ……… Meant for submission of report
when an officer is deputed as
per Rule 1223.
143 Form of Summons ……… Appendix 79.
166 Register of Target Practice ……… Rule 635 and Appendix 36.
18 7 Statement of the strength and cost of the village ……… Appendix 61.
watch in the several districts of Bihar with figures
of the rewards and punishments for the year 19....
200 Report under the Motor Vehicles Act and Rules ……… Rule 1299(b)
228 Annual Administration Police Report ……… Appendix 60.
229 Service Book ……… Rule 1040
230 Missing Persons Card 'a' ……… Appendix 60.
231 Recovered Person Card 'b' ……… Appendix 60.
232 Unidentified Dead Body Card 'c' ……… Appendix 60.
233 Page Index of Unidentified Dead Body Register ……… Appendix 60.
234 Constables' Note-Book ……… Rules 89 9e 0 and 477 (c)
235 Travelling allowance-escort reward- Miscellaneous ……… Rule 1002
Acquittance Roll.
236 Form for extension of stay of Pak national ……… Special/Intelligence Branch
Manual and police Manual
237 Register to visit additional places ……… Rule 877-A(5)
238 Application for Extra Grant/Surrender under the ……… Rule 928.
head "255-Police".
239 Application for house/ground rent ……… Rule 951 (b).
240 Register of Railway Accident Cases ……… Appendix 79.
241 Form of Extra grant ……… Rule 928.
242 GP.F. Pass Book ……… Appendix 87.

Jhpolice Police Manual Vol 3 English

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Jhpolice Police Manual Vol 3 English

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TABLE OF CONTENTS

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-3 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-3 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

गृह (आरी ) िवभाग

[49 (ए) एIस गजट]

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-3 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 1

29. Penalties for neglect of duty, etc.

[THE POLICE ACT, 1861]

An Act for the Regulation of Police

1. Short title given by Act 14 of 1897, Section 2 and Sch.

2. This Act has been applied lo—

As to special enactments supplementing this Act, see Act 25 of 1946.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 3

the word "month" shall mean a calendar month :

3. Superintendence in the State Government.—The superintendence of the police throughout a

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 4

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 5

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 6

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 7

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 8

1. The Bengal Chaukidari Act. 1856.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 9

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 10

1. Ins. by Act 8 of 1815. Section II.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 11

1. Certain words omitted by Act 10 of l882. Section 2 and Sch. I

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 12

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 13

!. Subs by the A.O. 1050. for "province".

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 15

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 16

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 17

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 19

Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy Inspector-General.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 20

Further reports chic from Deputy

All reports To Chief Secretary From C.I.D. to Central Bureau of

First report, only if a firearm of a

First report only Final report to curator, museum

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 21

Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy Inspector-

(ii) Murder of foreigners A C.I.D.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 22

… … … … Cases of counterfeiting Front C'.I.D.

… … … … From C.I.D. to C.B.I.

… … … … Reports from C.I.D. to C.H.I, if it

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 23

Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy Inspector-

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 24

Early and lull report to Chief

First Reports only(by name) All reports (by name)

(i) In important eases information

All reports (by name)

All reports except in eases under

All reports in cases of Criminal i

C.I.D to C.B.I in case of arms

To Director IB (by Name)

First Reports only First Reports only ……….

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 25

Reports due from Superintendent to Deputy

Serial Description of crime. Category Criminal Investigation Intelligence

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL(VOL-3) 26

First report only First report only ……………

गृह (आरी ) िवभाग